Annual Report
2025
�rsted�rsted
Our Management Report consists of the Managements Review and the
Sustainability Statements. We have prepared the Sustainability Statements
in accordance with the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD)
and the mandatory European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS).
Get an overview of all of our reporting material by downloading our
reports and investor presentations.
See all our reports at orsted.com
Contents
Managements review 3
Sustainability statements 55
Financial statements 115
2
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Managements
review
Performance highlights � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 5
Sustainability highlights � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 6
Letter to our stakeholders � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 7
Our business model � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 10
Our footprint � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 11
Outlook
Financial outlook 2026 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 13
Financial ambition and policies � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 15
Strategy and business
The renewable energy market � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 17
Our strategy � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 18
Executing our strategy � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 20
Strategic ambitions � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 22
Enterprise risk management � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 23
Performance
Full-year results � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 28
Five-year summary � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 32
Fourth quarter � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 33
Quarterly summary, 2024-2025 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 38
Corporate governance
Governance framework � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 40
Board of Directors � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 43
Group Executive Team � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 47
Summary of our remuneration report � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 52
Shareholder information � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 53
3
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Were focusing on offshore
wind in Europe and select
markets in APAC where
we’ll continue to build on
our position as the global
leader in offshore wind.
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Lene Skole
Ørsted Chair
4
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
55.0
25.1
Return on capital employed (ROCE)
%
ROCE was 5.4 % for the year. Adjusted for impairments and cancellation fees,
ROCE amounted to 8.4 % in 2025.
Interest-bearing net debt
DKKbn
Our interest-bearing net debt decreased to DKK 19.0 billion.
Profits and return
Operating profit (EBITDA)
DKKbn
EBITDA totalled DKK 22.4 billion. EBITDA excluding cancellation fees (DKK -1.4
billion) and new partnerships (DKK -1.3 billion) amounted to DKK 25.1 billion.
Cash flow and balance sheet
Gross investments
DKKbn
Our gross investments reached DKK 55.0 billion and was mainly driven
by our construction of wind and solar assets.
Follow up on outlook announced for 2025
EBITDA realised
DKKbn
Investments realised
DKKbn
19.0
58.0
47.4
2025
2024
2023
2025
2024
2023
55.0
42.8
38.5
Profit for the year
DKKbn
Profit for the year was DKK 3.2 billion. Profit for the year excluding cancellation
fees after tax (DKK -1.7 billion) and impairments after tax (DKK -2.9 billion)
amounted to DKK 7.8 billion.
Credit metric (FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt)
%
The credit metric funds from operations (FFO) relative to adjusted interest-
bearing net debt amounted to 43 % in 2025.
2025
2024
2023
43 %
13 %
29 %
2025
2024
2023
22.4
32.0
18.7
2025
2024
2023
5.4 %
4.5 %
-14.2 %
2025
2024
2023
3.2
-20.2
0.0
Excl. new partnerships and cancellation fees
New partnerships Cancellation fees
Performance highlights
Guidance (DKKbn) (6 Feb.): 25-28,
(5 Sep.): 24-27
With EBITDA excluding new partnerships
and cancellation fees totalling DKK 25.1
billion, earnings ended within our guidance
of DKK 24-27 billion.
Guidance (DKKbn) (6 Feb.): 50-54
Investments totalled DKK 55.0 billion and
thus ended slightly above our guidance
range of DKK 50-54 billion.
The increase was due to timing effects
across our construction portfolio, with a
larger amount of milestone payments being
paid in 2025.
5
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Sustainability highlights
E Greenhouse gas emissions intensity
CO
2
e/kWh
The greenhouse gas intensity from our heat and power
generation and other operating activities (scopes 1 and 2)
was 4 g CO
2
e/kWh. Including scope 3 (excl. category 11
‘Use of sold products’), the greenhouse gas intensity was
69 g CO
2
e/kWh. The decrease in GHG intensities was due
to shutdown of coal-fired CHPs in 2024.
S Employee satisfaction
New employee engagement survey concept
2025 was a transition year, during which we assessed
new metrics and a new target for reporting in 2026.
In the meantime, leadership teams have used the standard
employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) to assess employee
sentiment. For more details, see p. 96.
E Installed renewable capacity
GW
Installed renewable capacity increased by 2 % to
18.5 GW in 2025, mainly due to the commissioning of
the German offshore wind farm Gode Wind 3.
S Safety
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR)
We saw a further improvement in our safety
performance in 2025.
2.7 in 2024 / 2.8 in 2023.
G Gender
Diversity in the Board of Directors and the
Group Executive Team (all 16 members).
2025
2024
2023
18.5
18.2
15.7
2025
2024
2023
4 / 69
16 / 91
38 / 80
8.8
34 / 66
2.5
E Greenhouse gas emissions
(Scope 3), million tonnes, CO
2
e
7.4 in 2024 / 5.6 in 2023.
Our scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions were 8.8 million
tonnes CO
2
e. The increase was a result of higher gas sales
following the ramp-up of the Tyra gas field (not owned by
Ørsted) and sale of coal from storage after the shutdown
of coal-fired CHPs in 2024.
S Gender balance
Women/men
Our gender balance remained unchanged as the
impact was limited in 2025 with 37 % of all new hires
being women.
34:66 in 2024 / 35:65 in 2023.
Lower
GHG emissions intensity realised
(scopes 1 and 2)
4 g CO
2
e/kWh
Guidance (6 Feb.): Lower
The decrease in scope 1-2 emissions was
primarily due to the reduction in absolute
scope 1 emissions due to the cease of coal
usage in 2024.
GHG emissions intensity realised
(scopes 1-3, excl. category 11 ‘Use of
sold products’)
69 g CO
2
e/kWh
Guidance (6 Feb.): Lower
The decrease was driven by lower scope 1
emissions following the cessation of coal
usage and lower scope 3 emissions from
asset construction activity.
Higher
GHG emissions from category 11 realised
(scope 3)
8.8 million tonnes CO
2
e
Guidance (6 Feb.): Higher
The increase was driven by higher emissions
from gas sales due to the ramp-up of
the Tyra gas field and the sale of coal on
storage due to the shutdown of coal-based
generation in 2024.
In line
Gender balance
Gender with lowest representation: Women
Guidance (6 Feb.): Higher
The gender balance was in line with last year.
37 % of new hires were women in 2025.
44 % women
56 % men
Warsaw office, Poland.
Follow up on outlook announced for 2025
6
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Strong
progress in
a defining
year
Letter to our stakeholders
The global outlook for renewable energy remains strong,
as nearly half of global electricity generation is expected
to come from renewables by 2030, and offshore wind
is expected to be a key contributor in the energy mix,
particularly in Europe, given the strong fundamentals and
the ability to ensure energy independence, affordability,
and decarbonisation of energy systems.
Sustaining and accelerating the momentum of offshore
wind demands greater visibility on capacity auctions
and predictable frameworks. We have recently seen the
willingness to this at the North Sea Summit 2026, where
governments in our core markets, alongside the wind
industry and transmission system operators, signed the
Joint Offshore Wind Investment Pact for the North Seas.
The pact will turn the North Sea into the green power
plant of Europe, reaffirming 300 GW of offshore wind
capacity by 2050, and charting a path of a more evenly
distributed offshore build-out between 2031 and 2040
with up to 15 GW installed capacity per year in Europe.
We are already seeing constructive changes to auction
frameworks that are supportive of the future build-out,
illustrated by updated tender frameworks in the UK
and the introduction of contracts for difference (CfDs)
for the upcoming tender in Denmark.
In Ørsted, we have sharpened our strategy to focus on
maintaining our global leadership position within offshore
wind, with an emphasis on our core markets in Europe
and select markets in APAC, where we have a distinct
competitive advantage and can leverage our unique off-
shore capabilities. As the global leader in offshore wind,
we will continue to work with governments, industry,
and investors to strengthen the conditions required to
support future offshore wind deployment.
Executing on our strategic priorities
2025 has been a defining year for Ørsted. We have
taken significant steps to solidify our financial
foundation and improve the robustness of our business.
We delivered DKK 25.1 billion of EBITDA, excl. new
partnerships and cancellation fees, in line with our
full-year earnings guidance, which was driven by a solid
operational performance.
At the outset of the year, we stepped away from our
long-term capacity ambitions and established four
strategic priorities to secure a more robust and focused
Ørsted. The four strategic priorities are a strengthening
of our capital structure, delivery of our 8.1 GW offshore
wind construction portfolio, a focused and disciplined
approach to capital allocation, and an improvement
of our competitiveness. We have made significant
progress across all four strategic priorities in 2025, and
continuing to deliver in the coming years will secure
our position as the global leader in offshore wind.
Our first priority is to strengthen our capital structure,
and we have taken substantial steps to deliver on this.
A key element was the completion of the rights issue,
and we are thankful for the strong support we received
from our shareholders. The completion of the rights issue
supports our target of a solid investment-grade credit
rating, and it has reinforced our ability to realise the full
value potential of our existing portfolio and capture
future value-creating offshore wind opportunities.
As part of the updated targets presented in connection
with the rights issue, we planned to secure more than
DKK 35 billion in proceeds through our partnership and
divestment programme across 2025 and 2026. With
the transactions signed during 2025 and the beginning
of 2026, where total proceeds are expected to amount
to around DKK 46 billion, we have ensured strong
delivery of this programme. This includes the divest-
ments of a 50 % stake in Hornsea 3, a 55 % stake in
Greater Changhua 2, the divestment of our European
onshore business, a 24.5 % stake in West of Duddon
Sands, a 50 % stake in two US onshore solar farms,
7
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Revolution Wind,
Rhode Island, the US.
and a 49 % stake in our Badger Wind project. In addi-
tion, we reached financial close of a project financing
package for Greater Changhua 2. Going forward, we
will reduce dependency on divestments of operational
assets and instead undertake a more value-accretive
and flexible approach to partnerships and farm-downs.
Our second priority is to deliver on our 8.1 GW offshore
wind construction portfolio, and we have made solid
progress across our six construction projects spanning
three continents.
In Taiwan, we have installed all foundations and
tur bines at our Greater Changhua 2b and 4 project.
Ramp-up generation has started, and the commission-
ing of turbines is progressing, with full commissioning
expected in Q3 2026.
In Germany, we commissioned Gode Wind 3 in February
and also completed the installation of all foundations
and turbines for Borkum Riffgrund 3, which produced
first power in December and is expected to be commis-
sioned in Q1 2026.
In the UK, we have continued to progress the fabrica-
tion of key components for Hornsea 3 and prepare the
seabed for offshore installation, which will commence
during 2026.
In Poland, we have made significant progress on the
fabrication of both the foundations and the offshore
substations for Baltica 2 and continued to make pro-
gress on the onshore substation.
In the US, we have continued to make solid progress
across our Northeast Program. Sunrise Wind is ~45 %
complete, with more than half of the foundations
installed, and commissioning is planned for H2 2027.
At Revolution Wind, all foundations and array cables
have been installed, and the project is ~87 % complete.
The commissioning works are ongoing and expected to
be finalised in H2 2026.
On 22 August, Revolution Wind, LLC received a stop-
work order from the Bureau of Ocean Energy Manage-
ment (BOEM), instructing the project to halt offshore
activities pending completion of the U.S. Department
of Interior’s review required by the executive order
dated 20 January 2025. The project company filed
a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Columbia, challenging the stop-work order as unlaw-
ful. On 22 September 2025, Revolution Wind, LLC was
granted a preliminary injunction against the stop-work
order, allowing the project to resume construction
activities while the lawsuit progresses. The halted
offshore activities subsequently resumed.
On 22 December, Revolution Wind, LLC and Sunrise
Wind LLC each received orders requiring them to
suspend all ongoing activities on the outer continen-
tal shelf for 90 days for national security reasons and
with the possibility for extension of the suspension
period. Revolution Wind, LLC filed a second motion for
preliminary injunction in its existing lawsuit, this time
against the lease suspension order. On 12 January 2026,
the court granted a preliminary injunction, allowing
construction to resume while the lawsuit progresses.
Sunrise Wind LLC filed a lawsuit in the U.S District
Court for the District of Columbia, challenging its lease
suspension order, including a motion for a preliminary
injunction against the order. On 2 February 2026,
the court granted a preliminary injunction, allowing
construction to resume while the lawsuit progresses.
Both projects have subsequently resumed work on
the halted activities, and we are determining how it
may be possible to work with the US Administration
to achieve an expeditious and durable solution.
Our third priority is to ensure a focused and disciplined
approach to capital allocation, with a strategic empha-
sis on offshore wind opportunities in Europe and select
markets in APAC. During the year, we demonstrated
this disciplined capital allocation approach as we dis-
continued the development of Hornsea 4 in its current
form, well ahead of final investment decision (FID) and
thus avoided significant breakaway costs. We continue
to hold the seabed lease, grid connection, and key per-
mits, and we are reconfiguring the project for potential
future development.
In Q4 2025, we were awarded the rights under the
Irish Offshore Renewable Electricity Support Scheme
(ORESS) to develop the 900 MW fixed-bottom offshore
wind farm site Tonn Nua with our partner ESB. As a
potential final investment decision will not be until in
the early 2030s, this is an early-stage opportunity, and
the project needs to be assessed and matured through
our stage-gate process, including whether it meets our
value creation criteria.
Our fourth priority is to improve our competitiveness.
Our first efforts on this were to establish a new organ-
isational structure and adjust the Group Executive
Team to reflect the full offshore wind value chain with
development, construction, and generation reporting
directly to the CEO. In October, we announced that
we will be reducing our organisation by approximately
2,000 positions towards the end of 2027. While this
means many skilled and valuable colleagues will leave
the company, it is a necessary adjustment as it will
improve our cost efficiency and make our organisa-
tion more flexible going forward. It is also a natural
consequence of our strategic focus on offshore wind
in Europe and the completion of our current 8.1 GW
construction programme towards the end of 2027.
8
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
In 2025, we made significant
progress on our four strategic priorities,
strengthening Ørsted’s financial and
operational foundation as the leading
global developer and operator of
offshore wind.
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Lene Skole
Ørsted Chair
In addition to this, we have initiated numerous measures
that are expected to enhance our competitiveness
within our business model. As we will have an installed
offshore wind capacity of more than 18 GW by the end
of 2027, our Generation organisation is taking several
measures to improve our output and to lower our cost
base through portfolio and operational efficiencies.
We are likewise progressing our value-enhancing activ-
ities within our Trading & Revenue function. Finally, we
are focusing on our unique capabilities in our Engineering,
Procurement & Construction (EPC) organisation.
Generation
In our offshore business, we delivered a total of 19.7 TWh
in 2025, which represent an increase of 6 % compared
to last year, despite the slightly lower wind speeds.
The increase was primarily driven by higher availability
rates, which stood at 93 % for the full year, up from 88 %
in 2024, and full contribution from Gode Wind 3.
In our onshore business, we delivered a total of 15.5 TWh
in 2025, which was in line with the production last year.
Our renewable share of generation reached 99 %,
which represents an increase of two percentage points
compared with last year. With this, we have achieved our
target of a 99 % share of renewable energy for 2025.
Financials
Our EBITDA excluding new partnerships and cancel-
lation fees amounted to DKK 25.1 billion, in line with
our full-year guidance of DKK 24-27 billion, and was
driven by solid operational performance across our
renewable assets. Across all of our three business areas,
we delivered earnings growth in 2025.
Despite wind speeds being lower than last year, earn-
ings from our offshore sites amounted to DKK 24.3
billion, representing an increase of approx. DKK 0.5
billion compared with last year, which in part was
driven by higher availability rates, ramp-up generation
at Gode Wind 3, and compensation for grid delay at
Borkum Riffgrund 3.
Our gross investments amounted to DKK 55.0 billion,
slightly above our full-year guidance of DKK 50-54 billion,
due to the timing of payments at the end of the year.
Safety
Our continued and relentless focus on safety has
continued, and it remains a top priority for us that all
our employees and contractors can return home safely
from work every day. In February, a tragic incident
involving a subcontractor at our US onshore wind
farm Plum Creek Wind resulted in two fatalities, and in
response to this, we have implemented several safety
improvement measures. We continue to strengthen
our safety commitments through targeted initiatives,
sharing of ‘best practices’ with suppliers, and direct
appointments of members in senior management that
are accountable for driving and improving health and
safety initiatives across the organisation. We reduced
the total recordable injury rate (TRIR) from 2.7 last year
to 2.5 this year.
Sustainability
We have continued to build on our leading sustainability
profile supporting our core business. Our three strategic
sustainability priorities – decarbonisation, biodiversity,
and community impact – are contributing to our com-
petitiveness and long-term resilience.
In 2025, we reached a significant milestone within
our decarbonisation journey as we became the first
energy company to complete a green transforma-
tion of its own energy production. We have reduced
our scope 1-2 emissions intensity by more than 98 %
since the beginning of our transformation in 2006,
building renewable energy and delivering on our
decarbonisation target in parallel. We will continue
our decarbonisation journey, focusing on reducing our
upstream and downstream carbon emissions to deliver
on our net-zero by 2040 target.
During 2025, we also delivered biodiversity pilots and
community impact initiatives across relevant parts of
development, construction, and generation phases
to help de-risk project delivery and secure our social
license to operate.
Strengthened foundation to pursue future opportunities
2025 has been an eventful and defining year for Ørsted,
as we have taken significant steps towards delivering
our four strategic priorities, especially with the strength-
ening of our financial foundation and our sharp focus on
value over volume. The delivery of our current offshore
construction programme will ensure that we grow
our installed capacity of offshore wind from currently
10.2 GW to more than 18 GW by the end of 2027.
By continuing to deliver on our strategic priorities, we
will be in a strong position to pursue new offshore wind
opportunities which meet our value creation criteria.
Finally, we would like to express our sincere gratitude
to our skilled colleagues, who, throughout a year
with global uncertainty as well as a new strategic
direction and organisational changes at Ørsted, have
once again demonstrated their resilience, willingness,
and unwavering commitment to drive Ørsted and the
energy transition forward.
9
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Our business model
// ESRS 2, SBM-1
We create value by developing, construc ting, oper-
ating, and owning renewable assets and by providing
sustainable energy products to our customers.
Our portfolio includes offshore and onshore wind
farms, solar farms, energy storage, and combined
heat and power plants.
What we depend on
Resources
· Natural resources, such as wind and sun.
· Minerals and metals, such as steel and
copper, and critical raw materials.
Human capital
· Our talented employees work to
create value every day while adhering
to our core values.
Financial capital
· We have a flexible approach to partner-
ships and financing, tailored to project
and portfolio needs.
Stakeholder relationships
· We depend on political support for the
continued renewable energy build-out
and rely on a constructive dialogue
with authorities, suppliers, investors,
and joint venture partners.
What benefits we deliver
Customers
· Enter into long-term agreements to give
customers certainty about the costs and
origin of their renewable power supply.
· Help countries and companies meet their
climate targets and provide energy security
and independence to them.
Communities
· Ensure people in the regions where we
operate benefit from and support the
build-out of renewable energy.
Shareholders
· Invest in value-creating growth opportunities
and operate our portfolio in a cost-effective
way to create value for our shareholders.
Employees
· Ensure a safe and inclusive workplace
focused on employee skills development
and well-being.
Operate
Ensure high availability
and balance power to the grid.
Own
Manage and optimise our asset
portfolio and partnerships.
Develop
Secure pipeline through land and
project rights, grid access, and permits.
Construct
Build our assets through thorough supplier
selection and local content adherence.
10
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Our footprint
Capacity
GW
In operation Under construction Awarded
The US
29.6 GW
Renewable capacity
Consisting of 18.5 GW in operation (installed), 8.9 GW
under construction (FIDed), and 2.2 GW awarded.
8.0 GW
The US
Offshore
Onshore
Solar PV
Storage
1.9 GW
Taiwan
Offshore
2.8 GW
Poland
Offshore
2.7 GW
Germany
Offshore
Onshore
Solar PV
3.1 GW
Denmark
Offshore
CHP plants
Sales of energy
1.4 GW
Ireland
Offshore
Onshore
Solar PV
Spain
Onshore
8.9 GW
The UK
Offshore
Onshore
Storage
0.8 GW
The Netherlands
Offshore
Australia
Offshore
Sweden
Sales of energy
Korea
Offshore
Offshore wind
APAC
Offshore wind
Onshore wind
Solar PV
Storage
Offshore wind
The UK and Ireland
Onshore wind
Solar PV
Storage
Offshore wind
Continental Europe
Onshore wind
CHP, power
CHP, heat
1.9
1.8
3.5
2.1
0.6
9.4
0.5
0.1
0.3
7.0
0.2
2.1
2.9
11
Managements review
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Outlook
Hornsea 2
United Kingdom
Grimsby Dock Tower stands at 94 m tall, overlooking
Ørsted’s East Coast Hub in the Lincolnshire port town
in the UK. 89 km offshore, the 165 wind turbines of
the Hornsea 2 Offshore Wind Farm rise, each stand-
ing more than twice this height.
This year, we took full control of servicing and
maintaining the wind farm, after the service warranty
agreement with manufacturer Siemens Gamesa
Renewable Energy concluded. This means that we
now fully manage our entire UK offshore wind fleet.
12
Managements review
Outlook
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Financial outlook 2026
Our EBITDA guidance for the Group is the
prevailing guidance, whereas the directional
earnings development per business segment
(and component) serves as a means to support
this. Higher and lower indicate the direction
of the business units earnings relative to the
results for 2025.
> 28 DKKbn
EBITDA (excluding new partnerships
and cancellation fees)
Realised 2025: DKK 25.1 billion
Higher
Offshore EBITDA (excluding new
partnerships and cancellation fees)
Realised 2025: DKK 19.6 billion
In line
Onshore EBITDA (excluding new
partnerships and cancellation fees)
Realised 2025: DKK 4.2 billion
50 - 55 DKKbn
Gross investments
Realised 2025: DKK 55.0 billion
In line
Bioenergy & Other EBITDA
Realised 2025: DKK 1.4 billion
Financial outlook
Guidance 2026
Forward looking statement
The annual report contains forward-looking
statements, which include projections of our
short- and long-term financial performance and
targets as well as our financial policies.
These statements are by nature uncertain and
associated with risk. Many factors may cause the
actual development to differ materially from our
expectations.
These factors include, but are not limited to,
changes in temperature, wind conditions,
wake and blockage effects, precipitation
levels, the development in power, coal, carbon,
gas, oil, currency, inflation rates, and interest
rate markets, the ability to uphold hedge
accounting, changes in legislation, regulations,
or standards, the renegotiation of contracts,
changes in the competitive environment in our
markets, reliability of supply, and market volatility
and disruptions from geopolitical tensions.
Read more about the risks in the chapter on
‘Enterprise risk management’ and in note 6
‘Risk management’ in the financial statements.
Furthermore, the proceeds we can realise from
our anticipated farm-downs and divestments as
part of the measures we take to support a robust
capital structure are subject to uncertainty.
Our EBITDA guidance does not include new partnership
agreements and impact from potential changes in
cancellation fees relating to ceasing development or
construction of projects.
Operating profit (EBITDA) excluding new partnership
agreements and cancellation fees is expected to be
above DKK 28 billion in 2026. As in previous years,
offsetting effects between the business units compared
to our directional guidance might occur.
13
Managements review
Outlook
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Offshore – higher
EBITDA excluding new partnerships and cancellation
fees is expected to be higher than 2025.
The development is driven by:
· ramp-up of generation from Greater Changhua 2b
and 4 and Revolution Wind
· wind speeds expected to be in line with historical
average, while 2025 was below
· the positive effect from construction agreement
at Hornsea 3
· lower expensed project development costs and
fixed costs
· partly offset by a step down in subsidy level for
Borkum Riffgrund 2, and Gode Wind 1 and 2 step-
ping out of subsidy
· lower expected power prices and lower earnings
from trading activities.
Onshore – in line
EBITDA excluding new partnerships and cancellation
fees from Onshore is expected to be in line with 2025.
The development is driven by:
· ramp-up of generation from Badger Wind Farm and
COD of Old 300 BESS
· divestment of our European onshore business.
Bioenergy & Other – in line
EBITDA excluding new partnerships and cancellation
fees is expected to be in line with 2025.
Gross investments
Gross investments for 2026 are expected to amount
to DKK 50-55 billion, mainly driven by:
· Offshore (Sunrise Wind, Greater Changhua 2b and 4,
Revolution Wind, Hornsea 3, Baltica 2)
· Onshore (Badger Wind, Old 300 BESS, and our
portfolio of development projects).
Uncertainties, prices, and hedges
The most significant uncertainty to the operating profit
in 2026 is the power generation, which depends on
wind and solar conditions, ramp-up of new assets, asset
availability, timing of possible farm-downs, and the
attractiveness of spreads on our CHP plants.
Our wind and solar PV assets are largely subject to
prices that are indexed to inflation or are fixed nominal,
implying a high degree of revenue certainty, setting
aside the above-mentioned volume risk. This means
that we know the price (or minimum price) per gener-
ated MWh for most wind farms in the Netherlands, the
US, and Germany and for the CfD wind farms in the
UK. For our British ROC wind farms, we also know the
subsidy per generated MWh, which we will receive in
addition to the market price.
High gas and power price volatility could impact
earnings for the year through optimisation possibilities
of our gas storage and sourcing contracts as well as
higher balancing and intermittency costs.
EBITDA from existing partnerships is highly sensitive
to development in construction activities and cost.
We are following developments regarding potential
tariffs and other regulatory changes, particularly
affecting the US and are continually assessing any
possible financial and wider impacts.
Gross investments guidance is particularly sensitive
to timing changes in our divestment programme and
payment schedules.
Greater Changhua 2b and 4,
Taiwan.
14
Managements review
Outlook
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Financial ambition and policies
Strategic priorities
During 2025, we introduced four new strategic priorities
to secure the delivery of our strategy. Firstly, strength-
ening our capital structure. Secondly, delivering on our
construction programme. Thirdly, ensuring a focused
and disciplined approach to capital allocation. And
lastly, improving our competitiveness. Throughout the
year, we have made good progress on each strategic
priority, which means we remain on track to deliver on
our financial targets and policies.
Financial targets
We have three key financial targets to support our build-
out. The financial targets cover (see details to the right):
· spread to WACC on investments
· EBITDA
· ROCE.
Financial policies and capital allocation
The Board of Directors intends to reinstate dividend
payments for the financial year 2026.
To ensure we have the financial robustness and the
strength to operate in the international energy and
financial markets, we target a solid investment- grade
rating with all three major rating agencies. This includes
an FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt credit metric
above 30 %.
1
Targeted range for spread to WACC at time
of bid/FID (whichever comes first) for individual
projects. The targeted range is not a hurdle
rate, and consequently, projects might deviate
from the targeted range.
Forward-looking statements are described
on page 13.
150-300 bps
Spread to WACC on investments
Fully loaded unlevered life cycle spread
to WACC at the time of bid/FID
1
Rating
Solid investment grade
with Moody’s/S&P/Fitch.
Capital structure
FFO/adjusted interest-
bearing net debt above
30 %.
1
Dividend policy
Target to reinstate
dividend from the financial
year 2026.
EBITDA
Group EBITDA excluding new partnerships
and cancellation fees
Continuous
>32 DKKbn
2027
~11 %
ROCE
Average return on capital employed
2026 – 2027
>13 %
2028 – 2030
Financial targets Financial policies
Anholt Offshore Wind Farm,
Denmark.
1
FFO to adjusted net debt reflecting
Ørsted definition.
15
Managements review
Outlook
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Strategy
and business
Greater Changhua
Taiwan
Cathy is the first woman to become an Ørsted
offshore wind technician in Taiwan, working on
the Greater Changhua Offshore Wind Farms.
The project has already created more than
8,300 jobs across the supply chain. Cathy hopes
to inspire more women to join her in working
directly on the wind turbines, out at sea.
16
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
The outlook for renewable energy is strong. Nearly half
of global electricity generation is expected to come
from renewable energy sources in 2030, primarily
from wind and solar. Offshore wind generation alone
is expected to more than double in the next five
years. The need to decarbonise our energy systems
and strengthen energy security and independence is
clear and urgent. Achieving this requires predictable
frameworks and large-scale public and private
investments today.
The need for renewable energy
Global power demand continues to increase rapidly.
The impacts of climate change are evident, and they
have made the need for a sustainable energy transition
clear. Meanwhile, geopolitical conflicts, reliance on gas
imports, and increasing global competition underscore
the need for energy security and independence. The
renewable energy transition addresses these pressing
challenges while fostering local job creation and helping
protect nature. Renewable energy is becoming not only
a climate necessity but also an economic, industrial,
and security imperative.
Globally, the renewable energy market is expected to
double over the next five years, mainly driven by further
deployment of solar and wind. Europe is expected to
add over 600 GW in renewable capacity in this period.
Growth in renewable capacity requires supportive
policy frameworks and technology maturation.
The build-out of modern transmission grids remains
a gating factor for ramping up annual connections.
Predictable frameworks which reflect industry
conditions will increase competitiveness and enable
ramp-up of offshore wind. Recent decisions by equip-
ment manufacturers to pause or re-sequence new
European factories show the importance of predictable
frameworks and infrastructure investment to sustain a
healthy supply chain. Addressing key structural barriers
such as complex permitting, supply chain constraints,
and inadequate grid infrastructure will be essential to
sustain growth.
Offshore wind
Ørsted’s core business area, offshore wind, remains
crucial for meeting electrification and industrial policy
objectives, as it delivers reliable renewable energy at
scale, with low lifetime emissions and can create a
lasting, positive impact on biodiversity and local com-
munities.Offshore wind continues to display attractive
fundamentals, especially in Europe and APAC, and the
scaling of the technology is a cornerstone of future
clean energy systems in these regions. Developers with
strong execution capabilities, integrated supply chain
partnerships, and strong technical and integration
expertise will be positioned to drive progress as the
offshore wind market scales. In Ørsted’s core market,
Europe, offshore wind has established itself as the
backbone of the regions future energy mix, a key lever
to reaching ambitious European climate milestones.
European markets such as the United Kingdom, Germany,
the Netherlands, Poland, and Denmark are charac-
terised by high energy demand, mature frameworks,
ambitious offshore wind targets, and a willingness
to support the build-out of offshore wind. National
energy strategies and cross-border grid initiatives are
laying the groundwork for a multi-gigawatt build-out
across European waters.
Several European markets have adjusted their tender
frameworks to reflect updated cost levels, signal-
ling a more nuanced approach to balancing price
competition with long-term industrial sustainability.
For instance, Denmark has signalled a shift towards
CfDs, reflecting a broader European move to de-risk
revenues and align auctions with industrial policy
goals. These developments highlight a maturing
market that increasingly values stability, innovation,
and long-term supply chain health.
In APAC, offshore wind development is progressing
at varying speeds, but the long-term growth outlook
remains strong, with a capacity growth of >30 GW
expected towards 2035 (excl. China). Taiwan has
advanced its round 3 framework, reinforcing its role as
a leading APAC offshore market with clear visibility on
build-out into the 2030s. Emerging offshore wind markets
such as South Korea and Australia announced clearer
regulatory pathways and early-stage capacity targets.
The region’s diverse market structures, combined with
increasing regional collaboration and grid investment,
are laying the foundation for steady growth.
Onshore renewables
Onshore technologies are the largest contributors of
renewable energy globally, with continued technology
improvements driving higher capacity factors and
lower costs. Onshore wind and solar deployment,
along with battery storage projects, continue to be key
enablers of increasing renewable penetration and grid
flexibility. The US remains one of the leading markets in
onshore solar and wind deployment, driven by significant
growth in key regions such as the Midwest, Texas, and
California. Supported by state-level clean-energy man-
dates and growing corporate demand, the US market
for onshore renewables continues to show strong long-
term fundamentals.
Overcoming the obstacles
While the medium- and long-term outlook for
renewables remains strong, difficult macroeconomic
conditions continue to challenge the industry and
The renewable
energy market
create uncertainty, especially for offshore wind in the
near term. However, with improved cost conditions and
targeted public investment, industry constraints can
be eased over the next few years to leverage the full
potential of offshore wind.
At the North Sea Summit in January 2026, a group of
European governments took a major leap towards this
shared goal by committing to a coordinated build-out
plan of up to 15 GW installed offshore wind capacity per
year in Europe from 2031 to 2040. The group, consist-
ing of the governments of Belgium, Denmark, France,
Germany, Ireland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway,
and the UK, will work towards a sound investment frame-
work for offshore renewables through mechanisms such
as two-sided contracts for difference and power purchase
agreements. With more investment predictability and
a de-risked investment framework, Ørsted and the rest
of the industry are committed to powering Europe with
cost-competitive, renewable, and reliable electricity.
Installed capacity outlook
GW
2025 ~40
2025
2025
2035 ~170
~6
~40
~1,100
~4,300
2035
2035
Europe
Asia Pacific (excl. China)
The US
X4
X7
X4
Offshore wind
1
Onshore wind, utility-scale solar PV and battery Storage
Source: BNEF (2025)
Onshore renewables
1
17
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Ørsted’s vision is to create a world that runs entirely
on green energy.
We are contributing towards this vision in our daily
work by developing, constructing, and operating
offshore wind and other renewable assets at scale and
by leading the way for an energy build-out that drives
positive change beyond green electrons.
Our strategic aspiration
Following an update to our strategy, our strategic
aspiration has changed from being the world’s leading
green energy major to focus on sustaining and enhanc-
ing our global leadership in offshore wind while also
being the leading workplace for talent in offshore wind
and a globally recognised sustainability leader.
The first part of our aspiration is to sharpen our focus
on offshore wind and pursue only markets with strong,
long-term fundamentals. We have more than 10 GW
of installed offshore wind capacity, and with the
completion of our 8.1 GW construction programme
over the coming years, we will further strengthen this
leadership position.
Our geographic focus will be narrowed to concen-
trate on markets where we have, or can build, a clear
competitive advantage. Specifically, we will prioritise
seabed-fixed offshore wind and only pursue adjacent
technologies that support offshore wind.
Geographically, we will concentrate on our core
European markets (the United Kingdom, Ireland,
the Netherlands, Germany, Poland, and Denmark),
continue to grow and operate in APAC (Taiwan,
Our strategy
Korea, and Australia), and maintain our presence in
the United States.
We will remain a focused, disciplined, and competi-
tive industry leader, well positioned to pursue future
value-accretive investments. Alongside the execution
of our offshore wind construction programme, we
will continue to advance our development pipeline
and carefully evaluate new growth opportunities
– with a disciplined and value-focused approach to
capital allocation.
We have separated our US onshore business to make
it stand-alone and autonomous, and we will continu-
ously optimise our combined heat and power plants in
Denmark without pursuing new carbon capture projects.
Additionally, we will scale back further offshore wind
development projects in the US.
The second part of our aspiration is to be the leading
workplace for talent in offshore wind. Over the past
several years, talent and culture have been placed
at the core of our strategy. Competing successfully
in a more focused and competitive market demands
a workforce with the right capabilities, mindset, and
agility. Our renewed strategy reaffirms this com-
mitment, and attracting, developing, and retaining
exceptional talent remain essential to sustaining our
competitive advantage.
To achieve this, we will continue to invest in leader-
ship development, strengthen talent pipelines, and
foster a high-performance culture built on collabora-
tion and performance management. Attracting and
retaining top talent is also deeply connected to our
Our strategic aspiration is to be:
the global leader in
offshore wind
the leading workplace
for talent in offshore wind
a globally recognised
sustainability leader
sustainability profile as today’s workforce increasingly
seeks to contribute to organisations that demonstrate
a genuine environmental and social responsibility.
The final strategic aspiration is to be a globally recog-
nised sustainability leader. Sustainability is embedded in
how we run our business, and for the last 15 years, we
have built a strong position as a climate leader. Going
forward, sustainability continues to support our com-
petitiveness and cost-effectiveness in priority markets.
We prioritise three strategic sustainability areas to
drive business value through sustainability and deliver
on our aspiration – decarbonisation, biodiversity, and
community impact. On decarbonisation, we focus
on reducing our upstream and downstream carbon
emissions to progress towards our long-term target to
reach net zero by 2040, mitigate upcoming regulatory
costs, and drive demand for the solutions needed
to create a resilient, decarbonised energy supply.
On biodiversity, we will deliver a net-positive biodiver-
sity impact from projects commissioned from 2030
to help restore nature and enable project delivery.
On community impact, we deliver positive, lasting
impact that enhance local well-being and strengthen
support for renewable energy projects. We also work
systematically with human rights in our supply chain to
mitigate adverse impacts and enable reliable access
to responsibly sourced materials. With these priority
areas, we lead the way for building a resilient business
and society.
With this new strategic aspiration, we will lead the
way in the industry and remain a global, competitive,
and focused leader in offshore wind.
Our vision
A world that runs entirely
on green energy
Hornsea 2 Offshore Wind Farm, the UK.
18
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Our rolling business priorities
As part of our strategy update, we have defined six
rolling business priorities that represent a strategic shift
in our business model and are designed to enhance
our competitiveness and reinforce our position as the
market leader in offshore wind.
We aim to strengthen our portfolio management by
adopting a more strategic top-down approach. This
will ensure a stronger alignment between our invest-
ment and long-term priorities, enabling more informed
decision-making. In parallel, we will expand our focus
to include brownfield opportunities, which are existing
assets or projects that can be upgraded, expanded,
or repurposed. Together, these initiatives will support
investment decisions that strike an effective balance
between risk and opportunity.
Our business platform
Technology and markets
Prioritise offshore wind in core
European markets alongside
a growth option in APAC and
production in the US
Scale back further offshore
wind development in the US
Offshore wind, fixed-bottom
Pursue adjacent technologies in
support of offshore
Continuously optimise
Bioenergy without pursuing
new carbon capture projects
in the immediate future
Bioenergy and carbon capture and storage
Separate US onshore
business to become stand-
alone and autonomous
Onshore wind, solar and storage
Our strategic priorities
In February 2025, four key strategic priorities
were presented that have been designed to
achieve our business plan:
1.
Strengthening the
capital structure
The first strategic priority is to strengthen
our capital structure to maintain a solid
investment-grade rating. A robust capital
structure is essential to our business model,
which focuses on the full lifecycle of off-
shore wind farms.
2.
Delivering on the
construction programme
Our second priority focuses on execution
of our construction programme which
includes 8.1 GW offshore wind capacity
under construction across three continents.
3.
Focused capital allocation
Our third priority is a focused and disciplined
approach to capital allocation guided
by a value-over-volume principle. We will
prioritise capital allocation towards offshore
wind activities, where we hold the most
differentiated capabilities.
4.
Increasing competitiveness
and cost efficiency
Our final priority is to increase competitive-
ness and cost-efficiency through continued
rightsizing of our organisation.
We will reinforce our commercial advantage by build-
ing on ongoing initiatives within revenue and offshore
wind development. Our Trading & Revenue function
is being scaled up by integrating structured products
and advancing digital capabilities. At the same time,
we will adopt a structured approach to innovation to
strengthen our competitiveness and establish innova-
tion as a key value driver across the business.
We will redefine our approach to partnerships and
financing by introducing a more flexible approach that
is tailored to project and portfolio needs. This redefined
model will ensure that partnership and financing consid-
erations are integrated from the outset of each project,
enabling more optimal structures and outcomes.
Our EPC organisation will be adjusted to enhance com-
petitiveness. With the changes, our EPC organisation
will be more flexible and focus on true differentiating
capabilities and on enhancing competitive advantages.
Capabilities that are assessed to be non-core or non-
differentiated will be targeted for outsourcing.
We will maximise cash flow from our generation
activities through standardisation, operational and
portfolio efficiencies, technological innovation, and
stronger integration across operating assets and within
and between operations hubs. These initiatives will
drive value creation, improve safety, and position us to
capture additional synergies and economies of scale
as we seek to scale our operating portfolio over the
coming years.
Finally, we will enhance organisational efficiency by
aligning our structure with our strategic priorities –
creating a leaner, more cost-competitive organisation
focused on core capabilities. This will ensure the
organisation reflects our value-accretive opportunities
while maintaining greater flexibility.
Gentofte office, Denmark.
19
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Executing
our strategy
In 2025, we defined four key strategic priorities to
deliver on our business plan. Throughout the year, we
have progressed and delivered on these priorities.
During the year, we reached 10 GW of installed
offshore wind capacity with the commissioning of our
German offshore wind farm Gode Wind 3.
Strengthening our capital structure to maintain a
solid investment-grade rating
By completing the rights issue in October, we raised
DKK 60 billion in gross proceeds, which will cover the
incremental funding requirement from retaining full
ownership of Sunrise Wind in the US. Additionally, the
proceeds will contribute to an appropriate capitali-
sation in the years from 2025 through 2027 when we
will complete the construction of our 8.1 GW offshore
wind construction portfolio. Finally, it will increase our
financial robustness and flexibility.
In addition to the rights issue, we have taken further
steps to ensure a robust capital structure.
In the UK, we closed an agreement with Apollo
to divest a 50 % ownership share in our Hornsea 3
project. The total value of the transaction is approx-
imately DKK 39 billion. It represents a key milestone
in our funding plan, and the transaction will further
strengthen our capital structure.
In Taiwan, we obtained project financing for our off-
shore wind project Greater Changhua 2, raising approx.
TWD 90 billion (~DKK 20 billion). In December, we
signed an agreement with Cathay Life Insurance and
its affiliate Cathay Power to divest a 55 % ownership
share of Greater Changhua 2. The total value of the
transaction is approximately DKK 5 billion and takes
into consideration the existing project financing
arrangements.
Additionally, we closed the divestment of a 24.5 %
stake in our West of Duddon Sands Offshore Wind
Farm, and in February 2026, we signed a divestment
agreement on our European onshore business. In the
US, we completed the 50 % farm-downs of two solar
farms, Eleven Mile Solar Center and Sparta Solar, and
divested a 49 % stake in our Badger Wind project.
All of these initiatives will strengthen our capital
structure, which is essential to our business model.
Delivering on the current 8.1 GW
construction programme
In the US, we have continued to progress across our
Northeast Program. Sunrise Wind is ~45 % complete,
with more than half of the turbine foundations installed
and commissioning planned for H2 2027. Revolution
Wind is ~87 % complete, and the commissioning works
are ongoing and expected to be finalised in H2 2026.
On 22 August, Revolution Wind, LLC received a
stop-work order from the Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management (BOEM), instructing the project to
halt offshore activities pending completion of the
U.S. Department of Interior’s review required by the
executive order dated 20 January 2025. The project
company filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for
the District of Columbia, challenging the stop-work
order as unlawful. On 22 September 2025, Revolution
Wind, LLC was granted a preliminary injunction against
the stop-work order, allowing the project to resume
construction activities while the lawsuit progresses.
The halted offshore activities subsequently resumed.
Construction programme
2025 → 2027
8.1 GW
913
MW 2,852 / 300 MW
Borkum Riffgrund 3
Commercial operation date: Q1 2026
All foundations and wind turbines are installed.
TSO-driven delay to grid connection, which
Ørsted is financially compensated for.
First power delivered in December 2025.
Hornsea 3 / storage (BESS)
Commercial operation date: H2 2027
Onshore converter stations and cable routes
progressing according to schedule. Fabrication of
the two offshore converter stations on schedule.
Manufacturing of wind turbine foundations
commenced.
920 MW 924 MW
Greater Changhua 2b and 4
Commercial operation date: Q3 2026
All wind turbines and foundations are installed.
Installation of remaining array cable work is
ongoing. First power reached in July 2025.
Sunrise Wind
Commercial operation date: H2 2027
Resumed offshore activities following grant of
preliminary injunction against lease suspension
order. 44 of the 84 wind turbine foundations
installed. Continues work to maintain installation
schedule for first power and commissioning.
1,498 MW704 MW
Baltica 2
Commercial operation date: H2 2027
Installation of onshore export cables commenced
in October. Commenced fabrication of wind
turbine foundations. Installation of wind turbine
foundations planned to begin in 2026.
Revolution Wind
Commercial operation date: H2 2026
Resumed offshore activities following grant
of preliminary injunction against lease
suspension order. Commissioning works on
onshore substation progressing.
20
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
On 22 December, Revolution Wind, LLC and Sunrise
Wind LLC each received orders requiring them to
suspend all ongoing activities on the outer continental
shelf for 90 days for national security reasons and with
the possibility for extension of the suspension period.
Revolution Wind, LLC filed a second motion for prelim-
inary injunction in its existing lawsuit, this time against
the lease suspension order. On 12 January 2026,
the court granted a preliminary injunction, allowing
construction to resume while the lawsuit progresses.
Sunrise Wind LLC filed a lawsuit in the U.S District
Court for the District of Columbia, challenging its lease
suspension order, including a motion for a preliminary
injunction against the order. On 2 February 2026,
the court granted a preliminary injunction, allowing
construction to resume while the lawsuit progresses.
Both projects have subsequently resumed work on
the halted activities, and we are determining how it
may be possible to work with the US Administration
to achieve an expeditious and durable solution.
Our offshore construction portfolio across Europe and
APAC is also progressing well and within schedule.
In Taiwan, the construction of Greater Changhua 2b
and 4 continues to progress. Following the previously
communicated damage to the export cable for
Greater Changhua 2b, we are progressing according
to the updated schedule and expect commissioning
of the project in Q3 2026.
In the UK, the offshore and onshore construction activi-
ties for our Hornsea 3 project are progressing according
to plan. The main construction of the projects two
offshore converter stations has been completed, and
the first monopiles have been fabricated. In addition,
site preparation for the export cables has commenced.
Furthermore, the construction of our 300 MW energy
storage project connected to the Hornsea zone.
In Poland, our Baltica 2 project continues to make
progress on both offshore and onshore activities.
The seabed and landfall connection points for the
export cables are being prepared, and fabrication of
foundation monopiles is progressing well.
In addition to our current construction portfolio, we
started off 2025 by completing two German offshore
wind farms. In the first quarter, we successfully commis-
sioned Gode Wind 3, thereby reaching more than 10 GW
of installed offshore wind capacity. The construction
of Borkum Riffgrund 3 was also completed in the first
quarter. However, the installation of the projects power
grid connection has been delayed by the German TSO,
and we now expect to reach commissioning in Q1 2026.
We are being compensated for this delay.
Applying a focused and disciplined approach to capi-
tal allocation guided by a value-over-volume principle
To ensure a focused and disciplined capital alloca-
tion, we will mainly focus on offshore wind in Europe
and select markets in APAC. As part of these efforts,
we will move towards a more flexible partnership
and financing approach to ensure value creation and
risk diversification.
This is underlined by discontinuing Hornsea 4 in its
current form, our strategic decision not to participate
in the Danish CCS tenders in the immediate future,
and having signed a divestment agreement on our
European onshore business.
In Q4 2025, we were awarded the rights under the
Irish Offshore Renewable Electricity Support Scheme
(ORESS) to develop the 900 MW fixed-bottom offshore
wind farm Tonn Nua site with our partner ESB. This is an
early-stage opportunity, and the project needs to be
assessed and matured through our stage-gate process,
including meeting our value creation criteria before
potential final investment decision in the early 2030s.
With this focus in mind, we also entered into a memo-
randum of understanding with Korea South-East Power
Company (KOEN) and POSCO for our Incheon offshore
wind project. The aim is to explore cooperation on joint
development, construction, and operations, including
potential equity participation.
Increasing cost competitiveness and cost-efficiency
In October, we announced that we will rightsize our
organisation further by reducing approx. 2,000 posi-
tions towards the end of 2027. The adjustment of the
organisation increases our competitiveness and is a
natural consequence of our strategic focus on offshore
wind in Europe and select markets in APAC and the
completion of our construction programme.
Borkum Riffgrund 3,
Germany.
Besides cost reductions, we also increase our compet-
itiveness through innovative solutions. An example of
this is the establishment of our low-noise monopile
installation technology platform, OSONIC, which
reduces installation noise by 99 % while also enabling
cost savings. Going forward, we will offer licensing
of the technology and related services to third-party
developers for European offshore wind projects.
The creation of the platform aligns with our focused
approach to capital allocation, as the technology
will strengthen the value creation potential of future
offshore wind projects and improve the competitive-
ness of offshore wind as an energy source. Recently, we
have entered into a preferred supplier agreement on
OSONIC with Luxcara, a German energy infrastructure
asset manager.
We continue to deliver sustainability action, con-
tributing to building Ørsted’s competitiveness and
delivering on our business plan. In 2025, we became
the first energy company to complete a transforma-
tion from fossil fuels to renewable energy. We have
reduced scope 1-2 emissions intensity by more than
98 % since the beginning of our transformation in
2006, thereby building green energy and delivering
on our decarbonisation target in parallel. We also
delivered biodiversity pilots and community impact
initiatives across relevant parts of the development,
construction, and generation phases to help de-risk
project delivery and secure our social license to
operate. For example, we delivered good results on
our biodiversity pilot with ARK to rewild the Dutch
North Sea, and we laid the groundwork for collabo-
ration with TAFE Gippsland and Federation University
in Australia to build a skilled local workforce for the
offshore wind industry. Read more about sustainability
in our Sustainability statements.
21
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Strategic ambitions
Installed renewable capacity
Gross capacity, GW
Offshore Onshore Bioenergy
Average ROCE Science-based target to reach net zero by 2040
GHG emissions intensity, g CO
2
e/kWh
Scope 1-3 GHG intensity (excl. category 11 ‘Use of sold products’)
2025
2027
2018
2025
//
//
2030
2040 <2.9
18.5
Group EBITDA
(excl. new partnerships and cancellation fees)
DKKbn
2025
2027
25
>3227
322
69
75
Science-based
targets
1
150-300 bps
Spread-to-WACC target
Fully loaded unlevered lifecycle spread to WACC at the time of bid/FID
2
1
See page 69 in the ‘E1 Climate change’ chapter for details on our SBTi-validated
climate targets.
2
Targeted range for spread to WACC at time of bid/FID (whichever comes first)
for individual projects. The targeted range is not a hurdle rate, and consequently,
some projects may deviate from the targeted range.
Net-positive biodiversity
impact from all new renewable
energy projects we commission
from 2030 onwards
We exclusively use
green and sustainable long-
term financing, and all projects
are taxonomy-aligned.
Women
Men
Gender balance in our total
workforce by 2030.
40
60
-77 %
-99 %
~11 %
>13 %
2026-2027 2028-2030
// //
22
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
changing geopolitical priorities in key markets may
affect regulatory regimes and the pace of decarbonisa-
tion commitments. Ørsted is dependent on continued
governmental support for power produced by renew-
able energy sources such as contracts for difference
(CfDs) and other support schemes.
‘Revenue risk’ (power price and volume risk) is our
third-largest risk, moving up from sixth place last year.
Ørsted’s main revenue risk stems from our intermit-
tent power generation from wind and solar PV assets.
Around 10 % of Ørsted’s revenue from 2026-2030 is
exposed to power price risk. The government subsidies
will expire for one more of our Danish assets in 2026 and
for two more of our UK assets in 2027. Our exposure to
this risk is expected to significantly increase in line with
Risks are a natural and integral part of our business
activities, and our risk profile changes continuously.
We aim to mitigate our risks and reduce them to an
acceptable level through risk management.
How we manage risk
The Board of Directors (together with the Executive
Board) is responsible for the risk management of
the company. The Audit and Risk Committee, which
has been established as a preparatory committee
to support the Board of Directors, prepares recom-
mendations on audit and risk issues for the Board
of Directors. In addition, the Board Asset Project
Committee assists the Board of Directors in their
supervision of risks associated with asset projects.
Our Enterprise Risk Framework sets out the general
principles, the roles and responsibilities, and the
main processes by which all risks must be identified,
assessed, managed, monitored, and communicated
throughout the Group. This framework continues to be
strengthened to support consistent processes for man-
aging risks at Ørsted and to enable informed decisions
on risk-taking to be made. Targeted initiatives are being
run in the context of the Enterprise Risk Framework,
strengthening the risk management set-up across our
value chain to increase our resilience to the global
economic and geopolitical uncertainties and indus-
try-wide renewable energy challenges.
We have continued to strengthen risk management in
relation to the development and construction of assets
during 2025, where we have seen substantial adverse
impacts on our business in recent years. This includes
continuing to strengthen risk management through
our asset project operating model, which was revised
in 2024, rolling out a new contingency management
framework, supply chain contingency planning (includ-
ing more proactive contracting for back-up supply
chain capacity), monitoring suppliers (including from
site visits to tracking manufacturing progress), and
strengthening portfolio steering to identify bottle-
necks and knock-on effects in the portfolio of projects.
We pro-actively monitor the execution progress and
status of risks to our construction portfolio, and we
regularly report on this to the Board Asset Project
Committee. This will remain a high focus area for 2026
and 2027 given the plans to complete several major
asset projects over this time period, which will substan-
tially increase installed offshore wind capacity.
How we assess risk
Risk assessment is carried out on an ongoing basis in
all business segments and regions as part of our daily
business operations.
In addition, we have performed an annual risk assess-
ment with the overall objective of identifying and
reporting on our most significant risks. This is carried
out through an assessment of the main risks across
all stages of the value chain, technologies, regions,
and central functions. An assessment is made of the
likelihood and potential financial impact of the main
risks post risk mitigation over the business planning
period using scenario analysis, and the risks are ranked
using our Enterprise Risk Assessment Matrix. Overall
ownership for all mitigating actions for individual risks
identified as part of the annual risk assessment rests
with a member of the Group Executive Team.
The top six enterprise risks identified are shown on the
next page in our Enterprise Risk Assessment Matrix.
You can read more about these risks, and how we
mitigate them on the following pages.
Development in enterprise risks in 2025
All the top risks identified in 2025 are impacted by
an overarching strategic execution risk related to our
four key strategic priorities: strengthening the capital
structure, delivering on the construction programme,
ensuring a focused capital allocation, and increasing
competitiveness and cost efficiency. See the strategy
section for more information on our strategic priorities.
We have introduced a broader ‘Political risk’ including
the ‘US regulatory risks’ from 2024 but now reflecting
the geopolitical uncertainty across our core markets
in general (EU/UK, US, and APAC), and we have seen
changes in the relative importance of our top risks
from last year.
Supply chain risk’ is still assessed to be our largest risk.
Supply-demand bottleneck risks appear to be easing in
the short term, however, there are longer term supply
chain risks which may threaten Ørsted’s strategic ambi-
tions if not resolved, including concentration of risk on
few European suppliers. In recent months, supply chain
disruption risks have intensified, driven by regulatory
uncertainty, the introduction of new trade barriers
(including tariffs, sanctions, and export controls), and
escalating trade conflicts across key markets. Supply
chain risk is a key driver of a lower levelised cost of
energy (LCOE), and a resilient supply chain must be in
place to support this.
‘Political risk’ are placed as our second-largest risk.
Ørsted operates in a geopolitical environment charac-
terised by strategic competition, evolving trade rela-
tionships, and shifting energy security priorities. The risks
that we are exposed to include volatility in key drivers
affecting our projects, trade barriers, and tariffs, supply
chain factors, political instability, and policy responses
to these developments across our markets (EU/UK, US,
and APAC). We have seen increased uncertainty in the
geopolitical situation recently in the US. Additionally,
Enterprise risk
management
Kuala Lumpur office, Malaysia.
23
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
1
2
46 3
5
Minor Serious Very serious Major
Rare Unlikely Likely Very Likely
Impact
Likelihood
Ørsted’s revenue targets, and as our asset projects are
constructed and our generating fleet increases.
Cybersecurity risk’ remains our fourth-largest risk.
The threat level against Ørsted is high across all regions.
The likelihood of espionage targeting Ørsted’s plants
and projects grows. Threat actors seek competitive
advantages in green energy and access to information
on critical infrastructure. Ørsted experiences frequent
intrusions, and we have measures and cyber defenses in
place to limit the impact of these. Having a large num-
ber of vendors exposes us to supply chain compromise,
increasing the likelihood of cyber risks materialising.
We assess ‘Construction risk’ to be our fifth-largest
risk. Wind projects are large and complex in nature
and may encounter obstacles, from both internal and
external factors, causing delays and cost overruns.
All projects have completion deadlines, and failure to
meet these may result in partial or full loss of subsidies,
grid connections, and/or project rights. Ongoing initia-
tives to strengthen project risk management highlight
the importance of managing this core risk to Ørsted’s
business and enabling future growth.
‘Financial market risk’ (Inflation, interest rate, and
currency risks) has moved down to be our sixth largest
risk as the divestments planned for 2025 have been
completed, leaving residual currency exposure as
the main financial risk. The long duration of Ørsted’s
cash flows exposes us towards changes in interest
rates and inflation, particularly for assets where the
fixed nominal price received is constant regardless of
interest rate, inflation, or merchant price level. This risk
is expected to reduce in future years.
// ESRS 2, IRO-1
Sustainability-related risks
Our double materiality assessment (DMA) is aligned
with our Enterprise Risk Framework. The DMA identifies
sustainability matters that are material both from an
impact perspective and from a financial perspective.
Sustainability risks are managed as part of the business
within the Enterprise Risk Framework to support clear
ownership.
From a financial materiality perspective, the sustain-
ability topics of climate change, resource use and
circular economy, own workforce, workers in the value
chain, and affected communities triggered materiality
in our DMA. Two of the identified sustainability-related
risks directly map to this year’s top enterprise risks:
supply chain risk and political risk.
A description of our DMA results and methodology can
be found in the ‘Sustainability statements’ on pages
65-66.
//
Top 6 enterprise risks
Enterprise Risk Assessment Matrix
1 Supply chain risk
(no. 1 in 2024)
2 Political risk (new in 2025)
3 Revenue risk (no. 6 in 2024)
4 Cybersecurity risk (no. 4 in 2024)
5 Construction risk (no. 3 in 2024)
6 Financial market risk
(no. 5 in 2024)
24
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
3. Revenue risk
Description
Revenue risk primarily comes from our intermittent
power generation from wind and solar PV assets
in the UK, the US, and north-western Europe.
The largest risk factors are production volume and
energy prices. Other risk factors can also have a
significant impact including our CHP plants which
constitute a spread risk due to the difference
between the prices of the power generated and
the fuel consumed (i.e. biomass, gas, and carbon
dioxide allowances). We are also exposed to second-
order risks arising from power price hedges not fully
matching our actual revenue exposure (position
and intermittency risks).
Potential impact
Energy prices are volatile and can impact both
earnings and liquidity.
Mitigating actions
Approx. 90 % of our expected revenue from
generation of power from renewable offshore and
onshore assets in 2026-2030 have no exposure
to power price risk as the price is either regulated
through subsidies or contracted through CPPAs.
This significantly reduces our exposure towards
volatility in power prices.
We manage our overall exposure to risk through
our risk appetite limits, which are operationalised
into business level limits.
Read more about our risk framework and energy
price risks in notes 6.1 ‘Risk framework’ and
6.2 ‘Energy price risks’.
2. Political risk
Description
Ørsted operates in a geopolitical environment character-
ised by strategic competition, evolving trade relation-
ships, and shifting energy security priorities. The geopolit-
ical risks that we are exposed to include volatility in key
drivers affecting our projects, trade barriers, and tariffs,
supply chain factors and diplomatic instability, and policy
responses to these developments. Regulatory diver-
gence across our markets (EU/UK, US, and APAC) creates
compliance complexity, while sanctions regimes and
export controls may constrain sourcing or partnership
opportunities. Security concerns around critical infrastruc-
ture have increased, including for offshore installations
and grid connections. Additionally, changing geopolitical
priorities in key markets may affect regulatory regimes
and the pace of decarbonisation commitments.
Potential impact
Geopolitical tensions could affect project economics
and timelines through increased component costs,
supply chain disruptions, or reduced access to interna-
tional production capacity. Regulatory fragmentation
across jurisdictions increases compliance costs and
may challenge project timelines through inconsistent
standards and requirements. Changes in government
priorities or incentive structures could affect project
viability, particularly for developments in earlier stages.
We have seen recently that political decisions in US
impact our asset projects in construction, our ability to
qualify for tax credits or tariffs on key components such
as steel and wind turbine components that could lead
to significant adverse financial impacts.
Mitigating actions
Ørsted maintains a diversified geographic portfolio
to reduce concentration risk in any single geopolitical
jurisdiction. We strategically diversify our supply chain,
developing relationships with suppliers across multiple
regions to reduce dependency on any single export
market. We maintain close engagement with policy-
makers, industry associations, and security officials in
our markets to anticipate regulatory changes, advo-
cate for stable policy frameworks, and co- implement
strategic security measures. We monitor developments,
assess the risk through including sensitivities to assump-
tions in our business and maintain flexibility to shift
toward more value-accretive opportunities as market
conditions change. Ørsted is aligned with Europes
energy security objectives and prevailing policy prioritie
while our international diversification provides flexibility
to adapt to region-specific disruptions.
1. Supply chain risk
Description
As a global renewable energy developer, we
continue to face significant risks related to our
supply chain. While supply-demand bottleneck risks
are easing, the market continues to face elevated
supply chain costs due to price volatility driven by
suppliers’ assumptions of strong global demand
and opportunistic pricing. Ørsted’s and the key
suppliers’ dependencies on copper and rare earths
for production increases risk exposure due to supply
availability and price volatility. In addition, supply
chain disruption risks have intensified recently
driven by regulatory uncertainty, the introduction
of new trade barriers, and escalating trade conflicts
across key markets.
Potential impact
The inability of our suppliers to deliver on agreed
schedules, lack of available production capacity or
transportation and installations vessels, and sudden
inflation in key materials could result in project
delays and budget overruns as well as cancellation
of projects.
Mitigating actions
We enter into volume agreements and source
wind turbines from key suppliers in a timely manner
to reduce uncertainty, and we have entered into
long-term vessel supply contracts. As part of our
strengthened operating model, we pro-actively
secure additional capacity for restricted supply
chain sources to have more flexibility and alterna-
tives in our project plans and installation schedules.
We thoroughly vet new suppliers and monitor
suppliers, e.g. by tracking manufacturing progress.
To mitigate cost inflation risks, we carry out hedg-
ing for steel and other commodities on an asset
project basis.
4. Cybersecurity risk
Description
We face significant cybersecurity risks from individ-
uals, groups, and nations, aiming to harm or profit
from the company or the society it serves. Being
considered at the forefront of the green energy
transition and designated as critical infrastructure
in several markets profiles Ørsted as a potential
target for cyberattacks. Cyberthreats can range
from compromising a single asset to disrupting entire
operations and societies by leveraging technical or
human vulnerabilities in conjunction with process and
procedural failures, within Ørsted or our suppliers, to
degrade our digital systems and processes. Across our
operating markets, escalating cybersecurity regula-
tions present additional compliance risks.
Potential impact
Minor digital risk events, such as viruses and
attempted break-ins, are everyday risks without
significant impact. However, a ransomware attack or
direct sabotage of our digital systems and processes
could severely impact trading activities, financial
settlements, maintenance, construction, and contract
negotiations. Dependence on the enterprise environ-
ment means energy production would be affected,
with the impact increasing the longer the disruption
continues with significant financial and reputational
penalties for non-compliance.
Mitigating actions
We face different types of cyber risks. Some are
related to our assets and some to our systems.
Thus, we mitigate cyber risks with several different
initiatives, which are continuously assessed and
prioritised based on our strategic cybersecurity
risk assessment with the aim of lowering our risk
exposure.
At our operating assets, we have deployed
production cyber defences to enhance protection
against onsite and offsite attacks. In addition, we
have a top-level information and cybersecurity
management system and framework, supported
by our global governance model. We have regular
trainings and roll-out of new security measures as
they are approved. We also carry out selected crisis
response and preparedness testing and training.
This way, our cyber capability is continuously
improved to identify, protect, detect, respond, and
recover across the enterprise and production sites.
25
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
6. Financial market risk
Description
Our inflation, interest rate, and currency risks are
related to volatility in the macroeconomic environ-
ment where we operate.
We are exposed to inflation, both directly through
the real return but also indirectly through cost
inflation and higher interest rates. Approx. 50 % of
our revenue in 2026-2030 is inflation-indexed and
expected to follow the development in consumer
prices, thereby protecting the real value of our
assets and equity. However, for assets and in
markets where we do not have inflation-indexed
PPAs or subsidies, we are exposed to inflation risks,
where an increase in inflation will adversely impact
the expected real value of our revenue.
Potential impact
Fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, and foreign
exchange rates may adversely impact our earnings
and the value of our assets.
Mitigating actions
We prefer investing in assets and entering into
contracts with inflation-indexed revenue streams to
mitigate cost inflation, and we match our debt with
our assets per currency and the same payment
structures (modified duration). Hence, our European
fixed nominal subsidies are being offset by EUR-
denominated fixed-rate debt. In contrast, we have
entered into inflation swaps for part of our inflation-
indexed revenue in the UK to match our nominal
GBP debt. In new markets, we may execute interest
rate swaps to lock in interest rates before financing
is secured. Our currency exposure is managed by
hedging more in the near years and less in the later
years over a five-year horizon.
We manage our overall exposure to risk through our
risk appetite limits, which are operationalised into
business level limits.
Read more about inflation and interest rate risks in
note 6.3 ‘Inflation and interest rate risks’ and about
currency risks in note 6.4 ‘Currency risks’.
5. Construction risk
Description
Offshore wind projects are large and complex in
nature and may encounter obstacles, both from
internal and external factors, leading to installation
challenges impacting project execution, delays to
construction schedules, and cost overruns. The risk
remains high in the US due to the uncertainty about
executive actions on permitting and tariffs. The risk
is expected to remain at an elevated level during
the intense construction programme planned for
2026 and 2027, where several major asset projects
are expected to become operational.
Potential impact
All projects have completion deadlines, and failure
to meet these may result in partial or full loss of
subsidies, grid connections, and/or project rights,
leading to adverse impacts on financial metrics.
Delays and technical challenges can lead to cost
overruns during the project execution phase. In the
worst case, this risk may lead to impairments or
projects being cancelled and subsequently incurring
high breakaway costs.
Mitigation initiatives
Throughout the year, we have continued to
strengthen the risk management activities during
the construction phase for offshore asset projects
through the new operating model. A new contin-
gency management framework has been rolled
out, and we have introduced stronger portfolio
steering to identify bottlenecks and knock-on
effects in the portfolio of asset projects under
construction. We pro-actively monitor the execution
progress and status of risks to our construction
portfolio, and we regularly report on this to the
Board Asset Project Committee.
26
Managements review
Strategy and business
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Performance
Hornsea 3
The United Kingdom
The AW139 helicopter can carry up to 12 construction
workers as they change shifts while building Hornsea 3
in the UK.
The aircraft is one transportation vehicle among ten
chosen this year to work on the construction phase of
what will become the world’s largest single offshore
wind farm. Others include guard vessels, crew transfer
vessels, jack-up vessels, an uncrewed service vessel, and
a brand new service operating vessel (SOV), which is
currently under construction. The new SOV will provide
jobs for at least 44 people on board.
27
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Full-year results Financial results
Revenue
Power generation from offshore and onshore assets
increased by 4 % and totalled 35.2 TWh in 2025.
The increase was due to new projects coming online,
mainly our offshore wind farm Gode Wind 3 and our
solar PV farms Sparta Solar (part of Helena Energy
Center), Eleven Mile Solar Center, and Mockingbird.
Furthermore, curtailments at Hornsea 1 and Hornsea 2
led to low availability in the first half of 2024 and were
not repeated in 2025. This was partly offset by lower
wind speeds throughout our offshore portfolio and the
farm-downs of three onshore assets.
Heat generation decreased by 7 % in 2025, whereas
thermal power generation decreased by 20 %,
mainly due to the shutdown of coal-fired CHP plants
during 2024.
Our renewable share of generation amounted to
99 %, an increase of 2 percentage points compared
to last year.
Revenue amounted to DKK 73.2 billion, which was 3 %
higher than in 2024. The increase was mainly driven by
the sale of the Hornsea 3 offshore transmission assets in
relation to the 50 % farm-down of the wind farm.
EBITDA
Operating profit (EBITDA) for 2025 amounted to
DKK 22.4 billion, DKK 9.5 billion lower than in 2024.
Adjusted for new partnerships and cancellation fees,
EBITDA increased by DKK 0.3 billion and amounted
to DKK 25.1 billion.
Earnings from new partnerships totalled DKK -1.3
billion and related to the farm-down of Hornsea 3
(DKK -4.8 billion), West of Duddon Sands (DKK 2.8
billion), Badger Wind (DKK 0.5 billion), and Eleven Mile
and Sparta Solar (DKK 0.3 billion). The negative impact
from Hornsea 3 was mainly driven by the accounting
treatment of the net-present-value effect of asymmetric
cash flow distributions. Our partner will receive a larger
share of the distribution while the project is under the
CfD contract, and we will receive a larger distribution
post CfD.
Impact from cancellation fees amounted to DKK -1.4
billion and related to the decision to discontinue
Hornsea 4 in its current form (DKK -2.9 billion), partly
offset by Ocean Wind 1 reversals (DKK 1.3 billion) and
various minor corrections.
EBITDA from offshore sites amounted to DKK 24.3 billion,
an increase of DKK 0.5 billion compared to 2024. The
increase was driven by the ramp-up of generation from
Gode Wind 3, compensation for grid delay at Borkum
Riffgrund 3, higher availability, and higher revenue from
CfDs, ROCs, and green certificates. The increase in earnings
was partly offset by lower wind speeds (DKK 1.0 billion)
and a step down in subsidy levels for older wind farms.
Operation and maintenance
at Greater Changhua, Taiwan.
EBITDA excl. new partnerships and cancellation fees
78 % Offshore, 17 % Onshore, 5 % Bioenergy & Other
25.1 DKKbn
EBITDA from existing partnerships
1
increased by
DKK 0.3 billion and amounted to DKK -0.7 billion
in 2025. The negative effect in 2025 was mainly
related to Greater Changhua 4 where array cable
installation challenges led to negative impact on the
construction agreement.
1
Measurement for current-year impacts from prior years’ partial or
full divestment of ownership interests or construction agreements.
28
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
EBITDA from our onshore business excl. new partner-
ships amounted to DKK 4.2 billion, DKK 0.2 billion higher
than in 2024. The increase was due to the ramp-up of
generation at Sparta Solar, Eleven Mile, and Mocking-
bird. This was partly offset by the 50 % farm-downs of
the same projects.
EBITDA from our CHP plants amounted to DKK 1.6
billion in 2025, DKK 0.3 billion higher than in 2024.
The increase was mainly due to higher achieved prices
and improved spreads, only partly offset by lower
generation.
EBITDA from our gas business totalled DKK 0.6 billion in
2025, DKK 0.3 billion higher than in 2024. The increase
was mainly driven by the ramp-up of volumes from
our offtake contract with the Danish Underground
Consortium (DUC) due to the ramp-up of production
from the Tyra field.
The negative effect from ‘Other’ was mainly related to
the rightsizing of the organisation.
Impairment
Impairment losses had a negative effect of DKK 3.6
billion in 2025. The main contributors to the net impair-
ment were updated tariff assumptions in the US, the
stop-work order on Revolution Wind and the lease sus-
pension orders on Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind,
regulatory uncertainty in the US, the divestment of our
European onshore business, and impairments related
to the decision to discontinue the Hornsea 4 project in
its current form. This was partly offset by a decrease
in the long-dated US interest rates and an increase in
long-term prices for our US onshore assets. See note
3.2 ‘Impairments’ for more information.
In 2024, impairments had a negative effect of
DKK 15.6 billion. The main contributors to the net
impairment were construction delays and increased
costs for Sunrise Wind and Revolution Wind, lower
valuation of our seabed leases, an increase in the US
long-dated interest rate, and our decision to cease
construction of FlagshipONE. This was partly offset by
a reversal on our Sunrise Wind project due to its award
of a higher OREC by the State of New York.
EBIT
EBIT increased by DKK 2.4 billion to DKK 8.6 billion in
2025. This was mainly due to lower impairments, partly
offset by lower EBITDA.
Financial income and expenses
Net financial income and expenses amounted to
DKK -2.9 billion, DKK 0.7 billion less negative than last
year, mainly driven by a positive impact from exchange
rate adjustments, primarily due to gains from the
strengthening of DKK against GBP and TWD in 2025,
and by a higher share of capitalised interests. In 2024,
we had a positive effect from a gain on US interest rate
swaps, which was not repeated in 2025.
Tax and tax rate
Tax on profit for the year amounted to DKK 2.8 billion,
DKK 0.2 billion higher than last year. The tax rate in
2025 was 47 % and was negatively affected by net
unrecognised deferred tax assets, including effects
related to impairment losses and cancellation fees.
See note 4 ‘Tax’ for more information.
In 2024, the tax rate of 99 % was negatively affected
by the recognition of deferred tax liabilities related
to tax equity contributions for US projects and net
unrecognised deferred tax assets, including effects
related to impairment losses and cancellation fees.
Profit for the year
Profit for the year totalled DKK 3.2 billion, DKK 3.2 billion
higher than in 2024. The increase was mainly due to the
higher EBIT.
2024
Sites
Sites
CHP plants
Existing partnerships
1
Other
Other
Other
2025
Gas & Other
EBITDA excluding new partnerships and cancellation fees
DKKbn
Financial results
DKKm 2025 2024 %
Revenue 73,244 71,034 3 %
EBITDA 22,448 31,959 (30 %)
New partnerships (1,255) (127) 888 %
Cancellation fees (1,362) 7,335 n.a.
EBITDA excl. new partnerships and cancellation fees 25,065 24,751 1 %
Depreciation and amortisation (10,195) (10,225) (0 %)
Impairment (loss)/reversal (3,633) (15,563) (77 %)
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 8,620 6,171 40 %
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises 213 (11) n.a.
Financial items, net (2,881) (3,591) (20 %)
Profit before tax 5,988 2,606 130 %
Tax on profit (loss) for the year (2,823) (2,590) 9 %
Tax rate 47 % 99 % (52 %p)
Profit (loss) for the year 3,165 16 n.a.
24.8
0.5
0.0
0.3
0.3
-0.4
0.2
-0.6
25.1
0.0
Offshore
Onshore
Bio & Other
1
Measurement for current-year impacts from prior years’ partial or full divestment of ownership interests or construction agreements.
29
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Cash flows and net debt
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from operating activities totalled DKK 23.7
billion in 2025 compared to DKK 18.4 billion in 2024.
In 2025, the positive impact from provisions and other
items was mainly related to a reversal of the non-cash
impact in EBITDA from cancellation fees, whereas we
had a net cash outflow in 2024 of DKK 6.3 billion from
payments regarding the provisions made for cancel-
lation fees regarding Ocean Wind 1 in addition to a
reversal of DKK 7.3 billion.
In 2025, the increase in variation margin payments on
unrealised hedges (‘Change in variation margin’) and
initial margin payments at clearing houses (part of
Change in other working capital’) was DKK 0.2 billion,
whereas we released DKK 2.0 billion in 2024.
In 2025, we had a net cash inflow from work in pro-
gress of DKK 11.5 billion, mainly related to the 50 %
farm-down of Hornsea 3 and the related offshore
transmission asset. This was partly offset by construc-
tion of Borkum Riffgrund 3 and Greater Changhua
4 for partners. In 2024, we had a cash outflow of
DKK 3.8 billion, mainly related to the construction of
the Hornsea 3 and Hornsea 4 offshore transmission
assets and the construction of Gode Wind 3 for part-
ners, partly offset by milestone payments received at
Borkum Riffgrund 3 and Greater Changhua 4.
In 2025, we did not receive tax equity contributions
whereas we received tax equity contributions for Eleven
Mile and Mockingbird in 2024. In both periods,Change
in tax equity’ included a reversal of the non-cash
recognition of tax credits and benefits through EBITDA.
In 2024, ‘Change in other working capital’ was positively
affected by a DKK 6.2 billion prepayment of power
related to the divestment of an equity ownership stake
in a portfolio consisting of four UK offshore wind farms.
In addition, seasonal change in net trade receivables
and payables had a negative effect in 2025.
Investments and divestments
Gross investments amounted to DKK 55.0 billion in
2025. The main investments were:
· offshore wind farms (DKK 47.7 billion), mainly
Greater Changhua 2b and 4 in Taiwan, Hornsea 3
and Baltica 2 in Europe as well as Sunrise Wind and
Revolution Wind in the US
· onshore wind and solar PV farms (DKK 5.1 billion),
mainly the construction of Badger, the battery
energy storage system (BESS) at Old 300, and our
portfolio of European projects
· CHP plants (DKK 2.0 billion), mainly our carbon cap-
ture and storage facilities in Denmark.
In 2025, ‘Divestments’ amounted to DKK 12.4 billion and
mainly related to the 50 % farm-downs of Hornsea 3,
Eleven Mile, and Sparta Solar and the partial farm-down
of West of Duddon Sands.
In 2024, ‘Divestments’ amounted to DKK 15.7 billion
and were mainly related to the divestment of an equity
ownership stake in a portfolio consisting of four UK
offshore wind farms and a portfolio of four US onshore
wind farms, the farm-downs of Greater Changhua 4
and Mockingbird, the sale of the French part of our
European onshore portfolio, and customary compensa-
tion to our partners in Hornsea 1 for wake loss effects.
Cash flow and net debt
DKKm 2025 2024 %
Cash flows from operating activities 23,741 18,356 29 %
EBITDA 22,448 31,959 (30 %)
Reversal of gain (loss) on divestment of assets 964 (349) n.a.
Change in derivatives, excl. variation margin (274) (892) (69 %)
Change in variation margin (215) 1,540 n.a.
Change in provisions and other items 2,001 (13,186) n.a.
Interest expense, net (3,248) (474) 585 %
Paid tax (4,899) (6,327) (23 %)
Change in work in progress 11,536 (3,803) n.a.
Change in tax equity liabilities (3,027) 1,458 n.a.
Change in other working capital (1,545) 8,430 n.a.
Gross investments (54,976) (42,808) 28 %
Divestments 12,385 15,680 (21 %)
Free cash flow (18,850) (8,772) 115 %
Net interest-bearing debt at 1 January 58,027 47,379 22 %
Free cash flow 18,850 8,772 115 %
Dividends and hybrid coupons paid 2,643 1,028 157 %
Addition of leasing obligations, net 3,315 1,076 208 %
Issuance of hybrid capital, net - (1,813) n.a.
Capital transactions, principal shareholder (59,378) - n.a.
Exchange rate adjustments, etc. (4,479) 1,585 n.a.
Net interest-bearing debt at 31 December 18,978 58,027 (67 %)
Gain (loss) on sale of assets is part of EBITDA but is presented as part of the ‘divestment’ cash flow.
The EBITDA effect is thus reversed in the specification of cash flows from operating activities.
Key ratios
DKKm, % 2025 2024 %
ROCE, % 5.4 4.5 1 %p
Adjusted interest-bearing net debt, DKKm 28,731 71,392 (60 %)
FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt, % 42.9 12.7 30 %p
ROCE and FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt is specified in notes 2 ‘Return on capital employed’
and 5.1 ‘Interest- bearing net debt and FFO’.
30
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Interest-bearing net debt
Interest-bearing net debt totalled DKK 19.0 billion at
the end of 2025 against DKK 58.0 billion at the end of
2024. The decrease was mainly due to the rights issue,
which was completed in 2025.
Equity and capital employed
Equity
Equity was DKK 148.9 billion at the end of 2025 against
DKK 93.5 billion at the end of 2024. The increase was
mainly due to the rights issue, which was completed in
2025 with net proceeds of DKK 59.4 billion.
Capital employed
Capital employed was DKK 167.9 billion at the end
of 2025 against DKK 151.5 billion at the end of
2024, mainly due to new investments, partly offset
by farm-downs.
Financial ratios
Return on capital employed (ROCE)
Return on capital employed (ROCE) was 5.4 % in
2025. The increase of 1 percentage point compared
to last year was attributable to a higher EBIT due
to lower impairment losses in 2024. ROCE adjusted
for impairment losses and cancellation fees in 2025
was 8.4 % versus 10.1 % in 2024 mainly due to higher
capital employed.
Credit metric (FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt)
The funds from operations (FFO)/adjusted interest-
bearing net debt credit metric was 42.9 % in 2025
against 12.7 % in 2024. The increase was mainly due to
lower net debt as a result of the rights issue in 2025.
ESG results
Renewable share of heat and power generation
The renewable share of energy generation was 99 %
in 2025, a 2 percentage point increase compared to
2024, and we thereby reached our 2025 target of 99 %
share or renewable energy generation from a baseline
value of 75 % in 2018. The increase was mainly driven
by the shut-down of coal-based generation in H2 2024.
Greenhouse gas emissions
Greenhouse gas emissions from own operations (scope
1) decreased by 75 % in 2025 compared to 2024. The
decrease was primarily due to the cessation of coal-
based generation in H2 2024 and a lower natural gas-
based generation compared to 2024. Our scope 1 and
2 greenhouse gas intensity decreased to 4 g CO
2
e/kWh
in 2025 compared to 16 g CO
2
e/kWh in 2024. We have
reached our target of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh for the scope 1
and 2 intensity for the full year 2025.
Greenhouse gas emissions from our supply chain and
sales activities (scope 3) were 19 % higher in 2025
compared to 2024. The increase was mainly driven
by higher emissions from sold products (category 11),
reflecting higher natural gas offtake from the Danish
North Sea following the ramp-up of the Tyra gas
field as well as the recognition of emissions from the
extraordinary sale of stored coal after the shutdown of
our coal-based generation in 2024. The increase was
partly offset by lower emissions from asset construction
activities (category 2) and lower upstream emissions
from fuels used in CHP plants as well as lower regular
power sales (category 3) compared to 2024.
Our scope 1-3 greenhouse gas intensity (excl.
category 11) decreased by 24 % to 69 g CO
2
e/kWh
in 2025 compared to 91 g CO
2
e/kWh in 2024.
Revenue 88 %
EBITDA 100 %
Gross investments 99 %
OPEX 82 %
Hornsea 2, UK.
Taxonomy-aligned KPIs
Read more about our EU taxonomy-aligned
KPIs in our ‘Sustainability statements’.
Safety
Unfortunately, a tragic incident involving a subcon-
tractor at our US onshore wind farm Plum Creek Wind
resulted in two fatalities in February 2025. During 2025,
we implemented several improvements in response
to the fatalities. In 2025, we had 96 total recordable
injuries (TRIs). This was an increase of 13 % from 2024
to 2025. The total amount of hours worked in 2025
was 23 % higher than in 2024 with an increase of
45 % in contractor working hours. This brings our total
recordable injury rate (TRIR) to 2.5 in 2025, a decrease
of 7 % compared to 2024 and in line with our target
value of 2.5 in 2025.
31
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Five-year summary
Financial statements
DKKm 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Income statement
Revenue
1
73,244 71,034 79,255 114,417 77,673
EBITDA 22,448 31,959 18,717 32,057 24,296
Offshore 16,276 26,470 13,817 19,569 18,021
Sites, O&M, and PPAs 24,341 23,819 20,207 9,940 13,059
Construction agreements and divestment gains (2,668) (1,065) 5,218 12,277 7,535
Cancellation fees (1,362) 7,335 (9,621) - -
Other (4,035) (3,619) (1,987) (2,648) (2,573)
Onshore 4,871 3,863 2,970 3,644 1,349
Bioenergy & Other 1,358 1,082 1,523 8,619 4,747
Other activities (57) 544 407 225 179
Depreciation and amortisation (10,195) (10,225) (9,795) (9,754) (7,972)
Impairment (3,633) (15,563) (26,775) (2,529) (129)
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 8,620 6,171 (17,853) 19,774 16,195
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises 213 (11) 234 331 (742)
Net financial income and expenses (2,881) (3,591) (1,443) (2,536) (2,166)
Profit (loss) before tax 5,988 2,606 (19,026) 17,609 13,277
Ta x (2,823) (2,590) (1,156) (2,613) (2,390)
Profit (loss) for the year 3,165 16 (20,182) 14,996 10,887
Balance sheet
Assets 367,922 298,786 281,136 314,142 270,385
Equity 148,941 93,484 77,791 95,532 85,137
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S 119,718 62,138 56,782 71,743 64,072
Hybrid capital 20,955 20,955 19,103 19,793 17,984
Non-controlling interests 8,268 10,391 1,906 3,996 3,081
Interest-bearing net debt 18,978 58,027 47,379 30,571 24,280
Capital employed 167,919 151,511 125,170 126,103 109,416
Additions to property, plant, and equipment 58,464 46,985 37,954 33,662 43,941
Cash flow
Cash flows from operating activities 23,741 18,356 28,532 11,924 12,148
Gross investments (54,976) (42,808) (38,509) (37,447) (39,307)
Divestments 12,385 15,680 1,542 25,636 21,519
Free cash flow (18,850) (8,772) (8,435) 113 (5,640)
Financial ratios
Return on capital employed (ROCE), % 5.4 4.5 (14.2) 16.8 14.8
FFO/adjusted net debt, %
2
42.9 12.7 28.6 42.7 26.3
Number of outstanding shares, 31 December, ‘000 1,321,062 420,381 420,381 420,209 420,175
Share price, 31 December, DKK 122 324 374 631 835
Market capitalisation, 31 December, DKKbn 162 136 157 265 351
Earnings per share (EPS), DKK
3
2.0 (1.2) (27.8) 19.2 13.5
Dividend yield, % - - - 2.1 1.5
Business drivers 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Offshore
Decided (FID’ed) and installed capacity, GW 18.3 16.8 15.5 11.1 10.9
Installed capacity, GW 10.2 9.9 8.9 8.9 7.6
Generation capacity, GW 5.5 5.3 5.0 4.7 4.0
Wind speed, m/s 9.7 10.0 9.8 9.5 9.1
Load factor, % 42 42 43 42 39
Availability, % 93 88 93 94 94
Power generation, GWh 19,687 18,599 17,761 16,483 13,808
Power sales
1
, GWh 19,244 19,967 21,448 23,194 25,020
Onshore
Decided (FID’ed) and installed capacity, GW 7.1 7.0 6.4 6.2 4.7
Installed capacity, GW 6.3 6.2 4.8 4.2 3.4
Wind speed
4
, m/s 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.4 7.4
Load factor
4
, wind, % 37 37 36 40 42
Load factor
4
, solar PV, % 25 25 24 25 24
Availability
4
wind, % 91 90 88 93 96
Availability
4
, solar PV, % 92 98 98 98 96
Power generation, GWh 15,482 15,315 13,374 13,146 8,352
Bioenergy & Other
Degree days, number 2,501 2,485 2,585 2,548 2,820
Heat generation, GWh 6,414 6,919 6,587 6,368 7,907
Power generation, GWh 3,635 4,522 4,437 6,012 6,890
Power sales, GWh 2,475 2,426 2,627 5,399 8,797
Gas sales, GWh 21,528 17,372 16,880 31,637 61,349
Sustainability statements
Employees (FTE), end of year, number 7,896 8,278 8,905 8,027 6,836
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR) 2.5 2.7 2.8 3.1 3.0
Fatalities, number 2 0 0 0 0
Renewable share of energy generation, % 99 97 93 91 90
GHG emission (scopes 1 & 2), million tonnes 0.2 0.7 1.6 2.5 2.1
GHG intensity (scopes 1 & 2), g CO
2
e/kWh 4 16 38 60 58
GHG intensity (scopes 1-3 excl. category 11), g
CO
2
e/kWh
5
69 91 80 147 165
GHG emissions (scope 3), million tonnes
5
8.8 7.4 5.6 11.0 18.2
1
In 2023, we changed our accounting policy on recognition of
revenue from the settlement of failed own-use contracts related to
power. The change only impacts revenue and cost of sales with no
impact on EBITDA. The comparisons for 2022 have been adjusted,
but 2021 numbers have not been adjusted. The related power
volumes in 2022 and 2023 have consequently been netted.
2
FFO last 12 months. As of January 2025, we have included
‘Dividends paid to minority interests’ in ‘Funds from operations’.
Comparative figures for 2024 are restated.
3
Due to the rights issue in October 2025 at a price below market
price, the average number of shares and the diluted average
number of shares for 2021-2024 have been restated using the
calculated bonus ratio (1.8).
4
For 2021, these business drivers are for US only.
5
Figures for 2024 have been restated to reflect an update to the
allocation methodology for scope 3, category 2 capital goods
(see page 78 for details). Figures for periods prior to 2024 have
not been restated.
32
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Fourth quarter
Group financial performance
EBITDA
Operating profit (EBITDA) for Q4 2025 amounted to
DKK 3.9 billion, DKK 4.5 billion lower than in Q4 2024,
mainly due to the loss related to the 50 % farm-down of
Hornsea 3 mentioned in the full-year results. Adjusted
for new partnerships and cancellation fees, EBITDA
increased by DKK 0.5 billion to DKK 8.1 billion.
Earnings from Offshore sites amounted to DKK 8.2
billion, a decrease of DKK 0.3 billion compared to Q4
2024. The decrease was driven by a step down in sub-
sidy levels for older wind farms, the farm-down of 24.5 %
of West of Duddon Sands in Q2 2025, high earnings
from our power trading activities in Q4 2024 not being
repeated in Q4 2025, and a positive effect related to
moving costs from sites to other in Q4 2024 not being
repeated to the same extent in Q4 2025. This was only
partly offset by higher wind speeds (DKK 1.0 billion).
EBITDA from existing partnerships
1
increased by
DKK 0.6 billion and amounted to DKK -0.3 billion in
Q4 2025 and was mainly related to various smaller
updates on construction agreements.
EBITDA from our Onshore sites amounted to DKK 1.1
billion, DKK 0.2 billion lower than in Q4 2024. The
decrease was mainly attributable to lower generation
due to the 50 % farm-downs of Mockingbird in Q4 2024
and Sparta Solar and Eleven Mile in Q1 2025.
EBITDA from our CHP plants amounted to DKK 0.6
billion, DKK 0.1 billion lower than in Q4 2024, mainly
due to lower generation.
EBITDA from our gas business totalled DKK 0.2 billion
in Q4 2025, slightly below Q4 2024.
The negative effect from ‘Other’ was mainly related
to rightsizing in Q4 2025.
Impairment losses
Impairment losses in Q4 2025 amounted to DKK 2.1
billion and related to our US portfolio and the divest-
ment of our European onshore business. The negative
development in the US was driven by the stop-work
order on Revolution Wind and lease suspension orders
on Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind. The divestment
of our European onshore business led to an impair-
ment loss of DKK 1.6 billion on goodwill, and the
related assets and liabilities are classified as held for
sale. See notes 3.2 ‘Impairments’ and 3.11 ‘Assets held
for sale.
EBITDA excluding new partnerships and cancellation fees
DKKbn
Financial results
DKKm Q4 2025 Q4 2024 %
Revenue 23,134 21,077 10 %
EBITDA 3,869 8,353 (54 %)
New partnerships (4,395) (127) 3,361 %
Cancellation fees 169 926 (82 %)
EBITDA excl. new partnerships and cancellation fees 8,095 7,554 7 %
Depreciation and amortisation (2,782) (2,571) 8 %
Impairment (loss)/reversal (2,128) (12,127) (82 %)
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) (1,041) (6,345) (84 %)
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises (2) 34 n.a.
Financial items, net (556) (457) 22 %
Profit (loss) before tax (1,587) (6,761) (77 %)
Ta x (1,784) 677 n.a.
Tax rate (112 %) 10 % (122 %p)
Profit (loss) for the period (3,371) (6,084) (45 %)
Q4 2024
Sites
Sites
CHP plants
Existing partnerships
1
Other
Other
Other
Q4 2025
Gas & Other
7.6
-0.3
-0.2
-0.1
0.6
1.1
0.0
-0.4
8.1
-0.1
Offshore
Onshore
Bio & Other
1
Measurement for current-year impacts from prior years’ partial or full divestment of ownership interests or construction agreements.
33
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from operating activities totalled
DKK 17.1 billion in Q4 2025 compared to DKK 10.3
billion in Q4 2024.
In Q4 2025, we had a net cash inflow from work in
progress of DKK 14.7 billion, mainly related to the
farm-down of 50 % of Hornsea 3 and the related
offshore transmission asset. This was partly offset by
construction progress on Greater Changhua 4. In Q4
2024, we had a cash outflow of DKK 0.4 billion, mainly
related to the construction of the Hornsea 3 offshore
transmission assets and the construction of Borkum
Riffgrund 3 and Greater Changhua 1. This was partly
offset by milestone payments from partners in Greater
Changhua 4.
In Q4 2025, we did not receive any new tax equity con-
tributions, whereas we received a tax equity contribu-
tion for Mockingbird in Q4 2024.
Change in ‘Other working capital’ was positively
affected in Q4 2024 by a DKK 6.2 billion prepayment
of power related to the divestment of an equity owner-
ship stake in a portfolio consisting of four UK offshore
wind farms.
Cash flow and net debt
DKKm Q4 2025 Q4 2024 %
Cash flows from operating activities 17,087 10,306 66 %
EBITDA 3,869 8,353 (54 %)
Reversal of gain (loss) on divestment of assets 4,154 (83) n.a.
Change in derivatives, excl. variation margin 32 203 (84 %)
Change in variation margin (13) 74 n.a.
Change in provisions and other items 737 (1,522) n.a.
Interest expenses, net (1,456) 158 n.a.
Paid tax (3,302) (3,147) 5 %
Change in work in progress 14,653 (399) n.a.
Change in tax equity partner liabilities (783) 155 n.a.
Change in other working capital (804) 6,514 n.a.
Gross investments (15,052) (17,114) (12 %)
Divestments 5,196 13,317 (61 %)
Free cash flow 7,231 6,509 11 %
Net interest-bearing debt, beginning of period 83,154 62,817 32 %
Free cash flow (7,231) (6,509) 11 %
Dividends and hybrid coupon paid 976 535 82 %
Addition to lease obligations, net 2,554 36 n.a.
Capital transactions principal shareholder (59,378) - n.a.
Exchange rate adjustments, etc. (1,110) 1,148 n.a.
Net interest-bearing debt, end of period 18,978 58,027 (67 %)
Borkum Riffgrund 3,
Germany.
34
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Offshore
Financial results for Q4 2025
Power generation increased by 18 % to 6.8 TWh in Q4
2025. The increase was due to significantly higher wind
speeds and ramp-up of generation at Gode Wind 3 in
Germany.
Wind speeds amounted to a portfolio average of
11.7 m/s, which was significantly higher than in Q4 2024
(11.1 m/s) and slightly higher than the normal wind
speeds expected in the fourth quarter (11.6 m/s).
Availability was 93 %, which was on the same level as
last year.
Revenue was DKK 1.8 billion higher than in Q4 2024
and amounted to DKK 18.0 billion.
Revenue from offshore wind farms in operation
increased by 3 % to DKK 8.8 billion, mainly due to
higher generation, partly offset by a step down in
subsidy level for our older German assets and Anholt
Offshore Wind Farm (DK) stepping out of subsidy.
Revenue from power sales decreased by DKK 1.3 billion
to DKK 4.8 billion due to lower power prices and lower
revenue from our power trading activities, only partly
offset by the higher power volumes sold. Revenue
from construction agreements mainly related to the
construction of Greater Changhua 4 for partners.
EBITDA decreased by DKK 4.2 billion and amounted
to DKK 2.5 billion.
EBITDA from ‘Sites, O&M, and PPAs’ decreased by
DKK 0.3 billion and amounted to DKK 8.2 billion in
Q4 2025. The decrease was driven by a step down in
subsidy levels for older wind farms, the 24.5 % farm-
down of West of Duddon Sands, high earnings from our
power trading activities in Q4 2024 not being repeated
in Q4 2025, and a positive effect related to moving
costs from sites to ‘Other’ in Q4 2024 (DKK 0.9 billion
in Q4 2024) not being repeated to the same extent in
Q4 2025. This was only partly offset by higher wind
speeds (DKK 1.0 billion).
EBITDA from ‘Construction agreements and divest-
ment gains’ amounted to DKK -5.1 billion in Q4 2025
and was mainly related to the loss on the 50 % farm-
down of Hornsea 3 mentioned earlier.
EBITDA from cancellation fees amounted to a net
income of DKK 0.2 billion in Q4 2025 and related to
changes in the provision for onerous contracts for
FlagshipONE. In Q4 2024, cancellation fees amounted
to DKK 0.9 billion and related to changes in the provi-
sion for onerous contracts for Ocean Wind 1.
EBITDA from ‘Other’ was DKK 1.1 billion less negative
than in Q4 2024, of which DKK 0.5 billion related to
cost reallocations, which had no impact on the total
EBITDA for Offshore. In addition, we spent less on
project development and had a lower level of fixed
costs in Q4 2024.
Results Q4 2025 Q4 2024 % 2025 2024 %
Business drivers
Decided (FID’ed) and installed
capacity, GW 18.3 16.8 9 % 18.3 16.8 9 %
Installed capacity, GW 10.2 9.9 3 % 10.2 9.9 3 %
Generation capacity, GW 5.5 5.3 4 % 5.5 5.3 4 %
Wind speed, m/s 11.7 11.1 6 % 9.7 10.0 (3 %)
Load factor, % 57 51 6 %p 42 42 (0 %p)
Availability, % 93 94 (0 %p) 93 88 5 %p
Power generation, GWh 6,784 5,740 18 % 19,687 18,599 6 %
Denmark 657 596 10 % 1,974 2,061 (4 %)
The UK 3,748 3,064 22 % 11,131 10,357 7 %
Germany 928 701 32 % 2,519 2,356 7 %
The Netherlands 437 362 21 % 1,234 1,333 (7 %)
APAC 914 923 (1 %) 2,471 2,220 11 %
The US 100 93 8 % 359 272 32 %
Power sales, GWh 6,763 5,839 16 % 19,244 19,967 (4 %)
Power price, LEBA UK 89 117 (24 %) 99 88 12 %
British pound 8.6 9.0 (5 %) 8.7 8.8 (1 %)
Financial performance, DKKm
Revenue 18,013 16,203 11 % 54,797 53,808 2 %
Sites, O&M, and PPAs 8,840 8,613 3 % 27,638 26,627 4 %
Power sales 4,845 6,190 (22 %) 17,624 18,486 (5 %)
Construction agreements 4,254 719 492 % 9,036 6,991 29 %
Other 74 681 (89 %) 499 1,704 (71 %)
EBITDA 2,450 6,639 (63 %) 16,276 26,470 (39 %)
Sites, O&M, and PPAs 8,229 8,533 (4 %) 24,341 23,819 2 %
Construction agreements
and divestment gains (5,061) (894) 466 % (2,668) (1,065) 151 %
Cancellation fees 169 926 (82 %) (1,362) 7,335 n.a.
Other (887) (1,926) (54 %) (4,035) (3,619) 11 %
Depreciation (1,889) (1,808) 4 % (7,024) (7,091) (1 %)
Impairment losses (567) (11,355) (95 %) (3,174) (14,242) (78 %)
EBIT (6) (6,524) (100 %) 6,078 5,137 18 %
Cash flow from operating activities 14,795 12,193 21 % 14,905 12,931 15 %
Gross investments (12,784) (13,404) (5 %) (47,724) (33,023) 45 %
Divestments 3,363 12,147 (72 %) 7,162 11,293 (37 %)
Free cash flow 5,374 10,936 (51 %) (25,657) (8,799) 192 %
Capital employed 123,420 103,599 19 % 123,420 103,599 19 %
The business unit pages only include comments on significant events for select business drivers and within EBITDA. For comments on
significant events for other items, please see full-year results and fourth quarter results on pages 28-34.
35
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Onshore
Financial results for Q4 2025
Power generation decreased by 3 % compared to Q4
2024 and amounted to 4.0 TWh. The decrease was due
to the 50 % farm-downs of Mockingbird in Q4 2024 and
Sparta Solar and Eleven Mile in Q1 2025 and a planned
shutdown of Old 300 to connect to our Old 300 battery
energy storage system (BESS). This was only partly
offset by higher wind speeds and higher availability for
our US wind assets. In Q4 2025, the wind speeds across
the portfolio were 7.7 m/s, above Q4 2024 (7.5 m/s) and
in line with a normal wind year (7.7 m/s).
Revenue was DKK 0.1 billion higher than in Q4 2024
and amounted to DKK 0.7 billion.
EBITDA increased by DKK 0.3 billion and amounted
to DKK 1.4 billion.
EBITDA from Sites amounted to DKK 1.1 billion in
Q4 2025, which was DKK 0.2 billion lower than the
same period last year. The decrease was mainly due
to the above-mentioned farm-downs.
The divestment gain for Q4 2025 amounted to
DKK 0.5 billion and related to the 49 % farm-down
of the onshore wind farm Badger Wind.
EBITDA from ‘Other’ amounted to DKK - 0.1 billion,
which was on the same level as in Q4 2024.
Results Q4 2025 Q4 2024 % 2025 2024 %
Business drivers
Decided (FID’ed) and installed
capacity, GW 7.1 7.0 1 % 7.1 7.0 1 %
Installed capacity, GW 6.3 6.2 2 % 6.3 6.2 2 %
Wind speed, m/s 7.7 7.5 2 % 7.2 7.2 (0 %)
Load factor, wind, % 41 40 1 %p 37 37 (0 %p)
Load factor, solar PV, % 17 20 (3 %p) 25 25 (0 %p)
Availability, wind, % 92 90 2 %p 91 90 1 %p
Availability, solar PV, % 86 98 (13 %p) 92 98 (5 %p)
Power generation, GWh 3,963 4,086 (3 %) 15,482 15,315 1 %
The US, wind 2,998 2,925 2 % 10,874 10,939 (1 %)
The US, solar PV 619 883 (30 %) 3,489 3,346 4 %
Europe, wind and solar PV 346 278 25 % 1,118 1,030 9 %
US dollar 6.4 7.0 (8 %) 6.6 6.9 (4 %)
Financial performance, DKKm
Revenue 672 554 21 % 2,886 2,720 6 %
EBITDA 1,356 1,061 28 % 4,871 3,863 26 %
Sites 1,107 1,278 (13 %) 4,637 4,649 (0 %)
Divestment gains/(loss) 399 (88) n.a. 703 (88) n.a.
Other (150) (129) 16 % (469) (697) (33 %)
Depreciation (516) (523) (2 %) (2,089) (2,190) (5 %)
Impairment losses (1,561) (772) 102 % (459) (1,321) (65 %)
EBIT (721) (234) 208 % 2,323 352 560 %
Cash flow from operating activities 16 1,420 (99 %) 361 4,459 (92 %)
Gross investments (1,608) (2,698) (40 %) (5,122) (7,391) (31 %)
Divestments 1,825 1,171 56 % 5,192 4,430 17 %
Free cash flow 233 (107) n.a. 431 1,498 (71 %)
Capital employed 36,848 39,443 (7 %) 36,848 39,443 (7 %)
Helena Energy Center,
Bee County, Texas, the US.
The business unit pages only include comments on significant events for select business drivers and within EBITDA. For comments on
significant events for other items, please see full-year results and fourth quarter results on pages 28-34.
36 Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Bioenergy & Other
Financial results for Q4 2025
Heat generation decreased by 9 %, and power genera-
tion decreased by 12 % compared to Q4 2024, mainly
due to warmer weather and less attractive pricing.
Gas sales increased by 40 %, driven by our offtake
contract with DUC due to ramp-up of production from
the Tyra field (not owned by Ørsted).
EBITDA amounted to DKK 0.7 billion compared to
DKK 0.9 billion in Q4 2024.
EBITDA from ‘CHP plants’ was DKK 0.6 billion, DKK 0.1
billion lower than in Q4 2024. This was mainly due to
the lower generation and lower spreads.
EBITDA from ‘Gas Markets & Infrastructure’ decreased
by DKK 0.1 billion and amounted to DKK 0.2 billion in
Q4 2025. The decrease was mainly driven by correc-
tions to our B2B business in Q4 2024 not being repeated
in Q4 2025, only partly offset by higher volumes as
mentioned above.
EBITDA from ‘Other’ was DKK -0.1 billion, DKK 0.1
billion more negative than in Q4 2024. The decrease
was mainly related to costs concerning the delay of
our carbon capture project in Denmark.
Results Q4 2025 Q4 2024 % 2025 2024 %
Business drivers
Degree days 831 846 (2 %) 2,501 2,485 1 %
Heat generation, GWh 2,145 2,367 (9 %) 6,414 6,919 (7 %)
Power generation, GWh 1,252 1,428 (12 %) 3,635 4,522 (20 %)
Gas sales, GWh 5,641 4,016 40 % 21,528 17,372 24 %
Power sales, GWh 641 635 1 % 2,475 2,426 2 %
Gas price, TTF, EUR/MWh 31.2 42.8 (27 %) 36.5 34.3 6 %
Power price, DK, EUR/MWh 87.8 88.1 (0 %) 82.8 70.7 17 %
Wood pellet spread, DK, EUR/MWh 4.2 8.4 (50 %) 6.2 6.4 (2 %)
Financial performance, DKKm
Revenue 4,489 4,456 1 % 16,031 15,105 6 %
EBITDA 650 869 (25 %) 1,358 1,082 26 %
CHP plants 602 679 (11 %) 1,573 1,248 26 %
Gas Markets & Infrastructure 158 245 (36 %) 593 249 138 %
Other (110) (55) 100 % (808) (415) 95 %
Depreciation (278) (171) 63 % (770) (667) 15 %
EBIT 372 698 (47 %) 588 415 42 %
Cash flow from operating activities (1,018) (1,094) (7 %) (815) 1,939 n.a.
Gross investments (633) (950) (33 %) (2,047) (2,250) (9 %)
Divestments 8 - n.a. 8 - n.a.
Free cash flow (1,643) (2,044) (20 %) (2,854) (311) 818 %
Capital employed 8,972 5,679 58 % 8,972 5,679 58 %
Wood chips,
Denmark.
The business unit pages only include comments on significant events for select business drivers and within EBITDA. For comments on
significant events for other items, please see full-year results and fourth quarter results on pages 28-34.
37
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Quarterly summary
2024–2025
Financial statements
DKKm
2025 2024
Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1
Income statement
Revenue 23,134 12,270 17,135 20,705 21,077 15,766 15,023 19,168
EBITDA 3,869 3,064 6,644 8,871 8,353 9,548 6,570 7,488
Offshore 2,450 2,215 5,301 6,310 6,639 8,530 5,218 6,083
Sites, O&M, and PPAs 8,229 3,643 4,814 7,655 8,533 3,958 4,400 6,928
Construction agreements
and divestment gains (5,061) (431) 2,901 (77) (894) 106 6 (283)
Cancellation fees 169 - (1,531) - 926 5,109 1,300 -
Other (887) (997) (883) (1,268) (1,926) (643) (488) (562)
Onshore 1,356 828 1,197 1,490 1,061 991 995 816
Bioenergy & Other 650 (127) 78 757 869 (185) (36) 434
Other activities/eliminations (587) 148 68 314 (216) 212 393 155
Depreciation and amortisation (2,782) (2,423) (2,435) (2,555) (2,571) (2,548) (2,683) (2,423)
Impairment (2,128) (1,757) (20) 272 (12,127) (284) (3,913) 761
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) (1,041) (1,116) 4,189 6,588 (6,345) 6,716 (26) 5,826
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises (2) 4 124 87 34 14 (7) (52)
Net financial income and expenses (556) (427) (331) (1,567) (457) (1,235) (552) (1,347)
Profit (loss) before tax (1,587) (1,533) 3,989 5,119 (6,761) 5,508 (575) 4,434
Ta x (1,784) (169) (638) (232) 677 (339) (1,103) (1,825)
Profit (loss) for the period (3,371) (1,702) 3,351 4,887 (6,084) 5,169 (1,678) 2,609
Balance sheet
Assets 367,922 299,075 285,112 287,287 298,786 290,341 286,002 290,383
Equity 148,941 93,612 97,419 96,677 93,484 91,127 83,368 83,325
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S 119,718 63,872 67,088 65,665 62,138 65,987 56,446 58,709
Hybrid capital 20,955 20,955 20,955 20,955 20,955 20,955 22,792 22,792
Non-controlling interests 8,268 8,785 9,376 10,057 10,391 4,185 4,130 1,824
Interest-bearing net debt 18,978 83,154 67,137 68,449 58,027 62,817 49,366 49,864
Capital employed 167,919 176,766 164,557 165,126 151,511 153,944 132,734 133,189
Additions to property, plant, and equipment 18,298 14,397 11,554 14,215 19,111 11,375 8,479 8,020
Cash flows
Cash flows from operating activities 17,087 (1,166) 7,186 634 10,306 (1,639) 6,081 3,608
Gross investments (15,052) (14,971) (11,154) (13,799) (17,114) (9,780) (8,292) (7,622)
Divestments 5,196 (56) 4,258 2,987 13,317 108 2,993 (738)
Free cash flow 7,231 (16,193) 290 (10,178) 6,509 (11,311) 782 (4,752)
Financial ratios
Return on capital employed (ROCE), % LTM 5.4 2.0 7.5 4.6 4.5 8.1 (12.4) (12.2)
FFO/adjusted net debt, % LTM
2
42.9 13.9 15.6 13.7 12.7 12.1 22.0 18.0
Number of outstanding shares, end of period,
‘000 1,321,062 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381 420,381
Share price, end of period, DKK 122 107 272 301 324 445 371 384
Market capitalisation, end of period, DKKbn 162 45 114 127 136 187 156 162
Earnings per share (EPS), DKK
1
(5.7) (2.3) 4.1 5.9 (8.8) 6.7 (2.3) 3.2
Business drivers
2025 2024
Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1
Offshore
Decided (FID’ed) and installed capacity, GW 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.3 16.8 16.8 16.8 16.5
Installed capacity, GW 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 9.9 9.9 9.8 8.9
Generation capacity, GW 5.5 5.4 5.4 5.5 5.3 5.2 5.1 5.1
Wind speed, m/s 11.7 8.2 8.5 10.4 11.1 8.4 9.0 11.4
Load factor, % 57 32 31 47 51 31 33 52
Availability, % 93 94 90 94 94 89 83 85
Power generation, GWh 6,784 3,788 3,646 5,470 5,740 3,522 3,667 5,670
Power sales, GWh 6,763 3,979 3,686 4,816 5,839 4,010 3,854 6,264
Onshore
Decided (FID’ed) and installed capacity, GW 7.1 7.1 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.4 6.4 6.4
Installed capacity, GW 6.3 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.2 5.7 5.6 4.8
Wind speed, m/s 7.7 6.1 7.2 8.0 7.5 6.2 7.4 7.9
Load factor, wind, % 41 26 36 44 40 26 41 42
Load factor, solar PV, % 17 30 30 21 20 31 29 18
Availability, wind, % 92 92 88 91 90 87 92 89
Availability, solar PV, % 86 94 91 98 98 97 97 98
Power generation, GWh 3,963 3,223 4,002 4,294 4,086 3,270 4,187 3,772
Bioenergy & Other
Degree days, number 831 71 418 1,181 846 79 360 1,200
Heat generation, GWh 2,145 337 707 3,224 2,367 332 935 3,285
Power generation, GWh 1,252 426 477 1,480 1,428 805 805 1,484
Power sales, GWh 641 617 585 632 635 577 581 633
Gas sales, GWh 5,641 4,809 5,798 5,280 4,016 4,138 4,051 5,167
Sustainability statements
Employees (FTE), end of period, number 7,896 8,126 8,203 8,251 8,278 8,377 8,411 8,706
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR) 2.5 2.5 2.7 1.9 2.7 2.3 2.1 2.9
Fatalities, number 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
Renewable share of energy generation, % 99 100 100 99 99 96 97 97
GHG emissions (scopes 1 & 2), million tonnes 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.2
GHG intensity (scopes 1 & 2), g CO
2
e/kWh 4 4 4 4 5 40 16 14
GHG intensity (scopes 1-3, excl. category 11),
g CO
2
e/kWh
3
67 85 84 53 73 144 94 76
GHG emissions (scope 3), million tonnes
3
2.7 1.8 2.4 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 2.1
1
Due to the rights issue in October 2025 at a price below market price, the average number of shares and the diluted average
number of shares for 2021-2024 have been restated using the calculated bonus ratio (1.8).
2
FFO last 12 months. As of January 2025, we have included ‘Dividends paid to minority interests’ in ‘Funds from operations’.
Comparative figures for 2024 are restated.
3
Figures for 2024 have been restated to reflect an update to the allocation methodology for scope 3, category 2 capital goods
(see page 78 for details).
38
Managements review
Performance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Corporate
governance
Gode Wind 3
Germany
The equivalent of 250,000 German households
are now powered by Gode Wind 3 Offshore Wind
Farm, which entered into commercial operation
in February 2025.
The offshore wind farm is our fifth in Germany
and is jointly owned with Nuveen Infrastructure.
In total, our offshore wind farms now generate
enough electricity to power the equivalent of
1.6 million German homes.
39
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Governance framework
As a publicly listed company, Ørsted is subject to the
recommendations on corporate governance issued
by the Danish Committee on Corporate Governance,
which is available here.
Compliance with corporate governance
recommendations
We comply with all the Danish corporate governance
recommendations. A separate overview describing
our compliance with each of the recommendations
can be found here.
Governance structure
Our shareholders exercise their rights at the general
meeting, which is the supreme governing
body of the company.
The Danish State is our majority shareholder with a
50.1 % ownership share. The Danish State exercises
its ownership interest in Ørsted in accordance with
the standard governance set-up in Danish compa-
nies. The Danish States ownership policy (only in
Danish) is available on: www.fm.dk/arbejdsomraader/
statens-selskaber/ejerskabsvaretagelse/.
At the general meeting, our shareholders exercise their
voting rights under a one-share-one-vote principle.
Resolutions at the general meeting can generally be
passed by a simple majority. Due to the majority owner-
ship by the Danish State, we have a bespoke quorum
requirement as proposals to amend our articles of
association or dissolve the company require that the
Danish State participates in the general meeting and
supports the proposals.
Ørsted has a two-tier management structure consisting
of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board.
The Board of Directors and Executive Board are
separate bodies, and none serve as a member of both.
All members of the Executive Board are also part of
the Group Executive Team.
Board of Directors
The Board of Directors is responsible for the company’s
overall and strategic management and the supervision
of the Executive Board. You can see the most important
tasks dealt with by the Board of Directors in 2025 on
the following page.
At the annual general meeting, the shareholders elect
six to eight board members, including a chair and a
vice chair. They serve for a one-year term and may
be re-elected. In addition, our employees may elect a
number of board members equal to half the number
elected by the general meeting.
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Our Board of Directors comprises ten non-executive
members.
// Six re-elected or elected by the general
meeting in 2025 and four members elected by the
employees in 2024. A global election for employee-
elected board members will be held in the beginning
of 2026, and the elected members will join the Board
of Directors immediately after the annual general
meeting in April 2026. The employee-elected board
members have the same rights, duties, and responsibil-
ities as the members elected by the general meeting
and may be re-elected.
Shareholders and general meeting
Board of Directors
Group Executive Team
QHSE Committee
Compliance Committee
Cybersecurity Committee
Sustainability decision forums
Nomination &
Remuneration Committee
Asset Project Committee
Audit & Risk Committee
Internal Audit
Our governance model
40
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Five of the six board members (83 %) elected by
the general meeting are considered independent.
1
The four employee-elected board members are not
considered independent.
1
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1 and GOV-2
The Board of Directors is the highest governing body
for sustainability. ESG and sustainability priorities are
an integral part of the decision-making governance of
the Board of Directors. The Board ultimately approves
the sustainability strategy and targets and oversees
our performance on material sustainability impacts,
risks, and opportunities (IROs). The Board is presented
with an annual progress update across material IROs,
strategic sustainability priorities, and targets and has
deep dives on sustainability topics, when needed.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
As a whole, the Board possesses expertise across our
material sustainability IROs. Based on the seven ESRS
topics that have been assessed as material to Ørsted
through our DMA, we have mapped the Board’s sus-
tainability competences to ensure that they have the
relevant expertise to oversee material sustainability
matters. For more details, see pages 43-45.
The Board of Directors reviews the required
competences for its composition annually.
The list of required competences can be found at
orsted.com/competences-overview.
By the end of 2025, Ørsted had equal representa-
tion (as defined by the Gender Balance Act, Danish
Financial Statements Act § 107f) among members of
Meeting attendance Board of Directors
Nomination &
Remuneration Committee
Audit & Risk
Committee
Asset
Project Committee
Board members Ordinary Extraordinary Ordinary Extraordinary Ordinary Ordinary Extraordinary
Lene Skole 8/0 8/0 3/0
Andrew Brown 8/0 8/0 3/0 7/0 1/0
Annica Bresky 8/0 6/2 7/1 7/0 1/0
Julia King 8/0 8/0 3/0 7/0 1/0
Judith Hartmann
1
7/0 5/1 8/0
Julian Waldron
1
7/0 6/0 8/0
Benny Gøbel 8/0 8/0
Leticia Francisca Torres
Mandiola
1
8/0 8/0
Anne Cathrine Collet Yde 8/0 8/0
Pawel Matysiak
1
1/1 0/0
The numbers indicate how many meetings in 2025 the members have attended or not attended, respectively, during the year.
1
Judith Hartmann and Julian Waldron joined the Board of Directors on 3 April 2025. Leticia Francisca Torres Mandiola stepped down from the
Board of Directors on 31 January 2026. Pawel Matysiak joined the Board of Directors on 22 November 2025.
Investments, acquisitions, and divestments
Decision to bid in the Tonn Nua offshore wind
action in Ireland, together with a partner (ESB).
Final investment decision on the Baltica 2 Off-
shore Wind Farm.
Decision to enter into an agreement with Apollo-
managed funds for a 50 % equity ownership share
in the Hornsea 3 Offshore Wind Farm in the UK.
Decision to enter into an agreement with Cathay
Life Insurance for a 55 % equity ownership share
in the Greater Changhua 2 Offshore Wind Farm
in Taiwan.
Decision to establish an asset-level project
financing package for the 632 MW offshore wind
farm Greater Changhua 2.
Decision to discontinue the Hornsea 4 wind pro-
ject in the UK in its current form.
Decision to discontinue the process for a partial
divestment of the Sunrise Wind offshore wind
project in the US.
Other tasks
Decision to adjust the business plan and the mid-
term financial targets.
Decision to strengthen Ørsted’s capital structure
by launching and completing a rights issue with
pre-emptive rights for existing shareholders
amounting to DKK 60 billion in gross proceeds.
Decision to appoint Rasmus Errboe as new Group
President and CEO.
Decision to expand the Group Executive Team by
appointing a Chief Development Officer (CDO)
and a Chief Generation Officer (CGO).
Decision to implement organisational transfor-
mation initiatives, including cost and FTE targets.
Decision to implement a new enterprise risk
management framework.
Decision to implement an indemnification
scheme covering the Board of Directors and the
Executive Board.
Oversight of recurring portfolio reviews, enter-
prise risks, and rolling business priorities.
Oversight of the stop-work order (Revolution
Wind offshore wind project) and lease suspen-
sion orders (Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind
offshore wind projects) from the U.S. Depart-
ment of the Interior’s Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management.
Oversight of financial results and guidance,
including impairments.
Oversight of sustainability performance and
reporting, including double materiality results.
Important tasks 2025
— managed by the Board of Directors
1
As defined in section 3.2.1 in the Danish Recommendations
on Corporate Governance of 2 December 2020.
41
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
the Board of Directors elected by the general meeting.
The Board of Directors consisted of six members elected
by the general meeting, four women (67 %) and two
men (33 %). By the end of 2025, Ørsted also had equal
representation (as defined by the Gender Balance Act,
Danish Financial Statements Act § 107f) among board
members elected by the employees of the Ørsted
group pursuant to Danish mandatory rules. The Board
of Directors consisted of four members elected by the
employees of the Ørsted Group, two women and two
men corresponding to 50 % of each gender.
//
Seven nationalities are represented in the Board of
Directors. The members elected by the general meeting
range in age from 50 to 71 years, while those elected
by the employees range from 38 to 58 years. Our board
members bring varied expertise in finance, economics,
geophysics, and engineering and have professional expe-
rience across industries, private equity, and academia.
Information about each board member, including
other managerial positions, independence, and their
contribution to the required board competences, can
be found on the following pages. Their meeting attend-
ance during 2025 can be found on the previous page.
The Board of Directors evaluates its performance
annually. In 2025, the board evaluation was conducted
with the assistance of an external advisor through a
customised online survey distributed to all members of
the Board of Directors and the Group Executive Team,
supplemented by individual interviews and a joint
board discussion. The rating of the board evaluation
categories in the online survey was generally on par
with a benchmark provided by the external advisor.
The board discussion did, among other things, include
a discussion on i) how to best structure board agendas
and material, and ii) how the feedback culture could be
further strengthened, both within board member inter-
actions and in board-executive interactions, to further
elevate leadership. As part of the evaluation, the Board
of Directors agreed on various improvement initiatives,
including enhanced onboarding of new board members
and succession planning, and other topics to be further
discussed by the board during 2026.
The general meeting determines the remuneration for
the members of the Board of Directors for the financial
year in which the general meeting is held. In the sepa-
rate remuneration report, you can read more about the
remuneration of the Board of Directors. Below, you can
find a link to the remuneration report and a link to our
statutory report on data ethics, prepared in accordance
with the Danish Financial Statements Act, section 99 d.
orsted.com/remuneration2025
orsted.com/data-ethics2025
Gentofte office in Copenhagen, Denmark.
42
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Board of Directors
Lene Skole
*1959, Denmark, female
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2015 Joined as Deputy Chair
2024 Elected Chair
2025 Most recently reelected
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Highly experienced in managing listed companies
from her former position as CFO of Coloplast and
current position as CEO of Lundbeckfonden where
she also serves as a non-executive director of port-
folio companies of Lundbeckfonden.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
CEO Lundbeckfonden and Lundbeckfond Invest A/S
Chair LFI Equity A/S
1
Deputy Chair ALK-Abelló A/S
1
,
H. Lundbeck A/S
1
, Falck A/S
1
, and Nordea Bank Abp.
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Member of the Remuneration Committee of Falck
A/S, member of the Nomination & Remuneration
Committee and the Scientific Committee of ALK-
Abelló A/S, member of the Nomination & Remuner-
ation Committee and the Scientific Committee of H.
Lundbeck A/S, and member of the Audit Committee
of Nordea Bank Abp.
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Risk · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity
Social People management, diversity & inclusion ·
Health & safety Governance Business conduct
//
Other competences
Investor and capital market relationships
1
Board positions included in the position as
CEO of Lundbeckfonden.
Andrew Brown
*1962, United Kingdom, male
Elected by the general meeting
Not considered independent due to former position
as interim COO of Ørsted
2023 Joined as board member
2024 Elected Deputy Chair
2025 Most recently reelected
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Extensive international executive experience from
leading positions in large global organisations,
within operations, and projects with both Shell
(ExCom) and Galp Energia (CEO) and from his former
position as interim COO of Ørsted. Also, non-
executive experience as Vice Chair of SBM Offshore.
Other positions
Advisor to ZeroAvia Inc. and President of the Energy
Institute (EI).
//
Management competences
General · Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation Social People
management, diversity & inclusion · Health
& safety · Human rights · Community
impact Governance Business conduct
//
Other competences
Investor and capital market relationships
43
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Judith Hartmann
*1969, Austria, female
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2025 Joined
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Extensive international executive experience in both
operational and financial roles in global complex
listed and private companies, including ENGIE (CFO,
Deputy CEO, and member of Collegial Manage-
ment Committee, Bertelsmann (CFO), General
Electric and Unilever PLC (non-executive director),
and from her current role as Operating Partner with
Sandbrook Capital. Deep knowledge of energy
markets and the renewables industry.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Operating Partner Sandbrook Capital Manage-
ment. Non-Executive Director Marsh & McLennan
Companies Inc. and Suez SA Member NXWind Unus
Limited
1
.
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Member of the Audit Committee, Finance Com-
mittee, and Business Responsibility Committee of
Marsh & McLennan Companies Inc.
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Risk
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity ·
Circularity Social People management, diversity
& inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights
Governance Business conduct
//
Other competences
Investor and capital market relationships
Julia King
The Baroness Brown of Cambridge
*1954, the United Kingdom, female
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2021 Joined
2025 Most recently re-elected
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Extensive international background within engi-
neering in both industry and academia, including
Rolls-Royce plc, Cambridge University, and Imperial
College. A deep knowledge of renewable energy
and government policy perspectives from positions,
among others, as member of the Committee on
Climate Change and non-executive director of the
Green Investment Bank.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Chair Frontier IP Group Plc.
Non-executive director Ceres Power Holdings Plc
(Senior Independent Director).
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Chair of the ESG Committee and member of the
Remuneration and Nomination Committee of
Ceres Power Holdings Plc, member of the Audit,
Remuneration and Nomination Committees of
Frontier IP Group Plc.
Other positions
Crossbench Peer in the UK House of Lords, Chair of
the Adaptation Committee of the Committee on
Climate Change, and member of the Intelligence
and Security Committee of Parliament.
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity ·
Circularity · Social People management, diversity
& inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights ·
Community impact Governance Business conduct
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation, AI & cybersecurity · Innovation
Julian Waldron
*1964, France/the United Kingdom,
male
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2025 Joined
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Extensive international executive experience from
leading finance and operational roles in a variety
of large global organisations, including at Suez,
Technip, and Thomson (CFO), Albea and Thomson
(CEO), and Technip-FMC (COO). Particular knowl-
edge of project management and project risks from
Technip and Suez. Non-executive experience in both
listed and non-listed companies.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Chair Albea SA Member Syensqo SA and Carbon
Clean Limited President J Waldron Consulting
SARL.
//
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee of Syensqo
SA, Chair of the Finance, Risk and Investment
Committee of Carbon Clean Limited, and member
of the Audit Committee of Albea SA.
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Risk · Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity ·
Circularity Social Health & safety · Human rights
Governance Business conduct
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation, AI & cybersecurity · Investor and
capital market relationships
Annica Bresky
*1975, Sweden, female
Elected by the general meeting
Independent
2023 Joined
2025 Most recently re-elected
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Extensive industrial and leadership experience from
global listed companies within the forestry, paper,
and packaging industry from her former positions
as President and CEO of Stora Enso and as CEO of
Holmen Iggesund Paperboard. A deep knowledge
of sustainability transformation and policy develop-
ment in the EU and globally.
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Chair Permascand Top Holding AB Member Alfa
Laval AB, Vaisala Oyj, Fagerhult Group AB (publ),
and Nordstjernan AB CEO Bresky Invest AB.
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Member of the Nomination Committee and the
People and Sustainability Committee of Vaisala
Other positions
Member of the Royal Swedish Academy of
Engineering Sciences (IVA).
//
Management competences
General · Financial · Risk · Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity ·
Circularity Social People management, diversity
& inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights ·
Community impact Governance
Business conduct
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation, AI & cybersecurity · Investor and
capital market relationships · Innovation
1
Board position included in the position as Operating
Partner of Sandbrook Capital Management LP.
44
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Arul Gynasegaran
*1987, Malaysia, male
Elected by the employees
Not independent
2026 Joined
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Arul Gynasegaran has worked at Ørsted since 2022.
Position
Senior Project Lead, EPC.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation Social People
management, diversity & inclusion · Health & safety
· Human rights · Governance Community impact
//
Pawel Matysiak
*1983, Poland, male
Elected by the employees
Not independent
2025 Joined
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Pawel Matysiak has worked at Ørsted since 2013.
Position
Solutions Manager, IT.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Social People management, diversity & inclusion
//
Other competences
IT, digitalisation, AI, and cybersecurity
Anne Cathrine Collet Yde
*1983, Denmark, female
Elected by the employees
Not independent
2022 Joined
2024 Most recently re-elected
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Anne Cathrine Collet Yde has worked at Ørsted
since 2017.
Position
Head of Global Business Partnering,
People & Culture.
//
Management competences
Project · Stakeholder
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Social People management, diversity
& inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights ·
Governance Community impact
//
Benny Gøbel
*1967, Denmark, male
Elected by the employees
Not independent
2011 Joined
2024 Most recently re-elected
2026 Current election period expires
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Experience
Benny Gøbel has worked at Ørsted since 2005.
Position
Senior Mechanical Specialist, Generation.
//
45
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Board
committees
The Board of Directors has established three commit-
tees, consisting of members appointed by and among
the members of the Board of Directors: The Audit &
Risk Committee, the Nomination & Remuneration
Committee, and the Asset Project Committee.
Audit & Risk Committee
Judith Hartmann (Chair), Annica Bresky, and Julian
Waldron are the members of this committee.
The tasks of the committee include monitoring Ørsted’s
financial and sustainability reporting, overseeing the
policies and procedures for control, monitoring, and
mitigation of financial and sustainability risks across
Ørsted, and review of regulatory compliance, Ørsted’s
enterprise risk management system, market price fore-
cast, and WACC. Moreover, the committee is responsi-
ble for the supervision of Ørsted’s external and internal
auditors (including limits for non-audit services),
evaluation of the external auditors’ independence and
monitoring of the company’s whistleblower scheme.
In 2025, the committee reviewed impairments on our
property, plant, and equipment with a high atten-
tion to our US offshore wind projects, monitored the
development in provisions for onerous contracts and
cancellation fees and oversaw the implementation
of the new Enterprise Risk Management Framework.
Furthermore, the committee performed oversight on
the strengthening of the internal control framework,
continuation of assessment of the claim made by the
Danish Tax Agency requiring double Danish taxation
of certain of our British off shore wind farms, and lastly,
reviewed the progress in IT and cybersecurity.
Our Internal Audit function reports to the committee
and is independent of our administrative management
structures. Internal Audit enhances and protects the
organisational value by providing risk-based and
objective assurance, advice, and insight. The focus
for Internal Audit is to audit and advise on our core
processes, governance, risk management, control
processes, and IT security.
// ESRS G1, GOV-1
The Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee is responsible
for managing our whistleblower scheme. Internal Audit
receives and handles any reports submitted. //
Our employees and external other associates may
report serious offences, such as cases of bribery, fraud,
and other inappropriate or illegal conduct, to our
whistle blower scheme or through our management
system. In 2025, 24 substantiated cases of inappropri-
ate or unlawful behaviour were reported through our
whistleblower scheme. A total of twelve cases related
to good business conduct policy violations, nine cases
were classified as discrimination and harassment, and
three cases concerned the workplace environment.
None of the reported cases were critical to our busi-
ness, nor did they cause adjustments to our financial
results. Additionally, no cases reported through the
whistleblower hotline required reporting to the police.
Whistleblower cases are taken very seriously, and we
continuously enhance the awareness of good business
conduct through education and awareness campaigns
for our employees to minimise future similar cases.
You can read more about the Audit & Risk Committee
and the terms of reference for the committee at
orsted.com/audit-risk-committee.
Nomination & Remuneration Committee
Lene Skole (Chair), Andrew Brown, and Julia King are
the members of this committee.
The committee assists the Board of Directors in
matters regarding the composition, remuneration,
and performance of the Board of Directors and the
Group Executive Team.
In 2025, the committee reviewed the executive man-
agement structure and discussed the appointment of
Rasmus Errboe as Group President and CEO. The com-
mittee also considered the recruitment and appoint-
ment of Chief Development Officer (CDO) Amanda
Dasch and Chief Generating Officer (CGO) Godson
Njoku as new members of the Group Executive Team.
In addition, the committee reviewed the structure and
KPIs governing variable pay for the Executive Board
and prepared an update of the Remuneration Policy,
which was subsequently approved by the shareholders
at the annual general meeting. You can read more
about the Nomination & Remuneration Committee
and the terms of reference for the committee at
orsted.com/nomination-remuneration-committee.
Asset Project Committee
Andrew Brown (Chair), Julia King, and Annica Bresky are
the members of this committee.
The committee assists the Board of Directors with
overseeing the planning, execution, and delivery of
asset projects to ensure they meet the company’s
strategic objectives, budget, and timelines.
In 2025, the committee reviewed and discussed
several updates on our asset projects. These updates
included our project organisation, project top risks,
portfolio risks, risk management, supply chain status,
bid submissions, project-specific costs and schedule
updates, and final investment decisions.
You can read more about the Asset Project Committee
and the terms of reference for the committee at
orsted.com/asset-project-committee.
46
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Group Executive Team
The Executive Board is appointed by the Board of Directors and
is in charge of the day-to-day management of Ørsted through
the Group Executive Team in accordance with the guidelines
and instructions given by the Board of Directors.
The Executive Board is appointed by the Board of
Directors and is in charge of the day-to-day manage-
ment of Ørsted through the Group Executive Team
in accordance with the guidelines and instructions
given by the Board of Directors.
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Our Group Executive Team comprises three executive
and three non-executive members. Rasmus Errboe
(Group President and CEO), Trond Westlie (CFO),
and Henriette Fenger Ellekrog (Chief HR Officer)
are members of the Executive Board and registered
as executives with the Danish Business Authority.
All members of the Executive Board are also part of
the Group Executive Team, which in addition consists of
Patrick Harnett (Chief Construction Officer), Amanda
Dasch (Chief Development Officer), and Godson Njoku
(Chief Generation Officer).
By the end of 2025, Ørsted had equal representation
(as defined by the Gender Balance Act, Danish Finan-
cial Statements Act § 107f) on its Executive Board.
The Executive Board consisted of three members, of
which one (33 %) was a woman.
//
Ørsted had equal representation (as defined by the
Gender Balance Act, Danish Financial Statements
Act § 107f) on its ‘other managerial levels’, i.e. among
members of the Executive Board and managers
reporting to the Executive Board who are employed by
Ørsted A/S. The other managerial levels of Ørsted A/S
consisted of four managers, of which two were women
(50 %) and two were men (50 %). Consequently, Ørsted
has not set a target to increase gender diversity among
its other managerial levels of Ørsted.
We describe the remuneration of the Executive Board
in the separate remuneration report. You can also find
information about the members of the Group Executive
Team on pages 50-51.
Management committees
The Group Executive Team is supported by committees
whose members are appointed by the Group Executive
Team. The committees are the QHSE Committee,
the Compliance Committee, and the Cybersecurity
Committee. More information about the management
committees can be found on page 49.
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Accountability of material sustainability areas are
delegated to individual members of the Group Exec-
utive Team in alignment with the sustainability topics
defined in the ESRS standards. Ørsted has established
three sustainability decision forums to support the
Group Executive Team on priority sustainability areas.
More information about these forums can be found
on page 49.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1 and GOV-2
Sustainability
The Group Executive Team sets the strategic direc-
tion and targets on sustainability, including how
this supports us in delivering on our business plan.
They present proposals for sustainability targets
to the Board of Directors for approval. The Group
Executive Team is accountable for our performance
ambitions on sustainability topics and for oversight
and performance on sustainability impacts, risks,
and opportunities (IROs). The Group Executive Team
discusses material sustainability IROs and discusses
and approves the double materiality assessment and
performance on material sustainability matters and
progress towards targets. In 2025, we re-established
the responsibilities of the Group Executive Team as
part of our new sustainability governance approved
in 2024. The group met once in the second half of the
year, and from 2026, they will meet twice a year.
Henriette Fenger Ellekrog
CHRO
Patrick Harnett
CCO
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Trond Westlie
CFO
Amanda Dasch
CDO
Godson Njoku
CGO
47
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
The Group Executive Team has always considered
material sustainability matters when overseeing our
strategy, and going forward, the IROs resulting from
our double materiality assessment will further inform
their decision-making and support that the IROs are
consistently considered in decisions, ranging from what
we source to how we develop, construct, operate, and
decommission our assets.
To ensure a focused set-up with a strong mandate to
execute on sustainability, each member of the Group
Executive Team has been assigned accountability for
material sustainability areas relevant to their line of
business in alignment with ESRS, and they approved
a new annual wheel commencing in January 2026 to
support execution. They are accountable for driving
progress on the assigned sustainability topics accord-
ing to road maps, including defining key actions and
allocating resources to secure progress on targets and
commitments. The material IROs addressed during the
year are described in the topical ESRS chapters in the
sustainability statements.
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
As a whole, the Group Executive Team possesses
expertise across our material sustainability IROs.
For more details, see pages 50-51.
//
Internal controls environment
// ESRS 2, GOV-5
We have established a unified governance for financial
and sustainability reporting. The Audit & Risk Committee
oversees our processes, including review of the risk
assessment, improvement plans, internal controls, and
their operating effectiveness.
We have established internal control systems to
identify and mitigate risks in financial and sustaina-
bility reporting, supported by clearly defined targets,
The Group Executive Team.
policies, manuals, procedures, and control activities
with assigned ownership and accountability.
We conduct an annual risk assessment to identify
risks of material misstatements in financial reporting,
considering materiality, process complexity, and the
probability of errors and omissions. In 2025, we designed
and formalised a corresponding risk assessment process
to identify risks of material misstatements in sustaina-
bility reporting. This process will be applied from 2026
and will be used to identify control gaps and prioritise
remediation actions.
In 2025, we have completed walkthroughs of quan-
titative data points across our material sustainability
topics, focusing on risks associated with the complete-
ness, accuracy, and timeliness of the data as well as
estimations and calculations. Based on these reviews,
we reassessed existing controls and integrated addi-
tional controls into our internal control framework for
sustainability reporting.
All formalised financial and sustainability reporting
controls are scheduled with clear ownership and
responsibilities and supported by evidence retention
and issue/remediation tracking in a centralised soft-
ware platform. The Internal Control Assurance function
monitors these controls and performs periodic testing
of both design and operating effectiveness.
//
We are committed to ensuring the accuracy of our finan-
cial and sustainability reporting. Our financial reporting
is audited by an independent audit firm elected at the
annual general meeting. Our sustainability data is sub-
ject to limited assurance by the same independent audi-
tor. All observations in the external auditors long-form
report and management letter are addressed by action
plans with allocation of responsibilities and deadlines,
and we regularly follow up on and review them.
48
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Management committees appointed
by the Group Executive Team
QHSE Committee
This committee oversees that we live up to our QHSE
(quality, health, safety, and environment) priorities, and
it reviews our QHSE strategy and policy. In addition, the
committee reviews our integrated management system,
‘way we work, conducts the management review
as required by our ISO certifications, and monitors
the performance of our QHSE programmes to ensure
compliance with rules and regulations as well as
agreed international standards.
The committee consists of the Chief Construction
Officer, the Chief Generation Officer, the Chief Devel-
opment Officer, and the Head of QHSE. The Ørsted
QHSE Committee, chaired by the Chief Construction
Officer, meets six times a year.
Compliance Committee
This committee oversees our group-wide legal com-
pliance programmes. It provides instructions to our
Chief Legal Compliance Officer and the compliance
officers for each of the group-wide legal compliance
programmes on managements risk tolerance, reviews
recommendations regarding the legal compliance
programmes, and appoints the compliance officers.
The committees members are the CEO, the CFO, the
Chief HR Officer, the Chief Legal Compliance Officer, and
the Head of Internal Audit. The Compliance Committee,
chaired by the CEO, meets at least twice a year.
Cybersecurity Committee
This committee oversees and guides our strategy,
our global risk tolerance, and our investment choices
within cybersecurity and information security.
It supports significant global initiatives and oversees
the compliance with cybersecurity and information
security laws and regulations, including the European
Network & Information Security 2 Directive.
The committee is cross-functional and consists of the
CFO, the Chief Information Officer, the Chief Informa-
tion Security Officer, the Chief Construction Officer,
the Chief Generation Officer, and the Head of Legal.
The Cybersecurity Committee, chaired by the CFO,
meets four times a year.
// ESRS 2, GOV-1 and GOV-2
Sustainability decision forums
The core groups and task force are cross-functional
and consist of the accountable Group Executive Team
(GET) member and senior leaders from functional areas
with a clear role in delivering on sustainability matters.
The Decarbonisation Core Group and the Biodiversity &
Community Impact Core Group both kicked off in 2025
as part of the implementation of our new governance
structure approved at the end of 2024. From 2026, they
will meet twice a year ahead of the GET meeting cycle.
The groups support the GET members accountable for
our strategic sustainability priorities and have a tactical
responsibility for driving the implementation of road
maps to deliver progress on targets and commitments.
In 2025, we established our Human Rights Task Force
to drive implementation of our human rights road map,
strengthening our due diligence systems, and to ensure
compliance with the upcoming Corporate Sustainability
Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD). From 2026, the task
force will meet twice a year.
//
Management committees and decision forums for sustainability
1
The ESRS topics E2 and E3 are below our materiality according to our DMA results in 2025.
2
Responsibility delegated to group management team level as ‘Business conduct’ overlaps with
existing mandate in the department Group Legal.
ESRS topic Accountable Group Executive Team member | Name of group
E1 Climate change CCO | Decarbonisation Core Group
E2 Pollution
1
CCO | QHSE Committee
E3 Water and marine resources
1
CCO | QHSE Committee
E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems CDO | Biodiversity & Community Impact Core Group
E5 Resource use and circular economy CCO | Decarbonisation Core Group
S1 Own workforce (excl. safety) CHRO | People & Culture Leadership
S1 Own workforce (safety) CCO | QHSE Committee
S2 Workers in the value chain CCO | Human Rights Task Force
S3 Affected communities CDO | Biodiversity & Community Impact Core Group
G1 Business conduct Head of Legal
2
| Compliance Committee
Low-noise monopile installation at Gode Wind 3, Germany.
49
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Trond Westlie
*1961, Norway, male
Executive Vice President and Group Chief Financial
Officer (CFO)
Member of the Executive Board and registered as
an executive of Ørsted A/S with the Danish Business
Authority
Education
MSc in Auditing and Chartered Accountant, Norges
Handelshøyskole (1987)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2024:
Ørsted, Executive Vice President and Group Chief
Financial Officer (CFO)
2017-2019:
VEON, Group CFO
2010-2016:
A.P. Moller-Maersk, Group CFO and member of
the Executive Board
2004-2009:
Telenor, Group CFO and Executive Vice President
1997-2004:
Aker Group, most recently as Group CFO and
Executive Vice President in Aker Kvaerner
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Chair Arendals Fossekompani ASA and Shama AS
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Circularity · Water ·
Pollution Social People management, diversity &
inclusion · Health & safety · Human rights · Commu-
nity impact Governance Business conduct
//
Henriette Fenger Ellekrog
*1966, Denmark, female
Executive Vice President and Chief HR Officer
(CHRO)
Member of the Executive Board and registered as
an executive of Ørsted A/S with the Danish Business
Authority
Education
MA in Business Languages (cand.ling.merc),
Copenhagen Business School (1992)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2022:
Ørsted, member of the Executive Board
2019:
Ørsted, Executive Vice President and Chief HR
Officer (CHRO)
2014 – 2019:
Danske Bank A/S, most recently as Chief HR Officer
2007 – 2014:
SAS AB, most recently as Deputy CEO, Executive
Vice President, HR & Communication
1998 – 2007:
TDC A/S, most recently as Senior Executive Vice
President, Chief of Staff, member of the Executive
Management Team
1992 – 1998:
Peptech (Europe) A/S and Mercuri Urval A/S:
Various positions
Managerial positions in other enterprises
Board member: NV Bekaert SA (member of the
Nomination & Remuneration Committee) and SAS
AB (Chair of the Remuneration Committee).
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity Social
People management, diversity & inclusion · Health
& safety · Human Rights Governance Business
conduct
//
Patrick Harnett
*1976, the United Kingdom, male
Executive Vice President and Chief Construction
Officer (COO), Head of EPC
Member of the Group Executive Team
Education
MSc in Electromechanical Engineering, Durham
University (1999) and Master of Business
Administration (MBA), University of Hull (2004)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2025:
Ørsted, Chief Construction Officer (CCO)
2024:
Ørsted, Chief Operating Officer (COO) and member
of the Group Executive Team, Head of EPC
2016-2024:
Ørsted, most recently as Head of European
Execution Programmes
2012-2016:
Centrica, most recently as Head of Solar and
Managing Director of the British gas solar business
2005-2011:
EDF Energy, most recently as Electrical Systems
Project Manager
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity ·
Circularity · Water · Pollution Social People
management, diversity & inclusion · Health &
safety · Human rights · Community impact
Governance Business conduct
//
Rasmus Errboe
*1979, Denmark, male
Group President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
Member of the Executive Board and registered
as an executive of Ørsted A/S with the Danish
Business Authority
Education
MA (Law), University of Copenhagen (2006),
International Master of Business Administration,
University of San Diego (2011)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2025:
Ørsted, Group President and CEO
2024:
Ørsted, Deputy CEO and Chief Commercial
Officer (CCO)
2023:
Ørsted, interim Chief Financial Officer (CFO)
and member of the Executive Board
2022:
Ørsted, Executive Vice President and CEO
of Region Europe (member of Ørsted’s Group
Executive Team)
2012 – 2022:
Ørsted, most recently Senior Vice President,
Head of Continental Europe, Offshore
2006-2012:
Kromann Reumert, law firm, most recently as
Attorney-at-Law
Managerial functions in other enterprises
Vice Chair WindEurope asbl/vzw (Chair of the
Management Committee)
Board committee memberships in other enterprises
Member of the main board for business politics of
the Confederation of Danish Industries (DI)
//
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity
Social People management, diversity
& inclusion · Health & safety · Community impact
Governance Business conduct
//
50
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Amanda Dasch
*1975, the United States, female
Chief Development Officer (CDO)
Member of the Group Executive Team
Education
PhD (Geological and Earth Sciences/Geosciences),
University of Michigan (2006) and BA (Geology),
Amherst College (1997)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2025:
Ørsted, Chief Development Officer (CDO)
and member of the Group Executive Team
2025:
Ørsted, CEO of Region Americas
2006-2025:
Shell, most recently as Vice President,
Renewable Generation Americas
2001-2006:
University of Michigan, most recently as Teaching
and Research Assistant, Paleontology, Paleoclimate
& Biogeochemistry
1997-2001:
Smithsonian Institution in Washington, DC, most
recently as a Paleobotany Collections Manager
Managerial functions in other enterprises:
Board member American Clean Power (member of
the Finance Committee) Member of the National
Advisory Board for the Smithsonian Science
Education Center
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity ·
Circularity · Water · Pollution Social People
management, diversity & inclusion · Health &
safety · Human rights · Community impact
Governance Business conduct
//
Godson Njoku
*1973, France/Nigeria, male
Executive Vice President and Chief Generation
Officer (CGO)
Member of the Group Executive Team
Education
Master of Business Administration (MBA), Warwick
Business School, the United Kingdom (2002) and BA
International Business and Marketing (First Class),
London Metropolitan University (2001)
// ESRS 2, GOV-1
Professional experience
2025:
Ørsted, Executive Vice President and Chief
Generation Officer (CGO)
2023-2024:
Arrow Energy Holdings Pty, Chief Executive Officer
2002-2023:
Shell Plc., most recently as Managing Director of
Queensland Curtis LNG Australia Pty Ltd. (QCLNG)
and Senior Vice President of East Australia (Shell
Plc). Previous executive positions within upstream in
The Netherlands and Gabon, and multiple business
development, asset commercial, and marketing
roles in Europe and Africa.
// ESRS 2, GOV-1; ESRS G1, GOV-1
ESG competences
Environment Decarbonisation · Biodiversity ·
Circularity · Water · Pollution Social People
management, diversity & inclusion · Health &
safety · Human rights · Community impact
Governance Business conduct
//
51
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Summary of our remuneration report
The overall objective of the Remuneration Policy is to
attract and retain qualified members of the Board of
Directors and the Executive Board. The policy includes
remuneration elements that support our strategy,
long-term interests, and sustainability.
Remuneration Policy (extract)
The overall objective of our Remuneration Policy is
to support the Ørsted Groups strategy, long-term
interests, and sustainability.
To attain this objective, the policy is designed to attract
and retain qualified members of the Board of Directors
and the Executive Board and to guide the priorities
of the Executive Board. The remuneration should be
competitive but not market-leading compared to the
remuneration in other major listed Danish companies
with international activities. The full Remuneration
Policy is available at orsted.com/remuneration2025.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
The members of the Board of Directors receive a fixed
fee each year. The Chair, the Deputy Chair, and the
members of the committees also receive a multiple
of the fixed fee for the extra work performed in these
roles. The members’ travel costs are covered by the
company. The members are not entitled to severance
payments. The fees did not increase in 2025.
Remuneration of the Executive Board
Besides a fixed salary, the Executive Board participates
in a variable short-term incentive scheme (STI), which
consists of 80 % shared financial and 20 % ESG targets
aligned with our strategic targets:
· Financial: EBITDA and capital plan.
· ESG: Relative scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions,
employee satisfaction, and safety.
Furthermore, the Executive Board is eligible to partici-
pate in a long-term share-based incentive scheme (LTI),
which consists of 80 % total shareholder return (TSR)
benchmarked against peers in the energy industry
and 20 % ESG targets (scope 1-3 emission (15 %) and
gender mix (5 %))
Remuneration in 2025
The remuneration awarded to our Executive Board
in 2025 was in line with our Remuneration Policy.
The Executive Board’s shared STI score ended at
45.9 %. In the LTI, which vested in April 2025, Ørsted
was ranked as number 10 when benchmarked on TSR
against ten comparable energy companies. As a result,
20 % of shares vesting were settled at the end of the
performance and vesting period.
For more information, please see the full
Remuneration Report 2025.
80 % financial
20 % ESG
80 % financial
20 % ESG
Remuneration awarded
The table shows the total remuneration awarded to members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board in aggregate
from 2024 to 2025. For remuneration expensed, see note 2.7 ‘Employee costs’ in the consolidated financial statements.
1
Based on an ordinary board fee of DKK 0.4 million, equal to last year’s fee.
2
Sum for CEO, Former CEO, CFO, CHRO, and CCO for 2025.
3
The remuneration from the share-based incentive programme (LTI) reflects the market value of the scheme in the
year when it was granted.
STI
Short-term incentive scheme, components
Remuneration awarded
(DKK ‘000) 2025 2024
Board of Directors
Fixed annual fee
1
6,531 6,430
Executive Board:
2
Fixed remuneration
Fixed base salary 29,872 37,557
Benefits, incl. social security 1,100 1,116
Variable remuneration
Cash-based incentive scheme (STI) 4,088 4,676
Share-based incentive scheme (LTI)
3
8,748 5,066
Ordinary remuneration 43,807 48,415
Garden leave period 16,280 -
Severance pay 16,550 -
Total remuneration 50,338 54,845
LTI
Long-term incentive scheme, components
52
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
600
500
400
300
200
100
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec.
10,000,000
8,000,000
6,000,000
4,000,000
2,000,000
0
Share price Volumes
100
200
300
400
500
600
0
2,000,000
4,000,000
6,000,000
8,000,000
10,000,000
Shareholder information
The Ørsted share closed 2025 at DKK 122.35, corre-
sponding to a market value of DKK 162 billion at the
end of the year.
Price development for the Ørsted share in 2025
The Ørsted share price decreased by 32 % in 2025.
The share price of comparable European utility com-
panies increased by 29 % (34 % total return), and the
OMX C25 cap increased by 3 % (6 % total return) in 2025.
The highest traded share price of the year was
DKK 193.70 on 3 January, while the year’s lowest
traded price of DKK 99.54 was on 25 August.
The Ørsted share closed 2025 at DKK 122.35, corre-
sponding to a market value of DKK 162 billion at the
end of the year.
The average daily turnover on Nasdaq Copenhagen
was 1,484,554 shares in 2025. The trading volume
increased by 151 % compared to 2024.
Share capital
Ørsted’s share capital is divided into 1,321 million
shares, enjoying the same voting and dividend rights.
The company’s share capital increased in 2025 as the
company completed a rights issue in October 2025.
The rights issue was approved at the extraordinary
general meeting on 5 September. The company’s share
capital increased by DKK 9,008,166,000 and amounts
to DKK 13,211,976,800, divided into 1,321,197,680
shares with a nominal value of DKK 10 each. At the
end of 2025, the company held a total of 138,525
thousand treasury shares, which will be used to cover
incentive schemes.
Composition of shareholders
At the end of the year, the number of shareholders had
increased by 10 % to 134,272 and the majority (62 %)
is held by Danish owners. The figure on the next page
shows the composition of our shareholders by country.
Approx. 1.5 % of the share capital is owned by Danish
retail investors.
Share price development 2025
Ørsted share price compared to peers (indexed)
OMXC25 Index rebased Ørsted MSCI EU Utilities Index rebased PX volume
Share data 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Earnings per share, DKK
1
2.0 (1.2) (27.8) 19.2 13.5
Proposed dividend per share, DKK - - - 13.5 12.5
Dividend yield, % - - - 2.1 1.5
Share price, year-end, DKK 122 324 374 631 835
Share price, high, DKK 194 455 704 898 1,400
Share price, low, DKK 100 324 253 575 790
Market capitalisation, year-end, DKKbn 162 136 157 265 351
Average trading per day, thousands of shares 1,484,554 592,236 671,952 496,899 549,778
Share information
ISIN DK 0060094928220
Share classes 1
Nominal value DKK 10 per share
Exchange Nasdaq OMX Copenhagen
Ticker ORSTED
Registered share 99.2 %
Number of shares 1,321,197,680 shares
Number of treasury shares 138,525 shares
Borkum Riffgrund 3, Germany
1
Due to the rights issue in October 2025 at a price below market
price, the average number of shares and the diluted average
number of shares for 2021-2024 have been restated using the
calculated bonus ratio (1.8).
53
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Annual general meeting and dividends
The annual general meeting will be held on 9 April
2026. The Board of Directors has set a target to
resume dividend payments for the financial year 2026.
Investor relations
To achieve a fair pricing of our shares and corporate
bonds, we seek to ensure a high level of transparency
and stability in our financial communication. In addition,
our management and our Investor Relations function
engage in regular dialogues with investors and analysts.
The dialogues take the form of quarterly conference
calls, roadshows, conferences, capital markets days,
and regular meetings with individuals or groups of
investors and analysts. The dialogues are subject to
certain restrictions prior to the publication of our
financial reporting.
In 2025, we had more than 444 meetings with the
financial market and participated in more than
30 investor events.
Ørsted is covered by 35 equity analysts and 8 bond
analysts. Their recommendations and consensus
estimates for Ørsted’s future financial performance
are available at orsted.com/en/investors. On this
site, you can also download our annual and interim
reports, our remuneration report, our investor
presentations, and a wide range of other data.
Shareholders as of 31 December 2025
Share capital and/or voting share, %
Danish State (majority shareholder) 50.1 %
Equinor ASA 10 %
Andel A.M.B.A 5.01 %
Danish retail investors 1.5 %
Remaining Danish owners 5.4 %
The UK 8.4 %
The US 7.3 %
Other 12.3 %
Selected company announcements
2025
Financial calendar
2026
Interim reports
23 April
Ørsted expands Group Executive Team and
appoints two new members
7 May
Ørsted to discontinue the Hornsea 4 off-
shore wind project in its current form
11 August
Ørsted announces plan for a rights issue
with support from the Danish State as
majority shareholder and gross proceeds
of DKK 60 billion
23 August
Revolution Wind receives offshore stop-work
order from U.S. Department of the Interior’s
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management
22 September
Court issues preliminary injunction allowing
Revolution Wind impacted construction to
resume
9 October
Ørsted completes rights issue
3 November
Ørsted signs agreement to divest 50 %
stake in Hornsea 3 to Apollo
12 November
Ørsted will be the first energy company
in the world to complete a green transfor-
mation with a 98 % reduction in carbon
emissions
22 December
Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind receive
lease suspension orders from U.S. Depart-
ment of the Interior’s Bureau of Ocean
Energy Management
23 December
Ørsted brings in Cathay as investor in
Greater Changhua 2 Offshore Wind Farm
in Taiwan
30 December
Ørsted completes divestment of 50 % stake
in Hornsea 3
6 February
Annual Report 2025
9 April
Annual general meeting
Anholt Offshore Wind Farm, Denmark
6 May
The first quarter of 2026
13 August
The first half-year of 2026
5 November
The first nine months of 2026
54
Managements review
Corporate governance
�rstedAnnual Report 2025
Sustainability
statements
55
Sustainability statements
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Sustainability
statements
At a glance
Our value chain � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 57
Our strategy and sustainability matters � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 58
Executive summaries: ESRS topics � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 59
General
Double materiality assessment � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 65
Interests and views of our stakeholders � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 67
Basis for preparation � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 68
Environment
E1 Climate change � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 69
· Business drivers � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 81
· EU taxonomy: Summary KPIs � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 84
E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 85
E5 Resource use and circular economy � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 88
Social
S1 Own workforce � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 92
S2 Workers in the value chain � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 100
S3 Affected communities � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 103
Grievance and remedy � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 106
Governance
G1 Business conduct � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 108
Additional disclosures
Sustainability due diligence � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 110
ESRS disclosure requirements � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 111
ESRS data points from other EU legislation � � � � � � � � � � � � 112
EU taxonomy: Activity breakdown � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 113
56
Sustainability statementsAnnual Report 2025 �rsted
11
1
4
4
44 10
13
2
2
2
8
5
5
14
7
3
2 3
3
119
87
6
1
6
6
12
15
Upstream Own operations Downstream
Mining of
minerals and
metals
Resource
extraction and
processing
Animal
habitats
Supply
chain workers
Onshore wind farms
and onshore renewables
construction
Offshore
wind farms
Biodiversity
restoration
Offshore
wind farm
construction
Employees
Ørsted
workplaces
Energy
storage
Solar
farms
Power
stations
Carbon
removal
Governance
Gas and
power sales
Farm-
downs
Society
Affected
communities
// ESRS 2, SBM-1 and SBM-3
Our material impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs)
Positive impacts
1 E1 Decarbonisation of the energy system
2 E1 Carbon removal through nature-based projects
3 E4 Biodiversity gains from restoration and innovation
4 S1 Flexible working conditions
5 S3 Improved community socio-economic well-being
6 G1 Transparent political engagement practices
Negative impacts
1 E1 GHG emissions from our operations
2 E1 Energy consumption
3 E1 GHG emissions from our supply chain
4 E1 GHG emissions from regular power and gas sales
5 E4 Ecosystem degradation due to resource extraction
6 E4 Temporary habitat and species disturbance
7 E5 Use and depletion of virgin materials
8 E5 Waste generation
9 S1 Work-related injuries and fatalities
10 S1 Work-related stress
11 S1 Unequal gender distribution in management
12 S2 Inadequate working conditions in our supply chain
13 S2 Forced labour impacting value chain workers
14 S3 Health impacts from raw material extraction
15 S3 Disrespect of Indigenous Peoples’ rights
Risks
1 E1 Energy policy and regulatory uncertainties
2 E1 Climate-related physical risks (chronic and acute)
3 E5 Dependence on critical raw materials
4 S1 Employees leaving due to perceived uncertainties
5 S2 Forced labour allegations in our supply chain
6 S3 Inadequate free, prior, and informed consent (FPIC)
7 S3 Local communities’ resistance and concerns
8 S3 S ocial impact requirements in tender processes
Opportunities
1 E1 Business value created from our renewable assets
2 E4 Biodiversity leadership attracting investments
Our value chain
We identified 31 material impacts, risks, and opportunities
(IROs) through our 2025 double materiality assessment (DMA).
The illustration shows where they are located in our value chain.
At a glance
57
Sustainability statements
At a glance
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Our strategy and
sustainability matters
// ESRS 2, SBM-1 and SBM-3
Sustainability matters linked to our strategy
We develop, construct, and operate offshore wind and
other renewable assets at scale in an environmentally
and socially sustainable way.
We have three strategic sustainability priorities –
decarbonisation, biodiversity, and community impact
– driving value for our business and society.
We continuously integrate sustainability into our
strategy and business model through concrete actions.
We also acknowledge that our upstream value chain
involves sustainability trade-offs, including impacts
linked to materials and manufacturing, which we
work to reduce through supplier engagements and
collaboration.
Our three strategic sustainability priorities ensure we
respond to our main sustainability challenges and
enable us to pursue opportunities in our industry.
These priorities are aligned with the results of our
double materiality assessment (DMA).
Through targeted action, we work to mitigate climate
change impacts, protect nature and biodiversity, and
engage with communities to secure their support.
We also work with sustainability areas foundational
to running a responsible business and protecting
people in our workforce and supply chain, such as
human rights and health and safety.
Our main sustainability impacts and risks
Strategic sustainability priorities
Foundational sustainability areas
Resources and energy use
· Energy policy uncertainty (risk)
1
· Dependence on materials (risk)
1
· Climate-related physical risks to our
assets (risk)
· Use of virgin materials in our supply chain
(impact)
· GHG emissions from our renewable energy
supply chain (impact)
Decarbonisation (E1 and E5)
Ambition
Achieve net-zero GHG emissions by 2040
while driving demand for our renewable
energy solutions
Selected actions
· Collaboration with suppliers to
decarbonise materials, especially steel
· Decarbonisation road map
· Partnerships to enhance recycling
· Climate risk assessments
Land use and ecosystem impacts
· Ecosystem degradation and habitat
and species loss from ecosystem use
change, pollution, and resource extraction
in our upstream value chain (impact)
· Temporary habitat and species disturbance
during our construction activities (impact)
Biodiversity (E4)
Ambition
Deliver a net-positive biodiversity impact for
projects we commission from 2030 onwards
to help protect nature and enable project
delivery
Selected actions
· Environmental monitoring and biodiversity
action plans at our sites
· Protection and restoration of species
and habitats at our sites
Public support and societal impacts
· Local community resistance to
renewable projects (risk)
· Inadequate free, prior, and informed
consent (FPIC) process with Indigenous
communities (risk)
· Increased local content in tender
processes (risk)
· Community health impacts from raw
material extraction in our upstream
value chain (impact)
Community impact (S3)
Ambition
Bring tangible benefits to local communities
to help enhance local well-being and build
support for the renewable energy build-out
Selected actions
· Engagement and ongoing dialogue with
affected communities
· Integration of affected communities’
perspectives in the project planning phase
Human rights (S1, S2, S3) Health and safety (S1, S2) People management, diversity, and inclusion (S1) Business conduct (G1)
1
Management of risks related to resources and energy use is
elaborated on in the ‘Enterprise risk management’ section on
page 25 under ‘Supply chain risk’ and ‘Political risk’.
Our response
58
Sustainability statements
At a glance
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Climate change
Strategic sustainability priority: Decarbonisation
Ørsted has undergone a fundamental transformation
from a fossil-fuel-based utility to a global leader in
offshore wind. In 2025, we met our science-based
scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity reduction target
of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh, making Ørsted the first energy
company to complete a green transformation of its own
energy production. Going forward, we will continue to
collaborate with partners to advance efforts to reduce
emissions across the full value chain (scopes 1-3) in line
with our science-based target to reach net zero by 2040.
Science-based target to reach net zero
by 2040, validated by the SBTi
GHG emissions intensity, scopes 1-3
(excl. category 11), g CO
2
e/kWh
2018
2025
2030
2040 <2.9
322
69
75
Science-based targets
Upstream value chain
Scope 3 GHG emissions
from the renewable energy
supply chain
Negative impact
Scope 3 GHG emissions
from regular power sales
and gas sales
Negative impact
Downstream value chain
Scope 3 GHG emissions
from regular power sales
and gas sales
Negative impact
Own operations
Development, construction,
and operation of renewable
energy assets
Positive impact
Opportunity
Carbon removal through
nature-based projects
Positive impact
Energy consumption,
mainly at our CHP plants
Negative impact
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emis-
sions from our operations
Negative impact
Uncertainty in the energy
transition policy and
regulatory landscape
Risk
Climate-related physical
risks to assets (chronic and
accute)
Risk
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
18.5 GW
Installed renewable capacity
(18.2 GW in 2024)
99 %
EU taxonomy-aligned CAPEX
(99 % in 2024)
99 %
Share of renewable energy generation
(97 % in 2024)
In 2025, we achieved our target of a 99 %
share of renewable energy generation
4
GHG intensity, scopes 1 and 2, g CO
2
e/kWh
(16 g CO
2
e/kWh in 2024)
In 2025, we achieved our target of a scope
1-2 GHG intensity of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh
8.8
Scope 3 emissions, million tonnes CO
2
e
(7.4 million tonnes CO
2
e in 2024)
Selected actions we have taken
in 2025 to address our IROs.
For more details, see p. 73.
Installed and decided
renewable capacity
Continued to expand our renewable
capacity portfolio.
Decarbonisation road map
Strengthened governance and execution
of our decarbonisation road map by
establishing senior-level accountability
and rolling 2-3-year work plans with clear
deliverables, accelerating progress towards
our target to reach net zero by 2040.
Supply chain collaboration
for lower-emissions solutions
Continued to work with key suppliers
to advance and secure access to lower-
emissions materials (e.g. lower-emissions
steel via our partnership with Dillinger).
Supplier engagement
Expanded our supplier engagement to
additional suppliers, reflecting the
development of our supply chain.
Nature-based (NbS) projects
Continued to advance NbS projects that
generate carbon credits for remaining
scope 1-2 emissions. To date, mangroves
have been planted across 6,000 hectares
in The Gambia.
ActionsPerformanceTargets
8.9 GW
Decided (FID’ed) renewable capacity
(7.6 GW in 2024)
59
Sustainability statements
At a glance
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
ActionsPerformanceCommitments
Reducing reliance on virgin materials is essential for a
resilient renewable energy transition and our continued
decarbonisation efforts. We have worked for several
years to improve how materials are sourced, used, and
recovered, and we continue to build collaborations that
help us do so across the value chain. Strengthening
circular practices reduces pressure on natural resources
and enables a more robust lower- emissions energy system.
Policies
Resource Management Policy
Forest Biomass Policy
Resource use and
circular economy
Strategic sustainability priority: Decarbonisation
Selected actions we have taken
in 2025 to address our IROs.
For more details, see p. 88.
Supplier engagement
Integrated circularity considerations into our
operating model for offshore wind, allowing
us to identify design-related opportunities
and inform future supplier engagements.
Component refurbishment
Achieved a refurbishment rate above 80 %
for main component exchanges across our
offshore portfolio, adding to our existing
work on minor components.
Wind farm recyclability
Completed a recyclability assessment
of our offshore wind farm Hornsea 3 in
collaboration with ReWind, identifying key
recyclability challenges associated with
the materials used.
Preventing waste generation
Decided to use recyclable transition piece
(TP) covers at our offshore wind farm
Hornsea 3, replacing conventional single-
use covers.
End-of-life management
Initiated the demolition of Esbjerg Power
Station following its shutdown in 2024,
from which we expect to either reuse or
recycle up to 97 % of the total materials in
collaboration with the project contractor.
97 %
Total waste diverted from disposal
(88 % in 2024)
3,279
Non-recycled waste, tonnes
(14,944 tonnes in 2024)
We ensure our forest biomass
is sustainability-certified
No landfilling of wind turbine
blades or solar panels
In 2021, we made a commitment not to send
any of our retired blades to landfill, and in
2023, this was extended to solar panels.
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Upstream value chain
Use of virgin materials in
renewable energy infrastructure
adds to resource depletion and
increased material scarcity
Negative impact
Own operations
Dependence on critical
raw materials needed for
the energy transition
Negative impact
Waste generation during
construction, operation,
and decommissioning
Negative impact
60
Sustainability statements
At a glance
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Biodiversity
and ecosystems
Strategic sustainability priority: Biodiversity
Transitioning away from fossil fuels to renewable
energy is fundamental to tackling the biodiversity crisis.
The space needed for the renewable energy transition is
significant, and with nature in crisis, we must ensure that
our projects benefit local biodiversity and ecosystems.
In 2025, we continued taking action to deliver on our
ambition of achieving a net-positive biodiversity impact
from all new renewable energy projects we commission
from 2030 onwards.
Policies
Biodiversity Policy
Ambitions
Net-positive
biodiversity impact
In 2021, we set the ambition to achieve
a net-positive biodiversity impact from
all new renewable energy projects we
commission from 2030 onwards.
Performance
2
Construction sites overlapping
with key biodiversity areas
(same as in 2024)
7
Construction sites overlapping
with protected areas
(same as in 2024)
Actions
Selected actions we have taken
in 2025 to address our IROs.
For more details, see p. 86.
ReCoral by Ørsted
Reached a milestone in our coral restoration
initiative at our Greater Changhua offshore
wind farms, supporting natural coral growth.
Seabird habitat restoration
Initiated efforts to improve coastal habitats
in Taiwan for protected migratory bird
species which use the coastline for foraging
and roosting.
Tracking biodiversity growth
Expanded the scope of 3D modelling of
marine growth to monitor how our assets in
the UK interact with marine ecosystems.
3D-printed reefs at Anholt
Conducted an inspection confirming that
our artificial reefs at Anholt Offshore Wind
Farm now provide valuable space, shelter,
and food for sea bass, sea squirts, crabs,
and starfish.
Innovative seagrass planting
Continued to make successful progress
on our restoration project in the Humber
Estuary (UK), including seagrass planting,
salt marsh restoration, and rebuilding native
oyster beds.
Supply chain mapping
Conducted an analysis focusing on material
commodities related to offshore wind
turbines to support discussions about nature-
related financial risks in our supply chain.
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Upstream value chain
Ecosystem degradation and habitat
and species loss from ecosystem
use change, pollution, and resource
extraction
Negative impact
Own operations
Attract investments and
improve financial terms
through biodiversity efforts
Opportunity
Biodiversity gains from
restoration and innovation
projects
Positive impact
Temporary habitat and
species disturbance during
construction activities
Negative impact
61
Sustainability statements
At a glance
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Actions
We are committed to creating meaningful opportuni-
ties and long-term value for the communities where
we develop, construct, and operate renewable energy
assets. This includes not only avoiding or mitigating
negative impacts but also seeking ways to deliver
lasting positive impacts that ensure the benefits of the
green transition are shared equitably. We are committed
to respecting human rights, promoting an inclusive and
diverse industry, and generating economic and social
value for those affected by our projects.
Policies
Global Human Rights Policy
Stakeholder Engagement Policy
Just Transition Policy
Code of Conduct for Business Partners
Affected
communities
Strategic sustainability priority: Community impact
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Selected actions we have taken
in 2025 to address our IROs.
For more details, see p. 104.
Workforce development
training programmes
Advanced our efforts to build offshore
wind skills by signing a memorandum
of understanding with TAFE Gippsland
and Federation University to support
the development of Australia’s offshore
wind workforce.
Community investments
Formed a long-term partnership to help
deliver Horizon Youth Zone in Grimsby,
supporting local youth and improving
well-being in the community near our
UK East Coast Hub.
Continued to support local community
and environmental projects through our
Hornsea 3 Community Benefit Fund.
Extended our Choczewo Community Benefit
Fund, ‘Powered by Wind’, for another two
years, supporting local development near
our offshore wind farm Baltica 2 in Poland.
Upstream value chain
Community health impacts
from pollutionlinked to raw
material extraction
Negative impact
Indigenous Peoples’ rights
and livelihoods disrespected
in our supply chain of raw
materials
Negative impact
Own operations
Improved community
socio-economic well-being
through local value creation
Positive impact
Indigenous Peoples’ rights
and livelihoods disrespected
during development and
construction
Negative impact
Increasing emphasis on local
content within social impact
requirements in tender processes
Risk
Local community resistance and
stakeholder concerns towards
renewable energy projects
Risk
Failure to secure free, prior,
and informed consent (FPIC)
with Indigenous communities
Risk
Engagement with
Indigenous Peoples
Provided funding for coastal resilience and
local habitat restoration projects in the US,
as well as scholarships for Tribal members.
Formalised our partnership with the
Gunaikurnai people in Australia, the
Traditional Owners of much of Gippsland,
where our offshore wind farms are to be
constructed.
62
Sustainability statements
At a glance
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
At Ørsted, we actively work to ensure a safe and
inclusive workplace where all employees can thrive.
We engage with our employees through various
channels and have an open and transparent culture.
We focus on developing employees’ skills and com-
petences and follow up on the general well-being of
employees through inidividual performance dialogues
and other measures.
Policies
Global Human Rights Policy
Stakeholder Engagement Policy
Just Transition Policy
Global Policy for Quality, Health, Safety & Environment
Global Diversity & Inclusion Policy
Global Bullying, Discrimination & Harassment Policy
Global Labour & Employment Rights Policy
Global Working Hour Commitment
Employee satisfaction
2025 was a transition year, during which we assessed
new metrics and a new target for reporting in 2026.
In the meantime, leadership teams have used the
standard employee Net Promoter Score to assess
employee sentiment.
Own workforce
Foundational sustainability area
2.5
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR)
(2.7 in 2024)
In 2025, we achieved our target of 2.5
2.3
Total recordable injury rate
(TRIR) in 2026
34 / 66
Women / men
Our gender balance remained unchanged
compared to 2024
Targets Performance Actions
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Selected actions we have taken
in 2025 to address our IROs.
For more details, see p. 95.
Preventing and addressing
injuries and fatalities
Trained 96 selected senior managers
appointed as accountable persons for
health and safety through our ‘Boost QHSE’
programme. Implemented improvements
for technicians working with blade repair.
Managing stress among
employees
Held global mandatory safety days focused
on mental health and psychological safety
and equipped people leaders with tools to
support psychological safety in their teams.
Inclusive culture and
leadership
Established a global ED&I task force to
monitor the geopolitical landscape and
advise management about our gender
balance target.
Equipped leaders to build and lead inclusive,
high-performing teams.
Started embedding equity into the architec-
ture of our people processes, including train-
ing for all hiring managers and interviewers.
Developing our employees
Continued to invest in leadership develop-
ment, strengthen talent pipelines, and foster
a high-performance culture.
Own operations
Work-related injuries
and fatalities
Negative impact
Employees leaving the
organisation due to perceived
internal risks or uncertainties
Risk
Work-related stress
Negative impact
Unequal gender distribution
in management
Negative impact
Flexible working conditions and
entitlements, such as support for
family and caregiving needs
Positive impact
40 / 60
Women / men
Gender balance in our total
workforce by 2030
63
Sustainability statements
At a glance
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Workers in
the value chain
Foundational sustainability area
The renewable energy transition impacts the
lives of many, including people working across
renewable energy supply chains. At Ørsted,
we want to support a just transition by promoting
jobs that offer decent wages, secure employment,
safe working conditions, and a working environment
where workers are free to express concerns and
exercise their right to organise.
Policies
Global Human Rights Policy
Stakeholder Engagement Policy
Just Transition Policy
Code of Conduct for Business Partners
Performance
311
Risk screenings conducted
(344 in 2024)
39
Extended risk
screenings conducted
(42 in 2024)
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Upstream value chain
Forced labour allegations or
misconduct in our renewable
energy supply chain resulting in
e.g. reputational damage
Risk
Inadequate working conditions
leading to health, safety, and
work-life balance issues
Negative impact
Forced labour impacting value
chain workers’ rights, well-being,
and livelihoods
Negative impact
Actions
Supply chain transparency
Continued our efforts to increase supply
chain transparency, with a focus on the
origin of key materials.
Partnership with the
Worker Welfare Group
The Worker Welfare Group launched a
pilot programme focused on delivering
supervisor behaviour training to advance
worker welfare in Singapores marine
construction sector.
Initiative for Responsible
Mining Assurance (IRMA)
IRMA audits increasingly focused on metals
essential for renewable energy technologies.
International Responsible
Business Conduct (IRBC)
Agreement
Our score from the annual maturity
assessment against the OECD guidelines
reaffirmed our position as an industry leader
driving responsible business conduct.
Supplier engagement
Implemented our code of conduct due
diligence process in our procurement
pre-qualification process and piloted a
new worker survey tool.
Selected actions we have taken
in 2025 to address our IROs.
For more details, see p. 101.
Business conduct
Foundational sustainability area
At Ørsted, our approach to business conduct is steered
by integrity, one of our key guiding principles. We uphold
high ethical standards across our business and operate
in compliance with laws and regulations, fostering trust
and respect among our employees and other stake-
holders. To support our corporate culture, we have
several policies which present the rules to be adhered
to by our employees and business partners.
Policies
Good Business Conduct Policy
Code of Conduct for Business Partners
Performance
DKK 53 million
Political influence (DKK 46 million in 2024)
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
Own operations
Political engagement practices
ensuring transparency, integrity,
and accountability
Positive impact
64
Sustainability statements
At a glance
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
E2 Pollution
E3 Water
S4 Consumers
G1 Business conduct
E1 Climate change
E4 Biodiversity
E5 Resource use
S1 Own workforce
S2 Workers in the value chain
S3 Affected communities
Non-material
Material Material
Material
Financial materiality
Impact materiality
Double materiality assessment
In 2025, we conducted a double materiality assess-
ment (DMA), in which we identified and assessed
31 material impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
comprised of 6 positive impacts, 15 negative impacts,
8 risks, and 2 opportunities.
Our material ESRS topics
We identified and assessed our positive and negative
impacts on the environment and society (impact mate-
riality) as well as the sustainability-related financial
risks that we are exposed to and the opportunities we
leverage (financial materiality). ‘E1 Climate change,
‘E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems’, ‘E5 Resource use and
circular economy’, and ‘S3 Affected communities’ were
assessed as material topics and are aligned with our
three strategic sustainability priorities. In addition,
S1 Own workforce, ‘S2 Workers in the value chain,
and ‘G1 Business conduct’ were assessed as material.
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities
Building on our DMA from last year, we refined our
methodology to incorporate learnings and develop-
ments. In ‘Our value chain’ on page 57, we list all IROs
that were assessed as material in our DMA. More infor-
mation on each IRO, including how we manage them,
can be found in the topical chapters.
Inherent risks and impacts
Our DMA is based on inherent risks and impacts but
also accounts for actions that have been fully inte-
grated into our governance, management, and daily
operations to reduce or mitigate their effects.
// ESRS 2, SBM-3
Main changes compared to last year
While the same material ESRS topics were reaffirmed
in our 2025 DMA, we merged some IROs that were
similar in nature and management, reducing the num-
ber of IROs from 40 to 31. Our materiality threshold
is unchanged, and even though some topics have
IROs scored differently, this did not change the overall
outcome of which topics are above and below our
materiality threshold.
//
// E2, IRO-1 and E3, IRO-1
ESRS topics below materiality
We have omitted the disclosure requirements in the
topical standards ‘E2 Pollution, ‘E3 Water and marine
resources’, and ‘S4 Consumers and end users’ from our
reporting.
For ‘E2 Pollution’ and ‘E3 Water and marine resources’,
we identified and assessed IROs following our DMA
methodology. This was informed by environmental
impact assessments, risk registers, reported data, and
other documentation, such as asset-specific conditions
for management of pollution and water imposed by
local authorities, which are particularly relevant for our
combined heat and power (CHP) plants. However, these
IROs were below our materiality threshold due to the
high minimum environmental requirements imposed by
authorities in the countries where we operate.
For ‘S4 Consumers and end users’, we did not identify
any IROs.
//
Our material IROs within each ESRS topic
Positive impact Negative impact Risk Opportunity
Each circle corresponds to one IRO
E1 Climate change
E4 Biodiversity
E5 Resource use
S1 Own workforce
S2 Workers in the value chain
S3 Affected communities
G1 Business conduct
Our material ESRS topics
General
65
Sustainability statements
General
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
// ESRS 2, IRO-1
DMA methodology
In our double materiality assessment (DMA), we
con sidered all the sub-sub-topics listed in ESRS 1
when identifying our impacts, risks, and opportunities
(IROs). For our impact assessment on people and the
environment (inside-out), we considered both positive
and negative impacts, which can be both actual and
potential. In our financial assessment (outside-in), we
assessed potential sustainability-related risks that could
trigger a negative financial effect on our business and
opportunities that could create value for our business.
Our DMA process has not changed compared to 2024
but is revisited and verified on an annual basis.
Stakeholder engagement
We used our in-house subject-matter experts as a
valid proxy for bringing the interests and views of our
stakeholders into the DMA. They used their profes-
sional judgement when applying the scoring criteria,
often informed by publicly available evidence of
circumstances. In addition, our continuous engagement
activities in the communities where we are present
provided a solid basis for our assessment. Furthermore,
our value chain assessment mainly focused on our first-
tier suppliers, and beyond that, we relied on industry-
wide value chain assessments, industry knowledge,
and internal knowledge based on our engagement
in various forums.
Impacts
When identifying and assessing our impacts, we consid-
ered activities within our own operations, our business
relationships, and our value chain. We had particular
focus on the upstream value chain, focusing on sourcing
of materials and exposure to certain geographies that
might give rise to a heightened risk of adverse human
and labour rights impacts and of environmental impacts
due to the nature of our industry.
Scoring negative impacts
The ‘severity’ of an impact was scored through three
parameters:
1. Scale: How great the impact is or could be on the
environment or people. For actual negative impacts,
mitigation actions were considered, including the
‘licence to operate’ conditions required by authorities.
2. Scope: How widespread the impact is, e.g. the
number of sites it relates to.
3. Irremediable character: How difficult it is to reverse
the damage in terms of cost and time horizon.
For potential negative impacts, an additional parameter
of ‘likelihood’ was scored, weighted evenly with ‘ severity’.
However, for a human rights-related potential negative
impact, ‘severity’ took precedence over ‘likelihood’.
Scoring positive impacts
For actual positive impacts,severity’ was scored
through the two parameters ‘scale’ and ‘scope.
For potential positive impacts, ‘likelihood’ was also
scored and weighted evenly with ‘severity’.
Risks and opportunities
We used our impact assessment as a foundation for
identifying risks and opportunities that are connected
to our impacts and dependencies.
Scoring risks and opportunities
When scoring sustainability risks and opportunities,
we assessed the potential ‘magnitude’ of possible
financial effects and the ‘likelihood of occurrence.
The possible financial effects of the individual risks
and opportunities were assessed through sustainability-
matter- specific scenarios, operationalised through stress
tests. Mitigation measures put in place are reflected
in either the magnitude or likelihood of the assessed
scenarios. In cases where a quantitative assessment
was not possible or insufficient, qualitative assessments
were used to supplement or inform the magnitude of
the risk or opportunity.
Time horizons
Potential IROs were assessed across three time
horizons: short-term (covering the current reporting
year and the next year), medium-term (from the end
of the short-term period to five years), and long-term
(more than five years).
//
// ESRS 2, IRO-1 and IRO-2
Thresholds
IROs were evaluated using score-based assessments
for impact and financial materiality. The resulting
scores were mapped to materiality levels, and a
materiality threshold was defined by selecting a cut-
off on the scoring scale corresponding to the highest
levels of materiality. IROs meeting or exceeding this
threshold were considered material for reporting,
including their associated ESRS disclosures.
//
// ESRS 2, IRO-1
DMA process
We defined five steps for conducting the DMA:
1 Engagement of stakeholders
2 Scoping of IROs
3 Assessment of IROs
4 Validation of results and calibration
5 Final review and approval
In addition, a fundamental preliminary step was
to understand the context. Our DMA builds on the
approach we have used for over a decade for assessing
the materiality of sustainability-related matters, in
which we use benchmark reports, studies, and internal
projects, including regulatory landscape understanding,
media monitoring, peer analysis, etc., to determine
what our sustainability-related impacts and risks are.
Step 1: Engagement of stakeholders
We identified internal subject-matter experts (SMEs)
with extensive insights and knowledge about each
ESRS topic.
Step 2: Scoping of IROs
We used our DMA results from last year as a starting
point to scope this year’s IROs and consulted relevant
internal sources, including internal impact reports, inter-
nal risk reports, and stakeholder findings. This formed
the gross IRO list for assessment.
Step 3: Assessment of IROs
The SMEs reviewed the identified IROs and added or
removed IROs, where necessary. They then scored
each IRO using our scoring methodology. The resulting
degree of materiality for each IRO was calculated
using our internal scoring tool.
Step 4: Validation of results and calibration
The SMEs were consulted again for validation of the
preliminary results, and any necessary adjustments
were made. In addition, risks were aligned with our
‘Enterprise risk framework’. These results were further
validated through a managerial calibration group that
brought further insights from external stakeholders,
including investors.
Step 5: Final review and approval
In the final step, the results were reviewed and
approved by relevant managers. After their approval,
the DMA results were presented to and approved
by the Group Executive Team.
//
66
Sustainability statements
General
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Interests and views
of our stakeholders
// ESRS 2, SBM-2
Stakeholder engagement
Our Stakeholder Engagement Policy reflects our
commitment to maintaining an open and continuous
dialogue with stakeholders. Through these interactions,
we seek to understand their perspectives, concerns,
and expectations – ensuring that their voices inform
our decisions.
Insights from stakeholder dialogues feed into our due
diligence process and double materiality assessment.
This helps us align our sustainability priorities, initiatives,
and processes with stakeholder interests and views.
Guided by principles of openness, transparency, and
integrity, our Stakeholder Engagement Policy adheres
to leading international standards, including the
UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples
and the IFC Performance Standards on Environmental
and Social Sustainability.
We ensure that the interests and views of affected
stakeholders regarding our sustainability-related
impacts, risks, and opportunities are regularly
communicated to accountable members of the
Group Executive Team through periodic meetings.
For more information on our sustainability governance,
please see pages 47-49 in the managements review.
//
// S1, SBM-2
Employees
How engagement is organised
· Employment and health and safety
representatives
· Inclusion and social networks
· Employee-elected board members
· Development dialogues and reviews
· Surveys, workplace assessments,
and town halls
Purpose of engagement
· Understanding employee experiences,
challenges, and suggestions
· Raising awareness of policies and
organisational changes
· Fostering a healthy, safe, and sustainable
working environment
· Supporting employee retention
and attraction
Engagement outcomes
· Updates or development of policies,
e.g. our Global Mental Health Policy
· Initiatives promoting well-being
// S2, SBM-2
Suppliers
How engagement is organised
· Due diligence assessments
· Workshops and industry collaborations,
e.g. the Offshore Wind Sustainability Joint
Industry Programme (SUSJIP)
Purpose of engagement
· Code of conduct compliance
· Responsible sourcing, including minerals
and metals
· Safeguarding human and labour rights
· Fostering a safe and respectful working
environment in our value chain
· Driving value chain decarbonisation
and circular resource use
· Understanding supplier challenges
Engagement outcomes
· Clearer supplier guidance
· Due diligence improvement plans
· Informed procurement decisions
· Sourcing of low-carbon solutions
// S3, SBM-2
Local comunities
How engagement is organised
· Consultations, public meetings,
and information sessions
· Dialogue through project staff and
community liaison officers
· Interviews during environmental and
social impact assessments
· Our Whistleblower Hotline and other
grievance mechanisms
Purpose of engagement
· Addressing concerns and questions
· Building trust and relationships
· Ensuring community benefits and
maintaining our social licence to operate
Engagement outcomes
· Tailored community benefit initiatives
· Local projects promoting job creation,
growth, and environmental protection
Corporate customers
How engagement is organised
· Customer support interactions
· Regular reviews and meetings with account
managers
· Business partner due diligence assessments
Purpose of engagement
· Understanding customer needs and
expectations
· Strengthening trust through transparency
· Enabling customers to achieve their
renewable energy targets
Engagement outcomes
· Enhancements of products and services,
e.g. power purchase agreements (PPAs)
· Adjustment of marketing approaches,
e.g. providing ESG rating scorecards
Investors
How engagement is organised
· ESG ratings and assessments
· One-on-one meetings, questionnaires,
and inquiries
· Quarterly earnings calls
· Annual general meetings
Purpose of engagement
· Understanding expectations and
addressing questions
· Building trust and demonstrating
long-term value of renewable energy
· Discussing performance, risk
management, and strategic direction
Engagement outcomes
· Action plans to enhance performance
· Increased transparency through
disclosure to rating agencies
· Alignment of investment activities
with sustainable finance frameworks,
e.g. the EU taxonomy
Governments, policymakers,
and regulators
How engagement is organised
· Public hearings, consultations,
and roundtables
· Publication of white papers, studies,
and thought leadership content
Purpose of engagement
· Compliance with regulatory frameworks
· Supporting a sustainable build-out of
renewable energy
· Addressing climate-related transition
risks and opportunities
Engagement outcomes
· Operational adjustments to maintain
compliance
· Informed decisions on renewable
energy deployment and financing
Civic and non-profit organisations
How engagement is organised
· Collaboration on community projects
and impact assessments
· Contributions to research and
knowledge-sharing initiatives
Purpose of engagement
· Supporting local initiatives
· Understanding local expectations
· Addressing shared challenges, e.g.
decarbonisation and human rights in
the supply chain
Engagement outcomes
· Improved project planning and
site-specific initiatives, e.g. biodiversity
conservation and community
development
· Alignment of projects with best practice
for community engagement
Industry and sustainability
associations
How engagement is organised
· Workshops, knowledge-sharing sessions,
and conferences
· Initiatives and research on e.g.
biodiversity impacts and life cycle analyses
(LCAs)
· Consultations with trade unions on worker
welfare and rights
Purpose of engagement
· Promoting the build-out of renewable
energy
· Developing industry standards
· Decarbonising hard-to-abate sectors
· Understanding perspectives of workers’
representatives across the value chain
Engagement outcomes
· Industry-developed LCA methodology
for offshore wind farms
· Launching the Responsible Renewables
Infrastructure Initiative with World
Economic Forum (WEF)
· Tailored initiatives for value chain workers
67
Sustainability statements
General
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Basis for
preparation
// ESRS 2, BP-1 and BP-2
General basis for preparation
Frameworks and data selection
The sustainability statements are prepared in accor-
dance with the ESRS standards adopted by the
EU Commission. All the disclosures have either been
assessed as material according to our double materi-
ality assessment (DMA) or are mandatory according to
the ESRS standards. All GHG emissions (scopes 1-3)
are reported in accordance with ‘E1 Climate change
and calculated based on the GHG Protocol as
referenced in E1.
Consolidation
The sustainability statements have been prepared on
a consolidated basis. The data is consolidated according
to the same principles as the financial statements and
thus comprises the parent company Ørsted A/S and
subsidiaries controlled by Ørsted A/S. Joint operations
are included with Ørsted’s proportionate share.
Associates and joint ventures are not included in the
consolidated data.
For the reporting of absolute scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions, we report the difference between total
scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions using operational control
of the sites we operate as consolidation principle
compared to scope 1 and 2 totals using our standard
financial consolidation of the entities, as per ESRS
disclosure requirement E1-6, data point 50. Metrics for
biodiversity (E4-5) include full construction sites under
operational control. Consolidation of all data follows
the principles above, unless otherwise specified in the
accounting policies.
Value chain
The sustainability statements cover our full value chain,
from upstream to downstream, as the related impacts,
risks, and opportunities have been identified and
assessed in our DMA. Selected policies, actions, and tar-
gets extend beyond our own operations where relevant.
Measurement basis
The accounting policies have been applied consistently
in the financial year and for comparative figures.
Calculation factors used are listed on the pages with
the relevant metrics, together with references.
External review
Our auditor, PwC, has performed limited assurance of
our sustainability statements (please see the independ-
ent auditor’s limited assurance report on page 215).
//
// ESRS 2, BP-2
Disclosures related to specific
circumstances
Estimates and uncertainties
We make assessments and estimates for the reporting
of some data points using indirect sources, including
sector-average data and proxies. These include our
resource inflow metrics and EU taxonomy KPIs.
For scope 3 GHG emissions, we primarily use activity
data combined with emission factors. Where accu-
rate supplier-specific data or emission factors are not
available, we apply broader, more generic activity data
or emission factors and extrapolate where necessary
to address data gaps. We describe the basis for prepa-
ration of these estimates and associated outcome
uncertainties in our accounting policies.
We regularly reassess our use of estimates and
judgements based on experience, the development
of ESG reporting, and several other factors. Changes
in estimates are recognised in the period in which
the estimate in question is revised.
Changes in preparation or presentation of data
We have a policy for adjustments to ESG metrics to
support our assessment as to whether we should
restate previously reported numbers in case we
discover an error or change the accounting policy. If
we assess that a restatement is necessary based on
materiality, we clearly indicate what the restatement is
in the relevant table with the metric.
Changes in 2025
We made the following changes in 2025:
· Introduced the sections ‘At a glance’ and ‘Additional
disclosures‘ to improve readability.
· Updated our methodology for allocating emissions
from our build-out, resulting in a restatement of the
2024 figures for scope 3, category 2; total scope
3 GHG emissions; total GHG emissions; and related
intensities. To ensure methodological consistency,
we also updated our approach to the reporting of
materials under resource inflows and have restated
the 2024 figures accordingly.
· Reintroduced calculated avoided emissions follow-
ing stakeholder requests.
· Updated our taxonomy reporting based on the
amendments adopted by the EU in January 2026.
· Discontinued our employee satisfaction survey results
metrics and target due to our new engagement survey
concept. We are assessing potential new metrics
and a new target for reporting in 2026; for 2025, we
qualitatively disclose our results and actions.
· Discontinued know-your-counterparty (KYC)
screenings as we have assessed that the metric
does not sufficiently add to the understanding of
our supply chain business conduct risks and their
management.
//
ESRS 2, GOV-1
· All DPs
MR · Governance framework · pages 40-42
MR · Board of Directors · pages 43-45
MR · Group Executive Team · pages 47-51
ESRS 2, GOV-2 · All DPs
MR · Governance framework · page 41
MR · Group Executive Team · pages 47-49
ESRS 2, GOV-3 · All DPs
Remuneration report · page 7
ESRS 2, GOV-4 · All DPs
SS · Additional disclosures · page 110
ESRS 2, GOV-5 · All DPs
MR · Group Executive Team · page 48
ESRS 2, SBM-1 · 40(g), 42(a), 42(b), and 42(c)
MR · Our business model · page 10
SS · At a glance · pages 57-58
ESRS 2, SBM-3 · 48(a), 48(b), 48(c)(ii), and 49
SS · At a glance · pages 57-58
ESRS 2, IRO-1 · 53(c)(iii) and 53(e)
MR · Enterprise risk management · page 24
ESRS 2, IRO-2 · 56
SS · Additional disclosures · pages 111-112
ESRS E1, GOV-3 · All DPs
Remuneration report · page 7
ESRS G1, GOV-1 · All DPs
MR · Board of Directors · pages 43-46
MR · Group Executive Team · pages 50-51
//
// ESRS 2, BP-2
Information incorporated by reference
Below are the disclosure requirements (DRs)
and data points (DPs) reported outside of the
four mandated sections of the sustainability
statements. A full overview of all DRs can be
found on page 111.
MR Managements review
SS Sustainability statements
GOV Governance
SBM Strategy and business model
IRO Impacts, risks, and opportunities
68
Sustainability statements
General
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
E1
Climate change
Ørsted has undergone a fundamental transformation
from a fossil-fuel-based utility to a global leader in
offshore wind. In 2025, we met our science-based
scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity reduction target
of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh, making Ørsted the first energy
company to complete a green transformation of its own
energy production. Going forward, we will continue to
collaborate with partners to advance efforts to reduce
emissions across the full value chain (scopes 1-3) in line
with our science-based target to reach net zero by 2040.
// ESRS 2, SBM-3 and E1, SBM-3
Material impacts, risks,
and opportunities
As part of our double materiality assessment (DMA),
we have identified two positive impacts, three negative
impacts, two risks, and one opportunity related to
climate change. Each of these is directly linked to our
business model.
The material climate-related impacts, risks, and oppor-
tunity inform our strategic priorities and transition
planning. We use these insights to shape investment
decisions, strengthen supply chain engagement, and
accelerate our progress towards our climate targets.
Opportunity · Own operations
Development, construction, and operation of renewable
energy assets creating long-term business value
Positive impact · Actual · Own operations
Development, construction, and operation of renewable
energy assets contributing to the decarbonisation of the
energy system
This opportunity stems directly from our business model,
which positions us to capture long-term demand for
renewable energy and benefit from supportive policy
frameworks. By decarbonising the energy system, our
activities deliver a positive impact that is central to
how we create value and support the transition.
High-quality nature-based projects can deliver verified
carbon removals and ecosystem benefits that com-
plement our decarbonisation efforts, making carbon
removal through nature-based solutions a potential
positive impact.
Deploying renewable energy is essential to a sustain-
able energy system, and we recognise the associ-
ated greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. These arise
from activities across our value chain, including the
operation of combined heat and power (CHP) plants,
resource extraction and manufacturing of components,
maintenance operations, and upstream and down-
stream emissions from regular power and gas sales.
These risks reflect existing and potential threats
to project economics, construction timelines, asset
availability, and operational resilience. Our approach
to addressing these climate risks is described in the
‘Resilience analysis’ section of this chapter.
//
Positive impact · Potential · Own operations
Carbon removal through nature-based projects
Negative impacts · Actual · Own operations & value chain
· Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions from our operations
· Energy consumption, mainly at our CHP plants
· Scope 3 GHG emissions from the renewable energy supply chain
· Scope 3 GHG emissions from regular power sales and gas sales
Risks · Own operations & value chain
· Uncertainty in the energy transition policy and regulatory
landscape potentially challenging the viability of renewable
energy projects (transition risk)
· Climate-related physical risks to assets (chronic and acute)
// E1-1
Transition plan
Ørsted’s transition plan outlines our pathway to net-
zero emissions by 2040, aligned with the 1.5 °C target
of the Paris Agreement. The plan is substantiated
by science-based targets and structured around key
decarbonisation levers. It sets out strategic actions
that have transformed our business model towards
renewables and will guide the next phase of our
transition. It also supports broader policy priorities,
including the European Unions 2050 climate neutrality
goals formalised in the European Green Deal and
associated regulations such as the EU taxonomy and
the EU Green Bond Standard.
These priorities present both an opportunity and a
responsibility to align our business strategy with global
decarbonisation efforts, contributing to the renewable
energy transition and broader sustainability objectives.
First transition wave:
Shift from fossil fuels to renewable energy generation
In 2025, we reached a defining milestone in our journey
towards net zero by meeting our science-based scope
1-2 GHG emissions intensity target of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh
– a 93 % reduction from a 2018 baseline (98 % from
a 2006 level). This progress reflects the core achieve-
ment of wave one: the structural shift in our own
energy production from predominantly fossil fuels to
predominantly renewable sources.
This shift continues to be characterised by the
following:
· Growth in renewable capacity: In 2025, we continued
to expand our renewable energy portfolio, reaching a
total of 18.5 GW of installed capacity, with a pipeline
of 8.9 GW of decided (FID’ed) capacity.
· Increase in renewable energy generation and
phase-out of coal: Following the cessation of
coal-based generation in 2024, we achieved our
2025 target of generating 99 % of our energy from
renewable sources.
· Alignment of capital with climate goals: Since
the EU Climate Delegated Act came into effect,
99 % of Ørsted’s capital expenditures (CAPEX)
have been allocated to activities classified as
sustainable. In 2025, these expenditures included
DKK 53,653 million for the expansion of offshore
and onshore wind capacity, DKK 2,673 million for
solar PV and battery energy storage technologies,
and DKK 1,881 million for cogeneration of heat and
power from bioenergy activities (including carbon
capture and storage).
· Measurable performance: We report on our climate
performance through a suite of climate targets val-
idated by the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi),
including near-term targets for 2030 and long-term
targets for 2040. All our SBTi-validated climate tar-
gets have 2018 as a base year. In addition to inten-
sity metrics, we report on absolute emissions reduc-
tions to provide a clear view of our progress across
both our operations and the value chain. Having met
our 2025 scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity target
of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh, we are now progressing towards
a 96 % reduction by 2030. Complementing this, our
interim scope 1-3 GHG emissions intensity target
outlines a reduction trajectory of ~77 % by 2030.
We have also set science-based absolute reduction
targets for scope 3 total emissions and scope 3, cat-
egory 11 emissions. Together, these interim targets
provide a clear and measurable pathway towards
our long-term target to reach net zero by 2040,
aligned with the 1.5 °C goal of the Paris Agreement.
69
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
· Climate advocacy: To advance policies that accel-
erate the shift to renewable energy, we work with
national and international associations to engage in
dialogue with policymakers. We report transparently
on these activities in our Climate Advocacy Report,
published every three years (next edition in 2026).
Addressing transition risks from locked-in emissions
Locked-in emissions refer to future GHG emissions
arising from infrastructure or assets planned or already
in place. For Ørsted, these emissions are tied to our
gas sales activities, driven by binding contractual
obligations for offtake volumes of natural gas from
gas fields in the Danish North Sea – mainly the Tyra
gas field (not owned by Ørsted).
Currently, we assess that our legacy activities do
not jeopardise the delivery of our transition plan.
We recognise that accounting for locked-in emissions
is essential to maintaining a credible and comprehen-
sive decarbonisation pathway.
To manage potential transition risks related to
locked-in emissions, we focus on:
· Measurable performance: We have set an absolute
emissions reductions target for scope 3 emissions
from gas sales, aiming for a reduction of ~67 % by
2030 (base year 2018) and ~90 % by 2040.
· Transparent reporting: We track and disclose
progress towards our absolute emissions reductions
targets for gas sales.
As of 31 December 2025, we are not excluded
from the Paris-Aligned Benchmark (PAB), providing
further evidence of our successful transition away
from fossil fuels.
Second transition wave:
Decarbonising our supply chains
With the transformation of our operational foot-
print well advanced, a second, broader wave of our
transition is already underway. This wave focuses on
reducing upstream emissions in our value chain and
contributing to system-wide decarbonisation across
materials, manufacturing, and transport. Although
offshore wind power already delivers ~99 % lower GHG
emissions than coal-based generation, achieving net
zero by 2040 requires addressing hard-to-abate areas,
such as steel and aluminium production, cement and
concrete, maritime and heavy transport, and compo-
nent manufacturing.
Progress in this wave requires alignment and cooper-
ation across suppliers, business partners, regulators,
and industry peers to drive lower-emissions solutions
forward. This wave is characterised by the following
key actions:
· Net-zero road map: Our net-zero road map outlines
our immediate priorities and actions for decarbonising
our value chain and remaining operational emis-
sions. We revise this company-wide road map on an
ongoing basis to stay aligned with the latest develop-
ments and support informed decision-making.
· Supplier engagement: We engage key suppliers
to drive decarbonisation in their strategies and
operations through three levers: science-based
targets, covering electricity consumption with
renewable electricity, and reporting to the Carbon
Disclosure Project (CDP). We help suppliers adopt
the three levers through targeted dialogue and
guidance. We follow up when progress or disclosures
are lacking, and where gaps are identified, we agree
on actions and timelines with suppliers.
Transition plan highlights
Governance
Board-level oversight of transition efforts.
Executive incentives linked to climate
performance indicators.
Financial planning
Capital alignment with climate goals
and a 1.5 °C world – 99 % of CAPEX allo-
cated in 2025 was classified as sustainable.
Strategy
Development, construction, and operation
of offshore wind and adjacent technolo-
gies aligned with global-, regional-, and
national- level decarbonisation goals and
a 1.5 °C pathway.
Targets
Comprehensive suite of SBTi-validated
near-term and long-term climate targets
(intensity and absolute), supported by
Ørsted-specific climate targets.
Scenario analysis
Addressing climate-related physical and
transition risks, such as extreme weather
events and climate variability, and regula-
tory and political shifts, respectively.
Externally assured GHG emissions
Detailed greenhouse gas emissions
reporting subject to limited assurance.
Risks and opportunities
We monitor climate-related risks, such
as changes in the regulatory and political
landscape, and assess design safeguards
and business case impacts.
Renewable energy deployment as a busi-
ness model to mitigate climate change.
Policy engagement
Active engagement with policymakers,
industry stakeholders, and communities to
support the renewable energy transition.
Advocacy aligned with the 1.5 °C goal of
the Paris Agreement.
Supplier engagement and
partnerships
Engaging key suppliers on climate,
representing 50 % of procurement spend.
Vision
To create a world that runs entirely
on green energy.
70
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
· Supply chain collaboration and partnerships:
Beyond supplier engagement, we pursue long-term
collaborations with strategic suppliers to develop
and scale lower-emissions solutions across products
and services. This includes advancing green technolo-
gies and pathways to decarbonise key components
and manufacturing processes, and supporting the
availability of lower-emissions materials and offer-
ings for Ørsted and the wider offshore wind industry.
· Tracking and measuring: Our internally developed
and maintained life cycle analysis (LCA) approach
gives us a reliable view of the emissions profile of
our projects, enabling better-informed commercial
and procurement decisions towards our net-zero
pathway, and providing the basis for calculating and
reporting the emissions associated with our build-
out. We maintain detailed emissions reporting both
internally and externally, with external disclosures
subject to limited assurance.
Governance and oversight
Matters related to the transition plan are addressed
within our Sustainability Governance Framework.
The elements of the plan are disclosed in our annual
report, which is presented to shareholders for approval
at the annual general meeting (AGM), providing them
with an opportunity to offer feedback.
System dynamics shaping our transition
Achieving our vision depends not only on our own
actions but also on external conditions, including the
strength and reliability of climate and energy policies,
timely grid and infrastructure development, and supply
chains able to scale lower-emissions technologies.
These dependencies introduce uncertainties that could
slow our transition. In addition, higher financing costs,
grid constraints, and pressures on critical materials and
supply chains require system-level solutions to avoid
project delays and cost increases.
As the links between rising global temperatures,
biodiversity loss, resource scarcity, and affected com-
munities become more pronounced, they drive shifts
in demand, investment priorities, and expectations for
corporate action. Managing these dynamics, alongside
our own execution risks, is essential to maintaining our
leadership in the energy transition and securing our
organisations adaptability in a transforming market.
Guided by our Just Transition Policy, we are committed
to safeguarding workers, supporting communities,
and protecting ecosystems. We collaborate closely
with local communities to create opportunities, foster
socio-economic growth, and deliver a fair transition
with meaningful benefits for everyone involved.
Through innovation, advocacy, and a focus on equity,
we lead this transition responsibly.
//
// ESRS 2, SBM-3 and E1, SBM-3, IRO-1
Resilience analysis
Scope of the resilience analysis
We take a comprehensive approach to assessing and
managing climate-related transition and physical risks,
ensuring not only alignment with evolving regulatory
requirements but also the resilience of our business
model and strategy. Our approach consists of two
main components:
1. Transition risks and opportunities: Assessing and
managing transition risks and opportunities associ-
ated with the global shift to a low-carbon economy,
which include macroeconomic, political, technologi-
cal, and market developments.
2. Physical climate risks: Conducting physical climate
risk assessments to evaluate the potential impacts
of climate- related hazards, such as extreme weather
events and long-term climate changes, on our activities.
Transition risks and opportunities
Transition risks arise from the shift to a low-carbon
economy and include new regulations, technological
innovation, changing market dynamics, and shifting
consumer preferences. We have mitigated these risks
by transforming our business model from fossil fuels to
renewable energy, aligning our operations with a 1.5 °C
climate trajectory. This proactive shift has positioned
us to capitalise on the growing demand for renewable
energy. We recognise that sustained political support
for expanding renewable energy remains vital to the
global energy transition, and uncertainty in that support
poses a risk for the wider industry.
As part of our DMAs financial materiality assessment,
we have evaluated uncertainties in the energy transi-
tion policy and regulatory landscape. Transition risks
are particularly relevant in markets where changes
to investment conditions, subsidy schemes, or policy
priorities can affect the viability of existing projects
and the development of new ones.
Our approach to risk management ensures that global
trends, such as macroeconomic conditions, supply
chain disruptions, and geopolitical uncertainty, are
monitored and factored into both strategic planning
and day-to-day operations.
For details on how global trends affect our most
material enterprise risks for 2025, please see the
‘Enterprise risk management’ section on pages 23-26.
Physical climate risks
Physical climate risks refer to the potential impacts
of climate-related changes on assets, operations, and
infrastructure, arising from both long-term shifts in
climate conditions and short-duration extreme events.
For Ørsted, physical climate risks include chronic
risks, such as the dependence of renewable energy
generation on natural resources like wind patterns,
and acute risks, such as the increasing severity and
frequency of extreme weather events. Chronic risks
may lead to changes in, or greater uncertainty around,
production estimates over time, while acute risks can
result in prolonged shutdowns and increased mainte-
nance and repair needs.
We therefore assess the resilience of our assets to
climate-related hazards. Our climate risk assessment
directly supports alignment with the ‘do no significant
harm’ (DNSH) requirements of the EU taxonomy for
climate change adaptation, while also focusing on
design safeguards and business case risks.
Results of the resilience analysis
Transition risks and opportunities
Transition risks and opportunities are integral to the
business cases for our investments in new assets, tech-
nologies, and activities. We actively monitor market
developments and regularly update our business cases
to ensure alignment of mitigation actions with evolving
conditions, while maintaining our focus on delivering
value to our investors.
In particular, we recognise the potential for political
shifts impacting the prioritisation of renewable energy
policies. A federal stop-work order affecting the offshore
wind projects Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind in the
US resulted in current financial effects from transition
risks recognised in the period, including an impairment
recognised in the financial statements. Please see note
3.2 ‘Impairments’ in the financial statements.
The recent incidents underscore how abrupt policy or
regulatory actions can disrupt project delivery and
create financial impacts, highlighting the importance
of a stable and predictable policy environment for
long-term investments in renewable energy.
71
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Methodology of the
resilience analysis
Transition risks and opportunities
Transition risks, including macroeconomic, business, and
geopolitical risks, are managed through our Enterprise
Risk Management (ERM) Framework, supported by
dedicated teams. The ERM Framework provides a high-
level, principles-based structure for addressing all risks
to which Ørsted may be exposed. It sets standards for
individual risk frameworks across the organisation and
ensures that risks are identified and managed in line
with the defined risk appetite. Emerging risks, such as
political shifts, are integrated into our ERM Framework
and monitored by regional teams.
Physical climate risks
We assessed physical risks from two perspectives:
design safeguards and business case impacts.
Our design safeguards evaluation ensures the struc-
tural integrity and resilience of assets against climate
hazards, while our business case impact quantifies
possible financial impacts.
The design safeguards assessment used region-specific
climate projection data for the Shared Socio-economic
Pathway (SSP) 5-8.5 scenario – widely accepted as a
worst-case future. It covered offshore, onshore, and
bioenergy assets that have reached final investment
decision (FID). The design safeguards assessment directly
supports alignment with the ‘do no significant harm’
(DNSH) requirements of the EU taxonomy for climate
change adaptation.
In 2025, we enhanced the robustness of our business
case impact analysis of physical climate risks for off-
shore wind, building on prior assessments. Specifically,
we updated the analysis by incorporating more
granular climate model data (six-hourly time series)
and adapting our engineering and financial tools to
Classification of climate-related hazards
Cf. the TCFD classification and the EU taxonomy’s Climate Delegated Act
Hazard included in assessment
× Hazard not relevant to include due to geographical location of assets
simulate projected future climate conditions alongside
historical observations.
Using higher-resolution climate data and wind direction
inputs, we retained our standard modelling approach
for outputs such as energy yield and power prices,
while replacing historical climate inputs via a statistical
approach with forward-looking climate projections.
This enabled us to generate climate-adjusted outputs
directly comparable to our standard portfolio financials.
We developed the methodology during 2024-2025
in dialogue with climate scientists, ensuring alignment
with best practice across industry and academia.
In 2025, we applied this method to produce climate-
adjusted net present values (NPVs) at asset and port-
folio levels.
We continued to use climate model data from the
Coupled Model Intercomparison Project Phase 6
(CMIP6) ensemble, which underpins the Sixth Assess-
ment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (IPCC). CMIP ensembles are updated
only every few years, and CMIP7 is expected to be fully
available in 2027-2028. Until then, improvements to
the climate model data will focus on improvements to
the resolution and processing of the CMIP6 dataset.
We conducted the business case impact assessment
at a high-resolution, asset-by-asset level across four
IPCC scenarios for offshore wind: SSP1-2.6, SSP2-4.5,
SSP3-7.0, and SSP5-8.5. For onshore assets, we applied
only the worstcase SSP5-8.5 scenario. This approach
ensured that resilience measures address severe climate
risks across several possible futures and protects long-
term operational and financial stability.
Relation Chronic Acute
Temperature
Changing temperature
(air, freshwater, marine water)
Heat stress
Temperature variability
× Permafrost thawing
Heatwave
Coldwave/frost
Wildfire
Water
Changing precipitation patterns
and types (rain, hail, snow/ice)
Precipitation or hydrological variability
Ocean acidification
Saline intrusion
Sea level rise
Water stress
Drought
Heavy precipitation (rain, hail, snow/ice)
Flood (coastal, fluvial, pluvial, groundwater)
× Glacial lake outburst
Wind
Changing wind patterns
Cyclone, hurricane, typhoon
Storm (including blizzards, dust, and sandstorms)
Tornado
Solid mass
Coastal erosion
Soil degradation
Soil erosion
Solifluction
× Avalanche
Landslide
Subsidence
Our physical climate risk assessment covered the
remaining operational lifetimes of our production
assets – up to 35 years. For most of the portfolio,
this fell within the short- to medium-term horizon of
available climate projections (towards 2040 and 2060,
respectively), though certain assets extend into the
long-term horizon (towards 2080).
72
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Therefore, close monitoring of political and regulatory
developments, supported by the capacity to take
immediate action when required, is essential to our
long-term planning and investment decisions.
Physical climate risks
Based on our design safeguards evaluation, the
structural risk to our assets has not increased relative
to original design assumptions.
The structural integrity of our assets is achieved
through a combination of design safety factors and
mitigation measures, including active collaboration
with wind turbine manufacturers to tailor designs
to local conditions and stress testing for extreme
scenarios during the design process. These measures
are particularly effective in addressing acute physical
risks such as heatwaves, coldwaves, frost, cyclones,
and typhoons.
From a business case perspective, the most significant
climate risks for our portfolio are changes in wind
patterns and, to a lesser extent, density and air tempera-
ture. On a portfolio level, our analysis indicates only
minor deviations in asset values compared to projec-
tions based on historical climate data. We observe this
across all scenarios explored. Notably, the uncertainty
bands around our results remain wide, primarily due
to limitations in the underlying CMIP6 data.
Despite the minor impacts observed, we recognise
the materiality of climate change risks due to their
unique nature. These risks may develop gradually over
time, with impacts that can compound, and are often
characterised by inherent uncertainties. We therefore
acknowledge the need for further and continuous
investigation as we strive to reduce uncertainties
associated with our assessments.
In addition to mitigating risks through design safeguards
and business case considerations, our risk management
strategy incorporates estimated maximum loss (EML)
assessments to quantify potential financial exposures
and ensure sufficient insurance protection and financial
resilience against unforeseen extreme events.
Balancing progress and challenges
Our strategy and business model have shown resilience
to climate change, reflected in consistently high EU
taxonomy alignment, with 99 % of our CAPEX qualifying
as sustainable activities. This demonstrates that our
investment profile is well positioned for a low-carbon
economy and supports continued access to sustainable
financing.
We recognise that global transition developments
may shift the assumptions behind our plans. As the
renewable energy market evolves, we monitor political,
legal, technological, market, and reputational develop-
ments, including changing stakeholder expectations and
public sentiment, that may influence how our decar-
bonisation strategy is perceived. We have strengthened
the integration of identified sustainability risks into our
enterprise risk management processes and will continue
to reinforce organisational ownership of these risks.
We remain committed to a just transition while recog-
nising that macroeconomic and technological factors
may affect the pace of renewable energy deployment.
To manage these uncertainties and seize opportunities,
we engage in policy advocacy for stable and predicta-
ble frameworks that enable long-term investment.
//
// E1-2
Policies
Climate change mitigation has been at the core of our
business for many years, eliminating the necessity for
a stand-alone climate policy. Instead, our approach
to climate-related impacts, risks, and opportunities is
embedded across our strategy, targets, and govern-
ance mechanisms.
Although we do not have a stand-alone climate policy,
our commitment to reducing greenhouse gas emissions
and expanding renewable energy is embedded in our
Sustainability Commitment. Introduced in 2016, this
commitment reflects a systems-based approach to
addressing climate change, recognising that social and
governance factors are critical to delivering reliable and
modern energy systems for society. It applies across our
organisation and is also reflected in our Code of Conduct
for Business Partners. Oversight of the Sustainability
Commitment rests with the Group Executive Team
under our Sustainability Governance Model.
//
// E1, GOV-3
Climate-related executive remuneration
Climate-related considerations are integrated into
executive remuneration to ensure alignment between
incentives, financial performance, and our climate
objectives. As a renewable energy company, our finan-
cial performance is inherently linked to climate change
mitigation. Our EBITDA is almost entirely attributable
to EU taxonomy-aligned activities contributing to
climate change mitigation. This reinforces the link
between executive remuneration, renewable energy
growth, and our long-term decarbonisation ambition.
To maintain alignment with our strategy and long-
term vision, climate-related KPIs are embedded in
the short- and long-term incentive schemes for Group
Executive Team members.
In 2025, the Short-Term Incentive Scheme included a
climate metric covering scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions
intensity reduction. We also introduced a climate KPI
into the Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Scheme for the first
time, linked to achieving our 2030 scope 1-3 GHG
emissions intensity target of 75 g CO
2
e/kWh (excluding
category 11, ‘Use of sold products’). For 2025, this
KPI measured progress towards this interim target.
The impact on remuneration will be reflected in 2028,
when the 2025 LTI grant vests.
The defined share of executive remuneration tied to
these climate KPIs in 2025 was 2.3 % of recognised
remuneration for the CEO, 2.2 % for the CFO, 2.1 % for
the Chief HR Officer, 2.0 % for the Chief Construction
Officer, 2.2 % for the Chief Development Officer, and
1.4 % for the Chief Generation Officer. Further details
on the structure and methodology are provided in our
Remuneration Report 2025.
//
// E1-3
Actions
Our actions reflect our continued focus on advancing
offshore wind as our core business, alongside other
renewable energy solutions, and on directing capital
towards economic activities classified as sustainable
under the EU taxonomy. In 2025, we allocated DKK
58,698 million in capital expenditures to taxonomy-
aligned activities (representing 99 % of total CAPEX)
and took final investment decisions on 1.6 GW of new
projects, of which 1.5 GW relate to offshore wind.
We structure our climate-related actions around a set
of key decarbonisation levers.
73
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Decarbonisation lever 1
Development, construction,
and operation of renewable
energy assets
This lever supports our core business model by
enabling continued investment in renewable energy
projects while maximising our positive impact on
climate change mitigation by increasing the avail-
ability of renewable energy.
In 2025, we continued to expand our renewable energy
portfolio, reaching a total of 18.5 GW of installed
capacity, with a pipeline of 8.9 GW of decided (FID’ed)
capacity. Together, these projects are expected to
increase the supply of renewable electricity and
support the growing demand for renewable energy.
Our build-out ambition continues to be a central
component of our transition plan, reinforcing our
contribution to climate change mitigation through
the expansion of renewable energy.
In addition to expanding renewable energy capacity,
we continue to improve the operational performance
of our offshore wind farms to maximise generation.
We began piloting heavy-lift cargo drones in 2022,
completed a first trial at Hornsea 1 in 2023, and carried
out our first commercial campaign at Borssele 1 & 2 in
2024, demonstrating the potential to improve logistics
while maintaining wind turbine operations.
In 2025, we expanded the use of heavy-lift cargo
drones to Hornsea 1 and 2 and Walney 1 & 2,
Key action: Installed and decided renewable capacity
Action: Optimising generation through substituting vessel
logistics with heavy-lift cargo drones
completing significantly more deliveries than in earlier
campaigns and demonstrating that the logistics can
be carried out without turbine shutdowns. This innova-
tive use of drone technology supports higher turbine
availability and overall productivity.
Building on this progress, a 2026 pilot campaign will
test direct service operation vessel (SOV)-to-turbine
logistics to prepare for commercialisation in 2027.
This approach can increase renewable electricity
output and lower operational emissions by reducing
vessel fuel usage as drone operations mature.
Decarbonisation lever 2
Reducing emissions
from operations
Our second decarbonisation lever consists of actions
that address the actual negative impacts on climate
change from our own operations.
With our phase-out of coal in 2024, we completed
a key transition milestone, allowing us to meet our
SBTi-validated 2025 climate target for scope 1-2 GHG
emissions intensity of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh. We use oil and
natural gas only in rare instances, and as supporting
fuels for start-up, peak load, and ancillary services.
In 2025, we continued to explore the use of helicop-
ters as an alternative to marine vessels during O&M
activities to improve site accessibility, reduce power
loss from transit delays, and support more efficient
maintenance.
Action: Emissions from energy (fuel) usage at CHP plants
Action: Emissions from fuel usage in offshore logistics
Building on long-standing experience with helicopter
crew transport, we currently deploy helicopters for
troubleshooting activities in Germany, the UK, and,
increasingly, Taiwan and the US.
Results from a study conducted in 2023 show that
scheduled maintenance can be carried out by helicopter
rather than by crew transfer vessels (CTVs) and SOVs.
Based on our internal campaign data, helicopter logistics
used less fuel and generated lower carbon emissions per
transported technician than CTVs on equivalent routes.
As part of our efforts to reduce operational emissions,
we continued transitioning fossil-fuel-powered vehicles
to electric alternatives in 2025. This transition is under-
pinned by a decision to discontinue the acquisition or
leasing of fossil-fuel-powered vehicles, ensuring align-
ment with our decarbonisation objectives. While our
company vehicles represent a small source of Ørsted’s
overall emissions, the shift to electric vehicles is a
tangible example of how we drive electrification and
decarbonisation.
Decarbonisation lever 3
Reducing emissions from
our supply chains
Our third decarbonisation lever focuses on actions
that address the negative climate impacts associated
with our upstream activities. While it will require broad
systemic and regulatory progress to substantially
reduce value chain emissions, we remain committed
to driving steady, incremental improvements.
Decarbonising the value chain helps manage risks
related to resource availability and potential supply
chain disruptions. By working with suppliers on
Action: Electric vehicle fleet
lower-emissions alternatives and emerging solutions
such as circular practices, we can reduce emissions
while contributing to broader sustainability goals.
In 2025, we strengthened the governance of our
company-wide decarbonisation road map to support
our target to reach net zero by 2040. The road map is
managed by a core group of senior leaders from across
the business, with overall accountability resting with
the Chief Construction Officer.
In 2025, we also strengthened our short-term strat-
egy by establishing 2-3-year work plans with clear
deliver ables across all organisational areas, creating a
structured and accountable framework to accelerate
progress towards net zero.
Decarbonising our value chain requires close collab-
oration with key partners. We work with suppliers to
advance lower-emissions technologies and support
their deployment at commercial scale, securing access
to the lower-emissions materials needed for our
future build-out.
We have a partnership with Dillinger, Europes largest
manufacturer of heavy steel plates. Through this
partner ship, we have access to Dillinger’s first batches
of lower-emissions steel, subject to availability and
commercial terms. Steel plates are a critical component
of offshore wind monopile foundations. Since last year,
the expected timeline for Dillinger’s lower- emissions
production has shifted, with supply now anticipated
from 2029.
Key action: Decarbonisation road map to net-zero by 2040
Key action: Supply chain collaboration for
lower-emissions solutions
74
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
We continue to work closely with suppliers to integrate
decarbonisation into their strategies and operations.
Our focus remains on high-impact suppliers, represent-
ing more than half of our total procurement spend and
the most carbon-intensive parts of our supply chain.
We set clear expectations for adopting science-based
targets (through the SBTi), providing transparent climate
reporting (through the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP)),
and transitioning to renewable electricity. Climate
requirements are now included in standard contracts
and tenders for selected high-impact categories.
In 2025, we expanded our supplier engagement to
cover additional suppliers, reflecting the continued
development of our supply chain. We strengthened the
integration of sustainability in our category strategies,
translating our net-zero target into category-specific
targets and action plans.
Our supplier engagement and procurement strategy
is an ongoing initiative with no fixed end date. This
ensures that new suppliers in high-impact segments
are systematically included in our sustainability
efforts as our portfolio grows.
In 2025, we continued our collaboration with industry
peers and the Carbon Trust through the Offshore
Wind Sustainability Joint Industry Programme (SUSJIP).
The work focuses on developing a standardised carbon
footprint measurement methodology for offshore wind
assets. The methodology was further refined in 2025
and is expected to be launched in 2026. This collabo-
ration aims to enhance consistency, transparency, and
decarbonisation efforts across the industry.
Key action: Supplier engagement
Action: Product carbon footprint (PCF) uniform
methodology development
In 2025, we focused on increasing the reliability, consist-
ency, and scalability of our in-house LCA methodology
and calculation tool by improving our data infrastructure
and extending LCA coverage beyond offshore wind to
battery storage technology.
Decarbonisation lever 4
Taking responsibility for our
remaining emissions
Since 2025, we have taken responsibility for all our
remaining operational emissions (scopes 1-2). We do
this by investing in nature-based projects that remove
carbon and restore ecosystems.
By the end of 2025, we had established a portfolio
of tangible projects which, over their lifetimes, will
generate a volume of carbon credits corresponding to
our remaining scope 1-2 GHG emissions. These projects
complement our ongoing emissions reductions and
ensure that our remaining operational emissions are
matched by meaningful climate action.
The impact and extent of this approach are aligned
with best practice as defined by the Science Based
Targets initiatives Corporate Net-Zero Standard.
Ørsted partners with the companies PT Pagatan Usaha
Makmur and Hutan Synergy on a peatland and man-
grove conservation and restoration project located in
Central Kalimantan, Indonesia. The project stops the
conversion of peatland to oil palm plantations, pro-
tects the forest from fire, and applies natural regenera-
tion and rewetting activities to rehabilitate the forest.
Action: Refined our life cycle assessment (LCA)
methodology and calculation tool
Key action: Nature-based projects in Indonesia
The project is being certified under Verra’s Verified
Carbon Standard (VCS) Program and the Climate,
Community & Biodiversity (CCB) Standards.
Since 2022, Ørsted has partnered with The Gambia
and three NGOs to restore the country’s mangrove
ecosystem through a carbon project under Verra’s VCS
Program. Through this mechanism, Ørsted has financed
the planting of mangroves to generate carbon credits
and collaborated with local partners to ensure that the
project is stakeholder-driven and scientifically robust.
To date, the project has collaborated with 136 commu-
nities and planted mangroves across 6,000 hectares.
To ensure carbon credits deliver meaningful climate
impact, the project must meet the principles of addi-
tionality (the project would not occur without financial
support) and permanence (the restored mangroves
remain intact). We actively support the Gambia
project with a dedicated team and financial backing.
Though resource-intensive and time-consuming as man-
groves mature, this approach ensures project integrity.
//
// E1-4
Targets
SBTi-validated climate targets
In 2021, we became the first energy company to set a
science-based net-zero target for 2040 covering scope
1-3 GHG emissions.
To provide a detailed decarbonisation trajectory, in
2024 we established SBTi-validated near-term targets
for 2030, using the same KPIs as our 2040 targets.
The SBTi target validation team classified the ambi-
tion of these targets across scopes 1-3 as consistent
with a 1.5 °C trajectory under the Paris Agreement.
This validation confirms the robustness of our targets
and supports the credibility of our decarbonisation
pathway.
In 2025, we met our science-based scope 1-2 GHG
emissions intensity target of 10 g CO
2
e/kWh, represent-
ing a 93 % reduction from a 2018 baseline.
Other climate targets
We also met our 2025 targets of a 99 % share of
renewable energy generation (up from 75 % in 2018)
and 0 kt coal usage in thermal heat and power
production.
We made significant progress in electrifying our
company vehicle fleet. By the end of 2025, 92 % of
our company vehicles were electric. While we did not
fully meet our EV100 target in 2025 (our commitment
to transition 100 % of company vehicles to electric
vehicles), only a small remaining share (8 %) of vehicles
that could feasibly be electrified are still powered by
fossil fuels. Some of these vehicles have substantial
remaining useful life, and based on our assessment,
replacing fully functional vehicles midway through
their lives would not be a responsible use of resources.
We will continue our efforts to electrify the remaining
vehicles as viable options become available and as
vehicles approach end of life.
Next steps
Going forward, Ørsted will collaborate with partners
and continue to systematically reduce emissions across
the full value chain (scopes 1-3) towards our science-
based target to reach net zero by 2040. Our portfolio
of climate targets outlines a clear pathway for reducing
emissions across our value chain. It also includes a cap
on emissions from natural gas sales, building on the
reductions we have already achieved.
//
Key action: Nature-based projects in The Gambia
75
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Climate targets
ESRS reference Climate targets Unit Scope Target value
SBTi
target value Target year Baseline year 2025 Baseline value Δ
SBTi-validated climate targets
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity
1
g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations 10 93 %
2
2025 2018 4 136 (97 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity
1
g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations 6 96 % 2030 2018 4 136 (97 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-2 GHG emissions intensity
1
g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations 1 99 % 2040 2018 4 136 (97 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-3 GHG emissions intensity (excl. category 11, ‘Use of sold products’) g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations and value chain 75 77 % 2030 2018 69 322 (79 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-3 GHG emissions intensity (excl. category 11, ‘Use of sold products’) g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations and value chain <2.9 99 % 2040 2018 69 322 (79 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 1-3 GHG emissions intensity (sold electricity) g CO
2
e/kWh Own operations and value chain 24 90 % 2030 2018 24 244 (90 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 3 GHG emissions from category 11, ‘Use of sold products’ Mt CO
2
e Value chain 8 67 % 2030 2018 6 24 (75 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 3 GHG emissions from category 11, ‘Use of sold products’ Mt CO
2
e Value chain <2.4 90 % 2040 2018 6 24 (75 %)
// E1-4, 34(a-e) Scope 3 GHG emissions Mt CO
2
e Value chain 14 50 % 2030 2018 9 29 (69 %)
Other climate targets
Entity-specific Share of renewable energy generation % Own operations 99 - 2025 2018 99 75 24 %p
Entity-specific Coal used as fuel in thermal heat and power generation kt Own operations 0 - 2025 2019 0 588 (100 %)
Entity-specific Share of electric vehicles in company vehicle fleet % Own operations 100 - 2025 2019 92 21 71 %p
1
As part of the SBTi validation process of our interim targets in 2024,
we updated the baseline year for our scope 1-2 emissions intensity
target from 2006 to 2018.
2
Reduction of 98 % from 2006 historical level.
2018
322
80
91
1
-99 %
-77 %
69
75
<2.9
// 2025 2030
Science-based
targets
20402023 2024
Scope 1-3 greenhouse gas emissions intensity
(excl. category 11, ‘Use of sold products’) g CO
2
e/kWh
Selected SBTi-validated climate targets 2018-2040
Scope 1-2 greenhouse gas emissions intensity
g CO
2
e/kWh
2018
136
38
16
4
10
6
<1
// 2025 20302025
Science-based
targets
20402023 2024
-99 %
-96 %
-93 %
-90 %
-67 %
Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions from category 11
Mt CO
2
e
Other climate targets
24
4 4
6
8
<2.4
2018 // 2025 2030
Science-based
targets
20402023 2024 2006 // 2025 20252023 2024
9999
17
97
93
Share of renewable energy generation
%
1
This figure has been restated following the 2025 methodology update (see page 78). The 2024 reported figure was 127 g CO
2
e/kWh.
Target
76
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Accounting policies
Energy consumption from non-renewable
sources
Energy consumption from non-renewable sources
includes all fossil fuels used at combined heat
and power (CHP) plants (lower calorific values),
oil, gas, and diesel for vessels and vehicles as
well as consumption of purchased or acquired
heat from fossil sources.
Energy consumption from renewable sources
Energy consumption from renewable sources
includes all renewable fuels used at CHP plants
(lower calorific values) as well as purchased and
consumed electricity and heat from renewable
sources (electricity used at CHP plants, other
facilities, and administrative buildings).
For consumption related to administration and
other processes, we calculate direct consump-
tion on the basis of invoices. Our own electricity
consumption is 100 % covered by renewable
energy certificates.
Heat consumption is split between renewable
and non-renewable sources based on a cal-
culation using data from Danish heat sources
(we only use district heating in Denmark).
Energy consumption from high
climate-impact sectors
The total energy consumption of Ørsted
falls under NACE code D35, ‘Electricity, gas,
steam and air-conditioning supply’, as defined
in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
2022/1288. Similarly, the revenue figure used
to derive the intensity shown is the total Group
revenue, given that all revenue is deemed to be
derived from activities under NACE code D35.
Electric vehicles in the company vehicle fleet
Ørsted is a member of the Climate Groups
EV100 initiative. The statement is prepared on
the basis of the EV100 guidelines.
Energy consumption
ESRS reference Energy consumption Unit 2025 2024 Δ
// E1-5, 37(a) Total energy consumption from non-renewable sources MWh 735,822 2,384,997 (69 %)
Entity-specific Non-renewable fuels used in thermal heat and power generation MWh 532,585 2,211,856 (76 %)
// E1-5, 38(a) Fuel consumed from coal and coal products MWh - 1,449,425 (100 %)
// E1-5, 38(c) Fuel consumed from natural gas MWh 385,077 606,373 (36 %)
// E1-5, 38(b) Fuel consumed from crude oil and petroleum products MWh 147,508 156,058 (5 %)
Entity-specific Consumption of other fossil sources (oil, gas, and diesel for vessels and vehicles) MWh 198,276 168,062 18 %
// E1-5, 38(e) Consumption of purchased or acquired heat from fossil sources MWh 4,961 5,079 (2 %)
// E1-5, 37(c) Total energy consumption from renewable sources MWh 12,759,783 13,620,470 (6 %)
Entity-specific Renewable fuels used in thermal heat and power generation MWh 12,348,871 13,143,806 (6 %)
// E1-5, 37(c)(i) Fuel consumed from biomass MWh 12,348,836 13,131,089 (6 %)
// E1-5, 37(c)(i) Fuel consumed from biogas MWh 35 12,717 (100 %)
// E1-5, 37(c)(ii) Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity and heat from renewable sources MWh 410,912 476,664 (14 %)
// E1-5, 37 Total energy consumption MWh 13,495,605 16,005,467 (16 %)
// E1-5, AR34 Share of non-renewable energy consumption % 5 15 (10 %p)
// E1-5, AR34 Share of renewable energy consumption % 95 85 10 %p
// E1-5, 40 Energy intensity from activities in high climate-impact sectors MWh/DKKm 184 225 (18 %)
Entity-specific Electric vehicles in company vehicle fleet % 92 73 19 %p
Share of renewable energy consumption
%
2025
2024 85
95
Total energy consumption decreased by 16 % in 2025
compared to 2024. The decrease was driven by a
69 % reduction in consumption of non-renewable
sources, primarily due to the closure of our coal-based
generation in H2 2024. This was further supported by
lower usage of natural gas, driven by lower production
and unfavourable spreads.
Total energy consumption from renewable sources
decreased by 6 % in 2025 compared to 2024. This was
due to the 6 % lower biomass fuel consumption at our
CHP plants. Biomass fuel consumption accounts for 97 %
of the total energy consumption from renewable sources.
In addition, consumption of purchased or acquired
electricity from renewable sources decreased by 14 %,
driven by lower heat generation from electric boilers.
Energy intensity from activities in high climate-impact
sectors decreased by 18 % in 2025 compared to 2024.
This was primarily due to a 16 % decrease in total
energy consumption, combined with a 3 % increase in
revenue compared to 2024 levels.
77
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Scope 1, 2, and 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions
ESRS reference GHG emissions, tonnes CO
2
e 2025 2024 Δ
// E1-6, 48(a), 50(a) Direct GHG emissions (scope 1) 184,732 733,299 (75 %)
// E1-6, 48(b) Covered by the EU Emissions Trading System, % 71 92 (21 %p)
// E1-6, 44(b), 49(a), 50(a) Indirect GHG emissions (scope 2), location-based 53,100 58,925 (10 %)
// E1-6, 44(b), 49(b), 50(a) Indirect GHG emissions (scope 2), market-based
1
736 875 (16 %)
// E1-6, 44(c) Indirect GHG emissions (scope 3) 8,812,092 7,405,635
4
19 %
// E1-6, 51 C1: purchased goods and services 485,705 528,954 (8 %)
// E1-6, 51 C2: capital goods
2
1,194,188
3
1,412,271
4
(15 %)
// E1-6, 51 C3: fuel- and energy-related activities 1,206,785 1,390,869 (13 %)
// E1-6, 51 C4: upstream transportation and distribution 805 630 28 %
// E1-6, 51 C5: waste generated in operations 1,030 2,841 (64 %)
// E1-6, 51 C6: business travel
5
20,571 22,972 (10 %)
// E1-6, 51 C7: employee commuting 11,822 12,330 (4 %)
// E1-6, 51 C9: downstream transportation and distribution 2,275 2,591 (12 %)
// E1-6, 51 C11: use of sold products 5,888,911 4,032,177 46 %
// E1-6, 52(a) Total GHG emissions (location-based) 9,049,924 8,197,859
4
10 %
// E1-6, 52(b) Total GHG emissions (market-based) 8,997,560 8,139,809
4
11 %
Entity-specific Scope 1-3 (excl. C11, ‘Use of sold products’) 3,108,649 4,107,632
4
(24 %)
Entity-specific Scope 3 (excl. C11, ‘Use of sold products’) 2,923,181 3,373,458
4
(13 %)
1
We cover 100 % of our own electricity consumption with unbundled
renewable energy certificates.
2
In 2025, we updated our accounting policy for category 2, ‘Capital
goods’, and restated figures for 2024. Please find all details in the
Scope 3, category 2 – capital goods allocation methodology
change’ description on this page.
3
Under the previous methodology, whereby emissions from capital
goods were recognised in full at commercial operation date (COD),
the corresponding figure would have been 266,426 t CO
2
e.
4
Figures have been restated to reflect the methodology update
implemented in 2025. Previously reported figures from our Annual
Report 2024: ‘Indirect GHG emisssions (scope 3)’: 9,043,386 t
CO
2
e; ‘C2: capital goods’: 3,050,022 t CO
2
e; ‘Total GHG emissions
(location-based)’: 9,835,610 t CO
2
e; ‘Total GHG emissions (market-
based)’: 9,777,560 t CO
2
e; ‘Scope 1-3 (excl. C11, ‘Use of sold
products’)’: 5,745,383 t CO
2
e; and ‘Scope 3 (excl. C11, ‘Use of sold
products)’: 5,011,209 t CO
2
e.
5
We obtained CO
2
e emissions data directly from our air travel
suppliers, covering 0.2 % of total scope 3 emissions.
Scope 1
Scope 1 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions decreased by
75 % from 2024 to 2025, primarily due to the cessation
of coal use in H2 2024.
In 2025, 71 % of our scope 1 GHG emissions were covered
by the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS). The 21 percent-
age point reduction from 2024 was mainly due to the
reduction in carbon dioxide emissions from coal-based
generation, which is 100 % covered by the EU ETS.
Scope 2
Location-based scope 2 GHG emissions decreased by
10 % from 2024 to 2025, primarily driven by less pur-
chased power for the electric boilers at our CHP plants.
Scope 3, category 2 – capital goods
allocation methodology change
In 2025, we changed our accounting policy
for the allocation of scope 3, category 2
emissions from capital goods.
We have refined our approach to allocating
greenhouse gas emissions from our build-
out activities. Previously, emissions from
cradle to operation were recognised in full
at commercial operation date (COD), i.e. all
emissions from the years of construction
for a single site were reported at the time
of COD.
With the new approach, emissions are
allocated and reported monthly, from final
investment decision (FID) through construc-
tion to COD, reflecting the economic and
physical progression of projects and aligning
emissions reporting more closely with capi-
tal deployment and project execution.
Figures for 2024 have been restated to
reflect the updated methodology, while
figures for years prior to 2024 remain
unchanged.
As part of the transition to this methodology,
a one-off adjustment of 2,876,516 t CO
2
e
has been recognised to reflect emissions
that would have been allocated to periods
prior to 2024 under the updated methodol-
ogy for projects under construction in 2024
and 2025.
Market-based scope 2 GHG emissions decreased by
16 % in 2025 compared to 2024. All electricity
purchased and consumed by Ørsted is covered by
certificates confirming renewable production, resulting
in zero market-based scope 2 GHG emissions from
power consumption. The reported 736 tonnes of
carbon dioxide equivalents come from the purchased
and consumed heat.
Scope 3
Scope 3 GHG emissions increased by 19 % from 2024
to 2025. The increase was mainly driven by higher
emissions from ‘use of sold products’ (category 11),
reflecting higher natural gas offtake from the Danish
North Sea following the ramp-up of production from
the Tyra gas field, and by the recognition of emissions
from the extraordinary sale of stored coal after the
closure of our coal-based generation in 2024.
The increase was partly offset by lower emissions
from asset construction activities (category 2), lower
upstream emissions from the fuels used at our CHP
plants, and lower sales of power without renewable
certificates (category 3) compared to 2024.
78
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions intensity and other GHG emissions
ESRS reference GHG emissions intensity, per energy generation Unit 2025 2024 Δ
Entity-specific Scope 1 and scope 2 (market-based) g CO
2
e/kWh 4 16 (75 %)
Entity-specific Scope 1, scope 2 (market-based), and scope 3 (excl. C11, ‘Use of sold products’) g CO
2
e/kWh 69 91
3
(24 %)
Entity-specific Scope 1, scope 2 (market-based), and scope 3 (all sold electricity) g CO
2
e/kWh 24 38 (37%)
ESRS reference GHG emissions intensity, per revenue Unit 2025 2024 Δ
Entity-specific Scope 1 and scope 2 (market-based) g CO
2
e/DKK 3 10 (70 %)
// E1-6, 53 Scope 1, scope 2 (location-based), and scope 3 g CO
2
e/DKK 124 115
3
8 %
// E1-6, 53 Scope 1, scope 2 (market-based), and scope 3 g CO
2
e/DKK 123 115
3
7 %
ESRS reference Other GHG emissions Unit 2025 2024 Δ
// E1-6, AR43(c), 45(e) Biogenic carbon emissions outside of scopes 1-3
1
tonnes CO
2
e 4,347,346 4,626,264 (6 %)
// E1-6, AR43(c) Direct biogenic carbon emissions tonnes CO
2
e 4,322,099 4,598,412 (6 %)
// E1-6, AR45(e) Indirect biogenic carbon emissions tonnes CO
2
e 25,247 27,852 (9 %)
GHG emissions not accounted for under the consolidated Group
// E1-6, 50(b) Scope 1 emissions tonnes CO
2
e 35,768 30,635 17 %
// E1-6, 50(b) Scope 2 emissions (location-based) tonnes CO
2
e 12,745 10,063 27 %
// E1-6, 50(b) Scope 2 emissions (market-based)
2
tonnes CO
2
e 12,745 10,063 27 %
Entity-specific Calculated avoided GHG emissions tonnes CO
2
e 11,786,408 11,312,625 4 %
generation decreased by 24 % from 2024 to 2025.
This reduction was primarily driven by a 75 % decrease
in scope 1 emissions following the cessation of coal use
as well as a 13 % decrease in scope 3 GHG emissions
(excluding category 11, ‘Use of sold products’).
Biogenic carbon emissions outside of scopes 1-3
Direct biogenic carbon emissions were 6 % lower in
2025 than in 2024 due to the 6 % decrease in the use
of biomass as fuel. Indirect biogenic carbon emis-
sions decreased by 9 % in 2025 compared to 2024,
driven by the reduction in purchased electricity from
biogenic sources.
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1 and 2)
Our scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions intensities for energy
generation and revenue decreased by 75 % and 70 %,
respectively, in 2025 compared to 2024. The reduced
emissions intensities were the direct result of the 75 %
reduction in absolute scope 1 emissions due to the
cessation of coal use in H2 2024 as well as reduced
natural gas consumption in 2025 for thermal heat and
power generation.
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1, 2, and 3)
Our scope 1-3 GHG emissions intensity (excluding
category 11, ‘Use of sold products’) per energy
GHG emissions not accounted for under
the consolidated Group
GHG emissions (scopes 1 and 2) from operating
activities that are not accounted for under the
consolidated Group include emissions associated
with our operation of assets over which we have
no or partial ownership. In 2025, non-consolidated
scope 1 emissions increased by 17 %, driven by higher
marine diesel consumption in offshore operations
and maintenance.
Calculated avoided GHG emissions
The calculated avoided greenhouse gas emissions
from wind- and solar-based power generation
increased by 4 % in 2025 compared to 2024 due to
an increase in power generation from offshore wind
and solar PV.
1
According to the GHG Protocol, emissions data for direct carbon
emissions from biologically sequestered carbon (e.g. CO
2
from
burning biomass) must be reported separately from scopes 1-3.
2
Renewable energy certificates are purchased for scope 2 emissions
that fall within our financial consolidation boundary.
3
Figures have been restated to reflect the methodology update
implemented in 2025 (see page 78). Previously reported figures for
our Annual Report 2024: ‘Scope 1, scope 2 (market-based), and
scope 3 (excl. C11, ‘Use of sold products’)’: 127 g CO
2
e/kWh;
Scope 1, scope 2 (location-based), and scope 3’: 138 g CO
2
e/DKK;
Scope 1, scope 2 (market-based), and scope 3’: 138 g CO
2
e/DKK.
79
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Direct GHG emissions (scope 1)
Scope 1 emissions are reported in accordance with
ESRS requirements and are calculated following the
GHG Protocol. They cover all direct emissions of the
greenhouse gases: carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous
oxide, and sulphur hexa fluoride. The direct carbon
emissions from our combined heat and power plants
are determined based on the fuel quantities used in
accordance with the EU Emissions Trading System
(ETS). Carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas
emissions outside the EU ETS scheme are primarily
calculated as energy consumption multiplied by
emission factors.
Emission factors:
· Global warming potential of greenhouse gases:
CH
4
, N
2
O, SF
6
. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (IPCC): Climate Change 2021, The Physical
Science Basis
· Carbon emissions from fossil fuels at CHP plants:
Coal, oil, natural gas. Danish Energy Agency:
Standardfaktorer for brændværdier og CO
2
-
emissioner (Standard factors for calorific value
and carbon emissions), 2024
· Carbon emissions from fossil fuels outside CHP
plants: Diesel, petrol, fuel oil, jet fuel. American
Petroleum Institute (API): Compendium of green-
house gas emissions methodologies for the natural
gas and oil industry, 2021
Indirect GHG emissions (scope 2)
Scope 2 emissions are reported in accordance with
ESRS requirements and are calculated following the
GHG Protocol. They include indirect GHG emissions
from the generation of power, heat, and steam
purchased and consumed by Ørsted. Scope 2 emis-
sions are primarily calculated as the power volumes
purchased multiplied by country-specific emission
factors. Location-based emissions are calculated
based on average country-specific emission factors.
Market-based emissions take into account renewable
power purchased and assume that regular power
is delivered as residual power.
Emission factors:
· Carbon emissions from power purchased (in
Denmark). EnerginetDK: Generel deklaration og
Miljødeklaration (General declaration and environ-
mental declaration), 2023
· Carbon emissions from power purchased (in other
European countries). Association of Issuing Bodies
(AIB): European Residual Mixes, 2024 (2023 data)
· Carbon emissions from power purchased (in coun-
tries outside Europe). Institute for Global Environ-
mental Strategies (IGES): List of grid emission factors,
2024; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):
U.S. EPA 2024 (eGRID2023 data)
Indirect GHG emissions (scope 3)
Scope 3 emissions are reported in accordance with
ESRS requirements and are calculated following
the GHG Protocol, which classifies emissions into
15 categories (C1 to C15):
C1 is categorised spend data multiplied by relevant
spend-category-specific emission factors.
C2 includes upstream GHG emissions (cradle to
operations) from acquired and installed wind, solar,
and storage assets. Emissions from asset construction
activities are calculated and allocated from final
investment decision (FID) to commercial operation
date (COD).
C3 is calculated based on actual fuel consumption
and power sales to end customers multiplied by
relevant emission factors. We use separate emission
factors for green and regular power sales.
C4 only includes fuel for helicopter transport.
Emissions from other transport types are included
in the emission factors we use for purchased goods
and services.
C5 is calculated based on actual waste data multi-
plied by relevant emission factors.
C6 is calculated based on mileage allowances for
employee travel in own cars and GHG emissions from
plane travel provided by our travel agent.
C7 is calculated based on estimates of the distance
travelled and travel type (e.g. car or train).
C9 is calculated based on volumes of residual
products, estimated distances transported, and rele-
vant emission factors for transport.
C11 is calculated based on actual sales of gas to
both end customers and wholesalers as reported in
our ESG consolidation system. The different types of
gas sold have specific upstream and downstream
emission factors.
The subcategories C8, C10, and C12-C15 are not
relevant for Ørsted.
Emission factors:
· Purchased goods and services, category 1 (supply
chain emission factors depending on product
categories). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA): Supply Chain Greenhouse Gas Emission
Factors, USD 2018
· Capital goods, category 2 (wind farms, offshore).
The model is based on the ISO 14040 life cycle
assessment standard (1) and applied in the openLCA
software. The modelling is conducted using the
Environmental Footprint 3.0 LCIA (life cycle impact
assessment) method and the impacts of each
activity
· Capital goods, category 2 (wind farms, onshore).
Vestas, Life cycle assessment of electricity produc-
tion from an onshore EnVentus V150-6.0 MW wind
plant – cradle-to-grave study. Vestas Wind Systems
A/S, January 2023
· Capital goods, category 2 (solar PV). CdTe: First
Solar, Environmental Product Declaration: Series 6
Photovoltaic Module, NEPD-2993-1671. EPD-Norge,
2021; Mono-si: NREL, An Updated Life Cycle Assess-
ment of Utility-Scale Solar Photovoltaic Systems.
National Renewable Energy Laboratory, 2021
· Capital goods, category 2 (battery energy storage
system). Life cycle assessment report of ICENI and
Old 300. The assessment is based on the ISO 14040
life cycle assessment standard and applied in the
openLCA software. The modelling is conducted
using the Environmental Footprint 3.1 method
and the ecoinvent 3.11 database; Peralta, M., &
Barron, J.: Carbon footprint and energy payback of
photovoltaic technologies: A review of trends and
gaps, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 426, 2024
· Fuel and energy-related activities, category 3
(emissions from regular power sales and upstream
supply chain for fuels). Association of Issuing Bodies
(AIB): European Residual Mixes, 2024 (2023 data);
UK Department for Environment, Food & Rural
Affairs (DEFRA): UK government GHG conversion
factors for company reporting, 2024
· Business travel, category 6 (assumptions: ‘average
car’, ‘unknown fuel type’). UK Department for Environ-
ment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA): UK government
GHG conversion factors for company reporting, 2024
· Use of sold products, category 11 (emissions from
end-use of gas). UK Department for Environment,
Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA): UK government GHG
conversion factors for company reporting, 2024
GHG emissions intensity (scopes 1, 2, and 3),
energy generation and net revenue
GHG intensity based on energy generation is calcu-
lated as the total scope 1, scope 2 (market-based),
and scope 3 (excluding gas sales) emissions divided by
total heat and power generation. The calculation of
GHG intensity based on net revenue divides the total
scope 1-3 GHG emissions (numerator) with the total
net revenue.
Biogenic carbon emissions outside of scopes 1-3
Direct carbon emissions from burning biomass is
reported outside of scopes 1-3, as per the GHG
Protocol. The direct biogenic carbon emissions are
calculated by multiplying the volume of used biomass
with the corresponding carbon emission factors.
The indirect biogenic emissions have been estimated
based on our consumption of electricity and heat
produced using biomass.
Emission factors:
· Biogenic emissions from combustion of biomass
(GHG emissions outside of scopes 1-3, biomass and
biogas). UK Department for Environment, Food &
Rural Affairs (DEFRA): UK government GHG conver-
sion factors for company reporting, 2024
GHG emissions not accounted for under
the consolidated Group
As per the ESRS, we include scope 1 and 2 emis-
sions from assets where we have no or only partial
ownership, but maintain full operational control.
The GHG emissions include emissions associated
with fuel usage (scope 1) and electricity consumption
(scope 2) when operating renewable assets.
Calculated avoided emissions
Avoided emissions are calculated as the difference
between the annualised life cycle emissions asso-
ciated with our renewable power generation in the
reporting period, and the emissions associated with
an equivalent amount of power generated from the
average power grid mix in the countries where our
power was generated.
Emission factors:
· Grid mix emission factors (country-specific factors
which include life cycle emissions and trade adjust-
ments). International Energy Agency (IEA), 2023
· Annualised indirect emissions from our renewable
energy generation (technology-specific life cycle
factors). International Panel for Climate Change
(IPCC): Fifth Assessment Report, 2018
Accounting policies
80
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Entity-specific
Business drivers
Renewable and generation capacity
Renewable capacity Unit 2025 2024 Δ
Installed renewable capacity MW 18,505 18,170 335
Offshore, wind power MW 10,156 9,903 253
Onshore MW 6,294 6,192 102
Wind power MW 3,793 3,726 67
Solar PV power MW
AC
2,141 2,126 15
Battery storage MW 360 340 20
Bioenergy
1
MW 2,055 2,075 (20)
Decided (FID’ed) renewable capacity MW 8,888 7,638 1,250
Offshore MW 8,111 6,866 1,245
Wind power MW 7,811 6,566 1,245
Battery storage MW 300 300 -
Onshore MW 757 772 (15)
Wind power MW 364 370 (6)
Solar PV power MW
AC
143 152 (9)
Battery storage MW 250 250 -
Bioenergy, battery storage MW 20 - 20
Sum of installed and FID’ed renewable capacity MW 27,393 25,808 1,585
Awarded offshore wind capacity MW 2,155 5,153 (2,998)
Renewable capacity
In 2025, we added 335 MW of installed renewable capac-
ity, all in Germany. We comissioned the offshore wind
farm Gode Wind 3 (253 MW), the onshore wind farms
Bahren West 1 (50 MW) and St. Wendel (17 MW), and the
solar farms Hatzenhof (9 MW
AC
) and Rottenegg (6 MW
AC
).
Awarded capacity decreased by 2,998 MW in 2025,
reflecting the cancellation of the contract for differ-
ence (CfD) for Hornsea 4 (2,400 MW) and the transition
of Baltica 2 (1,498 MW) from awarded to decided
capacity following final investment decision, partially
offset by the award for the Irish offshore wind farm
Tonn Nua (900 MW). Hornsea 4 remains in the pipeline,
as we continue to hold seabed rights, a grid connection
agreement, and a development consent order.
Additions in 2025
COD Installed capacity
FID Decided (FID’ed) capacity
Q1 2025
FID Baltica 2, offshore wind (1,498 MW)
COD Gode Wind 3, offshore wind (253 MW)
COD Bahren West 1, onshore wind (50 MW)
FID Bahren West 2, onshore wind (62 MW)
Q3-Q4 2025
COD St. Wendel, onshore wind (17 MW)
COD Hatzenhof, solar PV (9 MW
AC
)
COD Rottenegg, solar PV (6 MW
AC
)
FID Avedøre Power Station BESS, battery storage (20 MW)
1
Including thermal heat capacity from biomass and battery capacity not in Onshore (<1 MW).
Generation capacity Unit 2025 2024 Δ
Power generation capacity MW 12,911 12,899 12
Offshore wind MW 5,462 5,260 202
Denmark MW 561 561 -
The UK MW 3,005 2,830 175
Germany MW 799 799 -
The Netherlands MW 376 376 -
Taiwan MW 625 598 27
The US MW 96 96 -
Onshore wind MW 3,737 3,666 71
The US MW 3,215 3,215 -
Ireland MW 351 351 -
The UK MW 78 78 -
Germany MW 93 22 71
Solar PV MW
AC
1,615 1,876 (261)
The US MW
AC
1,586 1,861 (275)
Germany MW
AC
29 15 14
Thermal, Denmark (CHP plants) MW 2,097 2,097 -
Heat generation capacity, thermal MW 2,864 2,864 -
Based on biomass MW 2,032 2,032 -
Based on natural gas MW 1,574 1,574 -
Heat generation capacity, electric MW 249 249 -
Power generation capacity, thermal MW 2,097 2,097 -
Based on biomass MW 1,232 1,232 -
Based on natural gas MW 882 882 -
Based on oil MW 474 474 -
Generation capacity
Offshore wind power generation capacity increased
by 202 MW, primarily due to a 175 MW increase in
the UK. The UK increase was driven by an accounting
change effect for Walney 1 & 2 and Gunfleet Sands
1 & 2, as we changed from ownership interest-based
consolidation to financial consolidation. The increase in
generation capacity from this effect was partly offset
by the divestment of a 24.5 % stake at West of Duddon
Sands. The 27 MW increase in Taiwan was due to the
ramp-up of production at Greater Changhua 4.
Onshore wind generation capacity increased by
71 MW in 2025, mainly due to the commissioning of
Bahren West 1 and St. Wendel in Germany.
Solar PV generation capacity decreased by 261 MW
in 2025 due to the 50 % divestment of Eleven Mile
Solar Center (150 MW
AC
) and Sparta Solar (125 MW
AC
)
in the US.
81
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Business drivers
Energy generation, sales, and business drivers
Entity-specific
Energy business drivers Technology Unit 2025 2024 Δ
Wind speed Offshore wind m/s 9.7 10.0 (3 %)
Wind speed, normal wind year Offshore wind m/s 9.9 9.9 0 %
Availability Offshore wind % 93 88 5 %p
Load factor Offshore wind % 42 42 0 %p
Wind speed Onshore wind m/s 7.2 7.2 0 %
Wind speed, normal wind year Onshore wind m/s 7.4 7.4 0 %
Availability Onshore wind % 91 90 1 %p
Load factor Onshore wind % 37 37 0 %p
Availability Solar PV % 92 98 (6 %p)
Load factor Solar PV % 25 25 0 %p
Degree days, Denmark Other Number 2,501 2,485 1 %
Energy generation
Offshore wind power generation increased by 6 % to
19.7 TWh in 2025, mainly driven by improved availabil-
ity compared to 2024 and the full ramp-up of produc-
tion at Gode Wind 3 in Q4 2024. This was partly offset
by lower wind speeds and the divestment of a 24.5 %
stake at West of Duddon Sands in Q2 2025. In addition,
there was an increase in generation due to the effect of
an accounting change for Walney 1 & 2 and Gunfleet
Sands 1 & 2 in the UK.
Energy generation Unit 2025 2024 Δ
Power generation GWh 38,804 38,436 1 %
Offshore wind GWh 19,687 18,599 6 %
Denmark GWh 1,973 2,061 (4 %)
The UK GWh 11,131 10,357 7 %
Germany GWh 2,519 2,356 7 %
The Netherlands GWh 1,234 1,333 (7 %)
The US GWh 359 272 32 %
Taiwan GWh 2,471 2,220 11 %
Onshore wind GWh 11,979 11,959 0 %
The US GWh 10,874 10,939 (1 %)
Ireland GWh 775 759 2 %
France GWh - 51 (100 %)
Germany GWh 147 49 200 %
The UK GWh 183 161 14 %
Solar PV GWh 3,503 3,356 4 %
The US GWh 3,489 3,346 4 %
Germany GWh 14 9 56 %
France GWh - 1 (100 %)
Thermal GWh 3,635 4,522 (20 %)
Heat generation GWh 6,414 6,919 (7 %)
Total heat and power generation GWh 45,218 45,355 (0 %)
// E1-5 Energy generation from renewable sources MWh 44,843,858 44,141,989 2 %
// E1-5 Energy generation from non-renewable sources MWh 373,781 1,212,856 (69 %)
Share of energy generation from renewable sources % 99 97 2 %p
Energy sales Unit 2025 2024 Δ
Gas sales GWh 21,528 17,372 24 %
Power sales GWh 19,244 19,967 (4 %)
Power sold with renewable energy certificates to end customers GWh 1,023 813 26 %
Power sold without renewable energy certificates to end customers GWh 1,452 1,639 (11 %)
Power wholesale GWh 16,769 17,515 (4 %)
Power generation from solar PV increased by 4 % mainly
due to the ramp-up of production at our US assets
Sparta Solar, Eleven Mile Solar Center, and Mockingbird,
partly offset by 50 % farm-downs of the same assets.
Thermal power and heat generation decreased by
20 % and 7 %, respectively, in 2025 compared to 2024,
primarily driven by the shutdown of our coal-based
capacity in H2 2024, as well as prolonged revision and
outages at our Avedøre and Studstrup power stations
throughout the year. As a result of the cessation of
coal use in H2 2024, our share of energy generation
from renewable sources increased to 99 % in 2025,
compared to 97 % in 2024.
Energy sales
Gas sales increased by 24 % in 2025, mainly driven by
higher natural gas offtake from the Danish North Sea
due to the ramp-up of production from the Tyra gas field.
The 4 % decrease in power sales was mainly due to
the decrease in power wholesale volumes, reflecting
the accounting change effect for Walney 1 & 2 and
Gunfleet Sands 1 & 2 in the UK.
Energy business drivers
Offshore wind speeds in 2025 were 3 % lower than in
2024 and 0.2 m/s lower than in a normal wind year.
Availability was 5 percentage points higher in 2025
compared to 2024. The load factor was unchanged
at 42 % in 2025 compared to 2024.
Onshore wind speeds in 2025 were at the same level as in
2024 and 0.2 m/s lower than in a normal wind year. Avail-
ability was 1 percentage point higher in 2025 compared
to 2024, while the load factor was unchanged from 2024.
Solar PV availability in 2025 was 6 percentage points
lower compared to 2024, while the load factor was at
the same level in 2025 as in 2024.
The number of degree days in 2025 was 1 % higher
than in 2024, indicating that the weather in 2025
was slightly colder than in 2024.
82
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Installed renewable capacity
The installed renewable capacity is calculated as
renewable capacity installed by Ørsted accumulated
over time. We include all capacities after commercial
operation date (COD) has been reached, and where
we had an ownership share and an EPC (engineering,
procurement, and construction) role in the project.
Capacities from acquisitions are added to the
installed capacity. For installed renewable thermal
capacity, we use the heat capacity, as heat is the
primary outcome of thermal energy generation, and
as bioconversions of our combined heat and power
plants are driven by heat contracts.
Decided (FID’ed) renewable capacity
Decided (FID’ed) capacity is renewable capacity where
a final investment decision (FID) has been made.
Awarded offshore wind capacity
The awarded offshore wind capacity is the offshore
wind capacities awarded to Ørsted in auctions and
tenders.
Power generation capacity
Power generation capacity for an offshore wind farm
is calculated and included from TOC of the individual
wind turbines. TOC stands for ‘takeover certificate,
which is the document signifying transfer of owner-
ship from the contractor to the owner or operator of
the asset. Power generation capacities for onshore
wind and solar farms are included after commercial
operation date (COD) has been reached. Generation
capacity is financially consolidated.
Heat and power generation capacity, thermal
Thermal heat and power generation capacity is a
measure of the maximum capability to generate
heat and power. The capacity may change over
time with plant modifications. For each CHP plant,
the capacity is given for generation with the primary
fuel mix. Overload is not included. CHP plants which
have been taken out of primary operation and put on
standby or into conservation are not included.
Fuel-specific thermal heat and power generation
capacities measure the maximum capacity using the
specified fuel as primary fuel at the multi-fuel plants.
They cannot be added to total thermal capacity,
as they are defined individually for each fuel type
for our multi- fuel plants. All fuels cannot be used at
the same time. Therefore, the total sum amounts to
more than 100 %.
Power generation
Power generation from wind and solar farms is deter-
mined as generation sold. Thermal power generation
is determined as net generation sold, based on settle-
ments from the official Danish production database.
Heat generation
Heat (including steam) generation is measured as net
output sold to heat customers.
Share of energy generation from renewable sources
The renewable energy share of our heat and power
generation is calculated on the basis of the energy
sources used and the energy generated by the differ-
ent assets.
For combined heat and power (CHP) plants, the share
of the specific fuel (e.g. biomass) is calculated for a
given plant or unit within a given time period. The
specific fuel share is then multiplied by the total heat
and power generation for the specific plant or unit in
the specific period. The result is the fuel-based genera-
tion for the individual plant or unit, for example the
biomass-based generation of heat and power from
the CHP plants unit within a given time period.
The following energy sources and fuels are considered
to be renewable energy: wind, solar PV, biomass, bio-
gas, and power sourced with renewable energy certi f-
icates. The following energy sources are considered to
be fossil energy sources: coal, natural gas, and oil.
Gas and power sales
Gas and power sales are calculated as physical sales
to retail and wholesale customers and exchanges.
Sales are based on readings from Ørsted’s trading
systems. Internal sales to our combined heat and
power (CHP) plants are not included in the statement.
Wind speeds
Wind speeds for the areas where Ørsted’s offshore
and onshore wind farms are located are provided
to Ørsted by an external supplier. Wind speeds are
weighted on the basis of the capacity of the individual
wind farms and consolidated into an Ørsted total
for offshore and onshore, respectively. ‘Normal wind
speed’ is a historical wind speed average (over a
period of at least 20 years).
Availability
Availability is calculated as the ratio of actual pro-
duction to the possible production, which is the sum
of lost production and actual production in a given
period. The production-based availability (PBA) is
impacted by grid and wind turbine outages, which are
technical production losses. PBA is not impacted by
market- requested shutdowns and wind farm curtail-
ments as these are due to external factors.
Load factor
The load factor is calculated as the ratio between
actual generation over a period relative to potential
generation, which is possible by continuously exploit-
ing the maximum capacity over the same period.
The load factor is commercially adjusted. This means
that the offshore wind farm has been financially com-
pensated by the transmission system operators when
it is available for generation, but the output cannot
be supplied to the grid due to maintenance or grid
interruptions. New offshore wind turbines are included
in the calculations of availability and load factor once
the ‘takeover certificate’ (TOC) is issued. Onshore wind
turbines are included once they have passed commer-
cial operation date (COD).
Degree days
The number of degree days expresses the difference
between an average indoor temperature of 17 °C
and the outside mean temperature for a given period.
It helps compare the heat demand for a given year
with a normal year.
Accounting policies
83
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
EU taxonomy
Summary KPIs
1
Other activities’ primarily consist of trading and non-eligible power
sales incl. end customer sales.
2
This ratio is also applied to gross investments (see page 31).
3
We have not assessed our taxonomy-eligible activities against the
substantial contribution criteria for climate change adaptation, as
our primary objective is to contribute to climate change mitigation.
Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover)
Our taxonomy-aligned revenue in 2025 was 88 %, a decrease of
3 percentage points compared to 2024. This was mainly due to
higher non-eligible revenue from gas sales.
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX
Our taxonomy-aligned CAPEX in 2025 remained at 99 % and was
primarily related to our wind farms.
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX adjusted for green bond financing
Our taxonomy-aligned CAPEX adjusted for green bond financing
indicates that 19 % of our taxonomy-aligned CAPEX was financed
through green bonds and 80 % was financed through operating cash
flow and divestment proceeds.
Taxonomy-aligned OPEX
Our taxonomy-aligned OPEX in 2025 was 82 %, a decrease of
4 percentage points compared to 2024.
Taxonomy-aligned EBITDA
Our taxonomy-aligned EBITDA in 2025 was 100 %, an increase of
1 percentage point compared to 2024. Our taxonomy-aligned
EBITDA was 12 percentage points higher than our taxonomy-aligned
revenue of 88 %. The difference is primarily due to the large revenue
from our gas sales business, contributing to 9 % of the non-eligible
share of revenue, whereas we have a relatively small earnings margin
from this business contributing to a small non-eligible EBITDA.
ESRS or EU reference EU taxonomy KPIs, % 2025 2024 Δ
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover) 88 91 (3 %p)
EU 2020/852 Electricity generation using solar PV (4.1) and storage of electricity (4.10) 1 1 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Electricity generation from wind power (4.3) 75 78 (3 %p)
EU 2020/852 Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy (4.20) 12 12 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned revenue 0 0 0 %p
// SBM-1, 40(d)(i) High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from fossil gas (4.30) 0 0 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-non-eligible revenue 12 9 3 %p
// SBM-1, 40(d)(i) Gas sales 9 6 3 %p
// SBM-1, 40(d)(i) Coal-based generation - 1 (1 %p)
// SBM-1, 40(d)(i) Oil-based generation and distribution 1 1 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Other activities
1
2 1 1 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover) adjusted for green bond financing 88 88 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX 99
2
99 0 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX adjusted for green bond financing 80 69 11 %p
EU 2020/852 Taxonomy-aligned OPEX 82 86 (4 %p)
Entity-specific Taxonomy-aligned EBITDA 100 99 1 %p
Proportion of turnover, CAPEX, and OPEX from products or services
associated with taxonomy-eligible or taxonomy-aligned economic activities Breakdown by environmental objectives of taxonomy-aligned activities
2025
KPI Total (DKKm)
Taxonomy-
eligible
activities (%)
Taxonomy-
aligned
activities
(DKKm)
Taxonomy-
aligned
activities (%)
Climate change
mitigation (%)
Climate change
adaptation
3
(%) Water (%)
Circular
economy (%) Pollution (%) Biodiversity (%)
Enabling
activities (%)
Transitional
activities (%)
‘Not assessed’
activities
considered non-
material (%)
Taxonomy-
aligned
activities, 2024
(DKKm)
Taxonomy-
aligned
activities, 2024
(%)
Turnover 73,244 88 64,564 88 88 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64,383 91
CAPEX 58,506 99 58,207 99 99 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 46,800 99
OPEX 2,877 83 2,371 82 82 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2,656 86
Accounting policies
Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover)
Taxonomy-aligned revenue is revenue associated
with taxonomy- aligned activities as a proportion
of our total revenue. Taxonomy-eligible but not
taxonomy-aligned revenue is revenue associated
with heat and power generation from fossil gas (4.30)
that is not taxonomy-aligned. Taxonomy-non-eligible
revenue is revenue associated with taxonomy-non-
eligible activities, i.e. activities not included in the
delegated acts.
Taxonomy-aligned revenue (turnover) adjusted
for green bond financing
Taxonomy-aligned revenue is adjusted for green
bonds by excluding the revenue from our taxonomy-
aligned assets financed with green bond proceeds
from the taxonomy-aligned revenue (numerator).
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX is CAPEX related to
assets or processes associated with taxonomy-
aligned activities as a proportion of our CAPEX that
is accounted for based on IAS 16 (73: (e)(i) and (iii)),
IAS 38 (118: (e)(i)), and IFRS 16 (53: (h)). Carbon
emission allowances and goodwill are excluded.
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX adjusted for
green bond financing
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX is adjusted for green
bonds by excluding the CAPEX financed with green
bond proceeds from the taxonomy-aligned CAPEX
(numerator).
Taxonomy-aligned OPEX
Taxonomy-aligned OPEX is the maintenance
and repair OPEX related to our assets or processes
associated with taxonomy- aligned activities as
a proportion of the maintenance and repair OPEX
of our ‘other external expenses’. We estimate the
maintenance and repair costs of ‘other external
expenses’ using a Group-level factor based on
maintenance and repair costs for each business
segment.
Taxonomy-aligned EBITDA (entity-specific)
This voluntary disclosure is reported as it better
reflects our business as our gas and power sales
business has a large revenue but a small earnings
margin, while other areas have a higher margin.
Taxonomy-aligned EBITDA is EBITDA associated
with taxonomy- aligned activities as a proportion
of our total EBITDA.
84
Sustainability statements
Environment / E1 Climate change
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
E4
Biodiversity
and ecosystems
Transitioning away from fossil fuels to renewable
energy is fundamental to tackling the biodiversity
crisis. The space needed for the renewable energy
transition is significant, and with nature in crisis, we
must ensure that our projects benefit local biodiversity
and ecosystems. In 2025, we continued taking action
to deliver on our ambition of achieving a net-positive
biodiversity impact from all new renewable energy
projects we commission from 2030 onwards.
At Ørsted, we believe that transitioning to renewable
energy is part of a solution to the biodiversity crisis,
provided it is done correctly. As we continue our
renewable energy build-out, we are determined to
leave nature in a better state than we found it, and
we have an ambition of achieving a net-positive
biodiversity impact from all new renewable energy
projects we commission from 2030 onwards. As an
important step towards realising this ambition, we
launched our Biodiversity Measurement Framework
in 2024, further aligning our efforts with global public
policy targets, such as the Kunming-Montreal Global
Biodiversity Framework (GBF), and with international
initiatives, including the Nature Positive Initiative (NPI),
the Science Based Targets Network (SBTN), and the
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD).
In 2025, we further integrated our measurement
framework and practices into our project operating
model for renewable projects, ensuring that we are
prepared for projects commissioned from 2030.
We advanced pilot and innovation studies to build
further experience and evidence in how to best deliver
biodiversity actions.
// E4, SBM-3
Material impacts and opportunities
Management and mitigation hierarchy
We are committed to developing, constructing,
operating, and owning our renewable energy assets
in an environmentally and socially sustainable way.
The expansion of our operations places greater
pressure on natural ecosystems, which is why we
must protect and restore them.
By following our Biodiversity Policy and the steps laid
out in our Biodiversity Measurement Framework, and by
conducting environmental impact assessments and risk
screenings, we ensure that biodiversity management
is integrated into our business and decision- making
processes throughout the life cycle of our projects.
We apply the mitigation hierarchy by first seeking to
avoid harmful impacts. In the early stages of project
development, we screen for vulnerable species and
critical habitats and design projects to avoid impacts
wherever feasible. Where this is not possible, we take
steps to minimise and mitigate – for example by
routing and installing cables to either avoid or minimise
impacts on sensitive areas. Following construction,
any residual impacts that cannot be fully avoided
or mitigated are addressed through species-specific
initiatives or habitat restoration, with the aim of
restoring biodiversity and ecosystem functioning to at
least pre-construction baseline levels. Where residual
impacts remain, we implement ecological compen-
sation or offsetting measures, while recognising that
certain environmental features are irreplaceable and
cannot be offset.
// E4, IRO-1
Process for identification and assessment
Our ongoing work to identify and mitigate both actual
and potential impacts of our assets on biodiversity and
ecosystems continues to inform our double material-
ity assessment. In this process, we identify and score
impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) using knowledge
gathered across all offshore and onshore assets, enabling
a Group-wide assessment of IROs and dependencies.
//
Some of our sites are located in or near biodiversity-
sensitive areas. Our activities at these sites generally
cause temporary negative impacts during the con-
struction phase, with no material impacts during oper-
ations due to the extensive avoidance, reduction, and
mitigation measures we build into project design and
operation. Whenever overlaps with threatened species
are identified, including those listed by the IUCN Red
List, we develop action or mitigation plans to ensure no
significant harm occurs, both during construction and
throughout operations.
Site locations with temporary material impacts
At our offshore wind construction sites, impacts are
primarily associated with noise pollution during pile
driving, cable laying that disrupts benthic and intertidal
habitats, e.g. by causing sedimentation, and increased
Negative impact · Actual · Own operations
Temporary habitat and species disturbance during
construction activities
vessel traffic, which contributes to noise and air pol-
lution. At our onshore construction sites, impacts are
mainly due to land clearing, cable laying, and machinery
operation, causing temporary habitat disruption, species
displacement, and noise pollution. All of these impacts
are appropriately managed and mitigated through
measures defined in the environmental impact assess-
ments and permitting processes.
In 2025, nine of our assets under construction were
identified as sites with temporary material impacts on
biodiversity-sensitive areas. These sites are listed in the
table below. The data is sourced from the Integrated
Biodiversity Assessment Tool (IBAT). The tool provides
a report of the number of key biodiversity areas (KBAs)
and protected areas that have overlaps with our sites
under construction. This number represents any over-
laps that should occur within the project site itself and
cable routes within the buffer zone.
For offshore wind farms, a buffer zone of 25 km is
applied. For onshore sites, the buffer zone is 10 km.
These are based on best practice, recognising relevant
interactions with protected areas for nature conserva-
tion or KBAs. Data is recognised from the date of the
final investment decision (FID), and the area is for the
asset in its entirety (in hectares).
// E4-5
Site locations with temporary material impacts Asset type
Area
(hectare)
Overlap with KBAs
(number)
Overlap with protected
areas (number)
Borkum Riffgrund 3 (DE) Offshore wind 7,500 0 4
Hornsea 3 (UK) Offshore wind 80,500 0 8
Baltica 2 (PL) Offshore wind 19,000 2 5
Greater Changhua 2b (TW) Offshore wind 6,700 0 0
Greater Changhua 4 (TW) Offshore wind 11,700 0 0
Revolution Wind (US) Offshore wind 33,500 1 52
Sunrise Wind (US) Offshore wind 43,000 0 3
Old 300 BESS (US) Onshore storage 800 0 8
Badger Wind (US) Onshore wind 12,600 0 10
85
Sustainability statements
Environment / E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Site locations without material impacts
Across our portfolio, 67 operational sites currently
overlap with or are adjacent to protected areas or
KBAs, as identified through the IBAT. This is largely due
to the application of the buffer zones (25 km offshore
and 10 km onshore) to ensure we capture all actual
and potential impacts on at-risk species or habitats at
or near our assets. Through extensive mitigation and
restoration measures, we have not identified material
negative impacts on biodiversity at these sites.
During operations, impacts are very limited and are
managed through environmental impact assessments
and permitting processes, with mitigation measures
planned as required. An example is the risk of collision
with wind turbine blades for avian species (e.g. bats and
birds), which is appropriately planned for and managed.
Where such impacts cannot be fully mitigated through
siting or design changes, operational management
plans are implemented, such as enhanced monitoring
campaigns, which are often conducted in collaboration
with local stakeholders.
We have identified material negative impacts in our
upstream value chain, primarily driven by natural
resource extraction and mining activities. These activities
can degrade ecosystems, alter habitats, and reduce
species diversity.
We have mapped the key biodiversity impacts from
our upstream value chain as well as core nature-
related financial risks, dependencies, and opportunities,
and this mapping informs our approach to addressing
these issues. Our industry relies on the mining of metals
and minerals to expand the capacity of renewable energy.
Negative impact · Actual · Value chain
Ecosystem degradation and habitat and species loss from
ecosystem use change, pollution, and resource extraction in
the supply chain
In 2025, we initiated seabird habitat restoration efforts
along Taiwans western coastline to enhance condi-
tions for protected migratory bird species. The initiative
focuses on improving coastal habitats used by seabirds
for foraging and roosting. We also started working with
local authorities, NGOs, and academic partners to
restore wetlands and sandbar areas through targeted
habitat improvements, such as vegetation manage-
ment, reduced human and feral dog disruptions, and
installation of artificial nesting structures. Baseline
habitat data has been collected, and long-term moni-
toring will track progress in supporting seabird diversity
and population recovery during the migration seasons.
In 2022, we began a workstream exploring the methods
for identifying and monitoring biodiversity growth at
our assets in the UK. In 2025, we expanded the scope
to become global, and we expanded the project with
a sprint focused on testing photogrammetry, which we
used to generate 3D models of marine growth based on
existing subsea asset video footage at nine of our wind
farms. This resulted in successful model development
and estimation of marine species growth as a proof of
concept. Another key outcome was a set of recommen-
dations to improve how we collect, store, and analyse
our subsea video data using photogrammetry. This
workstream remains central to tracking and monitoring
biodiversity growth at our assets, helping us understand
how our assets interact with local marine ecosystems.
In 2024, we announced the development of a low-
noise monopile installation technology, Osonic, which
successfully reduced underwater noise levels by 99 %
Key action: Seabird habitat restoration in Taiwan
Key action: Tracking biodiversity growth at our assets
Key action: Commercialising our low-noise installation
technology
We acknowledge the trade-offs associated with
these activities, and we actively work towards greater
transparency and collaboration in our supply chain.
One way we are doing that is by engaging with some
of our first-tier suppliers to understand our joint impacts
on biodiversity and continue to mitigate these.
We continuously work on habitat and ecosystem
restoration, including the protection and restoration
of wider supportive ecosystems, such as salt marshes.
Our efforts include species-specific restoration,
research on habitats and species, and innovative
approaches to monitoring and tracking biodiversity.
These initiatives contribute positively to the environ-
ment by restoring species, ecosystems, and habitats.
From 2030, all projects we commission will have a
net-positive impact on biodiversity.
Our biodiversity initiatives have also attracted growing
interest from the financial community, presenting
opportunities to attract investments and mobilise
capital for ocean biodiversity initiatives, for example
through our blue bond. Building credibility through
our biodiversity work strengthens our position and
relationships with investors and partners.
//
// E4-2
Policies
Our Biodiversity Policy applies to all locations owned
and operated by Ørsted, offshore and onshore,
including those in or near biodiversity-sensitive areas.
Positive impact · Actual · Own operations
Biodiversity gains from restoration and innovation projects
Opportunity · Own operations
Attract investments and improve financial terms through
leadership in biodiversity efforts
The policy addresses direct impacts from our activities
on biodiversity, ecosystem protection, and sustain-
able ocean practices. The policy includes our initial
approach to managing biodiversity impacts and
dependencies in our value chain. It also outlines how
we will work to deliver on our net-positive biodiversity
ambition for future projects.
//
// E4-3
Actions
In 2025, we took several steps towards meeting our
ambition of net-positive renewable energy projects
from 2030.
We reached a key milestone in our ReCoral by Ørsted
TM
project in Taiwan, which aims to support natural coral
growth at our Greater Changhua offshore wind farms
using a non-invasive method developed in partner-
ship with the Penghu Fishery Research Center under
Taiwans Ministry of Agriculture. After three years of
laboratory cultivation and refinement, the project
team successfully deployed corals placed at a depth of
30 metres – comprising multiple species and age groups
– at the Greater Changhua 1 Offshore Wind Farm in
August 2025. We will now monitor the site to assess
coral adaptation and growth, sharing results with
research partners and the public.
Biodiversity Policy
Objective: To outline the steps we take to protect bio-
diversity across the full life cycle of our assets and thereby
how we approach our net-positive biodiversity ambition
Scope: All offshore and onshore sites owned and
operated by Ørsted
Accountability: Chief Development Officer
Availability: Biodiversity Policy
Key action: ReCoral by Ørsted™ in Taiwan
86
Sustainability statements
Environment / E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
during a trial at our offshore wind farm Gode Wind 3.
In 2025, Osonic moved into a commercial phase,
with Ørsted offering licencing of the technology and
related services to third-party developers for European
offshore wind projects.
Between 2022 and 2025, we conducted biodiversity
mapping, both spatial and aerial, at our Danish off-
shore wind farm Anholt. A variety of natural and artifi-
cial reef structures were sampled, including 3D-printed
reefs, natural boulder reefs, foundation structures, and
biohuts in the Port of Grenaa. We conducted a visual
inspection which showed that the 12 3D-printed reefs
we installed in 2022 are now fully covered with algae,
providing valuable space, shelter, food, and fruitful
ground for further floral overgrowth. Species such as
sea bass, sea squirts, crabs, and starfish were detected
at the reefs. The reefs’ hard surfaces have been covered
with beautiful red algae, with sugar kelp growing on
some reefs. eDNA results from the wind farm are not
yet finalised but are expected to be ready during 2026.
Our work with the Yorkshire Wildlife Trust and
Lincolnshire Wildlife Trust, initiated in 2022, to restore
the Humber Estuary continues to progress successfully.
The aim of the restoration project, Wilder Humber, is
to restore the threatened salt marshes and includes
seagrass planting, salt marsh restoration, and rebuild-
ing native oyster beds. In 2025, we trialled a new
innovative seagrass seed planting technique where
seagrass ‘plugs’ are transplanted from an area with
good coverage to an area with less coverage. This had
a success rate of over 90 %.
Key action: 3D-printed reefs at Anholt Offshore Wind Farm
Key action: Innovative seagrass planting at the
Humber Estuary
In addition to these new planting techniques, we are
now using AI to count the number of seeds we collect
(up to 200,000 each season) to save time in the field.
For native oysters, we have successfully completed a
trial in the UK using remote setting, where oyster larvae
are set and grown on rock and scallop shells – the first-
ever trial using this method in the UK. This combination
of novel approaches has already greatly increased the
speed, efficiency, and success of our restoration work.
In 2024, we completed an assessment of nature-
related risks, impacts, and dependencies across a sam-
ple of our sites, both offshore and onshore. We also
began exploring selected material commodities in
our upstream supply chain. In 2025, we conducted
a more in-depth risk analysis focusing on material
commodities related to an offshore wind turbine
within our offshore wind supply chain, building on our
initial 2024 assessment. We will use the findings to
support discussions across teams, peers, and suppliers
about nature-related risks in our supply chain – and
to better understand how our sourcing decisions can
balance commercial considerations with long-term
benefits for nature. Going forward, we will conduct an
impact study on certain geographical hotspots across
our supply chain and aim to work with suppliers on
specific high-impact commodities in our supply chain.
//
// E4-4
Targets
Delivering on our biodiversity ambition
Currently, we have not adopted any quantitative targets.
However, we have an ambition to achieve a net- positive
biodiversity impact from all new renewable energy
projects that we commission from 2030 onwards.
//
Key action: Mapping our nature-related risks
Alignment with TNFD recommendations
Recommended disclosures
Governance
a)
Board oversight of nature-related
dependencies, impacts, risks, and
opportunities
MR · pages 40-51
b)
Managements role in managing
nature-related dependencies,
impacts, risks, and opportunities
MR · pages 40-51
c)
Human rights policies, stakeholder
engagement, and board and
management oversight related to
Indigenous Peoples, local commu-
nities, affected stakeholders, and
other stakeholders in addressing
nature-related dependencies,
impacts, risks, and opportunities
SS · pages 67, 85-91, 93, 103-105
Risk and impact management
a)
i. Processes for identifying, assess-
ing, and prioritising nature-related
dependencies, impacts, risks, and
opportunities in direct operations
ii. Processes for identifying, assess-
ing, and prioritising nature-related
dependencies, impacts, risks, and
opportunities in the value chain
MR · pages 23-26
SS · pages 65-66
b)
Processes for monitoring
nature-related dependencies,
impacts, risks, and opportunities
MR · pages 23-26
SS · pages 65-66, 85-91
c)
How nature-related risks are
integrated into overall risk
management
MR · pages 23-26
SS · pages 65-66
Strategy
a)
Identified nature-related depen-
dencies, impacts, risks, and oppor-
tunities in the short, medium, and
long term
SS · pages 65-66, 85-91
b)
Effects of nature-related depen-
dencies, impacts, risks, and oppor-
tunities on the business model,
value chain, strategy, financial
planning, and any transition plans
or analyses
MR · page 10
SS · pages 58, 85, 88
c)
Resilience of the strategy
to nature-related risks and
opportunities
MR · pages 23-26
SS · pages 85-91
d)
Locations of assets and activities
in direct operations and, where
possible, upstream and down-
stream value chains
MR · page 11
SS · pages 85-91
Metrics and targets
a)
Metrics used to manage ma-
terial nature-related risks and
opportunities
MR · page 22
SS · pages 85-91
b)
Metrics used to assess nature-
related dependencies and impacts
MR · page 22
SS · pages 85-91
c)
Targets, goals, and performance
for managing nature-related
dependencies, impacts, risks, and
opportunities
MR · page 22
SS · pages 85-91
MR Managements review
SS Sustainability statements
87
Sustainability statements
Environment / E4 Biodiversity and ecosystems
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
E5
Resource use and
circular economy
Reducing reliance on virgin materials is essential
for a resilient renewable energy transition and our
continued decarbonisation efforts. We have worked
for several years to improve how materials are
sourced, used, and recovered, and we continue to
build collaborations that help us do so across the
value chain. Strengthening circular practices reduces
pressure on natural resources and enables a more
robust lower- emissions energy system.
// E5, IRO-1
Material impacts and risks
As part of our double materiality assessment (DMA),
we have identified two negative impacts associated
with resource inflows and outflows (waste), respec-
tively. Due to our dependence on certain minerals and
materials, we have also identified a material financial
risk. Each of these is directly linked to our business
model and the industry we operate in, both of which
inherently rely on large quantities of materials to
construct renewable energy assets.
Our ongoing work to identify and mitigate both actual
and potential impacts related to the materials we
procure and the waste generated from our activities
continues to inform our DMA.
We screen both new and existing assets using
different tools and methodologies. One such tool is
our proprietary life cycle analysis (LCA), from which
we can quantify, and thus better understand, the
scale and scope of the key materials in our assets.
These materials are further detailed under ‘Resource
inflows’ on page 90.
Each asset in our portfolio requires virgin materials such
as steel, copper, rare earth elements, and composite
materials, contributing to resource depletion and
increasing material scarcity across sectors.
We also recognise the direct impacts arising from the
generation of different types of waste. Whether it is
ash from the combustion of biomass at our combined
heat and power plants or defective components in our
renewable energy assets, we generate waste as part
of our operations.
Our dependence on critical raw materials required for
the energy transition exposes us to potential supply
availability and price volatility risks. This exposure is
shaped by growing demand for renewable-energy
technologies and arises from highly centralised and
vulnerable supply chains for the extraction, refine-
ment, and processing of critical minerals, intensifying
cross-sector demand for transition-critical materials,
and commodity price and geopolitical volatility in
regions with often elevated sustainability risk profiles.
//
Negative impact · Actual · Value chain
Use of virgin materials in renewable energy infrastructure adds
to resource depletion and increased material scarcity
Negative impact · Actual · Own operations
Waste generation during construction, operation,
and decommissioning
Risk · Value chain
Dependence on critical materials needed for the energy
transition
// E5-1
Policies
Our negative impacts from resource use and waste
management are addressed through two policies:
our Resource Management Policy and our Waste
Management Policy. Our Resource Management
Policy specifically outlines how we strive to develop
processes that facilitate sustainable sourcing together
with relevant suppliers.
//
// E5 -2
Actions for resource inflows
To support the objectives of our policies, we continue
to pursue actions to gradually mitigate the impacts
identified. In the following, we detail some of these
actions, as undertaken in 2025.
Resource Management Policy
Objective: Ensure sustainable use of resources
Scope: All Ørsted activities and locations
Accountability: Senior Vice President, QHSE
Availability: Resource Management Policy
Waste Management Policy
Objective: Ensure proper waste management
Scope: All Ørsted activities and locations
Accountability: Senior Vice President, QHSE
Availability: On our intranet
Forest Biomass Policy
Objective: Enhance transparency and showcase the principles
and standards we follow when purchasing forest biomass
Scope: All sourced forest biomass
Accountability: Senior Vice President, Bioenergy &
Infrastructure Assets
Availability: Forest Biomass Policy
Key action: Supplier engagement on circularity
In 2025, we took further steps to formalise our supplier
engagement on circularity. This is best exemplified
by standardisation of our circularity communication
material and approach towards suppliers. The intended
outcome of these efforts is to have a firm set of circularity-
related supplier requirements within the next three to
four years.
To support our supplier engagements, we integrated
circularity considerations into our project operating
model for offshore wind in 2025. The model is used to
coordinate and deliver the project management around
our offshore asset construction, and the integration of
circularity in the model will allow us to identify products
with more recycled content, as well as design-related
opportunities that facilitate reuse, refurbishment, or
improved recycling from the early phases of project
development.
Our updated decarbonisation road map to net zero by
2040 supports our ongoing work to better understand
where circularity may have the greatest impact across
key materials and suppliers, including steel, fuels, and
copper, helping to inform our future approach.
Our focus on refurbishment is shaped by our industry’s
rapid evolution over the past two decades, with wind
turbine types changing frequently and trending towards
larger models. This environment demands continuous
innovation and resource optimisation in maintenance
practices as production lines for aging turbines are
discontinued or greatly reduced. By extending the life
of existing components – including older turbine parts
– we reduce turbine downtime, shorten component
lead times, and improve cost-efficiency. This approach
enables our assets to produce more renewable energy
over their lifetimes while supporting more circular use
of materials.
Key action: Repairing and refurbishing spare parts
88
Sustainability statements
Environment / E5 resource use and circular economy
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
In 2024, we initiated a refurbishment programme for
minor offshore wind components in the UK. The pro-
gramme focuses on smaller components with longer
lead times, allowing us to minimise lost production.
We expect to have fully commercial, technically
approved refurbishment loops in place for more than
100 of our key minor components by 2030. In 2025,
responsibility for identifying and establishing new
refurbishment loops was passed to our regional hubs,
decentralising the process to ensure better alignment
with local needs and operational timelines.
In 2025, in addition to minor components, we started
tracking the refurbishment rate for main components,
such as generators and gearboxes, across our offshore
portfolio. Our current assessment suggests a refurbish-
ment rate above 80 %, meaning that at least four out
of five exchanges are made with refurbished rather
than new components. As next steps, refurbishment
data will be integrated into our asset-level life cycle
assessments to enhance our understanding of both
carbon footprint and material circularity.
In 2025, as part of our 2040 net-zero road map, we
launched a workstream to integrate lower-emissions
and resource-efficient technologies into our engineering
technology road maps across all component categories.
The workstream focuses on identifying technologies
and designs that reduce the use of virgin materials,
increase recycled content, or extend asset lifetimes.
In 2026, this will expand to include quantification of
abatement potential and assessment of how resource
and carbon emission performance can be incorporated
into investment and design decisions.
Action: Factoring carbon emissions into our wind farm designs
Action: Circular furniture strategy for our workplaces
Although renewable energy assets are our primary
focus, we also apply resource and circularity principles
in other parts of our business. In 2025, we advanced
circularity in our offices through a strategic partnership
with Holmris B8. Together, we completed a baseline
assessment covering the environmental footprint of
Ørsted’s global furniture portfolio, including associ-
ated carbon emissions, recycled content, and furniture
sustainability certification. By 2030, we expect to
increase the percentage of recycled materials in new
furniture to 65 %, which is naturally associated with a
decrease in the use of virgin materials. The decrease
will be achieved through the procurement of sec-
ondary materials, refurbishment of existing furniture,
and enhanced certified sourcing.
Actions for resource outflows
We are pursuing two complementary pathways to
address our negative impact related to waste: 1) avoiding
waste through design – enabling better recycling
at end of life, and 2) improving waste treatment
operations – minimising disposal across the portfolio.
As part of our updated project operating model for
offshore wind, we will carry out recyclability assess-
ments of all new offshore wind projects, with the aim
of identifying potential material hotspots during the
early stages of project development.
Identifying such hotspots is a key element in under-
standing how we can avoid waste through design, and
ultimately increase the degree of recyclability upon
decommissioning. In 2025, we completed a wind farm
recyclability assessment of our UK offshore wind farm
Hornsea 3. The results show that approximately 91 %
of the total material weight is currently recyclable,
Key action: Calculating wind farm recyclability
while blades and polymer-based components in cables
remain key challenges. The assessment was conducted
in collaboration with ReWind, a long-term collaboration
partner helping us refine recyclability methodologies
and benchmarking.
In 2025, following successful pilots in 2024 that tested
the feasibility of TP covers, we started construction of
Hornsea 3, which will use recyclable TP covers during
its construction period.
Approximately 200 TP covers will be sourced from
our supplier for installation between 2025 and
2027, replacing conventional single-use PVC covers.
We estimate that this will avoid more than 150 tonnes
of PVC waste at Hornsea 3 alone. After use, the covers
will be returned to the supplier for recycling and reuse
in the manufacturing of new TP covers.
In 2025, we installed more than 500 marking poles
and posts next to our onshore wind farm Farranrory in
Ireland. The poles have been manufactured using mate-
rial from our onshore wind farm Owenreagh 1, which
we decommissioned in 2024 after more than 25 years
of operation. As part of the decommissioning process,
and Ørsted’s commitment to the circular economy, the
blades from the wind turbines were taken to a recycling
facility, Plaswire, in Northern Ireland. Plaswire has manu-
factured a total of 1,000 posts from the 15 turbine
blades taken down.
Following the closure of Esbjerg Power Station in 2024,
our last coal-fired CHP plant, we initiated the demo-
lition of the plant, located at the Port of Esbjerg, in
2025. In line with our waste management principles,
the project contractor expects to send up to 97 %
Key action: Transition piece (TP) covers for offshore wind farms
Key action: End-of-life management of decommissioned assets
of the materials to reuse or recycling. The project is
scheduled to be completed by the end of 2027, where
we need to deliver a fully restored area of 150,000 m
2
back to the Port of Esbjerg.
//
// E5-3
Targets
We have currently not set any formal targets related
to our resource use and circularity efforts. However, we
are tracking several resource-related indicators, each
linked to policy objectives and associated actions.
Prohibiting landfilling of blades and panels
Since 2023, we have been committed to ensuring that
no wind turbine blades or solar panels from our assets
end up as landfill. Therefore, we monitor the handling
of decommissioned blades and panels that have been
retired to ensure that these are sent for proper treat-
ment with trusted waste management partners. In 2025,
five blades were taken down and either sent to proper
treatment or put on temporary storage until treatment.
Monitoring our use of forest and straw biomass
Our Forest Biomass Policy mandates compliance with
EU and national biomass sustainability criteria. These
criteria were further strengthened in 2025 to ensure sus-
tainable production of biomass. We closely monitor the
biomass used at our CHP plants to ensure that 100 %
of the biomass we use complies with the sustainability
criteria and is certified by the certification schemes we
adhere to under our policy. Ørsted undergoes an annual
biomass audit conducted by an independent third party,
and our biomass consumption is approved by the Danish
authorities. In addition to forest biomass, we use Danish
straw at our CHP plants in Studstrup and Avedøre.
This straw is a residue of cereal production and complies
with EU and national sustainability criteria addressing
soil quality, soil carbon storage, and biodiversity.
//
89
Sustainability statements
Environment / E5 resource use and circular economy
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Accounting policies
In 2025, we updated the methodology for
resource inflows to align with changes to
the scope 3, category 2 emissions allocation
methodology.
Technical materials for construction
of new assets
The technical materials used in the construction
of new assets are tracked to provide a detailed
understanding of material use and composition
for offshore and onshore renewable energy
projects (offshore wind, onshore wind, solar PV,
and battery energy storage systems) above
100 MW.
Our in-house LCA analysis forms the foundation
of the methodology, with the highest level of
maturity for offshore assets. Externally verified
studies supplement the project-specific data for
battery energy storage systems, solar PV, and
onshore wind.
For offshore wind projects, material accounting
covers key asset components, including wind
turbines, foundations, substations, and array and
export cables (including spares). It excludes wind
turbine generator (WTG) parts replaced during
operations and materials in electrical and
mechanical components for substations.
For onshore wind projects, material accounting
covers wind turbines, foundations, site cables,
switchgear, and transformers.
For solar assets, material accounting covers
photovoltaic (PV) modules, piles, racking systems,
transformers, substations, and array cables.
For battery energy storage systems, material
accounting covers battery modules and cells,
racks, inverters, transformers, cables, foundations,
and supporting facilities.
Resource inflows
ESRS reference Resource inflows, tonnes
1
2025 2024
2
Δ
Technical materials for construction of new assets
// E5-4, 31(a) Steel 193,000 188,000 3 %
// E5-4, 31(a) Copper 8,000 6,000 33 %
// E5-4, 31(a) Aluminium 2,000 5,000 (60 %)
// E5-4, 31(a) Plastics 8,000 8,000 0 %
// E5-4, 31(a) Glass fibre 6,000 5,000 20 %
// E5-4, 31(a) Rare earth elements 400 300 33 %
// E5-4, 31(a) Concrete 116,000 91,000 27 %
// E5-4, 31(a) Glass - 24,000 (100 %)
// E5-4, 31(c) Scrap steel used in steel production 39,000 - 68,000 38,000 - 66,000
// E5-4, 31(c) Scrap steel used in steel production, % 20 - 35 20 - 35
1
Figures are presented rounded to the nearest thousand, except for
rare earth elements, which are rounded to the nearest hundred.
2
The 2024 figures have been restated to ensure consistency with the
updated resource inflows methodology implemented in 2025.
Understanding our use of resources
We have identified the key materials fundamental to
the construction of our global portfolio of renewable
energy projects across offshore and onshore wind,
solar, and battery energy storage systems (BESS).
To enhance our understanding and management of
resource inflows, we are actively working with suppliers
to explore lower-emissions alternatives and aim to
establish closer collaboration for obtaining data on the
composition of their products, including the share of
reused or recycled materials. Steel remains our primary
focus, given its central role in renewable energy infra-
structure and its strong potential for circularity.
The use of scrap steel is standard practice in steel pro-
duction, with its content varying across geographies and
reflecting established industry practices. The majority
of the steel we source for the production of steel plates
for foundations comes from Europe, where supplier data
indicates that, on average, 35 % of the material used
in these plates is derived from scrap. While we account
for geographic variability in our reporting, reflected in
a range of 20-35 %, our current estimates place us at
the upper end of that range.
Lower-emissions steel provides dual benefits:
reducing greenhouse gas emissions and, depending
on production routes, lowering dependence on virgin
iron ore. Steel produced via electric arc furnaces
(EAFs), which use scrap as feedstock, substantially
decreases the need for virgin materials compared
to conventional blast furnace-basic oxygen furnace
(BF-BOF) production. Despite the widespread use of
recycled inputs, lower- emissions steel remains limited
in market availability.
Expanding supply is therefore critical to reducing
emissions, decreasing reliance on virgin materials,
and supporting a more circular steel value chain.
Accordingly, sourcing lower-emissions steel remains
an impactful lever for reducing the environmental
footprint of our projects.
Beyond steel, critical raw materials such as copper,
aluminium, and rare earth elements are essential to
renewable energy technologies but are associated
with supply risks and pressure on the availability of
virgin resources. We are also prioritising improved
recyclability of plastics, glass fibres, and composite
materials, including those used in wind turbine blades,
to reduce dependence on finite resources.
Addressing these challenges involves optimising
design to improve material efficiency, increasing the
use of recycled and recyclable inputs where feasible,
and extending the lifetime of existing assets and
components wherever possible.
90
Sustainability statements
Environment / E5 resource use and circular economy
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Accounting policies
Waste by type, disposal method,
and treatment type
The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards,
disclosures 306-3, 306-4, and 306-5, have been
used as guidance in developing the reported
data points.
Waste is generally reported on the basis of
invoices and associated waste breakdowns,
including treatment types, received from waste
recipients.
Part of the oil-contaminated wastewater from
the North Sea oil pipeline has been treated as
waste and therefore reported as waste and not
wastewater.
Residual products, e.g. gypsum from the CHP
plants, which are not handled as waste but sold
as products are not included.
Soil from excavation projects is not included.
ESRS reference Waste, tonnes 2025 2024 Δ
// E5-5, 37(b), 39 Hazardous waste 3,301 2,283 45 %
// E5-5, 37(b) Diverted from disposal 1,896 526 260 %
// E5-5, 37(b)(i) Preparation for reuse 16 2 700 %
// E5-5, 37(b)(ii) Recycling 1,769 476 272 %
// E5-5, 37(b)(iii) Other recovery operations
1
111 48 131 %
// E5-5, 37(c) Directed to disposal by waste treatment type 1,405 1,757 (20 %)
// E5-5, 37(c)(i) Incineration 1,190 1,527 (22 %)
// E5-5, 37(c)(ii) Landfill - - 0 %
// E5-5, 37(c)(iii) Other disposal operations
2
215 230 (7%)
// E5-5, 37(b) Non-hazardous waste 101,216 123,821 (18 %)
// E5-5, 37(b) Diverted from disposal 99,342 110,634 (10 %)
// E5-5, 37(b)(i) Preparation for reuse 94,337 107,180 (12 %)
// E5-5, 37(b)(ii) Recycling 4,568 2,806 63 %
// E5-5, 37(b)(iii) Other recovery operations
1
437 648 (33 %)
// E5-5, 37(c) Directed to disposal by waste treatment type 1,874 13,187 (86 %)
// E5-5, 37(c)(i) Incineration 128 63 103 %
// E5-5, 37(c)(ii) Landfill 701 317 121 %
// E5-5, 37(c)(iii) Other disposal operations
2
1,045 12,807 (92 %)
// E5-5, 37(a) Total waste 104,517 126,104 (17 %)
// E5-5, 37(d) Diverted from disposal 101,238 111,160 (9 %)
// E5-5, 37(d) Directed to disposal (non-recycled waste) 3,279 14,944 (78 %)
// E5-5, 37(d) Diverted from disposal, % 97 88 9 %p
// E5-5, 37(d) Directed to disposal (non-recycled waste), % 3 12 (9 %p)
Resource outflows
Total waste diverted from disposal
%
2025
2024
97
88
Our total waste decreased by 17 % in 2025 compared
to 2024, driven by an 18 % reduction in non-hazardous
waste. This reduction in non-hazardous waste was
partly due to lower ash volumes at our CHP plants
and the cessation of operations at our Renescience
waste treatment plant in 2025.
Our hazardous waste increased by 45 % in 2025
compared to 2024 as a result of the emptying of
oil tanks, pipes, and catalytic components at our
Avedøre Power Station.
Our non-hazardous waste is comprised of various
materials, with ash residues from incineration processes
representing a significant share. Ash is included in
our overall waste volume; however, ash residues are
reused for other industrial purposes. As a result, while
changes in ash volumes influence reported totals,
these materials are diverted from disposal to beneficial
reuse. Additionally, our non-hazardous waste streams
include ferrous and non-ferrous metals, rubble, cables,
and plastics associated with the maintenance of our
renewable assets.
1
Composting and recovery.
2
Energy recovery.
Our hazardous waste includes, among other materials,
oil residues from power stations, mixed chemicals, and
certain electronic components classified as hazardous.
91
Sustainability statements
Environment / E5 resource use and circular economy
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
At Ørsted, we actively work to ensure a safe and
inclusive workplace where all employees can thrive.
We engage with our employees through various
channels and have an open and transparent culture.
We focus on developing employees’ skills and com-
petences and follow up on the general well-being
of employees through inidividual performance
dialogues and other measures.
// S1, SBM-3
Material impacts and risks
At Ørsted, we actively work to ensure that all employ-
ees are part of a safe working environment where
impacts and risks, including impacts of physical injury,
are identified and managed, and where employee
well-being is a key priority.
Due to the nature of our industry, we recognise that
our employees may be exposed to potential injuries
and fatalities, primarily during the construction and
operation of our assets. We have a strong safety
culture at Ørsted, monitoring safety performance
monthly and including safety targets in bonus schemes.
Unfortunately, a tragic incident involving a subcon-
tractor at our US onshore wind farm Plum Creek Wind
resulted in two fatalities in February 2025. The activities
that led to the two fatalities occurred within Ørsted’s
area of responsibility.
Negative impact · Actual & potential · Own operations
Work-related injuries and fatalities
We also acknowledge that work-related stress and
anxiety affect some employees across our global work-
force. At the individual level, stress can lead to reduced
well-being, fatigue, sleep disruption, anxiety symptoms,
decreased productivity, and periods of absence. At the
organisational level, it can negatively affect productivity,
absenteeism, retention, and safety. We continuously
monitor stress indicators and have measures in place
to mitigate and manage these impacts.
Ørsted has a target of reaching a gender balance of
40 % women and 60 % men across the company by
2030. This is tracked at three levels: senior directors and
above, people leaders, and all employees. The target
is operationalised through individual targets for each
organisational area, enabling focused actions and
tracking of each area’s contribution to the Group
target. If we successfully integrate inclusion into our
succession planning and organisational rightsizing and
remove gender-based barriers to leadership positions,
we will achieve our 2030 gender target.
Transparent, fair, and flexible working conditions are
rooted in our company values and help make Ørsted
an attractive place to work – with fair and adequate
rewards and employment terms as foundational
factors. Our flexible working culture delivers added
benefits across our markets globally, especially in the
US and APAC region, where our offerings – particularly
Negative impact · Actual · Own operations
Work-related stress
Negative impact · Actual · Own operations
Unequal gender distribution in management
Positive impact · Actual · Own operations
Flexible working conditions and entitlements, such as support
for family and caregiving needs
within family and caregiving needs – often exceed
industry norms and statutory requirements.
In both new and established markets, local employee
handbooks, policies, and terms and conditions
comply with legal requirements and generally align
with market standards, often exceeding them. This is
notable in areas such as workplace flexibility and work-
life balance and is reflected in our employment terms
regarding parental leave, sickness leave, annual leave,
and child sickness leave.
Furthermore, we support flexibility and work-life balance
by promoting ongoing dialogue between people leaders
and employees, fostering solutions that work best for
the employee, the people leader, and the team.
In October, we announced that we will be reducing our
organisation by approximately 2,000 positions towards
the end of 2027. This has created uncertainty for many
skilled and valued colleagues, and we therefore con-
tinue to monitor the risks of involuntary and voluntary
employee turnover and reduced employee engage-
ment; if left unmitigated, these risks could undermine
key competences and operational continuity.
To address these challenges and maintain motivation
among our employees, we are focused on providing
clarity from management via frequent updates and
Q&A sessions. This strengthens our commitment to
strong leadership and open, transparent dialogue.
We also support employees through mental health
support systems and reassure them that Ørsted is
going to be a more agile organisation that is easier
to navigate.
//
Risk · Own operations
Employees leaving the organisation due to perceived internal
risks or uncertainties
// S1-1
Policies
Our commitments to our own workforce and our
obligations as an employer are described and shared
transparently in both global and country-specific
employee policies and handbooks. We see respect for
labour and employment rights as core to protecting
our employees’ human rights and as foundational to
our company culture. We actively work to ensure a
sustainable, responsible, and inclusive working environ-
ment with fair labour and employment standards
across all the markets where we operate.
An overview of our global policies can be found on
the next page.
Policies relevant for all our stakeholders
Our commitments to our own workforce, as well as
workers in the value chain and affected communities,
are outlined in our Global Human Rights Policy, Stake-
holder Engagement Policy, and Just Transition Policy.
These policies have been adopted to ensure ethical
practices, respect human rights, and promote sustaina-
ble employment conditions across our own operations
and value chain. Within our Global Human Rights
Policy, there are several human rights commitments
that are relevant to our own employees. These include:
· eliminating discrimination in respect of employment
and occupation
· ensuring the payment of decent wages that enable
employees to meet their basic needs and provide
adequate welfare protection
· ensuring freedom of association and the effective
recognition of the right to collective bargaining
· eliminating all forms of forced or compulsory labour
· ensuring the effective abolition of child labour.
Own workforce
S1
92
Sustainability statements
Social / S1 Own workforce
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
// S1-1, S2-1, S3 -1
Our global policies
Global Human Rights Policy
Objective To define the way we respect
human rights
Scope Our employees; workers employed by
our suppliers, contractors, and business part-
ners; communities affected by our activities
Accountability Chief Construction Officer
Alignment with third-party standards or
frameworks
· UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights (UNGPs)
· OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises
· International Bill of Human Rights
· The International Labour Organizations (ILO)
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work
Availability Global Human Rights Policy
Global Policy for QHSE and Global Mental
Health Policy
Objective To set the standards for how
we protect and ensure the well-being of
our employees and the sustainability of
our operations
Scope Our employees and facilities
Accountability Head of QHSE
Availability Global Policy for Quality,
Health, Safety & Environment (QHSE)
and on our intranet for the Global Mental
Health Policy
Stakeholder Engagement Policy
Objective To define how to act in stakeholder
dialogues and engagement
Scope Our employees; workers employed by
our suppliers, contractors, and business part-
ners; communities affected by our activities
Accountability Chief Development Officer
Alignment with third-party standards or
frameworks
· UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights (UNGPs)
· UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous
Peoples (including the principle of free, prior,
and informed consent)
· IFC Performance Standards
Availability Stakeholder Engagement Policy
Global Diversity & Inclusion Policy
Objective To promote equal opportunities
in an environment where all employees can
thrive, perform, and grow
Scope Our employees
Accountability Chief HR Officer
Availability Global Diversity & Inclusion
Policy
Just Transition Policy
Objective To define what a ‘just transition’ to
renewable energy involves
Scope Our employees; workers employed by
our suppliers, contractors, and business part-
ners; communities affected by our activities
Accountability Chief Construction Officer
Alignment with third-party standards or
frameworks
· UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights (UNGPs)
· OECD Guidelines for Multinational
Enterprises
· International Bill of Human Rights
· International Labour Organization’s (ILO)
Declaration on Fundamental Principles
and Rights at Work
Availability Just Transition Policy
Global Bullying, Discrimination &
Harassment Policy
Objective To create an inclusive culture
with proactive measures to prevent bullying,
discrimination, and harassment
Scope Our employees
Accountability Chief HR Officer
Availability Global Bullying, Discrimination &
Harassment Policy
Global Labour & Employment Rights Policy
Objective To enhance transparency on our
commitments to actively safeguard labour
and employment rights, including social dia-
logue and collective bargaining agreements
Scope Our employees
Accountability Chief HR Officer
Alignment with third-party standards or
frameworks
· International Bill of Human Rights
· The International Labour Organizations (ILO)
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work
Availability
Global Labour & Employment Rights Policy
Global Guidelines on Flexible Workplace
Objective To power a flexible working
environment where everyone can thrive,
perform, and grow
Scope Our employees
Accountability Chief HR Officer
Availability
On our intranet
Global Working Hour Commitment
Objective To describe maximum working
hours across jurisdictions, including overtime
and overtime payment
Scope Our employees
Accountability Chief HR Officer
Alignment with third-party standards or
frameworks
UN Global Compact guidelines
Availability
Global Working Hour Commitment
Global Policy on Parental Leave
Objective To define minimum standards
for parental leave entitlement. Our policy
is 18 weeks for primary caregivers and
12 weeks for secondary caregivers
Scope Our employees
Accountability Chief HR Officer
Availability
On our intranet
Policies specific to our employees
Policies relevant for all our stakeholders Policies specific to our employees
93
Sustainability statements
Social / S1 Own workforce
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Policies specific to our employees
We have several other global policies that are specific
to our own employees.
Health and safety
At Ørsted, we prioritise and protect the physical, social,
and psychological safety of everyone in the workplace.
We have a Global Policy for Quality, Health, Safety
& Environment (QHSE), and we have implemented
workplace accident-prevention procedures to ensure
the safety and well-being of our employees.
We comply with various ISO standards, including ISO
9001 (quality management system), 14001 (environ-
mental management system), and 45001 (occupational
health and safety management system), to maintain
a robust integrated management system that aligns
with international best practices, which is fundamental
to our operations and to securing a safe system of
work. All (100 %) of Ørsted’s workforce is covered by
our health and safety management system, including
our employees, contractors, and subcontractors
working under Ørsted’s supervision and control.
In addition to our QHSE policy, we have a Global
Mental Health Policy supporting the mental well-
being of our workforce, mitigating mental strain, such
as work-related stress and anxiety, and providing guid-
ance to employees and leaders on addressing these
concerns. To operationalise the Global Mental Health
Policy, we provide an organisation-wide support system
that includes leadership tools and training ( including
on psychological safety), targeted stress- mitigation
processes for teams with higher stress levels, and
comprehensive health programmes and insurance with
access to psychologists, crisis counsellors, and other
mental health professionals. In addition, we provide a
wide range of learning resources and practical tools
for employees.
//
// S1-1 and Danish FSA §107d
Diversity and inclusion
Equity, diversity, and inclusion are integral to our culture
and the way we do business. We work to ensure that
all employees thrive in a fair and inclusive workplace
where they are respected for who they are and valued
for the unique perspectives they bring. To support this,
we have adopted two policies: a Global Diversity &
Inclusion Policy and a Global Bullying, Discrimination
& Harassment Policy.
Our Global Diversity & Inclusion Policy sets out four
focus areas: ‘Women in management’: increasing the
share of women in executive and managerial positions;
Sexual orientation and gender identity’: welcoming
and including people of all sexual orientations and
gender identities; ‘Nationality’: creating an inclusive
environment that attracts and retains talented people
from all backgrounds and cultures; and ‘Recruitment:
equipping people leaders with non-discriminatory
tools and guidelines to mitigate unconscious bias.
Bullying, discrimination, and harassment
Our Global Bullying, Discrimination & Harassment
Policy, supplemented by country-specific guidelines,
prohibits all forms of bullying, discrimination, and
harassment in the workplace on grounds such as sex,
race, nationality, sexual orientation, gender identity,
religion, size, ability status, pregnancy status, age,
ethnic origin, belief, and marital status. The policy
also includes a non-retaliation statement to ensure
employees can speak up without fear of retaliation.
//
// S1-2
Engagement activities
At Ørsted, we believe in open communication and in
the importance of gaining direct insights and perspec-
tives from our own workforce on a wide variety of
matters. We view these insights as key aspects when
outlining decisions and strategies. Our Chief HR Officer
has overall responsibility for engagement activities
with our employees.
Engagement with our own employees
Updated employee engagement survey concept
To enable us to strengthen employee engagement,
we launched a new set-up in 2025 designed to foster
a more continuous and responsive framework for
listening to our people. This initiative places employee
voices at the forefront, ensuring they are heard system-
atically each quarter and underscoring our dedication
to a positive and inclusive working environment. The
framework includes comprehensive onboarding and
clear communication for people leaders, HR business
partners, and employees, ensuring everyone is well
equipped to benefit from the new approach.
As part of this enhanced approach, we have part-
nered with a new survey provider with deep expertise
in behavioural science and a focus on translating
insights into action. Through interactive, personalised
dashboards and AI-driven tools, people leaders are
empowered to conduct in-depth analysis, develop
action plans, and carry out ongoing follow-ups.
Annual and quarterly engagement surveys
In September 2025, we ran our first pulse survey:
a concise, 20-question survey focused on core engage-
ment topics. With an 81 % response rate, the survey
enabled effective and targeted measurement of
employee sentiment across the organisation, covering
key themes such as satisfaction and motivation,
inclusion, trust in leadership, change management,
and communication. The insights equipped the
Group Executive Team with valuable information for
setting the strategic direction and company-wide
focus areas, while also enabling people leaders to
identify local focus areas within their teams.
Going forward, pulse surveys will be run three times
a year, providing regular opportunities for employee
feedback in addition to our annual engagement survey,
People Matter, which consists of 90-100 questions,
enabling a comprehensive review of employee experi-
ence and engagement.
Employee communities
We continue to invest in our employee resource
groups (ERGs), collectively known as ‘Ørsted IN’, which
advocate for the inclusion of different groups across
our organisation, e.g. within race and ethnicity, gender,
LGBTQ+, age, and disability. All employees are encour-
aged to join these networks. We activate and support
the networks as strategic partners in building a thriving
culture. In 2025, we introduced summits for the chairs
of the ERGs to further shape our inclusion efforts across
the company.
Online engagement channels
Viva Engage channels provide a platform for
employees to engage in informal, global discussions
on workforce-related topics. Employees can openly
comment and ask questions to management via the
CEO channel or other channels hosted by leaders
and colleagues.
Engagement with vulnerable employees
To gain deeper insights into the perspectives of
employees who may be particularly vulnerable or
marginalised, we are taking two significant steps.
First, we are collecting more comprehensive data
across various identity dimensions. In the US, this work
has allowed us to better understand the experiences
of specific racial and ethnic communities, as well as
those related to gender, disability, and caregiving
status, with the goal of expanding this data collection
capacity globally.
94
Sustainability statements
Social / S1 Own workforce
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Second, our focus on building an inclusive workplace
extends beyond our organisation. In a global com-
pany like ours, removing unfair barriers to accessing
significant roles creates social benefits by ensuring
that diverse voices are present in decision- making
processes, particularly in areas that influence com-
munities worldwide, such as renewable energy.
We consider this in our recruitment, organisational
review, and people review processes to ensure that our
actions create both internal and external value.
Effectiveness of engagement activities
Our annual engagement survey is an effective tool
with a high response rate – typically around 90 %.
The survey is supported by follow-up activities led
by people leaders and by sessions with HR business
partners and local HR colleagues throughout the
year, aimed at actively following up on matters which
received particularly low scores.
Together with the quarterly pulse surveys, our annual
engagement survey will allow us to monitor engage-
ment more closely throughout Ørsted and respond
proactively to emerging trends.
//
// S1-3
Grievance and remedy
For information regarding our grievance mechanisms
and remedy for our own workforce, please see our
grievance and remedy overview on page 106.
//
// S1-4
Actions for health and safety
Following last year’s Ørsted Safety Days campaign,
we have concluded that the expected outcomes have
been achieved. Despite unprecedented construction
activity, we continue to see a decrease in the ‘high-risk
exposure frequency’, which is the number of incidents
that could have caused irreversible injuries or fatalities
per hours worked. The implementation of the Ørsted
life-saving rules through the campaign has undoubtedly
contributed to this improvement.
In 2025, we initiated a programme called ‘Boost QHSE’
with the objective of training and educating leaders and
people in supervisory roles. The programme combines
professional IOSH training (Institution of Occupational
Safety and Health), site-adapted training, and Ørsted-
specific training. QHSE specialists have been upskilled to
take on coaching roles as part of their existing roles, and
96 selected senior managers with organisational, asset,
project, or location responsibilities have been appointed
accountable persons for health and safety. All appointed
accountable persons have received relevant guidance,
including access to a toolbox. The effectiveness of the
programme will be measured via our annual People
Matter survey and quarterly pulse surveys.
In response to the fatalities at our US onshore wind
farm Plum Creek Wind, we have implemented several
improvements. These include frequent site inspections
and checks by Ørsted of contractors and subcon-
tractors, focusing on how they induct, onboard, and
supervise staff on site to ensure they are aware of all
risks associated with their respective tasks and the
preventative measures that must be applied before
work is initiated. In addition, the contractor we work
Key action: Preventing and addressing injuries and fatalities
with at Plum Creek Wind has introduced enhanced
supervision and dialogues with all staff and devel-
oped a software application that helps to verify and
document correct use of safety equipment. Technicians
working with blade repair from crane-hoisted baskets
or platforms must now wear an independent lifeline.
This means that, apart from the primary and secondary
wires of the basket, the technicians wear a personal
lifeline anchored to the nacelle.
During 2025, we implemented several measures to
address work-related stress and support employee
mental well-being.
We held global mandatory safety days focused on
mental health and psychological safety. The objectives
for this event were for employees to be able to: 1) define
the link between mental health and psychological
safety and explain why both are critical to a thriving
workplace; 2) identify opportunities and actions to
foster psychological safety and support mental health
at both individual and team levels; and 3) recall Ørsted’s
approach to psychological safety and its importance in
the organisational culture. All employees and contrac-
tors at our sites were asked to join one of the safety
day sessions, which were facilitated by different leaders,
including all Group Executive Team members. After
the event, people leaders were equipped with tools
to support psychological safety in their teams, and
on- demand learning was made available to all.
Furthermore, we ran a centrally led stress-mitigation
support process for teams identified as having elevated
stress in survey results. This included facilitated root
cause analysis and agreed action plans that people
leaders are accountable for executing with their teams.
In 2025, 101 teams were in scope and received support.
Our updated employee engagement survey concept
Key action: Managing stress among employees
enables more frequent measurement and faster action
on emerging stress trends.
In 2025, we introduced ‘Mental health and work-
related stress’ as a quarterly standing agenda item at
Group Executive Team meetings and Group Manage-
ment Team meetings. The objective is to present the
systemic causes of stress that need to be addressed at
the organisational level.
To prevent employees from being asked to work
beyond their contractual hours, we launched activities
last year to provide people leaders with enhanced and
more easily accessible data and analytics. This has been
done to promote ongoing monitoring of sustainable
working hours in compliance with individual employ-
ment terms, local laws, and our Global Working Hour
Commitment. All our locations now track recorded
time using analytics tools, allowing people leaders to
manage their teams effectively and highlight where
employees may be overstretched. These analytics tools
are used to monitor our compliance with our Global
Working Hour Commitment and our local policies.
During 2025, we provided remedy for employees
who have been on stress-related sickness leave.
Our people leader guide details the steps to support
employees during stress-related sickness leave and to
enable a sustainable, caring return to work. Resources
include rehabilitation, support and return-to-work
accommodations (e.g. phased schedules, flexible
location, adjusted hours, clarified priorities, and
collaboration or relationship support).
//
Action: Enhanced leadership attention on stress causes
Action: Monitoring sustainable working hours
Action: Stress-related remediation
95
Sustainability statements
Social / S1 Own workforce
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
// S1-4 and Danish FSA §107d
Actions for equity, diversity, and inclusion
To mitigate the negative impacts of unequal gender
distribution in leadership roles and to create an inclu-
sive, equitable workplace for all, we are implementing
several key actions. Alongside these, our approach
remains focused on equitable and transparent talent
processes, such as hiring, promotions, and rightsizing,
to create a more inclusive environment that supports
retention and career development for everyone.
We have established a global equity, diversity, and
inclusion (ED&I) task force to assess legal and reputa-
tional risks related to our gender balance target and
to our inclusive culture. The task force will continue its
work in 2026, with quarterly meetings to continuously
monitor the geopolitical landscape and any impacts on
our efforts that require attention or decision-making.
The task force consists of experts from various teams
across the business and provides advice to the Group
Executive Team.
Inclusive leadership is essential to achieving ED&I
outcomes. In 2025, we explored ways to develop
and activate inclusive leadership across the organi-
sation, equipping leaders to build and lead inclusive,
high- performing teams. We introduced equity reviews
– structured assessments to help ensure fairness and
reduce bias in decisions – alongside bias training as
part of our rightsizing process, and we are working
on embedding inclusive leadership behaviours in new
leadership programmes commencing in 2026.
We are embedding equity in the architecture of our
people processes. In 2025, we continued to place
inclusion at the centre of our organisational review
process, aiming to mitigate bias in succession planning
Key action: Inclusive culture and leadership
decisions. We have integrated inclusion concepts into
training for all hiring managers and interviewers.
Lastly, we have redeveloped our accessibility toolbox,
adding key guides, technical resources, and workplace
tools to help employees and leaders promote inclusion
and create a workplace that is accessible to everyone,
regardless of ability or needs.
We measure inclusion, in addition to diversity, through
a dashboard covering gender and other demographic
dimensions, which enables leaders to monitor hiring
and exit trends to inform targeted actions and drive
accountability. The KPIs and metrics we started work-
ing on last year to adopt a multi-faceted approach
to our data were implemented in 2025. This helps us
to consider factors such as gender and age in both
promotions and restructuring efforts.
//
// S1-4
Actions for employee-related risks
In October 2025, we announced that we will be reduc-
ing our organisation by approximately 2,000 positions
towards the end of 2027. The adjustment of the organ-
isation increases our competitiveness and is a natural
consequence of our strategic focus on offshore wind in
Europe and the ongoing execution of our current 8.1 GW
construction programme towards the end of 2027. Amid
increased uncertainty, our focus has been to provide our
leaders with clarity about our situation and to ask them to
take a very active role in communicating with their teams.
We also undertook a process to identify employees who
are essential to retain and ensured that they have been
made explicitly aware of their importance to the company.
Action: Transparency through data
Key action: Developing our employees
One of our three strategic aspirations is to be the leading
workplace for talent in offshore wind. We will continue
to invest in leadership development, strengthen talent
pipelines, and foster a high-performance culture built
on collaboration and performance management.
//
// S1-5
Targets
Safety
We use the total recordable injury rate (TRIR), which
means incidents requiring medical treatment per
1,000,000 hours worked, as a metric to monitor safety
performance for employees and contractor employees
working at our sites. TRIR is monitored and reported
monthly. This includes safety presentations on con-
struction projects to the Group Executive Team, the
QHSE Committee, and the Board of Directors. In 2025,
we met our TRIR target of 2.5, and we continue our
efforts towards a target of 2.3 for 2026. Updated TRIR
targets are established every year in Q4, based on past
performance, expected impact of improvement initia-
tives, and expected level and complexity of activities.
The TRIR targets are proposed by the different organisa-
tional areas, validated by the QHSE department, and then
discussed and approved by the Group Executive Team.
Senior management is consequently fully involved in
monitoring safety performance and establishing future
targets. If safety performance for a specific entity dete-
riorates, the Group Executive Team is very clear and
visible in formulating its expectations for improvement
and allocating relevant and competent resources.
Gender balance
We have a gender target of a 40:60 (women:men)
balance across Ørsted by 2030. The target ensures
that we carefully consider gender balance and mitigate
bias when we hire and promote talent, and when we
review data on those leaving the organisation.
We track our employee demographics, including
gender, through a dedicated dashboard available to all
employees. Additionally, we consistently review talent
management and talent acquisition processes, such as
hiring, promotions, and redundancies, against our gender
targets to ensure alignment and progress. Standardised
gender diversity KPIs (and analytics tools to track them)
introduced in 2025 are used across the business during
quarterly business review meetings with leadership
teams. These efforts allow us to continuously monitor
and advance our gender targets across the organisation.
Satisfaction
Due to our updated employee engagement survey
concept, including a change of survey provider, we are
unable to maintain continuity between previous and
updated satisfaction and motivation metrics. While we
still measure satisfaction and motivation (on a quar-
terly basis), we need to build a baseline for these new
metrics before setting new targets. Therefore, 2025
was a transition year, during which we assessed new
metrics and a new target for reporting in 2026.
In the absence of benchmarkable satisfaction and moti-
vation scores, leadership teams have used the standard
employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) to assess employee
sentiment. Unfortunately, we saw a significant drop in
eNPS across the company in 2025. Anonymous comments
in the 2025 pulse survey indicate that employee sentiment
is affected by industry headwinds and uncertainty caused
by the changes Ørsted has undergone throughout 2024
and into 2025. It is the responsibility of our people leaders
to create action plans that focus on increasing employee
sentiment so it returns to the desired level.
//
96
Sustainability statements
Social / S1 Own workforce
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Accounting policies
Number of employees
The reporting covers contractually employed
employees in all Ørsted companies.
Employee data is recognised based on records
from the Groups ordinary registration systems
and is determined as the number of employees
at the end of the reporting period. Employees
who have been made redundant are recognised
until the expiry of their notice period, regardless
of whether they have been released from all or
some of their duties during their notice period.
The number of FTEs is determined as the number
of employees converted to full-time equivalents.
Sickness absence
Sickness absence is calculated as the ratio
between the number of sick days and the
planned number of annual working days.
Turnover
The employee turnover rate is calculated as the
number of permanent employees who have left
the company (excl. divestments) relative to the
average number of permanent employees in the
financial year.
People
ESRS reference Number of employees Unit 2025 2024 Δ
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii) Total number of employees (as of 31 December) Head count 8,005 8,407 (5 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Denmark
Head count 3,702
3,984
(7 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
The UK
Head count 1,261
1,272
(1 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Malaysia
Head count 707
792
(11 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Poland
Head count 827
783
6 %
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
The US
Head count 645
720
(10 %)
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Germany
Head count 400
390
3 %
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Taiwan
Head count 204
199
3 %
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
The Netherlands
Head count 107
105
2 %
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Ireland
Head count 106
100
6 %
// S1-6, 50(a); SBM-1, 40(a)(iii)
Other
1
Head count 46
62
(26 %)
Entity-specific Number of employees (as of 31 December) FTE 7,896 8,278 (5 %)
Entity-specific Average number of employees during the year FTE 8,146 8,496 (4 %)
Entity-specific Sickness absence % 2.1 2.1 0.0 %p
Turnover
// S1-6, 50(c) Number of employees who left the company Head count 1,221 1,190 3 %
// S1-6, 50(c) Employee turnover rate % 15.3 14.3 1.0 %p
Entity-specific Number of employees who left the company voluntarily Head count 485 723 (33 %)
Entity-specific Voluntary employee turnover rate % 6.1 8.7 (2.6 %p)
1
Distribution in other countries in 2025:
Korea (16), Vietnam (9), Spain (8), Singapore (6),
Sweden (5), Norway (2).
The number of employees was 5 % lower at the end
of 2025 than at the end of 2024.
Ørsted’s voluntary employee turnover decreased
by 2.6 percentage points in 2025, whereas the total
turn-over increased by 1.0 percentage point.
The reduction in the total number of employees and
increase in total turnover for 2025 were related to
organisational adjustments, including redundancies,
aimed at increasing our competitiveness and are a
natural consequence of our strategic focus on offshore
wind in Europe and the ongoing execution of our
current 8.1 GW construction programme towards the
end of 2027.
The decrease in voluntary turnover reflects global
employment trends. Industries in general have seen
decreasing voluntary turnover due to layoffs driven by
macroeconomic uncertainty and the adoption of AI,
which has reduced the need for entry-level positions,
increasing the supply of experienced talent in the
market. In such a tight labour market, employees are
much less likely to leave their current positions without
an alternative.
97
Sustainability statements
Social / S1 Own workforce
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Accounting policies
Senior directors and above
Consists of the Group Executive Team, our senior
vice presidents, our vice presidents, and our
senior directors.
People leaders
People leaders are defined as all people with
direct reports (responsibilities for staff).
Contract type
Employees on permanent contracts include
all employees on permanent, non-time-bound
contracts. Employees on temporary contracts
include all employees on time-bound contracts.
No employees within Ørsted are employed on a
non-guaranteed hour basis.
Gender pay gap
The gender pay gap is calculated based on
individual gender pay gaps in countries with
at least 50 employees. For each country, the
difference of average pay levels between
female and male employees is expressed as the
percentage of the average pay level of male
employees. Employees who have been employed
for for the full reporting year are included in the
calculation. Gender pay gaps per country have
been indexed to represent the average gender
pay gap for the Group. The metric excludes
other factors impacting pay levels (e.g. career
level and work experience).
CEO pay ratio
The CEO pay ratio is calculated as the ratio
between the CEO’s total awarded remuneration
(fixed salary, including personal benefits, such
as a company car, free telephone, etc., variable
salary, and share-based payment at grant value)
and the median annual base remuneration for
all employees who were employed at the end of
the reporting period.
Diversity and remuneration
1
The gender data reflects the binary options of ‘male’ and ‘female
as captured by our data systems. Many of these options are based
on sex as recorded in official documents and do not fully represent
the diversity of gender identities.
ESRS reference Diversity, head count 2025 2024 Δ
// S1-9, 66(a) Group Executive Team, members 6 5 20 %
// S1-9, 66(a) Gender with lowest representation (female), % 33 20 13 %p
Entity-specific Senior directors and above 182 187 (3 %)
Entity-specific Gender with lowest representation (female), % 25 24 1 %p
Entity-specific People leaders 1,026 1,032 (1 %)
Entity-specific Gender with lowest representation (female), % 34 33 1 %p
// S1-6, 50(a) Female employees 2,696 2,854 (6 %)
// S1-6, 50(a) Male employees 5,309 5,553 (4 %)
// S1-6, 50(a) Gender with lowest representation (female), % 34 34 (0 %p)
// S1-9, 66(b) Employees under 30 years 1,105 1,183 (7 %)
// S1-9, 66(b) Employees between 30-50 years 5,394 5,624 (4 %)
// S1-9, 66(b) Employees above 50 years 1,506 1,600 (6%)
ESRS reference Remuneration metrics
// S1-16, 97(a) Gender pay gap, % 11 14 (3 %p)
// S1-16, 97(b) CEO pay ratio 30 28 7 %
ESRS reference Contract type
1
, head count
// S1-6, 50(b)(i) Permanent employees 7,796 8,212 (5 %)
// S1-6, 50(b)(i) Female 2,593 2,760 (6 %)
// S1-6, 50(b)(i) Male 5,203 5,452 (5 %)
// S1-6, 50(b)(ii) Temporary employees 209 195 7 %
// S1-6, 50(b)(ii) Female 103 94 10 %
// S1-6, 50(b)(ii) Male 106 101 5 %
// S1-6, 50(b)(iii) Non-guaranteed hours employees 0 0 0 %
The changes made to the Group Executive Team in
2025 brought its size to six members, resulting in an
increased female representation of 33 %.
We have a gender diversity target of 40 % women
across Ørsted by 2030. The target is tracked at three
levels: senior directors and above, people leaders,
and all employees. While we continue to hire women
at a proportionally higher rate than their current
representation, the overall impact on our target was
limited in 2025, with 37 % of new hires being women.
In 2025, 97 % of our employees were employed on
a permanent basis.
We are committed to fair and equal pay and have a
constant focus on ensuring equal pay for equal positions
and competences in relation to all aspects of the
salary- relevant processes from hiring to promotion.
In 2025, our gender pay gap decreased by 3 percent-
age points compared to 2024. The decrease was
driven by a small increase in the share of women in
higher-level positions in 2025 compared to 2024, as
well as our continued focus on ensuring fair and equal
pay. The gender pay gap percentage describes the
average difference in pay between men and women
irrespective of country, position type, and career level.
The share of women in higher-level leadership positions
is significantly lower than in the remaining part of the
organisation, resulting in average pay for women being
lower than average pay for men in most countries.
98
Sustainability statements
Social / S1 Own workforce
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Accounting policies
The scoping and consolidation of safety data
entails that we include 100 % of injuries, hours
worked, etc. from all operations with employees,
contractors, and subcontractors working under
Ørsteds’ supervision and control.
The lost-time injury frequency (LTIF) is calcu-
lated as the number of lost-time injuries per
one million hours worked. The number of hours
worked is based on 1,667 working hours annu-
ally per full-time equivalent and monthly records
of the number of employees converted into
full-time equivalents. For contractors and sub-
contractors (combined contractor employees),
the actual number of hours worked is recognised
on the basis of data provided by them, access
control systems at locations, or estimates.
LTIF includes lost-time injuries defined as injuries
that result in an incapacity to work for one or
more calendar days in addition to the day of
the incident.
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR) is calculated in
the same way as LTIF, but in addition to lost-time
injuries, TRIR also includes injuries where the
injured person is able to perform restricted work
the day after the accident as well as injuries
where the injured person has received medical
treatment.
Permanent disability cases are injuries resulting
in irreversible damage with permanent impair-
ment which is not expected to improve.
Fatalities are the number of employees and
contractor employees who lost their lives as a
result of a work-related incident. Fatalities are
included in both LTIs and TRIs.
Safety
The total recordable injury rate (TRIR) decreased
by 7 %, while the lost time injury frequency (LTIF)
decreased by 13 %.
In 2025, our total number of recordable injuries
increased by 11 injuries (13 %), driven by 10 additional
injuries (15 %) recorded among contractor employees
compared to 2024. The increase in recordable injuries
among contractor employees was associated with
the 45 % increase in the number of hours worked
among contractor employees in 2025.
ESRS reference Safety Unit 2025 2024 Δ
// S1-14, 88(c) Total recordable injuries (TRIs) Number 96 85 13 %
// S1-14, 88(c) Own employees Number 20 19 5 %
// S1-14, 88(c) Contractor employees Number 76 66 15 %
Entity-specific Lost-time injuries (LTIs) Number 48 45 7 %
Entity-specific Own employees Number 13 11 18 %
Entity-specific Contractor employees Number 35 34 3 %
// S1-14, 88(c) Hours worked Million hours worked 37.9 30.9 23 %
// S1-14, 88(c) Own employees Million hours worked 13.6 14.1 (4 %)
// S1-14, 88(c) Contractor employees Million hours worked 24.3 16.8 45 %
// S1-14, 88(c) Total recordable injury rate (TRIR) Injuries per million hours worked 2.5 2.7 (7 %)
// S1-14, 88(c) Own employees Injuries per million hours worked 1.5 1.3 15 %
// S1-14, 88(c) Contractor employees Injuries per million hours worked 3.1 3.9 (21 %)
Entity-specific Lost-time injury frequency (LTIF) Injuries per million hours worked 1.3 1.5 (13 %)
Entity-specific Own employees Injuries per million hours worked 1.0 0.8 25 %
Entity-specific Contractor employees Injuries per million hours worked 1.4 2.0 (30 %)
// S1-14, 88(b) Fatalities Number 2 0 2
// S1-14, 88(b) Own employees Number 0 0 0
// S1-14, 88(b) Contractor employees Number 2 0 2
Entity-specific Permanent disability cases Number 1 0 1
The total number of lost-time injuries (LTIs) increased
by three, as the number of LTIs increased by two among
our own employees, while it increased by one for our
contractor employees.
The total amount of hours worked in 2025 was 23 %
higher than in 2024, with an increase of 45 % in con-
tractor working hours driven by higher project activity
compared to 2024.
Unfortunately, a tragic incident involving a subcon-
tractor at our US onshore wind farm Plum Creek Wind
resulted in two fatalities in February 2025. In response
to the fatalities, we implemented several safety
improvements during 2025.
99
Sustainability statements
Social / S1 Own workforce
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Workers in the
value chain
The renewable energy transition impacts the lives
of many, including people working across renewable
energy supply chains. At Ørsted, we want to support
a just transition by promoting jobs that offer decent
wages, secure employment, safe working conditions,
and a working environment where workers are free to
express concerns and exercise their right to organise.
// S2, SBM-3
Material impacts and risks
We have assessed impacts and risks related to workers
in our value chain, focusing primarily on first-tier suppliers
but also considering workers further out in our supply
chain. Our assessment draws on both industry insights
and internal knowledge gained through our engage-
ment in various forums, such as Ethical Trade Denmark,
SolarPower Europe, and the Dutch International
Responsible Business Conduct (IRBC) Agreement for
the Renewable Energy Sector.
Types of impacted value chain workers
Our projects involve a diverse range of workers across
the value chain, including those involved in upstream
activities, such as the extraction of minerals and metals,
refining, manufacturing, logistics, and transportation,
as well as workers in on-site construction, particularly
offshore. This group also includes workers at project
sites who are not part of our own workforce, such
as subcontracted and temporary workers. Within
these categories, some workers may face heightened
vulnerability, including migrant workers, women, young
workers, members of minority ethnic groups, and
workers exposed to unsafe working conditions.
As part of our due diligence approach, we conduct
detailed assessments, including interviews, to better
understand how vulnerable worker groups may be at
greater risk of harm within our value chain. Through
our impact assessment processes, we have identified
that workers in high-risk sectors such as fabrication,
logistics, maritime operations, and mining – especially
those working under unsafe conditions – are more
likely to experience issues related to inadequate
employment practices.
Our material negative impacts on value chain workers
are linked to the transition to renewable energy, as our
value chain is dependent on sourcing and manufacturing
in less regulated markets. These impacts are often wide-
spread and systemic across commodity supply chains in
Africa, Asia, and Latin America, particularly for essential
materials and components used in renewable energy
projects, including minerals and metals used in wind
turbines, cables, and solar panels.
Material negative impacts on our suppliers’ workers
primarily relate to inadequate working conditions and
working hours exceeding contractual limits. Such con-
ditions can lead to fatigue, stress, and an increased risk
of injuries. Over time, this may undermine both physical
and mental health, disrupt work-life balance, and, in
severe cases, cause long-term health issues that impair
the ability to work.
Negative impact · Actual & potential · Value chain
Inadequate working conditions leading to health, safety,
and work-life balance issues for supply chain workers
Negative impact · Actual & potential · Value chain
Forced labour impacting value chain workers’ rights,
well-being, and livelihoods
Furthermore, workers in global supply chains,
particularly in regions with weak labour protections,
may be exposed to forced labour, including through
debt bondage. This can occur when workers are
required to pay high recruitment fees. Such debt
restricts workers’ freedom to leave their jobs and
creates coercive conditions. Specific incidents of state-
imposed forced labour have been identified in the solar
PV supply chain, along with broader allegations of
supplier misconduct in the production of key compo-
nents. These practices may violate the right to free
movement and can have severe short-, medium-, and
long-term impacts on workers’ rights, well-being, and
the livelihoods of their families.
// S2-1 and S2-4
We are currently not able to fully assess our entire
value chain for instances of non-respect of the UN
Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the
ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights
at Work, or the OECD Guidelines for Multinational
Enterprises that involve value chain workers, besides
the indications from our external risk ratings and
controversy reports, which have not identified any
material incidents.
//
We recognise the exposure to risks related to forced
labour and inadequate labour protections within com-
plex, multi-tiered supply chains for critical materials.
Key materials include minerals and metals, such as
rare earth elements for wind turbine magnets, copper
for export and array cables, lithium for batteries,
and silica for solar panels. These materials are often
sourced from geographical regions where enforcement
of labour protections is weaker, increasing the risk of
forced and child labour.
Risk · Value chain
Forced labour allegations or misconduct in our renewable
energy supply chain resulting in e.g. reputational damage
These risks arise from the reliance of renewable
energy projects on globally sourced raw materials
and labour-intensive supply chains, particularly in
high-risk regions. Such risks may disproportionately
affect vulnerable groups, including migrant workers,
women, young workers, and individuals working under
unsafe conditions.
//
// S2-1
Policies
For information regarding our policies related to
value chain workers – namely our Global Human
Rights Policy, Stakeholder Engagement Policy, and
Just Transition Policy – please see our global policies
overview on page 93.
Within our Global Human Rights Policy, there are
several human rights commitments relevant to
workers in the value chain. These include:
· eliminating all forms of forced or compulsory labour
· ensuring the effective abolition of child labour
· eliminating discrimination in respect of employment
and occupation
· ensuring freedom of association and the effective
recognition of the right to collective bargaining.
In addition to our global policies, we have our Code
of Conduct for Business Partners, which defines the
minimum standards which our business partners should
respect and comply with to continue doing business
with Ørsted.
//
S2
100
Sustainability statements
Social / S2 Workers in the value chain
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
// S2-2 and G1-2
Engagement activities
Engagement with suppliers and business partners
Our supplier engagement is guided by the OECD
due diligence principles and continuous efforts to
deepen our understanding of potential impacts and
risks within our supply chain. We work closely with
key suppliers to identify and address these impacts
and risks, enhance transparency and accountability,
and ensure that workers’ voices are heard and their
concerns addressed. Our engagement aims to detect,
prevent, and address risks related to human rights
violations, focusing on fair treatment, safe workplaces,
and compliance with international labour standards.
Our Chief Construction Officer has overall responsibil-
ity for engagement activities with our suppliers and
business partners.
Supplier selection criteria
Our procurement process ensures that relevant
offshore supplier categories (excluding EU tenders)
go through a pre-qualification process that includes
an early screening and evaluation against our code
of conduct and QHSE requirements, among others.
This ensures that suppliers are evaluated and approved
on social and environmental criteria before the sourcing
process starts.
Our systematic and risk-based due diligence process
assesses our partners’ and suppliers’ adherence to
our Code of Conduct for Business Partners. Regular
supplier assessments evaluate labour conditions and
the implementation of management systems to safe-
guard workers’ rights. We use risk screenings, extended
risk screenings, and code of conduct assessments in
our supplier and business partner evaluations, which
may occur both before and after contract signing.
This process is integrated with our global procurement
system and follows four key steps to drive progress and
continuous improvement:
1. Commitment: Upon entering a contract with Ørsted,
suppliers sign and commit to complying with our
code of conduct.
2. Risk screening: Based on country risk, category risk,
and spend, we prioritise business partners for further
engagement.
3. Assessment: We evaluate adherence to our code
of conduct by reviewing management systems and
practices. Assessments typically involve desktop
reviews and interviews, conducted by an internal
team or external auditors with local language
and cultural expertise. Follow-up engagement is
conducted as needed.
4. Improvement: Where gaps are identified, we work
with suppliers and business partners to improve
adherence to our social, environmental, and ethical
expectations, followed by regular touch points to
ensure effective implementation of the improvement
plan. When we identify that suppliers or business
partners intentionally fail or repeatedly neglect
the improvement plans, we reserve the right to
terminate the business relationship.
Engagement with value chain workers
To ensure that our decisions and activities reflect
the perspectives of value chain workers, we engage
directly with them where feasible, as well as with
worker representatives and credible proxies, such
as trade unions with knowledge of local conditions.
These engagements, which include regular dialogues
and consultations, provide valuable insights into
the working conditions and concerns of workers,
particularly those who may be especially vulnerable,
such as migrant workers.
The insights we gather from value chain workers help
shape our risk assessments and inform our supplier
engagement strategies for identifying, assessing, and
addressing actual and potential impacts on workers.
Through this approach, we work to uphold fair labour
practices and foster safe, dignified, and inclusive working
environments across our operations and partnerships.
Effectiveness of engagement activities
To measure the effectiveness of our engagements,
we assess the outcomes of our supplier assessments
on an ongoing basis, including any agreements or
remediation actions implemented. We continuously
work to improve our approach, aiming to ultimately
enhance conditions for value chain workers.
//
// S2-3
Grievance and remedy
For information regarding our grievance mechanisms
and remedy for value chain workers, please see our
grievance and remedy overview on page 106.
//
// S2-4
Actions
We work to ensure the health, safety, and well-being of
all workers in our supply chain, while actively mitigating
negative impacts and risks related to working conditions
and labour rights. We manage our negative impacts on
value chain workers by focusing on responsible sourcing,
promoting labour rights, and addressing environmental
and social impacts and risks.
In 2025, we continued our efforts to increase supply
chain transparency, with a focus on the origin of key
metals such as copper, aluminium, and steel, which
are essential to our projects. To support this, we are
engaging suppliers and establishing data collection
processes to map the countries of extraction for these
materials. This enables us to better identify and address
social and environmental impacts and risks in our
supply chain.
We have previously piloted blockchain technology
to track copper usage at one of our UK wind farms.
The pilot improved visibility of copper sourcing and
illustrated how digital solutions can strengthen
traceability and inform dialogues with partners on
responsible sourcing. We will continue working closely
with key suppliers to enhance the traceability of
critical materials and increase transparency across
our supply chain.
Ørsted is a member of the Worker Welfare Group,
a collaboration of companies in the energy sector
which are committed to strengthening labour rights
and worker welfare in Singapores marine construction
sector. The group works closely with local stakeholders
Key action: Supply chain transparency
Key action: Partnership with the Worker Welfare Group
Code of Conduct for Business Partners
Objective: To define the minimum standards which
our business partners should comply with and provide
guidelines to assist our business partners in improving their
sustainability performance
Scope: Our suppliers, contractors, and business partners;
communities affected by our activities
Accountability: Chief Construction Officer
Alignment with third-party standards or frameworks:
UNGPs, International Bill of Human Rights, ILO Conven-
tions, OECD Due Diligence Guidance, UN Global Compact,
Maritime Labour Convention, US Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act, UK Bribery Act, IFC Performance Standards, Equator
Principles 4
Availability: Code of Conduct for Business Partners
101
Sustainability statements
Social / S2 Workers in the value chain
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
to promote the implementation of its principles and
guidelines, which are designed to help the sector meet
international standards.
In 2025, the group advanced its collective approach
by facilitating cross-industry knowledge sharing
and deepening engagement with key stakeholders
in Singapore. A key area of progress was the launch
of a pilot programme focused on delivering super-
visor behaviour training. The two-day pilot trained
39 supervisors and covered safety leadership, labour
rights, respectful behaviour, and grievance manage-
ment. Supervisors responded positively, reporting
increased confidence and a clearer sense of their role
in advancing worker welfare.
We participate in the Initiative for Responsible Mining
Assurance (IRMA) to promote responsible sourcing
of critical minerals and third-party verification of
mining practices. In 2025, IRMA audits increasingly
focused on metals essential for renewable energy
technologies, reinforcing the initiatives role in our
supply chain. The growing participation of renew-
able energy companies has amplified the industry’s
voice within IRMA and supported the expansion of
its geographical scope.
In 2025, we continued our engagement in the
International Responsible Business Conduct (IRBC)
Agreement for the Renewable Energy Sector. Together
with other wind developers and industry partners, we
continued to address issues related to workers’ rights,
including in minerals and metals supply chains. As part
of the IRBC Agreement, we participate in the annual
maturity assessment against the OECD guidelines.
Action: Initiative for Responsible Mining Assurance (IRMA)
Action: International Responsible Business Conduct
(IRBC) Agreement
In 2025, our score reaffirmed Ørsted’s position as an
industry leader driving responsible business conduct
across the renewable energy supply chain.
In 2025, we implemented our code of conduct due
diligence in our procurement pre-qualification process.
We also piloted a new external system to support a
more comprehensive and effective supplier screening
process ahead of contract signing. The system includes
AI-enabled adverse media screenings to identify poten-
tial issues related to core human and labour rights topics.
In 2025, we piloted a new tool for engaging with value
chain workers: an anonymous worker survey that
enables us to gather insights from a large number of
workers at once. We will then have a dialogue with
our suppliers based on the results. We are evaluating
whether this engagement should become a permanent
element of our due diligence process.
//
// S2-5
Targets
Currently, we have not adopted targets related to
value chain workers. However, in 2025, we established
our Human Rights Task Force to drive implementation
of our human rights road map, strengthening our due
diligence systems and ensuring compliance with the
upcoming Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence
Directive (CSDDD).
//
Action: Enhanced supplier screening processes
Action: New engagement tool for value chain workers
Accounting policies
Risk screenings and due diligence activities
These are determined by the construction
schedule of projects and procurement priorities.
Risk screenings are conducted on all new
sourcing contracts above DKK 3 million based
on country and category risks. Based on the
risk screening evaluation, extended risk screen-
ings of selected contracts with additional risk
parameters are conducted, including labour
characteristics related to e.g. migrant workers’
and seafarers’ rights. Screenings and extended
screenings also take place for suppliers of coal
and biomass as well as top-spend suppliers.
Due diligence activities are carried out based
on the results of individual screenings and risk
assessments. The activities are conducted
as desktop assessments and inspections or
on-site assessments and inspections, which
often include a visit to the production facili-
ties by Ørsted or a third party. Assessments
also include potential suppliers (i.e. no signed
contracts yet) as part of the tender process.
The results from the assessments are managed
through different programmes, and improve-
ment plans are developed and implemented in
collaboration with the suppliers.
Risk screenings
In 2025, the number of risk screenings conducted
decreased by 10 %. Of the 311 risk screenings
performed, 39 required extended screenings using
additional risk parameters, a 7 % decrease from
2024. The decrease was due to slight decreases in
the total number of contracts screened and in the
average risk score.
Due diligence activities
Desktop code of conduct (CoC) assessments de-
creased by 37 % to 12 in 2025 due to a temporary
change in risk focus and assessment methodology,
while on-site CoC assessments increased to 6.
In 2025, 112 desktop health, safety, and environment
(HSE) assessments were conducted, similar to 2024.
On-site HSE assessments decreased by 14 % to 50
due to reduced project activities on site.
Desktop vessel inspections decreased by 20 % in
2025 to 57 due to a change in the assessment scope
and methodology, while physical vessel inspections
remained at a similar level to 2024.
Entity-specific
Supply chain due diligence
Supply chain due diligence, number 2025 2024 Δ
Risk screenings
Risk screenings (all contracts above DKK 3 million) 311 344 (10 %)
Extended risk screenings 39 42 (7 %)
Due diligence activities
Code of Conduct (CoC) assessments – desktop 12 19 (37 %)
Code of Conduct (CoC) assessments – on-site 6 5 20 %
Health, safety, and environment (HSE) assessments – desktop 112 114 (2 %)
Health, safety, and environment (HSE) assessments – on-site 50 58 (14 %)
Vessel inspections – desktop 57 71 (20 %)
Vessel inspections – physical 424 429 (1 %)
102
Sustainability statements
Social / S2 Workers in the value chain
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Affected
communities
We are committed to creating meaningful opportuni-
ties and long-term value for the communities where
we develop, construct, and operate renewable energy
assets. This includes not only avoiding or mitigating
negative impacts but also seeking ways to deliver
lasting positive impacts that ensure the benefits of the
green transition are shared equitably. We are committed
to respecting human rights, promoting an inclusive and
diverse industry, and generating economic and social
value for those affected by our projects.
// S3, SBM-3
Material impacts and risks
We recognise the importance of identifying and
understanding the diverse communities that may be
affected by our renewable energy projects. Accordingly,
we have identified and assessed several impacts and
risks related to affected communities, focusing specif-
ically on local communities and Indigenous Peoples
near our sites and in our upstream value chain.
Types of affected communities
Our operations and value chain may impact various
types of communities, potentially leading to human
rights concerns and other social impacts.
Through our impact assessment processes, we identify
local communities living near our sites that may be
negatively or positively impacted by our operations.
This typically includes groups such as local residents,
fishers, farmers, and similar stakeholders. The findings
from our impact assessments subsequently inform
our due diligence and double materiality assessment
(DMA) processes. Similarly, local communities in our
value chain may be affected – for example those living
near extraction sites for minerals and metals used in
renewable energy projects, including rare earth ele-
ments for wind turbines and solar panels.
Indigenous Peoples may also be affected by our
operations, including the development of wind and
solar farms. Furthermore, companies across our value
chain may operate on or near Indigenous lands. In
these contexts, the cultural heritage and traditional
land rights of Indigenous Peoples are particularly
at risk.
In general, our material impacts are widespread and
systemic, particularly in regions where we develop
renewable energy projects or source key materials for
our technologies. These impacts arise as part of the
transition to renewable energy and include challenges
associated with innovation and restructuring, such as
the increased demand for minerals and metals essen-
tial to renewable energy technologies.
Negative health impacts on affected communities
from pollution primarily occur within our supply chain.
These include both actual and potential negative
health implications from air, water, and soil pollution
associated with mining activities. Such impacts are
widely recognised as systemic within the renewable
energy industry. As part of our due diligence process,
we have identified an extraction site in our supply
chain which is linked to reports of adverse impacts
on local communities related to air pollution and
water contamination.
Negative impact · Actual & potential · Value chain
Community health impacts from pollution linked to raw
material extraction in the supply chain
We have identified that the rights and livelihoods of
Indigenous Peoples are or may be affected during the
development and construction of our renewable energy
assets. However, we work to minimise our impact,
recognising the importance of protecting Indigenous
rights. Such impacts may also arise in our supply chain.
// S3-1 and S3-4
We are currently not able to fully assess our entire
value chain for instances of non-respect of the UN
Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the
ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights
at Work, or the OECD Guidelines for Multinational
Enterprises that involve affected communities, besides
the indications from our external risk ratings and
controversy reports, which have not identified any
material incidents.
//
We actively work to implement initiatives that foster
community development, consulting stakeholders to
address their specific needs. Involving local communities
in the planning and development phases of renewable
energy projects enables us to address their concerns,
align our activities with community interests, and
promote shared benefits, such as job creation, socio-
economic development, and overall community
well-being.
Negative impact · Actual & potential ·
Value chain & own operations
Indigenous Peoples’ rights and livelihoods disrespected or
disrupted during development and construction or in our
supply chain of raw materials
Positive impact · Actual · Own operations
Improved community socio-economic well-being through local
value creation, such as skills development, community ser-
vices, public infrastructure improvements, and job creation
For instance, we provide education and skilling
programmes to develop competences in renewable
energy technologies. This equips community members
to pursue employment within our projects or the wider
industry, supporting local job creation. Additionally, we
invest in community infrastructure to enhance public
facilities and improve living standards.
We have identified three material financial risks in
our operations that arise from our interactions with,
and dependencies on, affected communities. First,
local community resistance and stakeholder concerns
towards renewable energy projects – if not proactively
addressed – can lead to project delays, increased costs
from operational disruptions, potential legal costs from
community lawsuits, and political or reputational risks.
This risk is especially significant in industrialised or rural
areas where communities rely on the same natural
resources, such as land or water, or infrastructure that
our operations may affect.
The risk can also materialise if community expecta-
tions regarding engagement and shared benefits are
inadequately addressed. For instance, in wind or solar
projects, disputes over access to land or sea space,
shared infrastructure, or environmental concerns,
including biodiversity impacts, can hinder progress
for existing projects and limit future opportunities in
these areas.
Second, the increasing emphasis on local content within
social impact requirements in tender processes poses
Risk · Own operations
Local community resistance and stakeholder concerns
towards renewable energy projects
Risk · Own operations
Increasing emphasis on local content within social impact
requirements in tender processes
S3
103
Sustainability statements
Social / S3 Affected communities
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
a risk. While local content and community engage-
ment can drive meaningful social and economic value,
achieving these ambitions in markets with nascent
supply chains requires active engagement, capacity
building, and transparent communication to bridge
gaps between expectations and practical delivery.
Third, failing to secure consent from Indigenous Peoples
through an adequate free, prior, and informed consent
(FPIC) process presents a risk, particularly in regions like
the US and Australia, where Indigenous communities
maintain strong cultural and historical ties to their
lands. Such failure may arise from insufficient engage-
ment by authorities, business partners, and prior
stakeholders, among others. Failure to ensure consent
through an adequate FPIC process can result in project
delays, added costs, and strained relationships that
may limit future opportunities in these regions.
//
// S3-1
Policies
For information regarding our policies related to
affected communities – namely our Global Human
Rights Policy, Stakeholder Engagement Policy, and
Just Transition Policy – please see our global policies
overview on page 93.
Within our Global Human Rights Policy, there are
several human rights commitments relevant to
affected communities. These include:
· respecting Indigenous Peoples, minorities, and
other vulnerable groups in line with international
law and standards
Risk · Own operations
Failure to secure free, prior, and informed consent (FPIC) with
Indigenous Peoples
· respecting the land rights of legitimate tenure
rights holders
· ensuring the safety and protection of defenders
of human rights, the environment, or Indigenous
Peoples who lawfully exercise their freedom of
speech, and mandating that our business partners
do the same.
The policy also includes specific provisions to respect
Indigenous land rights, cultures, and traditional prac-
tices, and it commits us to engaging with Indigenous
communities early in the planning process of our
renewable energy projects, ensuring that their input is
considered and incorporated into project design and
implementation. This includes honouring the principle
of FPIC as fundamental to our engagement strategy.
In addition to our global policies, we have our Code
of Conduct for Business Partners, which is relevant
for communities affected by our activities. For more
details, please see ‘S2 Workers in the value chain.
//
// S3 -2
Engagement activities
Engagement with affected communities
We aim to exceed minimum regulatory requirements
in our engagement with affected communities, recog-
nising that such engagement is essential to securing
and sustaining the social licence for renewable energy
development.
To ensure that our decisions reflect local perspectives
and that affected communities are considered in
project planning and decision-making processes, we
proactively engage with community stakeholders and
local organisations. This includes engagement with
communities, their legitimate representatives, local
NGOs, and government representatives to gain insights
into their needs and concerns. We have also begun to
integrate coherent requirements for human rights due
diligence into the development and operation of our
projects, while retaining flexibility so that each project
can adapt practices to local requirements and commu-
nity needs. Our Chief Development Officer has overall
responsibility for engagement activities with affected
communities.
We engage in early and ongoing dialogue with local
communities and Indigenous Peoples through con-
sultation sessions, community meetings, and surveys.
Community liaison officers, often recruited from local
communities, support dialogue through public meet-
ings, consultations, and other interactions. Engagement
may be carried out at different frequencies and at
various stages of a project, usually beginning in the
planning phase and continuing through development,
construction, and operation. This enables us to gather
insights, co-create mitigation measures, and integrate
feedback into project planning and execution.
We place importance on engaging with vulnerable or
marginalised communities, including environmental
justice communities, to ensure that their concerns are
addressed. We engage with Indigenous communities
in the US and Australia, and we aim to secure FPIC for
projects affecting Indigenous lands or territories, which
ensures that their rights and cultural, intellectual,
religious, and spiritual heritage are respected.
Effectiveness of engagement activities
Local project managers and directors oversee engage-
ment processes on their projects and ensure that
community feedback is considered in project decisions.
We document agreements and outcomes resulting
from these engagements to ensure transparency
and accountability.
//
// S3-3
Grievance and remedy
For information regarding our grievance mechanisms
and remedy for affected communities, please see our
grievance and remedy overview on page 106.
//
// S3-4
Actions
We work to prevent, mitigate, and remediate actual
and potential negative impacts on affected com-
munities and Indigenous Peoples. We manage these
impacts through a variety of initiatives to address the
economic, social, and cultural rights of local communi-
ties, as well as the rights of Indigenous Peoples, while
creating lasting positive impacts for these groups.
Local people and businesses play a vital role in the
growth of the renewable energy industry. In the US, we
have developed a workforce development programme
that has provided union workers with necessary cre-
dentials for working offshore. The training programme
started in 2024 and was delivered in part at the National
Offshore Wind Training Center (NOWTC) in New York.
In 2025, we expanded our workforce development
efforts in the Asia-Pacific region by signing a memo-
randum of understanding with TAFE Gippsland and
Federation University to support Australia’s offshore
wind energy workforce. Through these partnerships,
we are committed to empowering local workers and
students to join Australia’s offshore wind industry by
supporting relevant training and education initiatives
and fostering a diverse and skilled local workforce.
Key action: Workforce development training programme
104
Sustainability statements
Social / S3 Affected communities
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
To deliver lasting positive impacts in local communities,
we support initiatives that promote local employment,
provide educational opportunities, and enhance public
infrastructure and overall community well-being.
In 2025, the Horizon Youth Zone – a youth centre in
Grimsby in the UK – neared completion, with an official
opening planned for early 2026. We have pledged
GBP 1 million to the youth centre and entered a long-
term partnership to support young people in reaching
their full potential.
Through an employability and enterprise programme,
the youth centre aims to enhance skills and raise
awareness of local opportunities, particularly in the
wind industry. This commitment reflects our long-
term dedication to creating a lasting positive impact
in the local community. Horizon Youth Zone will
collaborate with other companies, health agencies,
and support services to provide support for upwards
of 4,000 young people.
In addition, our work with community benefit funds
in the UK continues. The Hornsea 3 Community
Benefit Fund continues to deliver support through its
grant rounds. Since its launch in 2024, the fund has
supported more than 60 projects and distributed over
GBP 1 million in grants.
Our efforts with the Choczewo Community Benefit
Fund (‘Powered by Wind’) – a joint initiative with other
developers in the region to support local groups and
organisations in the Choczewo municipality in Poland
– have also continued.
Key action: Community investments
Following a favourable evaluation and success over
recent years, the fund has been extended until the
end of 2026 to support projects across areas such as
community development, safety, local councils, cultural
heritage, environmental protection, youth engagement,
local well-being, and infrastructure.
The fund is connected to the development of our off-
shore wind farm in the Baltic Sea, Baltica 2, and awarded
approximately PLN 3 million in grants between 2023
and 2025. For the 2025-2026 extension, the programme
has committed an additional PLN 2 million.
In 2025, we took several steps to address negative
impacts related to Indigenous Peoples’ rights and
livelihoods near offshore wind projects in the US. Local
Indigenous communities have raised concerns about
our projects’ effects on cultural viewsheds and marine
wildlife. To mitigate these effects, we are working to
provide funding for coastal resilience and local habitat
restoration projects, as well as scholarships for Tribal
members. To minimise viewshed impacts, we are imple-
menting an aircraft detection lighting system that
minimises light pollution.
In Australia, where we are currently developing our
Gippsland project, we have formalised our partnership
with the Gunaikurnai people, the Traditional Owners of
much of Gippsland, where our offshore wind farms are
to be constructed, through an engagement agreement
with the Gunaikurnai Land and Waters Aboriginal
Corporation (GLaWAC). This has enabled us to continue
working together to develop the project in a way that
results in meaningful benefits for Traditional Owners,
based on genuine respect and shared outcomes.
Key action: Addressing Indigenous communities’ concerns
In 2025, we finalised our global guidance for conduct-
ing social and human rights impact assessments when
developing our assets and began introducing it in
upcoming projects in our pipeline.
We also advanced our global framework and tools for
collecting and addressing grievances from communities
around our projects. In 2025, the tools were piloted
across both development projects and operating
assets. Insights from this pilot will inform the final
framework, which will be rolled out globally in 2026.
Finally, we have started to integrate social and human
rights impact assessments and community feedback
mechanisms into our future global operating model for
all new assets.
Potential negative impacts on community health and
Indigenous rights are closely related to our minerals
and metals supply chain. For more information on how
we address these impacts, please see ‘S2 Workers in
the value chain’ under ‘Actions’.
To address the risk of potential local resistance to
renewable energy projects, we have begun tracking
risks related to community opposition. This enables
us to better anticipate concerns, strengthen our early
engagement with local stakeholders, and ensure that
potential issues are identified and managed.
Action: Social and human rights impact assessment
guidelines and grievance management system
Action: Minerals and metals supply chain initiatives
Action: Addressing community opposition
In 2025, we advanced our social impact measurement
work by evaluating how selected community benefit
funds contribute to local social value. This deep-dive
analysis, building on previous pilot projects, focused on
assessing social returns on investment. Insights from
these exploratory studies will form the foundation for
developing a more consistent approach to monitoring
how effectively our actions address material impacts
and risks related to affected communities.
Our aim is to strengthen the way we measure social,
economic, and cultural impacts, ensuring that invest-
ments are directed towards areas where they can
deliver the greatest value. Going forward, we will
also work to integrate local community feedback
into impact assessments to better reflect community
perspectives.
//
// S3-5
Targets
Currently, we have not adopted targets related to
affected communities. However, in 2025, we began
developing a community engagement and impact
road map, which is intended to guide how we best
address community-related impacts in the future.
//
Action: Advancing our social impact measurement work
105
Sustainability statements
Social / S3 Affected communities
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Grievance
and remedy
// S1-3, S2-3, S3-3
Approach for providing remedy
We are committed to respecting international human
rights and labour standards across our operations and
value chain. Where we identify that we have caused or
contributed to a material negative impact on people,
including human rights impacts, we seek to promptly
and effectively provide or contribute to remedy in line
with the UNGPs and relevant OECD due diligence
guidance. Our approach to addressing concerns and
grievances within our value chain is built on the principles
of transparency, trust, and effective remediation that
is proportionate to the grievance that has occurred.
Affected stakeholders are consulted on remedy options
and kept informed of progress and outcomes.
For our employees, we foster trust and respect through
transparent communication from management and
by listening to the employees’ concerns and taking any
reported incidents seriously with appropriate remedies
to ensure fairness and justice. For value chain workers,
we work with suppliers to support corrective actions,
offering guidance and resources to address identified
issues. For affected communities, we conduct inclusive
stakeholder engagement, listening to concerns and pro-
viding appropriate remedies to support their well-being.
Channels to raise concerns
We have implemented accessible grievance mecha-
nisms that are user-friendly, confidential, and culturally
appropriate, allowing employees, value chain workers,
and affected communities to report concerns or
violations.
// G1-1
Whistleblower Hotline
Our commitment to business integrity and transpar-
ency is upheld through our Whistleblower Hotline. The
hotline can be used by our employees as well as all
external stakeholders to raise concerns about unethi-
cal behaviour or wrongdoings and file a confidential
report about any inappropriate or illegal conduct. It is
used for reporting and handling all investigations and
for liaising with affected stakeholders. The Chair of
the Audit & Risk Committee has oversight of Ørsted’s
Whistleblower Hotline.
A dedicated team within Internal Audit receives and
manages reports submitted, independent of man-
agement. The Whistleblower Hotline is hosted by an
independent external supplier to ensure anonymous
reporting channels. For more details on the handling of
whistleblower reports and management of the whistle-
blower scheme, please see the ‘Managements review’
section, page 46.
//
Other channels
Employees can also report concerns and complaints
via other channels, such as by speaking to their direct
people leader, reaching out to the People & Culture
organisation, or raising issues anonymously in the
annual People Matter satisfaction survey and the
quarterly pulse surveys.
We are working to develop and implement additional
mechanisms to capture grievances from our value
chain workers, including a worker survey tool. These
mechanisms will be designed to enable value chain
workers to raise concerns about labour or human
rights issues and to provide insight into their general
work satisfaction.
For affected communities, community liaison officers
engage with local stakeholders to gather feedback
and address grievances related to our projects,
particularly during the planning and execution phases,
through informational town halls, open forums,
telephone lines, emails, and social media, as well as
designated drop-off boxes for residents to submit
concerns anonymously.
Furthermore, through our Code of Conduct for Business
Partners and due diligence processes, we require all
suppliers to establish accessible grievance mechanisms
for their workers, rights holders, and stakeholders, and we
actively encourage our business partners and contractors
to adopt similar channels for community engagement.
Monitoring and effectiveness
of our channels
These channels must allow for safe and confidential
reporting of any concerns, ensuring that individuals
can report issues without fear of retaliation. We outline
our commitment to protecting whistleblowers against
retaliation in our Good Business Conduct Policy and our
Global Whistleblower Policy. Our system complies with
applicable laws and regulations designed to protect
the rights and freedom of persons with respect to the
reporting of cases and the associated processing of
personal data. Whistleblowers who choose to remain
anonymous cannot be tracked or identified.
Regardless of the reporting mechanisms and the
severity level of a complaint, Ørsted has the respon-
sibility to take all reported cases seriously. Upon receiv-
ing a grievance, we promptly investigate the issue in
a confidential manner and engage with the affected
parties to gather information. If human rights impacts
are identified, we strive to take immediate action and
provide appropriate remedies, which may include
compensation, restoration of rights, or preventive
measures. If any employee feels they have experienced
an instance of bullying, discrimination, or harassment,
they are encouraged to seek support.
We also work closely with key suppliers and affected
communities to monitor issues raised. We are estab-
lishing a global methodology for gathering feedback
and managing grievances, which will enable us to
systematically track the effectiveness of our efforts.
A standardised tool was piloted in several markets in
2025, and a wider roll-out is planned for 2026.
Awareness and trust in our channels
We take proactive steps to ensure that our employees
are aware of and trust the grievance mechanisms
that are available. We build this awareness and trust
into various aspects of our employee experience,
including our code of conduct training, Global Labour
& Employment Rights Policy, and internal information
campaigns. We also invest in training for our employees
and business partners to raise awareness of human
rights issues, e.g. related to bullying and discrimination.
Through very high participation in our employee satis-
faction surveys and frequent awareness campaigns
about available reporting channels, we assess that our
employees are aware of and trust the structures.
As part of our ongoing commitment to transparency
and accountability, we also assess whether value chain
workers and affected communities are aware of the
grievance mechanisms available to them during our
on-site supplier assessments and ongoing community
engagements, respectively. However, our assessments
in this area are still a work in progress. It is our aim to
make our Whistleblower Hotline widely accessible to
these stakeholders and to ensure they are aware of it
and know how to access it.
//
S1 · S2 · S3 · G1
106
Sustainability statements
Social / Grievance and remedy (S1 · S2 · S3 · G1)
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Whistleblower cases and discrimination, harassment,
and human rights incidents
ESRS reference Whistleblower cases and discrimination, harassment, and human rights incidents 2025 2024 Δ
Entity-specific Substantiated whistleblower cases 24 14 10
Entity-specific Business conduct and integrity 12 10 2
// G1-4, 25a Of which, corruption and bribery 0 0 0
Entity-specific Workplace environment 3 3 0
// S1-17, 103a Discrimination and harrassment 9 0 9
Entity-specific Other 0 1 (1)
Entity-specific Substantiated whistleblower cases transferred to the police 0 0 0
// S1-17, 103a Substantiated discrimination and harassment incidents related to own employees 5 5 0
// S1-17, 103a Discrimination 2 3 (1)
// S1-17, 103a Harassment 3 2 1
// S1-17, 104a Severe human rights incidents related to own employees 0 0 0
Substantiated whistleblower cases
In 2025, 24 substantiated cases of inappropriate
or unlawful behaviour were reported through our
Whistleblower Hotline. 12 cases were related to good
business conduct and integrity policy violations, while
3 cases concerned the workplace environment and
9 cases concerned discrimination and harassment.
We saw an increase of 10 substantiated cases
compared to 2024. The increase is partially due to
the uncertainties among employees related to the
announced redundancies in 2025.
None of the reported cases were critical to our busi-
ness, nor caused adjustments to our financial results.
Additionally, no cases reported through the whistle-
blower channel, or the internal People & Culture
channel, required reporting to the police.
// S1-17
Substantiated discrimination and
harassment incidents
Each quarter, our Audit & Risk Committee receives an
anonymised overview of all inappropriate and illegal
misconduct cases across jurisdictions. This reporting
includes incidents of discrimination, including harass-
ment, related to our own employees, which in 2025
totalled five substantiated, closed cases submitted
through our internal People & Culture channel.
A dedicated team in People & Culture is globally
responsible for reporting. A dedicated system is used to
confidentially report on these cases ensuring country-
by-country access protection, and the system is only
available to authorised employees. For GDPR compli-
ance, all data on employee cases are anonymous.
//
Accounting policies
Substantiated whistleblower cases
Our Whistleblower Hotline is available for
internal and external reporting of suspected
cases of inappropriate or illegal behaviour.
Only cases which are closed during the reporting
year, and which have been reported to the
Audit & Risk Committee as substantiated, are
reported. Substantiated cases are those where
the investigation provides evidence to support
or prove the truth of the allegation raised.
Substantiated discrimination and harassment
incidents related to own employees
These are the cases of discrimination and
harassment that are submitted by our own
employees through our internal People & Culture
channel. Only cases which are closed during the
reporting year, and which have been reported
to the Audit & Risk Committee as substantiated,
are reported. If the same case related to an
employee is reported both through the Whistle-
blower Hotline and the internal channel, the case
is only counted in the Whistleblower Hotline.
Severe human rights incidents related to own
employees
A severe human rights violation is defined as any
act, omission, or practice directly associated
with Ørsted’s activities that results in, or poses a
significant risk of resulting in, substantial harm to
individuals’ fundamental rights and freedoms.
// S1-1 and S1-17
Severe human rights incidents
In 2025, we had zero severe human rights incidents
connected to our employees.
Due to the nature of our operations and within the
jurisdictions our workforce is employed, we are not at
risk of either forced labour incidents or child labour
incidents.
//
107
Sustainability statements
Social / Grievance and remedy (S1 · S2 · S3 · G1)
Annual Report 2025 �rsted
Business conduct
At Ørsted, our approach to business conduct is
steered by integrity, one of our key guiding principles.
We uphold high ethical standards across our business
and operate in compliance with laws and regulations,
fostering trust and respect among our employees and
other stakeholders. We have several policies to support
our corporate culture, including our Good Business
Conduct Policy and Code of Conduct for Business
Partners, which set out the rules our employees and
business partners must adhere to.
// G1, IRO-1
Our double materiality assessment (DMA) identified sev-
eral impacts and financial risks related to business con-
duct. One positive impact related to our political engage-
ment practices was assessed as material. However, due
to the preventative measures that we have in place at
Ørsted, risks related to corruption and bribery were not
assessed as material. Our business conduct activities
and risk mitigation strategies are integral to our business
practices and fundamental for the way we work.
//
Business conduct matters
// G1-1 and G1-3
Corporate culture
To support our continuous efforts to promote a strong
corporate culture, we have a Group-wide compliance
framework ensuring that we have adequate systems
and processes as well as clearly defined accountabili-
ties and responsibilities. Our policies are supported by
leadership, and we periodically roll out global aware-
ness campaigns through surveys and communication,
making business ethics and compliance a visible
priority within the organisation.
Good Business Conduct Policy
Our Good Business Conduct (GBC) Policy provides clear
guidance on the expected behaviour of all employees
within the company and their interactions with business
partners, public officials, and other stakeholders and
addresses key areas such as bribery and corruption,
facilitation payments, sponsorships and donations,
political contributions, gifts and entertainment, and
conflicts of interest. Our GBC Policy is available to
all employees, and we have a broad communication
strategy to keep employees informed and engaged
in upholding our standards of good business conduct,
including regular communication when there are
policy updates.
//
// G1-4
Employees who fail to adhere to our GBC Policy may
face disciplinary actions, including immediate termi-
nation of employment. Breaches may also result in
legal sanctions and reporting to the police. We work
proactively with people leaders to clarify policies
and prevent serious non-compliance issues. However,
despite our ongoing prevention measures, two cases
concerning theft of Ørsted data by employees have
been discovered through our internal systems and
reported to the police this year.
//
Good Business Conduct Policy
Objective: To set out expectations on employee behaviour,
provide guidance on interactions with business partners,
public officials, and other stakeholders, and provide
awareness on Ørsted’s compliance framework
Scope: All employees
Accountability: Chief Compliance Officer, Compliance
Officer for good business conduct, and our Compliance
Committee
Availability: Good Business Conduct Policy
// G1-3
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery
We have zero tolerance for all forms of bribery and
corruption. To ensure adherence to this, we have
several measures in place to enable us to successfully
prevent, detect, and address allegations or incidents
of corruption and bribery. We effectively identify and
manage these risks within our operations through a
thorough due diligence process in which we conduct
know-your-counterparty (KYC) screenings with a risk-
based approach.
This process evaluates suppliers and other business
partners for compliance with anti-bribery and anti-
corruption regulations, sanctions, government watch
lists, and adverse media reports. For high-risk engage-
ments such as mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures,
we conduct enhanced due diligence, assessing additional
factors such as sustainability, creditworthiness, and brand
integrity. Furthermore, we monitor all activities related
to sponsorships, donations, gifts, and entertainment to
ensure strict compliance with our GBC Policy and only
support initiatives with sponsorships and donations
that meet high standards of transparency and account-
ability and are aligned with our overall vision.
//
// G1-4
Our Internal Audit team conducts regular audits to
ensure the effectiveness of our GBC Policy and to
confirm that all allegations or incidents of corruption
and bribery are investigated. In 2025, we had no
corruption and bribery incidents, cf. page 107. In 2025,
we recorded no convictions and incurred no fines for
violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.
//
Global ethics and compliance risk assessment
To measure the effectiveness of our compliance pro-
gramme and identify any new ethics and compliance
risks, we conduct a bi-yearly global risk assessment
exercise. The outcome of the risk assessment addresses
any gaps identified and is presented to our Compliance
Committee. The risk assessment conducted in 2025
covered all regions across the Group and various
organisational areas, including commercial functions,
procurement functions, public affairs, and several other
group functions. It did not show any material risks due
to our efficient prevention measures and high ethical
standards. However, it highlighted certain areas to
monitor, including geopolitical uncertainties resulting
in an operating environment with more unpre dictable
sanctions and exports controls, as well as more stringent
requirements for proactive fraud prevention in some of
Ørsted’s markets.
// G1-1
Certain functions are more susceptible to corruption
and bribery due to their involvement in critical financial
transactions, interactions with key business partners
and public officials, and geographic location. These are
covered in our global risk assessment, and any remaining
risks are addressed through tight compliance monitoring,
ensuring adherence to regulations.
//
// G1-1 and G1-3
Business conduct training
All new employees are required to participate in an
e-learning course on business conduct as part of their
onboarding process, and the course must be repeated
by all employees every second year. The training
covers all topics from the GBC Policy and addresses
various scenarios and ethical dilemmas.
Our Business Ethics Compliance team oversees the
completion of the e-learning and conducts additional
ad hoc training for at-risk functions. The training aims
to translate our zero tolerance towards bribery, corrup-
tion, and inappropriate business conduct into everyday
work and ensure employees are well equipped to
understand what good business conduct means and
how to comply with our GBC Policy.
//
G1
108
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability statements
Governance / G1 Business conduct
�rsted
Whistleblowers
For information on our Whistleblower Hotline, please
see page 106.
Material impacts
Ørsted takes a proactive role and adds value to the
wind industry through advocacy based on our tech-
nical expertise in the sector and transparent political
engagement practices. We contribute to the develop-
ment of policies and legislation that support the build-
out of renewable energy and societal decarbonisation,
including through climate advocacy.
// G1-5
Political influence
and lobbying activities
To promote the accelerated build-out of renewable
energy and the goals of the Paris Agreement, our
global and local Regulatory & Public Affairs teams
perform constructive political engagement through
analysis, thought leadership dialogue, and advocacy
efforts. Our Chief Development Officer is accountable
for these activities, with day-to-day oversight per-
formed by our Head of Global Stakeholder Relations
and our Head of Regulatory & Public Affairs. We are
registered in the EU Transparency Register, and our
identification number is 870817015429-80.
Our lobbying activities primarily concern regulation
of the energy sector with a view to accelerating
the deployment of renewable energy in a way that
underpins urgent climate action, security of supply,
Positive impact · Actual · Own operations
Political engagement practices ensuring transparency,
integrity, and accountability
competitiveness, and nature enhancement. In 2025,
we published the white paper Offshore wind at a cross-
roads. The paper intends to outline the best pathway
forward for offshore wind, considering the situation of
the industry, the necessity for Europe, and the potential
for cost reductions.
Our main positions on these topics include supporting
climate policy agenda goals, accelerating the expansion
of renewables and electrification, and phasing out fossil
fuels to benefit the climate, strengthen energy security,
and improve affordability for citizens and businesses.
Our lobbying activities interact with our material IROs
related to climate change mitigation by helping to
mitigate our climate-related transition risks, leverage
our material opportunities, and deliver positive impacts
related to renewable energy deployment.
Within Ørsted A/S, one board member currently holds
a position in public administration. No other members
of the administrative, management, or supervisory
bodies currently hold such positions, nor have they held
one in the past two years.
//
Political influence, DKK million 2025 2024
The US 29 23 6
Political institutions - - -
Lobbying firms 9 12 (3)
NGOs and advocacy groups 1 3 (2)
Trade associations and industry organisations 19 8 11
Think tanks 0 - 0
Europe 23 21 2
Political institutions - - -
Lobbying firms 5 3 2
NGOs and advocacy groups 0 - -
Trade associations and industry organisations 17 17 0
Think tanks 1 1 0
APAC 0 0 0
Global 1 2 (1)
Political institutions - - -
Lobbying firms - 1 (1)
NGOs and advocacy groups 1 1 0
Trade associations and industry organisations 0 0 0
Think tanks - - -
To tal 53 46 7
Accounting policies
Political influence and lobbying activities
The data covers financial contributions made
either directly or indirectly to beneficiaries
that are related to our material impacts, risks,
and opportunities, which primarily concern
climate- related advocacy. External expenses
are included. Internal expenses, such as salary
for employees working within this area of
expertise, are excluded.
Our policy does not allow for in-kind political
contributions, and consequently this is not
relevant to report. The data is gathered from
invoices through our procurement spend
data. A threshold of DKK 100,000 has been
applied, i.e. smaller contributions have not
been reported.
In 2025, our main advocacy activities took place
in Europe and the US. Our biggest contribution in
Europe was to the industry association Green Power
Denmark, which is a significant industry representa-
tive for the renewable energy sector towards
policymakers who are important in our climate
advocacy. At the European level, WindEurope is our
most important industry body. Furthermore, we are
members of national trade associations and industry
organisations in all our European markets.
In the US, our main advocacy activity was through the
industry organisation American Energy Action, which
helps inform and educate the public about the positive
impacts of renewable energy. We also contributed
to the American Clean Power Association and other
trade associations. In addition, we worked with lobby-
ing firms in the different states where we promote the
accelerated build-out of renewable energy.
Lastly, we undertook global engagement in NGOs
and advocacy groups to advance the deployment
of renewable energy in a way that underpins urgent
climate action, security of supply, competitiveness,
and nature enhancement.
// G1-5, 29b
109
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability statements
Governance / G1 Business conduct
�rsted
// ESRS 2, GOV-4
Core elements of due diligence
a) Embedding due diligence in governance,
strategy, and business model
Our Human Rights Task Force oversees
the integration of due diligence across
procurement, operations, and community
engagement. Read more:
MR · Our strategy · page 18
MR · Group Executive Team · page 49
SS · At a glance · page 58
b) Engaging with affected stakeholders
in all key steps of due diligence
We maintain continuous dialogue and
collaboration with employees, value chain
workers, local communities, and at-risk
groups. Read more:
SS · General · page 67
SS · Social · pages 94-95, 101, 104
c) Identifying and assessing adverse impacts
Our double materiality assessment (DMA)
identifies material adverse impacts across
our business and value chain. We also
conduct systematic impact assessments,
risk screenings, and code of conduct assess-
ments in our value chain. Read more:
SS · At a glance · page 57
SS · Social · pages 92, 100-103
d) Taking action to address adverse impacts
We take specific action to address material
impacts identified in our DMA. We also
collaborate with business partners to
identify performance gaps, develop and
implement corrective action plans, and
work on strengthening pre-contractual
screenings to enhance adherence to our
code of conduct. Read more:
SS · Social · pages 95-96, 101-102, 104-105
e) Tracking the effectiveness of these
efforts and communicating results
We report on key metrics and work to
enhance supply chain traceability. Read more:
SS · Social · pages 96-99, 101-102
//
MR Management’s review
SS Sustainability statements
// ESRS 2, GOV-4
Sustainability due diligence
Our due diligence approach
For more than a decade, we have been following the
OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and
the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human
Rights to integrate due diligence into procurement,
operations, and engagement with local communities.
This long-standing work forms a strong foundation for
meeting the expected requirements of the EU Corpo-
rate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD).
Our approach builds on these international frame-
works and applies a risk-based method focused on
accountability, transparency, collaboration, and early
engagement with stakeholders across our value chain.
A dedicated Sustainability Due Diligence & Compliance
team leads this work. The team ensures that business
partners and suppliers act in accordance with Ørsted’s
ethical, social, and environmental expectations, as
described in our Code of Conduct for Business Partners.
The code outlines clear requirements related to human
rights, labour conditions, anti-corruption, and environ-
mental responsibility.
Our processes
We conduct risk screenings and assessments to confirm
that business partners meet the requirements in our
Code of Conduct for Business Partners. Where needed,
we develop corrective actions and tailored improve-
ment plans together with suppliers. This is an ongoing
effort that includes desktop and onsite assessments,
supplier training, and follow-up activities to address
gaps and support continuous progress.
Additional disclosures
Collaboration with external partners is also essential
for advancing our due diligence work. We actively
engage with organisations such as the International
Responsible Business Conduct (IRBC) Agreement for the
Renewable Energy Sector, the Initiative for Responsible
Mining Assurance (IRMA), Ethical Trade Denmark, and
WindEurope. These partnerships help us draw on
shared insights and support improvements across the
renewable energy value chain.
Governance
In 2025, we established our Human Rights Task Force
to drive implementation of our human rights road map,
strengthening our due diligence systems and ensuring
compliance with the upcoming CSDDD.
Next steps
We continue to refine and expand our due diligence
practices. This includes strengthening precontractual
screenings to identify potential risks earlier in the
procurement process, especially for complex and large-
scale projects such as offshore wind farms. We are
also increasing our focus on supply chain trace ability,
including the use of digital solutions to trace the origin
of key metals and collaboration with partners to
advance shared methods and expectations. Through
these efforts, we remain committed to aligning our
due diligence approach with the CSDDD and OECD
guidelines, including ongoing monitoring, learning,
and improvement.
The mapping on the right outlines where in our sustain-
ability statements readers can find further information
about our due diligence efforts and how we apply the
main elements of our due diligence process.
//
110
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability statements �rsted
Additional disclosures
SBM -2
Interests and views of
stakeholders
SS · page 67
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks, and
opportunities (IROs) and
strategy or business model
interaction
SS · pages 57-58, 65, 71-73
IRO -1
Processes for identifying
and assessing material IROs
MR · page 24
SS · page 66
IRO-2
Disclosure requirements in
the sustainability statements
SS · page 66, 111-112
E1 Climate change
E1, GOV-3
Sustainability-related
performance in incentive
schemes
RR · page 7
SS · page 73
E1-1
Transition plan
SS · pages 69-71
E1, SBM-3
Material IROs and strategy
or business model interaction
SS · pages 69, 71-73
E1, IRO -1
Processes for identifying
and assessing material IROs
SS · pages 71-73
E1-2
Policies for climate change
SS · page 73
E1-3
Actions and resources for
climate change
SS · pages 73-75
E1-4
Targets for climate change
SS · pages 75-76
E1-5
Energy consumption and mix
SS · pages 77, 82
E1-6
Gross scope 1, 2, 3, and total
GHG emissions
SS · pages 78-79
E4 Biodiversity
and ecosystems
E4, SBM-3
Material IROs and strategy
or business model interaction
SS · pages 85-86
E4, IRO-1
Processes for identifying
and assessing material IROs
SS · page 85
E4-2
Policies for biodiversity
and ecosystems
SS · page 86
E4-3
Actions and resources for
biodiversity and ecosystems
SS · pages 86-87
E4-4
Targets for biodiversity
and ecosystems
SS · page 87
E4-5
Impact metrics for
biodiversity and ecosystems
SS · page 85
E5 Resource use
and circular economy
E5, I RO-1
Processes for identifying
and assessing material IROs
SS · page 88
E5-1
Policies for resource use
and circular economy
SS · page 88
E5-2
Actions and resources for
resource use and circular
economy
SS · pages 88-89
E5-3
Targets for resource use
and circular economy
SS · page 89
E5-4
Resource inflows
SS · page 90
E5-5
Resource outflows
SS · page 91
S1 Own workforce
S1, SBM-2
Interests and views of
stakeholders
SS · page 67
S1, SBM-3
Material IROs and strategy
or business model interaction
SS · page 92
S1-1
Policies for own workforce
SS · pages 92-94, 107
S1-2
Processes for engagement
with own workforce
SS · pages 94-95
S1-3
Processes for remedying
impacts and grievance
channels for own workforce
SS · pages 95, 106
S1-4
Actions and resources for
own workforce
SS · pages 95-96
S1-5
Targets for own workforce
SS · page 96
S1-6
Employee characteristics
SS · pages 97-98
S1-9
Diversity metrics
SS · page 98
S1-14
Health and safety metrics
SS · page 99
S1-16
Remuneration metrics
SS · page 98
S1-17
Incidents, complaints, and
severe human rights impacts
SS · page 107
S2 Workers in the
value chain
S2, SBM -2
Interests and views of
stakeholders
SS · page 67
S2, SBM-3
Material IROs and strategy
or business model interaction
SS · page 100
S2-1
Policies for value chain
workers
SS · pages 93, 100-101
S2-2
Processes for engagement
with value chain workers
SS · page 101
S2-3
Processes for remedying
impacts and grievance
channels for value chain
workers
SS · pages 101, 106
S2-4
Actions and resources for
value chain workers
SS · pages 100-102
S2-5
Targets for value chain
workers
SS · page 102
S3 Affected communities
S3, SBM-2
Interests and views of
stakeholders
SS · page 67
S3, SBM-3
Material IROs and strategy
or business model interaction
SS · pages 103-104
S3-1
Policies for affected
communities
SS · pages 93, 103-104
S3-2
Processes for engagement
with affected communities
SS · page 104
S3-3
Processes for remedying
impacts and grievance
channels for affected
communities
SS · page 104, 106
S3-4
Actions and resources for
affected communities
SS · pages 103-105
S3-5
Targets for affected
communities
SS · page 105
G1 Business conduct
G1, GOV-1
Administrative, management,
and supervisory bodies
MR · pages 43-46, 50-51
G1, IRO-1
Processes for identifying
and assessing material IROs
SS · page 108
G1-1
Business conduct policies
and corporate culture
SS · page 108
G1-2
Management of relationships
with suppliers
SS · page 101
G1-3
Prevention and detection
of corruption and bribery
SS · page 108
G1-4
Incidents of corruption
or bribery
SS · pages 107-108
G1-5
Political influence and
lobbying activites
SS · page 109
// ESRS 2, IRO-2
ESRS disclosure requirements
The table lists all of the ESRS disclosure requirements
which are material to Ørsted and indicates where to
find them.
SS Sustainability statements
MR Managements review
RR Remuneration report
ESRS 2 General disclosures
BP-1
General basis for preparation
SS · page 68
BP-2
Disclosures in relation to
specific circumstances
SS · page 68
GOV-1
Administrative, management,
and supervisory bodies
MR · pages 40-45, 47-51
GOV-2
Sustainability matters
addressed
MR · pages 41, 47-49
GOV-3
Sustainability-related
performance in incentive
schemes
RR · page 7
GOV-4
Sustainability due diligence
SS · page 110
GOV-5
Risk management and
internal controls
MR · page 48
SBM-1
Strategy, business model,
and value chain
MR · page 10
SS · pages 57-58, 84, 97
111
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability statements
Additional disclosures
�rsted
// ESRS 2, IRO-2
ESRS data points from other EU legislation
The tables list data points that derive from other EU
legislation, indicating where they can be found in the
sustainability statements or whether they are assessed
as ‘not material, ‘not stated’ (phase-in), or ‘not relevant.
Disclosure requirement Data point Legislation Page
ESRS 2, GOV-1 21(d) Board’s gender diversity SFDR/BMR 42
21(e) Percentage of board members who are independent BMR 43-45
ESRS 2, GOV-4 30 Statement on due diligence SFDR 110
ESRS 2, SBM-1 40(d)(i) Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities SFDR/P3/BMR 84
40(d)(ii) Involvement in activities related to chemical production SFDR/BMR Not relevant
40(d)(iii) Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons SFDR/BMR Not relevant
40(d)(iv) Involvement in activities related to tobacco BMR Not relevant
E1-1 14 Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050 EUCL 69-71
16(g) Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned benchmarks P3/BMR 70
E1-4 34 GHG emissions reductions targets SFDR/P3/BMR 76
E1-5 38 Energy consumption from fossil sources SFDR 77
37 Energy consumption and mix SFDR 77
40-43 Energy intensity of activities in high climate-impact sectors SFDR 77
E1-6 44 Gross scope 1, 2, 3, and total GHG emissions SFDR/P3/BMR 78
53-55 Gross GHG emissions intensity SFDR/P3/BMR 79
E1-7 56 GHG removals and carbon credits EUCL Not relevant
E1-9 66 Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate physical risks BMR Not stated
66(a)(c) Acute and chronic physical risks in monetary amounts and location of
significant assets at material physical risk
P3 Not stated
67(c) Carrying value of real estate assets by energy-efficiency classes P3 Not stated
69 Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate opportunities BMR Not stated
E2-4 28 Pollutants listed in E-PRTR regulation (annex II) emitted SFDR Not material
E3-1 9 Water and marine resources SFDR Not material
13 Dedicated policy SFDR Not material
14 Sustainable oceans and seas SFDR Not material
E3-4 28(c) Total water recycled and reused SFDR Not material
29 Total water consumption in m
3
per net revenue SFDR Not material
Disclosure requirement Data point Legislation Page
E4, SBM-3 16(a)(i) Activities negatively affecting biodiversity-sensitive areas SFDR 85
16(b) Land degradation, desertification, or soil sealing SFDR Not relevant
16(c) Threatened species SFDR 85
E4-2 24(b) Sustainable land/agriculture practices or policies SFDR Not relevant
24(c) Sustainable oceans/seas practices or policies SFDR 86
24(d) Policies to address deforestation SFDR Not relevant
E5-5 37(d) Non-recycled waste SFDR 91
39 Hazardous waste and radioactive waste SFDR 91
S1, SBM-3 14(f) Risk of incidents of forced labour SFDR 107
14(g) Risk of incidents of child labour SFDR 107
S1-1 20 Human rights policy commitments SFDR 92-94
21 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the ILO C001 to C008 BMR 93
22 Preventing trafficking in human beings SFDR 94
23 Workplace accident prevention policy or management system SFDR 94
S1-3 32(c) Grievance/complaints-handling mechanisms SFDR 106
S1-14 88(b)(c) Number of fatalities and number/rate of work-related accidents SFDR/BMR 99
88(e) Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities, or illness SFDR Not stated
S1-16 97(a) Unadjusted gender pay gap SFDR/BMR 98
97(b) Excessive CEO pay ratio SFDR 98
S1-17 103(a) Incidents of discrimination SFDR 107
104(a) Non-respect of UNGPs, ILO principles, or OECD guidelines SFDR/BMR 107
S2, SBM-3 11(b) Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain SFDR 100
S2-1 17 Human rights policy commitments SFDR 100
18 Policies related to value chain workers SFDR 93, 100-101
19 Non-respect of UNGPs, ILO principles, or OECD guidelines SFDR/BMR 100
19 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the ILO C001 to C008 BMR 100
S2-4 36 Human rights issues and incidents in the value chain SFDR 100
S3-1 16 Human rights policy commitments SFDR 104
17 Non-respect of UNGPs, ILO principles, or OECD guidelines SFDR/BMR 103
S3-4 36 Human rights issues and incidents SFDR 103
S4-1 16 Policies related to consumers and end users SFDR Not material
17 Non-respect of UNGPs and OECD guidelines SFDR/BMR Not material
S4-4 35 Human rights issues and incidents SFDR Not material
G1-1 10(b) United Nations Convention against Corruption SFDR Not relevant
10(d) Protection of whistleblowers SFDR Not relevant
G1-4 24(a) Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws SFDR/BMR 108
24(b) Standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery SFDR 108
SFDR Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation
P3 European Banking Authority Pillar 3
BMR EU Benchmarks Regulation
EUCL EU Climate Law
112
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability statements
Additional disclosures
�rsted
Economic activities Environmental objective of taxonomy-aligned activities
Proportion of turnover from products or services associated with
taxonomy-eligible or taxonomy-aligned economic activities
2025 Code
Taxonomy-
eligible turnover
(%)
Taxonomy-
aligned turnover
(DKKm)
Taxonomy-
aligned turnover
(%)
Climate change
mitigation (%)
Climate change
adaptation
1
(%) Water (%)
Circular
economy (%) Pollution (%) Biodiversity (%)
Enabling
activity (E)
Transitional
activity (T)
Taxonomy-
aligned in
taxonomy-
eligible (%)
Electricity generation using solar PV technology CCM 4.1 1 685 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
Electricity generation from wind power CCM 4.3 75 55,239 75 75 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
Storage of electricity CCM 4.10 0 219 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E - 100
Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy CCM 4.20 12 8,421 12 12 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from fossil gaseous fuels
2
CCM 4.30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - T 0
Sum of alignment per objective 88 0 0 0 0 0
Total turnover 88 64,564 88 88 0 0 0 0 0 0 % 0 % 100
Proportion of CAPEX from products or services associated with
taxonomy-eligible or taxonomy-aligned economic activities
2025
Taxonomy-
eligible CAPEX
(%)
Taxonomy-
aligned CAPEX
(DKKm)
Taxonomy-
aligned CAPEX
(%)
Electricity generation using solar PV technology CCM 4.1 2 1,563 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
Electricity generation from wind power CCM 4.3 92 53,653 92 92 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
Storage of electricity CCM 4.10 2 1,110 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 E - 100
Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy CCM 4.20 3 1,881 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from fossil gaseous fuels
2
CCM 4.30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - T 0
Sum of alignment per objective 99 0 0 0 0 0
Total CAPEX 99 58,207 99 99 0 0 0 0 0 2 % 0 % 100
Proportion of OPEX from products or services associated with
taxonomy-eligible or taxonomy-aligned economic activities
2025
Taxonomy-
eligible OPEX
(%)
Taxonomy-
aligned OPEX
(DKKm)
Taxonomy-
aligned OPEX
(%)
Electricity generation using solar PV technology CCM 4.1 5 146 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
Electricity generation from wind power CCM 4.3 62 1,784 62 62 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
Storage of electricity CCM 4.10 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E - 100
Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy CCM 4.20 15 431 15 15 0 0 0 0 0 - - 100
High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power from fossil gaseous fuels
2
CCM 4.30 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - T 0
Sum of alignment per objective 82 0 0 0 0 0
Total OPEX 83 2,371 82 82 0 0 0 0 0 0 % 1 % 100
EU taxonomy
Activity breakdown
Taxonomy-aligned turnover breakdown
The primary sources of turnover contributing to the numerator of the
turnover KPI in 2025 are generation and sale of power (DKK 36,811
million), government grants (DKK 9,638 million), and the construction
of offshore wind farms (DKK 9,036 million).
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX breakdown
The primary sources of CAPEX contributing to the numerator of the
CAPEX KPI in 2025 from property, plant, and equipment in Offshore,
Onshore, and partly Bioenergy (DKK 58,197 million).
CAPEX plan
Taxonomy-aligned CAPEX for 2025 remains at 99 %. Given our com-
mitment to deploying renewable energy projects in alignment with
the EU taxonomy, a separate CAPEX plan is not deemed necessary.
Taxonomy-aligned OPEX breakdown
The sources of OPEX contributing to the numerator of the OPEX KPI
in 2025 stem from the estimated maintenance and repair costs of
other external expenses’ in Offshore (DKK 1,446 million), Onshore
(DKK 494 million), and partly Bioenergy (DKK 431 million).
CCM Climate change mitigation
1
We have not assessed our taxonomy-eligible activities against the
substantial contribution criteria for climate change adaptation, as
our primary objective is to contribute to climate change mitigation.
2
We have not assessed our gas-based generation activities for
alignment.
113
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability statements
Additional disclosures
�rsted
Taxonomy-eligible activities
We have identified our taxonomy-eligible activities
by screening the economic activities in the Climate
Delegated Act (Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU) 2021/2139), the Complementary Climate
Delegated Act (Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU) 2022/1214), the Environmental Delegated Act
(Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2486),
and the amendments to the Climate Delegated Act
(Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2485).
Ørsted has five taxonomy-eligible activities:
· Electricity generation using solar PV technology (4.1)
· Electricity generation from wind power (4.3)
· Storage of electricity (4.10)
· Cogeneration of heat and power from bioenergy
(4.20)
· High-efficiency cogeneration of heat and power
from fossil gaseous fuels (4.30)
Taxonomy-aligned activities
Taxonomy alignment of our eligible activities has been
assessed against annex I of the Climate Delegated Act.
The technical screening criteria (TSC) for the environ-
mental objectives have been assessed per activity
and, where relevant, on a project level. Minimum safe-
guards have been assessed on Group level. We have
not assessed our gas-based heat and power genera-
tion activities (4.30) for taxonomy-alignment.
Substantial contribution
Climate change mitigation
We have assessed and documented whether our
taxonomy-eligible activities fulfil the substantial
contribution criteria for climate change mitigation.
For activities 4.1, 4.3, and 4.10, our solar and wind
farms and our storage facilities fulfil the substantial
contribution criteria for climate change mitigation as
we generate electricity using solar PV technology and
wind power, and as we construct and operate elec-
tricity storage facilities. For activity 4.20, the biomass
used at our combined heat and power (CHP) plants
complies with the criteria in article 29, paragraphs
2-7, of Directive (EU) 2018/2001 and with the GHG
emission savings criteria.
Climate change adaptation
We have not assessed our taxonomy-eligible activities
against the substantial contribution criteria for climate
change adaptation, as our primary objective is to
contribute to climate change mitigation.
Do no significant harm (DNSH)
Climate change adaptation
We have assessed and documented how asset resil-
ience to different chronic and extreme climate hazards
and their future development, as projected by the
IPCC, is an integral part of our project development
and have confirmed that our assets are resilient and
able to withstand projected climate changes during
the assets’ lifetimes. It is assessed that all relevant
eligible activities comply with the criteria set out
in appendix A to annex I of the Climate Delegated Act.
Sustainable use and protection of water and marine
resources
We are legally required to conduct environmental
impact assessments (EIAs) as part of all our projects
to ensure that potential impacts on water and marine
resources are avoided, mitigated, and addressed
appropriately. During this process, we consider
environmental degradation risks related to preserving
water quality and avoiding water stress. We have
internal processes on legal compliance concerning
water to ensure that all assets meet the requirements.
In addition, we have a water policy, establishing our
approach to responsible water management.
For activity 4.3, we work to ensure that construction
of offshore wind does not hamper the achievement
of good environmen tal status as set out in Directive
2008/56/EC, taking measures to prevent or mitigate
impacts in relation to the directives descriptor 11
(noise/energy). It is assessed that all relevant eligible
activities comply with the criteria set out in appendix
B to annex I of the Climate Delegated Act.
Transition to a circular economy
Renewable assets are built of highly durable materials.
To ensure reuse and recycling of materials where
feasible, we have a Resource Management Policy
and internal waste management processes in place.
To ensure that we further transition to a circular
economy, we have implemented a strategic approach
focused on: (i) using fewer virgin resources, (ii) using
resources better and longer, and (iii) recirculating
resources upon end of life. For all projects, we will
develop decommissioning or waste management
plans to ensure maximal reuse or recycling at end of
life in accordance with the waste hierarchy.
Pollution prevention and control
We are legally required to conduct EIAs to ensure that
potential pollution impacts are avoided, mitigated,
and addressed appropriately, and that pollution
requirements are integrated into our environmental
permit conditions. We have internal processes in place
to fulfil these legal requirements.
For activity 4.20, it has been assessed that emissions
are within or lower than the emission levels associated
with the best-available-techniques (BAT-AEL) ranges
set out in relevant best-available-techniques (BAT)
conclusions. No significant cross-media effects have
been identified. It is assessed that all relevant eligible
activities comply with the criteria set out in appendix
C to annex I of the Climate Delegated Act.
Protection and restoration of biodiversity
and ecosystems
We are legally required to conduct EIAs as part of
all our projects to ensure that potential impacts on
biodiversity and ecosystems are avoided, mitigated,
and addressed appropriately. Our Biodiversity Policy
and internal processes ensure that all our assets
meet the requirements. We have also committed to
ensuring that all new renewable energy projects we
commission from 2030 onwards deliver a net-positive
biodiversity impact, which we aim to achieve through
our biodiversity efforts.
For activity 4.3, we work to ensure that the construc-
tion of offshore wind does not hamper the achieve-
ment of good environmental status as set out in
Directive 2008/56/EC, taking appropriate measures
to prevent or mitigate impacts in relation to the
directives descriptors 1 (biodiversity) and 6 (seabed
integrity). It is assessed that all relevant eligible
activities comply with the criteria set out in appendix D
to annex I of the Climate Delegated Act.
Minimum safeguards
Our Human Rights Policy sets out our commitment to
respect human rights and lives up to the UN Guiding
Principles on Business and Human Rights and the
OECD Guidelines for Mult inational Enterprises, includ-
ing the principles of the International Labour Organ-
izations Declaration on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work and the International Bill of Human
Rights, both in our own operations and in our supply
chain. Together with our good governance practices
and policies, our systematic due diligence approach
ensures that we have robust minimum safeguards in
place on human rights, corruption, taxation, and fair
competition.
Taxonomy KPIs
Our taxonomy KPIs are determined based on
our interpretation of annex I to the Disclosures
Delegated Act ( Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU) 2021/2178) and available guidelines from the
European Commission.
Linkage principle
The revenue, CAPEX, OPEX, and EBITDA associated
with our taxonomy-aligned activities have been
determined. In allocating the financial numbers to
the numerator, a ‘linkage principle’ has been applied,
stipulating that any revenue, CAPEX, OPEX, or EBITDA
that can be justifiably linked to an identified taxonomy-
aligned activity can be classified as taxonomy- aligned
and thereby included in the numerator of the respec-
tive KPI.
Double counting
We have avoided double counting across economic
activities in the allocation of the numerator for
revenue, CAPEX, OPEX, and EBITDA by using activity-
specific factors to allocate the financials across our
taxonomy activities. The factors are either 100 %, 0 %,
or a value in between where we have used proxies to
split the financial numbers into taxonomy- aligned or
non-eligible activities. Here, the factors cannot sum to
more than 100 %, which eliminates the possibility of
double counting the resulting financial numbers.
Proxies
Proxies have been used to split financial numbers that
are not split into the correct activity in the financial
account set-up. Two proxies have been used:
1) The ratio of purchased power volumes
from renewable versus non-renewable assets
– applied to revenue and EBITDA from balancing
activities.
2) Bioenergy’s share of renewable energy
generation – applied to revenue, EBITDA, CAPEX,
and OPEX related to the CHP plants.
For more details on our taxonomy-aligned KPIs, please
see our accounting policies on page 84.
Accounting policies
114
Annual Report 2025 Sustainability statements
Additional disclosures
�rsted
Financial
statements
115
Financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Financial
statements
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income . . . . . . . 117
Consolidated statement of financial position . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . 119
Consolidated statement of cash flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Parent company financial statements
Income statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Statement of financial position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Statement of changes in equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Notes to parent company financial statements . . . . . . . . . . 201
Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Statement by the Executive Board and the Board of Directors . 209
Independent Auditors Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Independent Auditors Limited Assurance Report on
the Sustainability Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Notes
1. Basis of reporting
1.1 Significant changes and events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
1.2 Basis of preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2. Return on capital employed
2.1 Segment information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2.2 Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
2.3 Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.4 Government grants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
2.5 Research and development expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2.6 Other operating income and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
2.7 Employee costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2.8 Share-based payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3. Capital employed
3.1 Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment . . . . . 139
3.2 Impairments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.3 Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.4 Contract assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.5 Trade receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.6 Supply chain finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.7 Other receivables and other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.8 Tax equity liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.9 Provisions and contingent liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3.10 Non-controlling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.11 Assets classified as held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
4. Tax
4.1 Approach to taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.2 Tax on profit (loss) for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
4.3 Deferred tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
4.4 Our tax footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
5. Capital structure
5.1 Interest-bearing net debt and FFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
5.2 Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
5.3 Hybrid capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
5.4 Liquidity reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
5.5 Maturity analysis of financial liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
5.6 Financial income and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
6. Risk management
6.1 Risk framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
6.2 Energy price risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.3 Inflation and interest rate risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.4 Currency risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
6.5 Credit risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6.6 Fair value measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.7 Energy trading portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
6.8 Categories of financial instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
6.9 Sensitivity analysis of financial instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
7. Other notes
7.1 Related-party transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
7.2 Auditor’s fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
7.3 Non-IFRS financial measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
7.4 Company overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
7.5 Events after the reporting period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
116
Financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Note DKKm 2025 2024
2.2, 2.4 Revenue 73,244 71,034
2.3 Cost of sales (38,984) (35,963)
Other external expenses (9,063) (8,697)
2.7, 2.8 Employee costs (7,080) (6,532)
Share of profit (loss) in associates and joint ventures (98) (68)
2.6 Other operating income 9,312 5,298
2.6 Other operating expenses (4,883) 6,887
Operating profit (loss) before depreciation, amortisation, and impairment losses (EBITDA) 22,448 31,959
3.1 Amortisation and depreciation on intangible assets and on property, plant, and equipment (10,195) (10,225)
3.1, 3.2 Impairment losses on intangible assets and on property, plant, and equipment (3,633) (15,563)
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 8,620 6,171
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises 213 (11)
Share of profit (loss) in associates and joint ventures 36 37
5.6 Financial income 11,797 8,590
5.6 Financial expenses (14,678) (12,181)
Profit (loss) before tax 5,988 2,606
4.2 Tax on profit (loss) for the year (2,823) (2,590)
Profit (loss) for the year 3,165 16
Profit (loss) for the year is attributable to
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S 1,727 (923)
Interests and costs, hybrid capital owners of Ørsted A/S 713 717
Non-controlling interests 725 222
5.2 Earnings per share (DKK) 2.0 (1.2)
1
5.2 Diluted earnings per share (DKK) 1.9 (1.2)
1
Note DKKm 2025 2024
Profit (loss) for the year 3,165 16
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedging
6 Value adjustments for the year 327 3,426
5.2 Value adjustments transferred to income statement 1,051 (1,269)
Exchange rate adjustments
Exchange rate adjustments relating to net investments in foreign enterprises (10,612) 6,041
6.4 Value adjustment of net investment hedges 5,070 (3,698)
5.2 Value adjustments and hedges transferred to income statement 100 12
Ta x
Tax on hedging instruments (249) 276
Tax on exchange rate adjustments (407) 131
Other
Share of other comprehensive income from associated companies, after tax (4) 5
Other comprehensive income (loss) that may be reclassified to the income statement (4,724) 4,924
Total comprehensive income (1,559) 4,940
Comprehensive income for the year is attributable to
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S (2,428) 3,752
Interest payments and costs, hybrid capital owners of Ørsted A/S 713 717
Non-controlling interests 156 471
Total comprehensive income (1,559) 4,940
Other comprehensive income
All items in ‘Other comprehensive income’ may be recycled to the
income statement.
Cash flow hedging
Value adjustments for the year for cash flow hedging amounting to
DKK 327 million mainly consist of gains related to the hedging of
inflation and GBP, partly offset by losses related to the hedging of
power. In 2024, gains related to the hedging of power was primarily
attributable to value adjustments amounting to DKK 3,426 million.
The loss of DKK 1,051 million transferred to the income statement
mainly consists of losses related to the hedging of power and GBP.
Exchange rate adjustments
In 2025, foreign exchange losses relating to net investments in
foreign enterprises amounting to DKK 10,612 million were primarily
attributable to a decrease in the USD, GBP, and NTD exchange rate
of 11.7 %, 5.2 %, and 7.9 %, respectively. A part of the net investment
was hedged, resulting in gains of DKK 5,070 million.
Consolidated statement of income
1 January – 31 December
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
1 January – 31 December
1
Due to the rights issue in October 2025 at a price below market
price, the earning per share figures have been restated using the
calculated bonus ratio (1.8).
117
Financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Note
Assets
DKKm 2025 2024
3.1 Intangible assets 755 2,611
3.1 Land and buildings 7,790 7,977
3.1 Production assets 123,545 138,477
3.1 Fixtures and fittings, tools, and equipment 2,179 2,122
3.1 Production assets under construction 77,352 53,118
3.1 Property, plant, and equipment 210,866 201,694
Investments in associates and joint ventures 434 870
Receivables from associates and joint ventures 179 200
Other securities and equity investments 235 344
6 Derivatives 1,336 960
4.3 Deferred tax 9,547 9,250
3.7 Other receivables 7,060 3,218
Other non-current assets 18,791 14,842
Non-current assets 230,412 219,147
3.3 Inventories 9,938 12,379
6 Derivatives 3,539 4,617
3.4 Contract assets - 324
3.5 Trade receivables 9,848 9,045
3.7 Other receivables 10,937 15,005
Receivables from associates and joint ventures 106 41
Income tax 768 570
5.4 Securities 38,317 14,532
5.4 Cash 53,448 23,126
Current assets 126,901 79,639
3.11 Assets classified as held for sale 10,609 -
Assets 367,922 298,786
Note
Equity and liabilities
DKKm 2025 2024
5.2 Share capital 13,212 4,204
5.2 Reserves (9,164) (5,164)
Retained earnings 115,670 63,098
5.2 Equity attributable to shareholders in Ørsted A/S 119,718 62,138
5.3 Hybrid capital 20,955 20,955
3.10 Non-controlling interests 8,268 10,391
Equity 148,941 93,484
4.3 Deferred tax 1,969 2,433
3.9 Provisions 18,252 17,735
5.5 Lease liabilities 8,120 8,076
5.1 Bond and bank debt 87,204 83,607
6 Derivatives 6,046 8,882
3.4 Contract liabilities 8,257 8,834
3.8 Tax equity liabilities 10,721 16,158
3.7 Other payables 11,264 5,825
Non-current liabilities 151,833 151,550
3.9 Provisions 1,558 2,800
5.5 Lease liabilities 875 834
5.1 Bond and bank debt 11,658 4,101
6 Derivatives 3,778 7,009
3.4 Contract liabilities 13,847 2,578
Trade payables 19,764 20,827
3.8 Tax equity liabilities 3,663 4,320
3.7 Other payables 5,503 7,106
Income tax 4,631 4,177
Current liabilities 65,277 53,752
Liabilities 217,110 205,302
3.11 Liabilities relating to assets classified as held for sale 1,871 -
Equity and liabilities 367,922 298,786
Consolidated statement of financial position
31 December
118
Financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
DKKm
2025 2024
Share
capital Reserves
1
Retained
earnings
Proposed
dividends
Shareholders
in Ørsted A/S
Hybrid
capital
Non-
controlling
interests
Tota l
Group
Share
capital Reserves
1
Retained
earnings
Proposed
dividends
Shareholders
in Ørsted A/S
Hybrid
capital
Non-
controlling
interests
Tota l
Group
Equity at 1 January 4,204 (5,164) 63,098 - 62,138 20,955 10,391 93,484 4,204 (10,251) 62,829 - 56,782 19,103 1,906 77,791
Comprehensive income for the year:
Profit (loss) for the year - - 1,727 - 1,727 713 725 3,165 - - (923) - (923) 717 222 16
Other comprehensive income:
Cash flow hedging - 1,269 - - 1,269 - 109 1,378 - 2,129 - - 2,129 - 28 2,157
Exchange rate adjustments - (4,735) - - (4,735) - (707) (5,442) - 2,181 - - 2,181 - 174 2,355
Tax on other comprehensive income - (685) - - (685) - 29 (656) - 360 - - 360 - 47 407
Share of other comprehensive income
of associated companies, after tax - - (4) - (4) - - (4) - - 5 - 5 - - 5
Total comprehensive income - (4,151) 1,723 - (2,428) 713 156 (1,559) - 4,670 (918) - 3,752 717 471 4,940
Cash flow hedging of property, plant,
and equipment under construction - 194 - - 194 - - 194 - (181) - - (181) - - (181)
Coupon payments, hybrid capital - - - - - (713) - (713) - - - - - (687) - (687)
Ta x - (43) 135 - 92 - - 92 - 40 - - 40 9 - 49
Additions, share capital 9,008 - 50,370 - 59,378 - - 59,378 - - - - - - - -
Additions, hybrid capital - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5,520 - 5,520
Disposals, hybrid capital - - - - - - - - - - - - - (3,707) - (3,707)
Dividends paid - - - - - - (2,011) (2,011) - - - - - - (369) (369)
Additions, non-controlling interests - - 289 - 289 - (268) 21 - 558 1,143 - 1,701 - 8,383 10,084
Other changes - - 55 - 55 - - 55 - - 44 - 44 - - 44
Equity at 31 December 13,212 (9,164) 115,670 - 119,718 20,955 8,268 148,941 4,204 (5,164) 63,098 - 62,138 20,955 10,391 93,484
Note 5.2 5.2 5.3 3.10 5.2 5.2 5.3 3.10
1
In addition to the total reserves of DKK -9,164 million, a loss of
DKK 344 million (2024: DKK 513 million) is recognised as part
of non-controlling interests. The loss is related to the hedging of
revenue belonging to the non-controlling interests.
Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity
1 January – 31 December
119
Financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Note DKKm 2025 2024
Operating profit (loss) before depreciation, amortisation,
and impairment losses (EBITDA)
22,448 31,959
Reversal of gain (loss) on divestment of assets 964 (349)
Change in derivatives (489) 648
Change in provisions and other items 2,001 (13,186)
Change in inventories (6) (4,680)
Change in contract assets and liabilities 10,877 6,154
Change in trade receivables (969) 2,142
Change in other receivables 1,263 (846)
Change in trade payables (1,160) 2,821
Change in tax equity liabilities (3,027) 1,458
Change in other payables (14) (964)
Interest received and similar items 5,827 6,820
Interest paid and similar items (9,075) (7,294)
4.4 Income tax paid (4,899) (6,327)
Cash flows from operating activities 23,741 18,356
Purchase of intangible assets and of property, plant,
and equipment (54,776) (42,654)
Sale of intangible assets and of property, plant,
and equipment 12,278 4,471
Divestment of enterprises 8 942
Sale and purchase of other equity investments (208) (163)
Purchase of securities (44,198) (11,588)
Sale/maturation of securities 20,419 27,318
Change in other non-current assets 21 (134)
Transactions with associates and joint ventures (96) 22
Dividends received and capital reductions 81 27
Cash flows from investing activities (66,471) (21,759)
Note DKKm 2025 2024
Proceeds from capital increase 59,378 -
Proceeds from raising loans 19,550 9,990
Instalments on loans (4,497) (3,407)
Instalments on leases (1,207) (736)
Coupon payments on hybrid capital (713) (687)
Repurchase of hybrid capital - (3,707)
Proceeds from issuance of hybrid capital - 5,520
3.10 Transactions with non-controlling interests (2,055) 9,863
Net proceeds from tax equity partners (215) 78
Collateral posted in relation to trading of derivatives (16,622) (13,400)
Collateral released in relation to trading of derivatives 20,272 12,166
Restricted cash and other changes (82) 163
Cash flows from financing activities 73,809 15,843
Total net change in cash and cash equivalents 31,079 12,440
5.4 Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 23,124 10,144
Exchange rate adjustments of cash and cash equivalents (755) 540
5.4 Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 53,448 23,124
Supplementary statements
Our supplementary statements of gross and net investment
appear from note 3.0 ‘Capital employed’ and free cash flows (FCF)
from note 2.1 ‘Segment information’.
Accounting policies
Cash flows from operating activities’ are
determined using the indirect method as
operating profit (loss) before depreciation,
amortisation, and impairment losses adjusted
for changes in operating items without cash flow
effect. Trade payables relating to purchases of
intangible assets and of property, plant, and
equipment are not recognised in ‘Change in
trade payables’ but in ‘Purchase of intangible
assets and of property, plant, and equipment
under ‘Cash flows from investing activities’.
Change in tax equity liabilities’ relates to
cash contributions from tax equity partners
and repayment hereof through production tax
credits (PTCs), investment tax credits (ITCs),
and other tax attributes to tax equity partners.
See also note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
Cash flows from investing activities’ comprise
payments in connection with the purchase and
sale of non-current assets and enterprises as
well as the purchase and sale of securities that
are not recognised as cash and cash equivalents.
Cash flows from financing activities’ comprise
changes in the size or composition of equity
and loans, including instalments on leases,
proceeds from issuing of shares, transactions
with non-controlling interests, and net proceeds
related to interest-bearing tax equity liabilities.
Proceeds from the raising of short-term repo
loans are presented net.
Cash flows in currencies other than the func-
tional currency are translated at the average
exchange rates for the month in question, unless
these differ significantly from the rates at the
transaction date.
Consolidated statement of cash flows
1 January – 31 December
120
Financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Rights issue
In October 2025, Ørsted completed a
rights issue of new shares with pre-emptive
rights for existing shareholders. The share
capital increased by DKK 9 billion with a net
proceed of DKK 59.4 billion. The completion
of the rights issue supports our target of a
solid investment-grade credit rating, and it
has reinforced our ability to realise the full
value potential of our existing portfolio and
capture future value-creating offshore wind
opportunities.
See note 5.2 ‘Equity’.
Impairments
US portfolio
During 2025, we recognised a net impairment
loss of DKK 1.6 billion on our US portfolio,
comprising an impairment loss of DKK 2.7
billion on our US offshore projects and an
impairment reversal of DKK 1.1 billion on
our US onshore projects.
See note 3.2 ‘Impairments’.
European Onshore business classified
as held for sale
In late 2025, we advanced the sales process
for our European onshore business, and we
signed a divestment agreement in February
2026. On 31 December 2025, we recorded
an impairment loss of DKK 1.6 billion on
goodwill related to our European onshore
business and classified the related assets and
liabilities as held for sale.
See notes 3.2 ‘Impairments’ and 3.11 ‘Assets
held for sale.
Hornsea 4
In Q2 2025, we decided to discontinue our
offshore wind project Hornsea 4 in its current
form.
The decision led to a negative EBITDA impact
of DKK 3 billion. This included a write-down
of the transmission assets (DKK 1.9 billion)
and cancellation fees related to contracts
(DKK 1.1 billion). Further, we recognised an
impairment loss of DKK 0.5 billion related to
capitalised development costs.
See notes 3.2 ‘Impairment’ and 3.3 ‘Inventories’.
Our divestments
Hornsea 3
In December 2025, we completed the
farm-down of a 50 % ownership stake of
our Hornsea 3 Offshore Wind Farm and
transmission asset in the UK. As part of
the divestment, we also entered into a
construction agreement with the partner.
The transaction resulted in total proceeds
of DKK 39 billion, of which DKK 20 billion
was paid upon closing. The remaining
amount is expected to be paid under the
construction agreement upon achievement
of certain construction milestones.
Ørsted retained a 50 % proportionate
consolidated interest in Hornsea 3 Offshore
Wind Farm and transmission asset.
See notes 2.2 ‘Revenue, 2.6 ‘Other operating
income and expenses’, 3.1 ‘Intangible assets
and property, plant and equipments’ and
3.3 ‘Inventories’.
West of Duddon Sands
In April 2025, we completed the farm-down
of a 24.5 % ownership stake of our offshore
wind farm West of Duddon Sands in the
UK. The transaction resulted in proceeds of
DKK 3.9 billion in 2025.
Ørsted retained a 25.5 % proportionate con-
solidated interest in West of Duddon Sands.
See notes 2.6 ‘Other operating income
and expenses’ and 3.1 ‘Intangible assets
and property, plant and equipment.
Eleven Mile and Sparta Solar
Ørsted completed a divestment of 50 % of
the cash equity in an operational solar and
battery storage portfolio, which includes a
solar and four-hour duration battery storage
facility in Arizona (Eleven Mile) and a solar
farm in Texas (Sparta).
The transaction resulted in proceeds of
DKK 2.9 billion in 2025.
Ørsted retained a 50 % proportionate
consolidated interest in Eleven Mile and
Sparta Solar.
See notes 2.6 ‘Other operating income and
expenses’ and 3.1 ‘Intangible assets and
property, plant and equipment.
Badger
Ørsted completed a divestment of a 49 %
ownership share of our onshore wind farm
facility Badger Wind.
In addition to this, a right for the partner to
receive a 49 % proportionate share of elec-
tric generation capacity and energy output
from the facility was agreed.
The transaction resulted in proceeds of
DKK 1.8 billion in 2025.
See notes 2.6 ‘Other operating income and
expenses’ and 3.1 ‘Intangible assets, and
property, plant and equipment.
The financial position and performance of Ørsted was particularly
affected by the following events and transactions during 2025.
Note 1
Basis of
reporting
Note 1.1
Significant changes and events
For a detailed discussion on Ørsted’s performance and financial position, please refer to the ‘Managements review’.
121
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
This section provides an overall description of the
accounting policies applied in our consolidated financial
statements as well as the European Single Electronic
Format (ESEF) reporting requirements. We provide a
more detailed description of the accounting policies
applied in the specific notes. Key accounting estimates
and judgements as well as new and amended IFRS
standards and interpretations are discussed in detail
later in this note.
Accounting policies
The consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with the IFRS Accounting
Standards as adopted by the EU and further require-
ments in the Danish Financial Statements Act
(Årsregnskabsloven).
The accounting policies have been applied consistently
in the financial year and for comparative figures.
Measurement basis
The consolidated financial statements have been pre-
pared on historical cost basis, except for derivatives,
receivable from divestment of assets, gas storage facil-
ities, financial instruments in the trading portfolio, and
carbon emission allowances in the trading portfolio,
which are measured at market value.
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the
financial statements of Ørsted A/S (the parent com-
pany) and subsidiaries controlled by Ørsted A/S.
See more in note 7.4 ‘Company overview’.
The consolidated financial statements have been pre-
pared as a consolidation of the parent company’s and
the individual subsidiaries’ financial statements, which
have been prepared in accordance with the Groups
accounting policies.
Intra-group income, expenses, shareholdings, balances,
and dividends as well as realised and unrealised gains
and losses arising from intra-group transactions are
eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.
Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions
with associates and joint ventures are eliminated to
the extent of our ownership interest.
Entities are accounted for as associates if we hold
or have the ability to exercise, directly or indirectly,
20-50 % of the voting rights and do not exercise
control. However, we carry out a specific assessment
of our ability to exercise influence, including our ability
to influence financial and operational decisions and
thus our return. Entities that satisfy the criteria for
joint control are accounted for as investments in joint
ventures, unless the nature of the joint arrangement
is considered a joint operation.
Our shares in joint operations are recognised in the
consolidated balance sheet through recognition of
the Groups own assets, liabilities, income, and expenses.
The proportionate share of realised and unrealised
gains and losses arising from intra-group transactions
between fully consolidated enterprises and joint
operations is eliminated.
Foreign currency translation
The financial statements are presented in million
Danish kroner (DKKm), unless otherwise stated.
Exchange differences arising between the exchange
rate on the transaction date and on the date of
payment are recognised in profit (loss) for the year
as financial income or expenses.
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the
functional currency defined for each entity, using the
exchange rates prevailing at the transaction date.
Receivables, payables, and other monetary items in
foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates
on the balance sheet date. The difference between
the exchange rate on the balance sheet date and on
the date at which the receivable or payable arose
is recognised in profit (loss) for the year as financial
income or expenses.
Financial statements of foreign subsidiaries, joint
operations, associates, and joint ventures are trans-
lated into DKK at monthly average exchange rates
insofar as these do not deviate materially from the
actual exchange rates at the transaction dates.
Balance sheet items are translated at the exchange
rates on the balance sheet date.
All exchange differences are recognised in profit (loss)
for the year, except for exchange differences arising on:
· translation of the opening equity of these entities at
the exchange rates on the balance sheet date
· translation of the statements of comprehensive
income of these enterprises from ‘the average-for-
the-month exchange rates’ to ‘the exchange rates
on the balance sheet date
· translation of balances accounted for as part of the
total net investment
· translation of the portion of loans and derivatives
that has been entered into to hedge the net invest-
ment in an enterprise, and that provides an effective
hedge against corresponding foreign exchange gains
(losses) on the net investment.
The above types of exchange differences are recog-
nised in ‘Other comprehensive income. Such exchange
rate adjustments are divided between the equity of the
parent company and the equity of the non- controlling
interests.
On full or partial divestment of the net investment,
the accumulated exchange rate adjustments are
recognised as follows:
· Disposal resulting in loss of control:
The accumulated exchange rate adjustments,
including any associated hedges, are recognised in
the profit (loss) for the year if a foreign exchange
gain (loss) is realised by the selling entity. Any foreign
exchange gain (loss) is transferred to the item in
which the gain (loss) from the disposal is recognised.
The part of the foreign currency translation reserve
that relates to non-controlling interests is not trans-
ferred to profit (loss) for the year.
Note 1.2
Basis of preparation
122
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, sales, costs,
cash flows, hedge reserves, and related disclosures.
Actual amounts may differ from the amounts estimated
and judgements made, as more detailed information
becomes available.
We regularly reassess these estimates and judgements
based on, among other things, historical experience,
the current situation in the financial markets, and a
number of other relevant factors, e.g. the updates on
annual estimated production. Changes in estimates
are recognised in the period in which the estimate in
question is revised.
Accounting estimates, judgements, and assumptions
which may entail a risk of material adjustments in
subsequent years are listed in the table above.
In addition, we make judgements when we apply
the accounting policies.
Reference is made to the specific notes for further
information on the key accounting estimates and
judgements as well as the assumptions applied.
iXBRL reporting
We are required to file our annual report in the
European Single Electronic Format (‘ESEF’) using the
XHTML format and to tag the consolidated financial
statements, including notes, using the Inline eXtensible
Business Reporting Language (iXBRL). TheiXBRL tags
comply with the ESEF taxonomy. Where a financial
statement line item is not defined in the ESEF taxonomy,
an extension to the taxonomy has been created.
The annual report submitted to the Danish Financial
Supervisory Authority consists of the XHTML document
together with certain technical files, all included in a
ZIP file named Orsted-2025-12-31-en.zip.
Note 1.2 – Continued
Basis of preparation
Potential impact Estimate/ from accounting estimates Note Key accounting estimates and judgements judgementand judgements2.4 Government grants Classification of contract for difference (CfD) agreements Judgement2.6 Other operating income and expenses Variable selling prices related to divestments of offshore wind farms and offshore transmission assets Estimate Consolidation method for partnerships Judgement3.2 Impairments Key assumptions in impairment tests Estimate 3.8 Tax equity liabilities Recognition of tax equity partnerships Judgement 3.9 Provisions and contingent liabilities Assumptions for provisions Estimate4.2 Tax on profit (loss) for the year Recognition of income taxes Estimate 6.1 Risk framework Valuation of long-term power purchase agreements and receivables from divestment of assets Estimate/judgement Hedge accounting Estimate/judgement
Key accounting estimates and judgements and their level of
potential impact on the consolidated financial statements.
The impact relates to objectivity and business practice.
Very objective/market-conforming
Objective/partially conforming
Partially subjective/partially distinctive
Subjective/distinctive to Ørsted
· Disposal not resulting in loss of control:
A proportionate share of the foreign currency
translation reserve is transferred from the parent
company shareholders’ share of equity to the
minority shareholders’ share of equity.
Repayment of balances that are considered part
of the net investment does not constitute a partial
disposal of the subsidiary.
Key accounting estimates and judgements
The use of reasonable estimates and judgements is an
essential part of the preparation of the consolidated
financial statements.
Given the uncertainties inherent in our business activ-
ities, we make a number of estimates and judge-
ments. The estimates and judgements are based on
assumptions concerning future developments, which
affect our application of accounting policies and the
123
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Non-IFRS financial measures
We present financial measures in the consolidated
financial statements to describe the Groups financial
performance, financial position, and cash flows.
We use these financial measures as we believe they
provide valuable information to our stakeholders
and management.
The financial measures should not be considered a
replacement for the performance measures as defined
under IFRS but rather as supplementary information.
The financial measures may not be comparable to
similar titled measures presented by other companies,
as the definitions and calculations may be different.
The financial measures most commonly presented in
the Ørsted annual report are:
· EBITDA and EBITDA excluding new partnerships
and cancellation fees
· funds from operations (FFO)
· FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt
· net interest-bearing debt (NIBD)
· adjusted interest-bearing net debt
· free cash flow (FCF)
· return on capital employed ( ROCE)
· capital employed
· g ross investments
· net investments.
Our definitions of the financial measures are included
in note 7.3 ‘Non-IFRS financial measures’.
Implementation of new and changed accounting
standards and interpretations
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
has issued amended standards that are effective for
the first time in 2025. None of them required a change
in our accounting policies or had any material impact
on our consolidated financial statetements.
New standards and interpretations
IASB has issued new or amended accounting standards
and interpretations that have not yet become effec-
tive and have consequently not been implemented
in the consolidated financial statements for 2025.
Ørsted expects to adopt the accounting standards
and interpretations as they become mandatory.
In 2024, IASB issued IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and
Disclosure in Financial Statements’ which replaces
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’.
We are currently working to identify which impacts
the amendments will have on the consolidated finan-
cial statements and related notes.
With the introduction of specified categories and
defined subtotals in the consolidated statement of
profit and loss, we have initially identified the follow-
ing expected impact on the Groups consolidated
financial statements:
· Income and expenses from foreign exchange adjust-
ments will be classified in the same category as the
related income and expense arises. For example, for-
eign exchange differences on accounts payable or
receivable will be classfied in the operating category
within the statement of profit and loss.
· Value adjustments of derivatives not applied for
hedging purpose will be classified in the operating
category.
· Interests from e.g, prepayments or derivatives applied
to hedge accounting of items within the operating
category will be classified in the operating category.
· Bank fees, e.g. fees related to the non-cancellable
credit facilities, will be classified in the operating
category.
· Interests and foreign exchange adjustments from cash
and securities as well as capital gains or losses on
securities will be classified in the investing category
together with the share of profit (loss) from associates
and joint ventures.
Additionally, Ørsted will introduce EBITDA as a
management defined performance measure (MPM)
and continue to guide on ‘EBITDA excluding new
partnership agreements and cancellation fees’.
Currently, Ørsted uses EBITDA as a non-IFRS measure
in the annual report.
The application of IFRS 18 requires significant profes-
sional judgment, and there remains ongoing discussion
regarding its implementation. As a result, our expected
impact to applying the standard may evolve over time
as further guidance becomes available and interpreta-
tions are refined.
Besides that, the new or amended standards or interpre-
tations are not expected to have a significant impact
on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 1.2 – Continued
Basis of preparation
124
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
5.4 %
2025
2024
2023
4.5
-14.2
16.8
2022
2021 14.8
5.4
EBITDA 22.4
EBIT 8.6
32.1
32.0
18.7
-17.9
24.3
19.8
6.2
16.2
20252021 20232022 2024
Return on capital employed (ROCE) is a key ratio,
showing how profitable our business activities are.
Our target is an average ROCE of approx. 11 % for
the Group for the 2026-2027 period.
ROCE was 5.4 % in 2025. Adjusted for impairment
losses and cancellation fees, ROCE amounted to
8.4 % in 2025.
See note 2.1 ‘Segment information’.
Impairment losses DKK -3,633 million Remaining EBIT DKK 11,433 millionCancellation fees DKK 820 million
Return on capital employed
%
Return on capital employed was
5.4 % in 2025 against 4.5 % in 2024.
EBITDA and EBIT
DKKbn
Note 2
Return on capital employed
EBIT
DKKm
EBIT of DKK 8,620 million in 2025
125
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
GB 35,810 (32,468)
NL 1,713 (2,555)
IE 582 (541)
US 3,057 (2,958)
DK 18,000 (17,108)
TW 7,535 (3,079)
DE 5,814 (11,534)
Other 733 (791)
US 83,988 (77,474)
DK 13,615 (11,749)
TW 41,181 (33,175)
NL 3,587 (3,978)
GB 38,720 (45,450)
IE 194 (4,693)
Other 43 (87)
DE 18,951 (23,465)
PL 11,342 (4,234)
Geographical distribution
Geographical revenue is broken down, as far as
possible, by the customer’s geographical location
based on supply point.
A significant part of our sales takes place via power
exchanges and gas hubs in Europe, whose physical
locations do not reflect the geographical locations of
our customers. When breaking down these sales by
geographical location, we use the physical locations
of the exchange or hub since we do not know the
physical location of our customers in all cases.
No single customer accounted for more than 10 % of
our consolidated revenue in 2025 or 2024.
Non-current assets are broken down geographically,
based on the physical locations of the assets.
2025Revenue 54,797EBITDA 16,276Gross investments 47,724
2025Revenue 2,886EBITDA 4,871Gross investments 5,122
Revenue, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment
are presented based on the locations of our customers and assets
as well as the exchanges on which we trade.
Accounting policies
Our operating segments are consistent with
our internal reporting to our chief operating
decision-maker, the Group Executive Team.
The operating segments are managed primarily
on the basis of EBITDA and investments.
Financial income, financial expenses, and tax
are allocated to the operating segments, while
we manage them at Group level.
Segment income and segment expenses are
those items that, in our internal management
reporting, are directly attributable to individual
segments or can be indirectly allocated to
individual segments on a reliable basis.
73,244 (71,034) 211,621 (204,305)
Offshore
DKKm
Primary activities
Development, construction, ownership, and operation of
offshore wind farms in Europe, the US, and the Asia-Pacific
region.
Onshore
DKKm
Primary activities
Development, construction, ownership, and operation of
onshore wind and solar farms in the US, including integrated
storage.
Revenue
DKKm 2025 (2024)
Bioenergy & Other
DKKm
Primary activities
Generation of heat and power and delivery of ancillary services
from CHP plants in Denmark, optimisation of our gas portfolio,
and management of our Danish and Swedish B2B business.
Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment
DKKm 2025 (2024)
Note 2.1
Segment information
2025Revenue 16,031EBITDA 1,358Gross investments 2,047
126
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
2025 income statementBioenergyReportableOther activities/DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othersegmentseliminations To talExternal revenue 53,207 2,886 17,086 73,179 65 73,244Intra-group revenue 1,590 - (1,055) 535 (535) 1-Revenue 54,797 2,886 16,031 73,714 (470) 73,244Cost of sales (27,360) (36) (11,566) (38,962) (22) (38,984)Employee costs and other external expenses (11,251) (2,393) (2,951) (16,595) 452 (16,143)Gain (loss) on disposal of non-current assets (2,009) 979 67 (963) (1) (964)Additional other operating income and expenses 2,190 3,444 (225) 5,409 (16) 5,393Share of profit (loss) in associates and joint ventures (91) (9) 2 (98) - (98)EBITDA 16,276 4,871 1,358 22,505 (57) 22,448Depreciation and amortisation (7,024) (2,089) (770) (9,883) (312) (10,195)Impairment losses (3,174) (459) - (3,633) - (3,633)Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 6,078 2,323 588 8,989 (369) 8,620Key ratiosIntangible assets and property, plant, and equipment 152,965 47,414 10,206 210,585 1,036 211,621Assets classified as held for sale, net - 9,138 - 9,138 - 9,138Equity investments and non-current receivables 3,024 127 251 3,402 94 3,496Net working capital, capital expenditures (6,753) (545) (75) (7,373) - (7,373)Net working capital, work in progress (8,419) - - (8,419) - (8,419)Net working capital, tax equity (833) (11,703) - (12,536) - (12,536)Net working capital, other items (782) 521 299 38 629 667Derivatives, net (3,627) (2,873) (98) (6,598) 1,649 (4,949)Decommissioning obligations (9,735) (2,033) (2,734) (14,502) - (14,502)Other provisions (2,822) 1 (362) (3,183) (2,125) (5,308)Tax, net 6,791 (3,172) 1,485 5,104 (1,389) 3,715Other receivables and other payables, net (6,389) (27) - (6,416) (1,215) (7,631)Capital employed at 31 December 123,420 36,848 8,972 169,240 (1,321) 167,919Return on capital employed (ROCE), % 5.4Cash flows from operating activities 14,905 361 (815) 14,451 9,290 23,741Gross investments (47,724) (5,122) (2,047) (54,893) (83) (54,976)Divestments 7,162 5,192 8 12,362 23 12,385Free cash flow (FCF) (25,657) 431 (2,854) (28,080) 9,230 (18,850)
Note 2.1 – Continued
Segment information
The column ‘Other activities/eliminations’ primarily covers the
elimination of inter-segment transactions. It also includes income
and costs, assets and liabilities, investment activity, taxes, etc.,
handled at Group level.
1
Including the elimination of other activities, the total elimination of
intra-group revenue amounts to DKK -4,628 million, which primarily
relates to our Shared Functions services and our B2B business
activities.
127
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
2024 income statementBioenergyReportableOther activities/DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othersegmentseliminations To talExternal revenue 52,528 2,732 15,642 70,902 132 71,034Intra-group revenue 1,280 (12) (537) 731 (731) 1-Revenue 53,808 2,720 15,105 71,633 (599) 71,034Cost of sales (24,628) (97) (11,316) (36,041) 78 (35,963)Employee costs and other external expenses (11,287) (2,432) (2,656) (16,375) 1,146 (15,229)Gain (loss) on disposal of non-current assets 215 141 (7) 349 - 349Additional other operating income and expenses 8,421 3,541 (45) 11,917 (81) 11,836Share of profit (loss) in associates and joint ventures (59) (10) 1 (68) - (68)EBITDA 26,470 3,863 1,082 31,415 544 31,959Depreciation and amortisation (7,091) (2,190) (667) (9,948) (277) (10,225)Impairment losses (14,242) (1,321) - (15,563) - (15,563)Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) 5,137 352 415 5,904 267 6,171Key ratiosIntangible assets and property, plant, and equipment 127,821 66,359 8,919 203,099 1,206 204,305Equity investments and non-current receivables 507 444 264 1,215 180 1,395Net working capital, capital expenditures (7,005) (297) (148) (7,450) (4) (7,454)Net working capital, work in progress 5,798 - - 5,798 - 5,798Net working capital, tax equity (1,205) (17,509) - (18,714) - (18,714)Net working capital, other items (5,783) 389 40 (5,354) 4,663 (691)Derivatives, net (5,470) (3,325) (858) (9,653) (661) (10,314)Decommissioning obligations (9,347) (2,293) (2,204) (13,844) - (13,844)Other provisions (4,037) - (619) (4,656) (2,035) (6,691)Tax, net 6,286 (4,295) 285 2,276 934 3,210Other receivables and other payables, net (3,966) (30) - (3,996) (1,493) (5,489)Capital employed at 31 December 103,599 39,443 5,679 148,721 2,790 151,511Return on capital employed (ROCE), % 4.5Cash flows from operating activities 12,931 4,459 1,939 19,329 (973) 18,356Gross investments (33,023) (7,391) (2,250) (42,664) (144) (42,808)Divestments 11,293 4,430 - 15,723 (43) 15,680Free cash flow (FCF) (8,799) 1,498 (311) (7,612) (1,160) (8,772)
Note 2.1 – Continued
Segment information
The column ‘Other activities/eliminations’ primarily covers the
elimination of inter-segment transactions. It also includes income
and costs, assets and liabilities, investment activity, taxes, etc.,
handled at Group level.
1
Including the elimination of other activities, the total elimination of
intra-group revenue amounts to DKK -4,538 million, which primarily
relates to our Shared Functions services and our B2B business
activities.
128
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
RevenueBioenergyOther activities/BioenergyOther activities/DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations 2025 Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations 2024 Generation of power 14,422 2,213 4,486 - 21,121 11,935 2,275 5,315 - 19,525Sale of power 16,975 28 326 (83) 17,246 17,832 3 225 (18) 18,042Revenue from construction of wind farms and transmission assets 9,036 - - - 9,036 6,991 38 - - 7,029Generation and sale of heat and steam - - 3,506 - 3,506 - - 3,380 - 3,380Sale of gas - - 6,352 (8) 6,344 - - 4,520 (30) 4,490Distribution and transmission - - 328 (2) 326 - - 373 (2) 371O&M and other services 4,303 324 405 (377) 4,655 4,464 324 378 (549) 4,617Total revenue from customers 44,736 2,565 15,403 (470) 62,234 41,222 2,640 14,191 (599) 57,454Government grants 9,172 61 405 - 9,638 11,637 103 461 - 12,201Miscellaneous revenue 889 260 223 - 1,372 949 (23) 453 - 1,379Total revenue 54,797 2,886 16,031 (470) 73,244 53,808 2,720 15,105 (599) 71,034Timing of revenue recognition from customersAt a point in time 26,489 2,565 3,576 (470) 32,160 21,900 2,640 6,204 (599) 30,145Over time 18,247 - 11,827 - 30,074 19,322 - 7,987 - 27,309Total revenue from customers 44,736 2,565 15,403 (470) 62,234 41,222 2,640 14,191 (599) 57,454Revenue from sale of goods and servicesRevenue from sale of goods 50,760 2,854 15,422 (91) 68,945 49,777 2,691 14,609 (72) 67,005Revenue from sale of services 4,037 32 609 (379) 4,299 4,031 29 496 (527) 4,029Total revenue 54,797 2,886 16,031 (470) 73,244 53,808 2,720 15,105 (599) 71,034
Order backlogDKKm 2025 202431 December 37,831 8,643Within one year 49 % 100 %In more than one year 51 % 0 %
Revenue
The timing of transfer of goods or services to customers is
categorised as follows:
At a point in time’ mainly comprises:
· sale of power or gas in the market, e.g. Nord Pool, TTF, NBP,
and ERCOT
· sale of transmission assets from offshore wind farms.
Over time’ mainly comprises:
· construction agreements for wind farms and transmission assets
· long-term contracts with customers to deliver power, heat, or gas.
Note 2.2
Revenue
Revenue for the year increased by 3 % to DKK 73,244
million in 2025. The increase was mainly due to partial
divestment of the Hornsea 3 offshore transmission
asset to partners and higher activity from construction
agreements.
Generation of power’ increased by 8 % and was driven
by higher availability and new installed capacity in
2025. ‘Sale of power’ decreased by 4 % due to lower
power prices across markets.
The increase in ‘Sale of gas’ was primarily driven by
higher gas volumes due to Tyra ramp-up.
Revenue from construction agreements was DKK 9,036
million and mainly related to the construction of
Greater Changhua 4 for partners (DKK 4,604 million)
and the partial divestment of the Hornsea 3 offshore
transmission asset to partners (DKK 3,103 million).
In 2024, revenue from construction agreements mainly
related to the construction of Borkum Riffgrund 3 and
Gode Wind 3 for partners.
Income from government grants decreased in 2025 due
to the expiration of subsidy contracts for older assets.
Backlog
Order backlog for the construction of wind farms and offshore
transmission assets is remaining revenue on construction
agreements to be recognised in future years.
The overview does not include revenue from contracts with
customers to deliver gas, heat, and power or our operations and
maintenance agreements. For these types of goods and services,
we recognise the revenue that corresponds directly to the value
transferred to the customer.
129
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Revenue is measured based on the consideration
specified in a contract with a customer (transaction
price) and excludes amounts collected on behalf of
third parties, i.e. VAT. We recognise revenue when
we transfer control over a product or service to a
customer or a partner.
If a part of the transaction price is variable, i.e. bonus
payments, incentives for on-time completion of deliv-
erables, etc., the variable consideration is recognised
in revenue when it is highly probable that the revenue
will not be reversed in subsequent periods.
We adjust the transaction price for the time value of
money if the payments exceed twelve months.
Generation of power
Generation of power is the sale of power produced at
our own wind farms, solar farms, and power stations
as well as the sale of ancillary services. We recognise
revenue as the power is produced since this is when
delivery to the customers occurs.
Fees for having CHP plants on standby or ready to
increase or decrease the generation of power to balance
the demand and supply in the system are considered
one performance obligation fulfilled over time.
The consideration for the power is due when the actual
power is delivered to the customer.
Sale of power
Sale of power includes revenue from the sale of power
sourced from other producers. This includes the sale of
power sourced from investor power purchase agree-
ments, third-party balancing contracts, exchanges, and
other sales contracts. The sale is recognised when the
power is delivered to the grid.
Sales contracts for a fixed amount of power at a
variable price, or where we are exclusive suppliers to
the customer at a variable price, are considered one
performance obligation with multiple deliveries to be
satisfied over time. For such contracts and for long-
term agreements on selling power at a fixed price,
we recognise revenue in the amount up to which we
have a right to invoice.
The consideration for the power is due when the
actual power is delivered to the customer.
Revenue from failed own-use power contracts is
recognised on a net basis. These are contracts settled
with delivery of physical power where the purpose
of entering into them is hedging or optimisation of
our revenue.
Revenue from construction of wind farms
Revenue from construction of wind farms includes
development and construction. The construction
agreements cover the construction phase from design
to delivery of an operational asset. The agreement
consists of two performance obligations:
· Wind farms.
· Offshore transmission assets, if applicable.
The construction agreements cover our partners’
shares of the construction of the wind farm and off-
shore transmission assets, if applicable. If our contracts
include multiple performance obligations, the trans-
action price will be allocated to each performance
obligation based on the stand-alone selling prices.
Where these are not directly observable, they are
estimated based on the expected cost-plus margin.
We recognise revenue over time, using an input
method to measure progress towards complete
satisfaction of the performance obligation because
the customer gains control of the wind farm during
the construction process. The input method reflects
the ongoing transfer of control.
The consideration for the construction of an offshore
wind farm consists of a fixed fee and a relatively minor
variable fee, depending on when the wind farm can be
put into operation. The consideration for an offshore
transmission asset is a fixed fee.
After signing the construction agreement, we carry
out an assessment determining when the wind farm
is expected to be completed. We calculate the size of
the variable payment on this basis. We only recognise
the variable fee when it is highly probable that a sub-
sequent reversal will not take place.
Our partner pays the fixed consideration based on a
payment schedule. The payment schedule is deter-
mined and based on the expected progress of the
construction and transfer of control to the customer.
Generation and sale of heat and steam
Heat is sold under long-term heat contracts and
recognised when the heat is delivered to our customer.
The individual heat customer has made a prepayment
to finance the majority of our CAPEX associated with
the biomass conversion of the CHP plant. The prepay-
ment is recognised as a contract liability, and it is also
recognised as revenue in steps matching the transfer
of heat to the customer.
Payment for the sale of heat consists of fixed costs
associated with operations and maintenance of a
CHP plant, fuel costs for the generation of heat, and
a financial return. The consideration is due when
delivered.
Sale of gas
Sale of gas is gas sourced from other producers, and it
is recognised when the gas is transferred to our buyer.
The transfer of control occurs either when the gas is
injected into the distribution system or delivered to
the customer.
Sales contracts for a fixed amount of gas at a var-
iable price, or where we are exclusive suppliers to
the customer at a variable price, are considered one
performance obligation with multiple deliveries to be
satisfied over time. For such contracts, we recognise
revenue in the amount up to which we have a right
to invoice.
The consideration for the gas is due when the gas is
injected into the distribution system or delivered to
the customer.
Distribution and transmission
Fees for distribution and transmission of oil and gas
are recognised when the product is delivered to the
buyer, or when the capacity is made available.
Revenue is calculated as the amount to which we are
entitled when the service is delivered to the customer,
and consideration is payable when invoiced.
O&M and other services
Revenue from providing services is recognised over
time as our customers simultaneously receive and
consume the benefits provided.
For fixed-price contracts, revenue is recognised based
on the actual service rendered by the end of the
reporting period as a pro portion of the total services
to be rendered. This is determined based on the actual
labour hours spent relative to the total labour hours
expected.
Fixed-price contracts are invoiced on a monthly basis,
and consideration is payable when invoiced. Variable
fee services are due after the services are rendered.
Accounting policies
Note 2.2 – Continued
Revenue
130
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Cost of sales increased by 8 % to DKK 38,984 million
in 2025. The increase was primarily driven by ‘Cost
of constructing wind farms and transmission assets’
due to the partial divestment of the Hornsea 3
transmission asset to partners, the construction of
Greater Changhua 4 for partners, and the write-down
of the transmission assets of Hornsea 4.
In 2024, ‘Costs of constructing wind farms and trans-
mission assets’ was DKK 7,006 million and mainly
related to the construction of Borkum Riffgrund 3
and Gode Wind 3 for partners.
Accounting policies
Ørsted constructs offshore transmission assets
in the UK, which are required to be divested to
third parties due to EU unbundling regulations.
The construction costs are presented as inven-
tories and transferred to cost of sales when the
asset is divested to either a farm-down partner
or to the buyer appointed by Ofgem.
Note 2.3
Cost of sales
Cost of salesBioenergyOther activities/BioenergyOther activities/DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations 2025 Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations 2024 Power including certificates 15,197 - 884 (19) 16,062 15,901 5 463 3 16,372Costs of constructing wind farms and transmission assets 10,625 - - - 10,625 6,971 35 - - 7,006Gas - - 5,604 - 5,604 - - 4,361 (5) 4,356Biomass - - 3,740 - 3,740 - - 4,386 - 4,386Coal - - 52 - 52 - - 585 - 585Distribution and transmission costs 1,445 28 473 (15) 1,931 1,501 33 795 (2) 2,327Other cost of sales 93 8 813 56 970 255 24 726 (74) 931To tal 27,360 36 11,566 22 38,984 24,628 97 11,316 (78) 35,963
131
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Government grants DKKm 2025 2024Government grants recognised in profit (loss) for the year under revenue 9,638 12,201Government grants recognised in profit (loss) for the year under other operating income 29 23Government grants recognised in the balance sheet (29) (23)Government grants recognised for the year 9,638 12,201
Energinet, the transmission system operator in
Denmark, administers subsidies for environmentally
sustainable power generation, including biomass
and offshore wind farms. We treat the subsidies as a
government grant, as it is paid by the Danish state.
In the UK, we receive subsidies under two schemes:
contracts for difference (CfD) and the Renewable
Obligation scheme (renewable obligation certificate
(ROC) regime). We treat the payments from the schemes
as government grants.
Feed-in tariffs from our Irish, Dutch, and German wind
farms are also recognised as government grants.
For subsidies in the US, see note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
Income from government grants decreased in 2025
compared to 2024 primarily due to:
· the subsidy period for Anholt Offshore wind farm
expired at the end of 2024
· the subsidy periods for Gode Wind 1 and
Borkum Riffgrund 1 are nearing expiry, and the
subsidised feed-in tariffs decline towards the end
of the scheme, resulting in a lower subsidy per
MWh produced.
Accounting policies
Government grants comprise grants for environmentally
sustainable power generation, grants for the funding of
development projects, investment grants, etc.
Government grants are recognised when there is
reasonable assurance that the grants will be received.
As grants for power generation are intended as a com-
pensation for the price of power, we systematically
recognise the grants under revenue in line with the
power generation and thus the related revenue.
When we enter into contracts for difference (CfD) with
governments, we assess the appropriate classification
at inception as either a government grant or a deriva-
tive (within the scope of IFRS 9). In the assessment, we
consider e.g. other price levels, duration, flexibility in
the start date, and credit terms, etc. In this assessment,
we put significant emphasis on the price levels being
sufficiently attractive, making it unlikely that the con-
tract would result in us becoming a net payer under
the contract.
If the contract is deemed to be on market terms, we
classify the contract as a financial instrument.
If the contracts are more attractive than the market
terms, we classify the contracts as a government grant.
To the extent the CfD contains embedded derivatives,
we apply the same assessment to these as described
above for the host contract.
The settlement payment for the CfD is recognised as a
government grant, which is presented as revenue.
Key accounting judgement
Classification of contract for difference (CfD)
agreements
When we enter into contract for difference (CfD)
agreements with governments whose purpose it is to
support the build-out of renewable energy, we assess
the appropriate accounting standards to be applied.
To determine the appropriate classification of the CfD as
either a government grant or a derivative, we consider
all the relevant facts and circumstances, including price
levels, duration, flexibility in the start date, production
requirements, credit terms, etc.
If the host contract is considered a government
grant arrangement, we apply the same judgement
to each individual derivative embedded in the CfD.
If the embedded derivatives, which would otherwise
require separation, are assessed to provide an addi-
tional upside, they are considered part of the govern-
ment grant host contract.
Note 2.4
Government grants
132
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Expensed research and development expenditures 2025Bioenergy DKKm Offshore Onshore& Other To talResearch 84 - 37 121Development 843 307 - 1,150To tal 927 307 37 1,271
Expensed research and development expenditures 2024DKKmResearch 130 - - 130Development 995 430 - 1,425To tal 1,125 430 - 1,555
Accounting policies
Research costs are costs incurred to find new
or improve existing technologies (e.g. improving
offshore foundations and optimising the blade
stability and performance of wind farms).
Research costs are recognised in the income
statement as incurred.
Development costs primarly comprise salaries
(presented in note 2.7 ‘Employee costs’) as well
as internal and external costs, which can be
directly or indirectly attributed to the design
and development of offshore and onshore wind
farms, solar farms, and energy storage facilities.
Development costs are expensed until the
capitalisation criteria are met. Development
costs incurred after that are capitalised as
Property, plant, and equipment under construc-
tion’ (see line ‘Additions’ in note 3.1 ‘Intangible
assets and property, plant and equipment’).
Note 2.5
Research and development expenditures
133
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Other operating incomeDKKm 2025 2024Gain on divestment of assets 4,062 605US tax credits and tax attributes 3,443 3,547Compensations 1,327 847Miscellaneous operating income 480 299To tal 9,312 5,298
Other operating expensesDKKm 2025 2024Loss on divestment of assets 5,026 256Cancellation fees (820) (7,335)Ineffective hedges, etc. (138) (137)Miscellaneous operating expenses 815 329To tal 4,883 (6,887)
Other operating income
In 2025, ‘Other operating income’ was DKK 9.3 billion,
which was DKK 4 billion higher than in 2024.
In 2025, ‘Gain on divestment of assets’ primarily
related to the farm-downs of the UK offshore wind
farm West of Duddon Sands and the US onshore assets:
Badger, Eleven Mile, and Sparta.
In 2024, ‘Gain on divestment of assets’ primarily
related to effects from minor adjustments from farm-
downs completed in prior years.
The development in ‘US tax credits and tax attributes’
was mainly driven by partial divestments of onshore
assets, leading to lower income from tax credits and
tax attributes compared to last year.
Compensations’ were primarily compensations
regarding outages and curtailments from TenneT,
the German grid operator.
Other operating expenses
In 2025, ‘Loss on divestment of assets’ was a loss of
DKK 5 billion, of which DKK 4.8 billion related to the
farm-down of Hornsea 3 to partners.
In 2025, ‘Cancellation fees’ was a net income of
DKK 0.8 billion in ‘Other operating expenses’ and
primarily related to a reversal of provisions for onerous
contracts on Ocean Wind (DKK 1.3 billion), partly offset
by the decision to discontinue our Hornsea 4 project
in its current form (DKK 0.7 billion).
In 2024, ‘Cancellation fees’ was an income of
DKK 7.3 billion and primarily related to adjustments
to the provision for onerous contracts for Ocean Wind
(DKK 7.9 billion), partly offset by the decision to cease
execution of FlagshipONE (DKK 0.6 billion).
Accounting policies
Gains from farm-downs of ownership interests in wind
farms are recognised on the divestment date as other
operating income.
Gains from future construction of the partner’s share of
the wind farm are recognised over time in the income
statement as revenue in step with construction.
Divestment of ownership interests in our offshore
wind farms
When we divest an ownership interest in an offshore
wind farm to a partner, we typically also enter into
agreements on the construction and future operation
of the offshore wind farm.
Contracts in connection with a divestment are
typically agreements on:
· the sale of shares (divestment of assets), referred
to as a share purchase agreement (SPA)
· the future construction of the offshore wind
farm (construction agreements or construction
management agreements, if not in operation)
and transmission asset
· the future operation of the offshore wind farm
(O&M agreements)
· a potential future re-purchase agreement of the
divested ownership interest (buy-back option).
The partnerships are typically established as joint
operations with shared control. If an investor obtains
a non-controlling interest in our joint operation
controlled by Ørsted, this is classified as a transaction
with a non-controlling interest. If such a transaction
comprises both an equity investment and other
arrangements, such as power purchase agreements,
proceeds are allocated between these elements on
a relative fair value basis.
Key accounting estimates
Variable selling prices related to divest ments of
offshore wind farms and offshore transmission assets
When we divest an ownership interest in an offshore
wind farm and an offshore transmission asset to a
partner, we consider all terms and activities in the
contracts in order to determine the trans action price.
If the consideration includes a variable amount, we
estimate the consideration to which we are entitled in
exchange for transferring the asset, the wind farm,
and the transmission asset to our partner.
The variable considerations are estimated at contract
inception based on future outcome of events, e.g.:
· the divestment price of the offshore transmission
asset through a competitive tender process
· the winning bid of the tender revenue stream
through a competitive tender process for offshore
transmission assets. The winning bid size is highly
sensitive to interest rate trends
· the impact on production from future wind farms
· the impact from expected cash flows generated
during periods with asymmetric dividend payments
between us and the investor.
We consider ‘the most likely amount’ to provide the
most appropriate estimate of the expected variable
consideration.
Key accounting judgements
Consolidation method for partnerships
On establishment of partnerships and in connection
with any restructuring of existing partnerships, we
perform an assessment to determine whether we
control the investee. Significant judgements are applied
to determine who controls the economically and
operationally significant decisions in the partnership,
and whether arrangements with partnerships are
considered a non-controlling interest or a financial
liability. Relevant items to consider typically involve
decisions related to budget approval, sale of power,
and decommissioning and repowering.
For joint arrangements, we subsequently assess
whether they are joint ventures or joint operations.
In assessing joint operations, we consider:
· the corporate form of the operation
· whether we are only entitled to the net profit
(loss) or to income and expenses resulting from
the operation.
In addition, the fact that the parties buy or are assigned
all output, for example the power generated, will lead
to the structure being considered a joint operation if
we have joint control.
The assessment of the consolidation method deter-
mines the recognition of gain or loss on divestments as
either operating income in the income statement or as
transactions with a non- controlling interest in equity.
Note 2.6
Other operating income and expenses
134
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Pension plans and number of employees
Pension plans are defined-contribution plans that do
not commit Ørsted beyond the amounts contributed.
In 2025, our average number of employees (FTE) was
8,146 (2024: 8,496).
Remuneration of the Group Executive Team
The remuneration of the Group Executive Team is
based on a fixed salary, personal benefits, such as a
company car, free telephone, etc., a variable salary,
and share-based payment. Non-executive members
of the Group Executive Team also receive a pension.
The members of the Board of Directors are only
paid a fixed remuneration for their work in Ørsted.
In addition, Ørsted reimburses travel expenses.
For more details on the remuneration of the
Executive Board and Board of Directors, please
refer to our Remuneration Report 2025:
orsted.com/remuneration2025.
Employee costsDKKm 2025 2024Wages, salaries, and remuneration 7,301 6,707Pensions 575 563Other social security costs 318 286Share-based payment 47 43Other employee costs 178 174Employee costs before transfer to assets 8,419 7,773Transfer to assets (1,339) (1,241)Total employee costs 7,080 6,532
Salaries and remuneration for the Group Executive Team Other members of theand the Board of Directors Executive Board 1Group Executive Team 2Board of Directors Tota lDKK 000 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024Fixed salary 30,414 37,969 14,394 12,136 6,531 6,430 51,339 56,535Short-Term Cash-Based Incentive Scheme 4,088 4,676 3,146 1,729 - - 7,234 6,405Share-based payment 4,569 2,787 2,225 1,110 - - 6,794 3,897Pension, social security, and benefits 558 704 3,780 2,890 - - 4,338 3,594One-time payments 3- - 3,842 - - - 3,842 -Salary in notice period 16,280 - - - - - 16,280 -Severance payment 16,550 - - - - - 16,550 -To tal 72,459 46,136 27,387 17,865 6,531 6,430 106,377 70,431
Note 2.7
Employee costs
The increase in employee costs in 2025 is impacted by the
provision for severance costs related to organisational rightsizing.
1
In 2025, the Executive Board consisted of Rasmus Errboe,
Trond Westlie, Henriette Fenger Ellekrog, and Mads Nipper
(left on 31 January 2025).
2
Other members of the Group Executive Team are Patrick Harnett
and, from 1 May 2025, Amanda Dasch and Godson Njoku.
3
The one-time payments relate to recruitment of new
GET members, e.g. sign-on bonus, temporary accommodation,
and relocation costs.
135
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Required number of locked-up shares relative to fixed salaryCEO, CFO, CGO, CCO, CDO, and CHRO 25 % of fixed salaryOther participants 0 % – 15 % of fixed salary
Executive share programme
The Group Executive Team and a number of other
senior executives participate in the share programme
(approx. 180).
As a condition for receiving performance share units
(PSUs), participants must hold Ørsted shares equal to a
portion of their annual fixed salary. For Group Executive
Team members, the required shareholding equals 25 %
of their annual fixed salary. See the table above for
more information on the shareholding requirements.
Participants who are subject to a shareholding require-
ment must invest in Ørsted shares before their first
grant and have up to five years to reach the required
holding. If the particip ants fulfil the shareholding
requirement at the grant date, they will receive a
number of PSUs, representing a value of 15-20 % of
the annual fixed salary (15-40 % in the US) at the time
of granting.
The granted PSUs have a vesting period of approxi-
mately three years. Then, each PSU entitles a holder,
without payment, to receive a number of shares cor-
responding to 0-200 % of the number of PSUs granted.
Assuming no share price development since the grant,
the value would correspond to 0-40 % (0-80 % in the
US) of the fixed salary on the grant date.
The final number of shares each participant receives is
based on the basis of Ørsted’s total shareholder return,
benchmarked against ten comparable European energy
companies, i.e. 200 % if Ørsted ranks first, 100 % if sixth,
and no shares if we rank last.
The vesting is conditional upon participants not
voluntarily resigning from Ørsted.
Vesting conditions for 2025 grant to
Group Executive Team
Starting with the 2025 grant, vesting for Group
Executive Team members will be determined by two
measures: Ørsted’s total shareholder return relative
to peers (80 %) and selected ESG targets (20 %),
and 40 % of vested shares are subject to a two-year
lock-up period.
Retention share programme
The target group for the share-based retention agree-
ments will typically be employees responsible for
vital, long-term projects. The use of these share-based
retention agreements will be limited to 25 concurrent
agreements with an individual time frame of up to five
years. Executive Board members are not eligible for
these retention agreements.
The number of retention share units (RSUs) to be
granted will be determined on the basis of the price
of Ørsted’s shares at the time of the grant and will be
limited to an amount corresponding to a maximum
of six months’ base pay for the employee in question.
At vesting, each RSU will entitle the employee to one
Ørsted share free of charge. However, the total value
of the shares to be received at vesting will be capped
at a maximum of twelve months’ base pay for the
employee in question.
Compensation grants
In connection with the capital increase in 2025, new
shares were issued at a discount. Existing shareholders
were compensated for this discount through the
allocation of cost-free rights. However, participants
in the company’s share programmes were not
entitled to an equivalent compensation. Therefore, on
4 November 2025, the Board of Directors resolved to
provide compensation to programme participants by
granting additional performance share units (PSUs)
equivalent to the compensation to shareholders.
The compensation PSUs carry terms and conditions
identical to the original awards. As participants had no
pre-existing right to such compensation, the additional
PSUs are accounted for as three new grants.
Market value of performance share units (PSUs) and key assumptions for valuation in executive Original grant Compensation Original grant Compensation Original grant Compensation share programme as of the date of granting2025grant 20252024grant 20242023grant 2023Market value of 1 PSU 385 66 487 20 729 1Key assumptionsShare price 301 113 384 113 583 113Average volatility rate, peers 25.8 % 23.5 % 25.9 % 23.5 % 30.6 % 23.5 %Volatility rate, Ørsted 38.3 % 42.6 % 38.4 % 42.6 % 36.2 % 42.6 %Risk-free interest rate 2.1 % 2.0 % 2.3 % 2.0 % 2.5 % 2.0 %Expected term at time of granting 3 years 2 years 5 months 3 years 1 year 5 months 3 years 5 months
Note 2.8
Share-based payment
The compensation PSUs were granted on identical terms to the
original awards. At the grant date (4 November 2025), the Company
ranked last in the relevant peer group for all three performance
comparisons, which materially reduced the grant-date fair value of
the compensation PSUs relative to the original grants. Accordingly,
as at the valuation date, the compensation PSUs were expected to
vest into only a limited number of shares.
The figure shows the shareholding requirement in percentage of
the participants’ fixed salary. A build-up period of up to five years
is allowed. In addition to the 25 % shareholding requirement for the
Group Executive Team members, there is a lock-up period of two
years for 40 % of the vested shares starting from the 2025 grant.
136
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Maximum number of outstanding shares at 31 DecemberMarket value ‘000Other members2025 in of shares at Years Executiveof the Group Senior% of share granting until expiry as Time of granting BoardExecutive Teamexecutives 2025 2024capitalDKKmof 20251 April 2022 - - - - 79 - - -1 April 2023 7 1 108 116 121 0.01 % 85 0.31 April 2024 21 2 207 230 241 0.02 % 112 1.31 April 2025 39 24 295 358 - 0.03 % 138 2.34 November 2025 56 23 513 592 - 0.04 % 24 0.3-.2.3Share retention programme - 19 27 46 15 0.00 % 11Maximum number of outstanding shares at 31 December 123 69 1,150 1,342 456Development in maximum number of outstanding shares ‘000Maximum number of outstanding shares at 1 January 32 2 422 456 280Vested (2022 and 2021 programmes) 1 (4) (1) (72) (77) (45)Granted (original grants for 2025 and 2024 programmes) 39 26 343 408 285Granted (compensation grants for 2023, 2024, and 2025 programmes) 56 23 513 592 -Cancelled (2021, 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025 programmes) - - (68) (68) (71)Development in share retention programme - 19 12 31 7Maximum number of outstanding shares at 31 December 123 69 1,150 1,342 456DKKmMarket value of share programme at the time of granting 33 16 320 369 284Maximum market value of share programme at 31 December 15 8 141 164 148
1
At vesting in 2025, Ørsted ranked 10th among the ten competitors,
accordingly, participants were granted shares corresponding to
20 % of PSUs. At vesting in 2024, Ørsted did not outperform any
of the competitors, and the participants did not receive any shares.
The maximum market value of the share programme at
31 December is based on the assumption that the participants
receive the maximum number of shares (i.e. 200 % of the granted
PSUs). This requires Ørsted to deliver the highest shareholder
return, benchmarked against ten comparable companies, and
to outperform the ESG targets set.
Note 2.8 – Continued
Share-based payment
Accounting policies
The share programme is classified as an equity-
based programme as the programme is settled
in shares. The market value of the PSUs and the
estimated number of PSUs granted are measured
at the time of granting and recognised:
· in the income statement under employee costs
over the vesting period
· as an offset in the balance sheet under equity
over the vesting period.
The valuation of the PSUs and the estimate
of the number of PSUs expected to be granted
are carried out as a probability simulation based
on Ørsted’s expected total shareholder return
relative to ten comparable European energy
companies. The expectations are factored
into the market value and are not adjusted
subsequently. The participants are compen-
sated for any dividend payments by receiving
additional PSUs.
137
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Offshore 73 % Onshore 22 % Bioenergy & Other 5 %
Offshore 87 % Onshore 9 % Bioenergy & Other 4 %
Capital employed
DKKm 2025 2024
Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment 211,621 204,305
Assets classified as held for sale, net 9,138 -
Equity investments and non-current receivables 3,496 1,395
Net working capital, capital expenditures (7,373) (7,454)
Net working capital, work in progress
3
(8,419) 5,798
Net working capital, tax equity (12,536) (18,714)
Net working capital, other items 667 (691)
Derivatives, net (4,949) (10,314)
Decommissioning obligations (14,502) (13,844)
Other provisions (5,308) (6,691)
Tax, net 3,715 3,210
Other receivables and other payables, net (7,631) (5,489)
Total capital employed 167,919 151,511
Gross and net investments
DKKm 2025 2024
Cash flows from investing activities (66,471) (21,759)
Dividends received and capital reductions reversed (81) (27)
Purchase and sale of securities, reversed 23,779 (15,730)
Loans to associates and joint ventures, reversed 125 121
Sale of non-current assets, reversed (12,328) (5,413)
Gross investments (54,976) (42,808)
Transactions with non-controlling
interests in connection with divestments and
acquisitions 57 10,267
Sale of non-current assets 12,328 5,413
Divestments 12,385 15,680
Net investments (42,591) (27,128)
1
Capital employed by segment is based on capital employed
for reportable segments of DKK 169,240 million.
2
Gross investments by segment is based on gross investments
for reportable segments of DKK 54,893 million.
3
‘Net working capital, work in progress’ consists of inventories
related to transmission assets, construction agreements, and
construction management agreements in connection with the
construction of transmission assets and offshore wind farms
for partners as well as related trade payables.
Our capital employed primarily relates to production
assets, including assets under construction.
We monitor investment projects closely, as a large
part of our value is created in the development and
construction phases.
Note 3
Capital employed
Capital employed by segment
1
2025
Gross investments by segment
2
2025
138
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Offshore 64 %
Offshore 88 %
Onshore 32 %
Onshore 6 %
Bioenergy & Other 4 %
Bioenergy & Other 6 %
Fixtures and Property, Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipmentIntangible Land and Production fittings, tools, Production assets plant, and DKKmassetsbuildingsassetsand equipmentunder constructionequipmentCost at 1 January 2025 4,410 12,090 218,632 4,654 88,829 324,205Exchange rate adjustments (20) (771) (12,524) (109) (8,637) (22,041)Additions 98 2,678 8,209 726 46,851 58,464Disposals 1(306) (1,198) (7,759) (18) (20,014) (28,989)Adjustment of decommissioning obligations - - 614 - 358 972Reclassified assets 399 (12) 3,399 124 (3,910) (399)Reclassified to assets classified as held for sale (2,072) (571) (6,056) (105) (4,997) (11,729)Cost at 31 December 2025 2,509 12,216 204,515 5,272 98,480 320,483Depreciation and amortisation at 1 January 2025 (1,092) (4,052) (75,916) (2,528) 54 (82,442)Exchange rate adjustments 2 156 2,513 37 (54) 2,652Depreciation and amortisation (45) (673) (8,857) (620) - (10,150)Disposals 11 77 1,775 17 (7) 1,862Reclassified to assets classified as held for sale 80 66 1,850 5 - 1,921Depreciation and amortisation at 31 December 2025 (1,054) (4,426) (78,635) (3,089) (7) (86,157)Impairment losses at 1 January 2025 (707) (61) (4,239) (4) (35,765) (40,069)Exchange rate adjustments 7 - 340 - 3,870 4,210Impairment losses and reversals (1,574) - 1,185 - (3,244) (2,059)Disposals 1- 61 313 - 13,513 13,887Reclassified to assets classified as held for sale 1,574 - 66 - 505 571Impairment losses at 31 December 2025 (700) - (2,335) (4) (21,121) (23,460)Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 755 7,790 123,545 2,179 77,352 210,866
1
'Disposals' mainly related to divestments of assets and assets related to the Ocean Wind 1 project.
Reclassification of assets held for sale
In late 2025, we advanced the sales process for our
European onshore business, and we signed a divestment
agreement in February 2026. On 31 December 2025,
we recognised an impairment loss of DKK 1.6 billion on
goodwill related to our European onshore business and
classified the related assets and liabilities as assets held
for sale. For more information, see notes 3.11 ‘Assets clas-
sified as held for sale’ and 3.2 ‘Impairments’.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets consist of goodwill of DKK 125
million (2024: DKK 1,713 million), carbon emission
allowances of DKK 58 million (2024: DKK 306 million),
other rights of DKK 433 million (2024: DKK 463 million),
completed development projects of DKK 26 million
(2024: DKK 41 million), and development projects in
progress of DKK 113 million (2024: DKK 88 million).
Note 3.1
Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment
Production assets by segment
2025
DKK 123,545 million
Production assets
under construction by segment
2025
DKK 77,352 million
139
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Offshore 58 %
Offshore 80 %
Onshore 38 %
Onshore 14 %
Bioenergy & Other 4 %
Bioenergy & Other 6 %
Fixtures and Property, Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipmentIntangible Land and Production fittings, tools, Production assets plant, and DKKmassetsbuildingsassetsand equipmentunder constructionequipmentCost at 1 January 2024 5,177 11,153 189,104 4,040 69,197 273,494Exchange rate adjustments 17 483 6,944 21 3,425 10,873Additions 355 555 8,504 562 37,364 46,985Disposals (1,139) (289) (2,857) (29) (4,205) (7,380)Adjustment of decommissioning obligations - - (206) - 439 233Reclassified assets - 188 17,143 60 (17,391) -Cost at 31 December 2024 4,410 12,090 218,632 4,654 88,829 324,205Depreciation and amortisation at 1 January 2024 (1,048) (3,346) (65,639) (1,994) - (70,979)Exchange rate adjustments (1) (105) (1,752) 11 (1) (1,847)Depreciation and amortisation (131) (625) (8,921) (548) - (10,094)Disposals 88 24 396 3 55 478Depreciation and amortisation at 31 December 2024 (1,092) (4,052) (75,916) (2,528) 54 (82,442)Impairment losses at 1 January 2024 (703) (30) (1,822) (4) (20,890) (22,746)Exchange rate adjustments (4) (1) (149) - (1,610) (1,760)Impairment losses and reversals - (30) (1,713) - (13,820) (15,563)Reclassified assets - - (555) - 555 -Impairment losses at 31 December 2024 (707) (61) (4,239) (4) (35,765) (40,069)Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 2,611 7,977 138,477 2,122 53,118 201,694
Note 3.1 – continued
Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment
Production assets by segment
2024
DKK 138,477 million
Production assets
under construction by segment
2024
DKK 53,118 million
140
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Fixtures and Property, Lease assets fittings, tools, plant, and DKKm Land and buildingsand equipmentequipmentCarrying amount at 1 January 2025 6,174 1,647 7,821Exchange rate adjustments (895) (59) (954)Additions 2,608 719 3,327Disposals (1,061) - (1,061)Impairment - - -Depreciation (589) (518) (1,107)Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 6,237 1,789 8,026Lease assetsDKKmCarrying amount at 1 January 2024 5,881 1,594 7,475Exchange rate adjustments 496 19 515Additions 584 514 1,098Disposals (217) (24) (241)Impairment (30) - (30)Depreciation (540) (456) (996)Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 6,174 1,647 7,821
Contractual obligations by segmentDKKm 0-1 year 1-5 years 5-10 years 2025 2024Offshore 34,059 26,372 5 60,436 90,584Onshore 8,189 25 2 8,216 11,646Bioenergy & Other 1,062 99 - 1,161 1,695To tal 43,310 26,496 7 69,813 103,925
Overview of contracts entered into where delivery had not taken place at 31 December 2025.
The obligations are measured at nominal value.
Leases
We mainly lease office buildings, service and installa-
tion vessels, seabeds related to offshore wind farms,
and plots of land related to onshore wind farms, solar
PV farms, and battery storage facilities.
Seabed leases include variable lease payments, which
depend on the number of megawatt hours generated.
However, we have typically agreed on minimum lease
payments for the seabeds, and these minimum pay-
ments are included in the lease liabilities.
Expenses for the year relating to variable lease
payments not included in lease liabilities were
DKK 1,162 million in 2025 (2024: DKK 1,132 million).
Total cash outflow for leases were DKK 2,704 million
in 2025 (2024: DKK 2,171 million).
For a maturity analysis of lease liabilities, we refer to
note 5.5 ‘Maturity analysis of financial liabilities’.
Contractual obligations
Our contractual obligations for property, plant,
and equipment at 31 December 2025 mainly
related to wind turbines, foundations, and cables,
etc., for the construction of offshore wind farms
(primarily Greater Changhua 2b and 4, Hornsea 3,
Revolution Wind, Sunrise Wind, and Baltica 2).
The obligations in Onshore mainly related to purchases
of wind turbines and solar PV modules in the US.
Useful livesBattery storage 15-30 yearsBuildings 20-50 yearsFixtures and fittings, tools, and equipment 3-10 yearsGas transportation systems (marine pipelines) 20-40 yearsOffshore wind farms 20-35 yearsOnshore wind farms 24-30 yearsPower plants 20-25 yearsSolar PV farms 25-35 yearsGoodwill Indefinite
Note 3.1 – continued
Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment
141
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Accounting policies
Intangible assets
Rights are measured at cost less accumulated amorti-
sation and impairment losses. Rights are amortised on
a straight-line basis over their estimated future useful
lives, which are 5-20 years.
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acqui-
sition over the fair value of the identi fiable net assets
of the acquired company. The carrying amount of
goodwill is allocated to the Groups cash-generating
units, which are the operating segments at the acqui-
sition date.
Annual impairment tests are carried out for goodwill
and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
Property, plant, and equipment
Property, plant, and equipment which is not a lease is
measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and
impairment losses. Cost of property, plant, and equip-
ment is depreciated by using the straight-line method,
the diminishing-balance method, or the reducing-
fraction method. The diminishing-balance method
and the reducing-fraction method result in decreasing
depreciation over the useful life. These methods are
used for some of our older offshore wind farms.
The residual values, useful lives, and methods of
depreciation of property, plant, and equipment
are reviewed at the end of each financial year and
adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.
Costs comprise purchase price and any costs directly
attributable to the acquisition until the date the asset
is available for use. The costs of self-constructed assets
comprise direct and indirect costs of materials, com-
ponents, sub-suppliers, and labour. Borrowing costs
relating to both specific and general borrowing directly
attributable to assets under construction with a
lengthy construction period are recognised in costs dur-
ing the construction period. Costs are increased by the
present value of the estimated obligations for demoli-
tion and decommissioning of assets to the extent that
the obligations are recognised as provisions.
Subsequent costs, for example in connection with
replacement of parts of an item of property, plant,
and equipment, are recognised in the carrying amount
of the asset in question when it is probable that future
economic bene fits will flow to the Group from the
expenses incurred. Other repair and maintenance
expenses are recognised in profit (loss) for the year
as incurred.
Leases
Our lease assets are classified alongside our owned
assets of similar type under property, plant, and equip-
ment. Initially, we measure a lease asset at cost, being
the initial amount of the lease liability. We depreciate
our lease assets over the lease term. The deprecia-
tion method used is the straight-line method for all
our lease assets, except for seabed leases where the
depreciation method is aligned with the depreciation
method for the related offshore wind farm. Therefore,
seabed lease assets are depreciated using either the
straight-line method or the reducing-fraction method.
Our lease liabilities are initially measured at the net
present value of the in-substance fixed lease pay-
ments for the use of a lease asset. If, at inception of
the lease, we are reasonably certain that we will exer-
cise an option to extend a lease, we will include the
lease payments in the option period when calculating
the lease liability. We measure the lease asset at the
value of the lease liability at initial recognition.
Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease com-
ponents. We allocate the consideration in a contract
to the lease and non-lease components based on their
relative stand-alone prices. We account for non-lease
components in accordance with the accounting policy
applicable for such items. Non-lease components com-
prise building services and operating costs of leased
vessels, etc.
Variable lease expenses are recognised in other
external expenses in the period when the condition
triggering those payments occurs. Interests of lease
liabilities are recognised in financial expenses.
Each lease payment is separated into repayment
of the lease liability and payment of interests of
the lease liability. Debt repayments are classified
as cash flows from financing activities, and pay-
ment of interests are classified as cash flows from
operating activities.
Note 3.1 – continued
Intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment
142
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
CGUs in Offshore
The cash-generating units (CGUs) are made up
of individual offshore wind farms or seabeds,
each generating cash flows for the segment
independently of each other.
Significant CGUs
Europe: Baltica 2, Borkum Riffgrund 1, Borkum
Riffgrund 2, Borkum Riffgrund 3, Borssele 1 & 2,
Gode Wind 1, Gode Wind 2, Gode Wind 3,
Hornsea 1, Hornsea 2, Hornsea 3, Race Bank,
Walney, and Walney Extension.
The US: Block Island, Revolution Wind,
South Fork, and Sunrise Wind.
APAC: Greater Changhua 1 and 2a and
Greater Changhua 2b and 4.
CGUs in Onshore
The CGUs are made up of individual onshore
wind and solar farms, each generating cash flows
for the segment independently of each other.
Significant CGUs
The US: Amazon, Badger, Eleven Mile, Ford Ridge,
Haystack, Helena, Lincoln Land Wind, Lockett,
Mockingbird, Muscle Shoals, Old 300, Old 300
BESS, Permian Energy Center, Sage Draw Wind,
Sparta Solar, Sunflower Wind, Tahoka Wind,
Western Trail, and Willow Springs Wind.
Europe: Portfolio of projects (including goodwill).
CGUs in Bioenergy & Other
The Danish CHP plants constitute a single CGU,
as overall production planning is for the entire
Danish portfolio. In addition, the Danish offshore
gas pipeline system is deemed to constitute an
independent CGU.
Significant CGUs
Central CHP plants and the offshore gas pipeline
system.
WACC levels% 2025 2024Discount rate applied for the US 5.50 – 6.75 % 6.00 – 7.75 %
The discount rate after tax applied for the value-in-use calculation is determined per CGU.
We have updated our impairment tests as of
31 December 2025, which has resulted in a net
impairment loss of DKK 3.6 billion in 2025.
On our US portfolio, we recognised a net impairment
loss of DKK 1.6 billion, comprising an impairment
loss of DKK 2.7 billion on our US offshore projects
and an impairment reversal of DKK 1.1 billion on
our US onshore projects.
The net impairment loss on our US portfolio was
driven by the 50 % tariff on steel and aluminium,
the reciprocal tariffs that were imposed in the US
(DKK 3.7 billion), the impact of the stop-work order
issued to Revolution Wind in August 2025 (DKK 0.5
billion), the impact of the lease suspension orders
issued in December 2025 to Revolution Wind and
Sunrise Wind (DKK 0.6 billion), partly offset by a
decrease in the long-dated interest rate across our
US portfolio (DKK 2.7 billion) and positive market
price developments (DKK 0.5 billion).
In addition to the net impairment loss on our
US portfolio, we also recognised an impairment loss
of DKK 0.5 billion on the Hornsea 4 project and an
impairment loss of DKK 1.6 billion on our European
onshore business. The impairment losses were caused
by the decision to discontinue Hornsea 4 in its current
form and the expected divestment of our European
onshore business.
In 2024, we recognised impairment losses of
DKK 15.6 billion, mainly related to our US offshore
portfolio.
In the following sections, the main drivers for the net
impairment loss are described.
Tariffs in the US
Throughout 2025, the US Administration has
implemented several tariff measures as part of an
ongoing review of its trade policy.
So far, this has for steel and aluminium resulted in
an increase in the tariffs by up to 50 %, covering an
increased range of products used in our construction
projects. Additionally, wind turbines and associated
parts are currently being further considered by the
authorities in a so-called section 232 investigation,
potentially resulting in products being subject to
increased tariffs.
In the summer of 2025, the trade policy review of
the US Administration also resulted in a draft trade
agreement between the European Union and the US.
The estimated impact of these tariffs resulted in
impairments of DKK 3.7 billion in 2025 for our offshore
projects Sunrise Wind and Revolution Wind.
The impact from these new tariffs involves a number
of key estimates and assumptions, which are based
on the expected interpretation, final agreements,
and practical implementation of the tariffs as well
Note 3.2
Impairments
Impairment losses on segment levelDKKm 2025 2024Offshore 3,174 14,242Onshore 459 1,321Bioenergy & Other - -Total impairment losses 3,633 15,563
143
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
as the ongoing legal challenges to some of the
imposed tariffs. Consequently, inherent uncertainties
are embedded in the assumptions, which reflect our
current best estimate.
Stop-work order on Revolution Wind
On 22 August 2025, our US offshore wind project
Revolution Wind, LLC received an order requiring it
to stop activities on the outer continental shelf.
The project company filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District
Court for the District of Columbia, challenging the
stop-work order as unlawful. On 22 September 2025,
Revolution Wind, LLC was granted a preliminary
injunction against the stop-work order, allowing the
project to resume construction activities while the
lawsuit progresses.
The stop-work order resulted in increased costs due
to the extension of contracts for both the Revolution
Wind and the Sunrise Wind projects, which resulted in
an impairment loss of DKK 0.5 billion in Q3 2025.
Lease suspension orders on Revolution Wind and
Sunrise Wind
On 22 December 2025, Revolution Wind, LLC and
Sunrise Wind LLC received orders requiring them to
suspend all ongoing activities on the outer continental
shelf for 90 days for national security reasons and with
the possibility of extension of the suspension periods.
Revolution Wind, LLC filed a second motion for a
preliminary injunction in its existing lawsuit, this time
against the lease suspension order. On 12 January
2026, the court granted a preliminary injunction,
allowing construction to resume while the lawsuit
progresses.
Sunrise Wind filed a lawsuit in the U.S District Court
for the District of Columbia, challenging its lease
suspension order, including a motion for a preliminary
injunction against the order.
On 2 February 2026, the court granted a preliminary
injunction, allowing construction to resume while the
lawsuit progresses.
The lease suspension orders have resulted in schedule
impacts for both our Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind
projects, which has resulted in an impairment loss of
DKK 0.6 billion in Q4 2025.
Investment tax credits
The value of our US projects depends, in part, on
the continued availability of US federal income tax
incentives and, specifically for Revolution Wind and
Sunrise Wind, investment tax credits (ITCs). We have
based our impairment tests on our US projects qualify-
ing for the 10 % ITC bonus credits. ITC qualification and
subsequent monetisation remain uncertain. We have
included sensitivity analyses of impairment effects if
assumptions related to ITC bonus credits change.
Estimation uncertainty and sensitivity analyses
When estimating the future cash flow for the value-in-use
calculations of our cash-generating units (CGUs), management
has assessed relevant assumptions and estimates on project
level and taken other related risks and inherent uncertainties into
consideration. Assumptions with major uncertainties include e.g.
investment tax credits, interest rates, imposed tariffs in the US,
and the supply chain.
The sensitivity analyses presented in the table show the related
impact on impairment losses when a change in a given assumption
increases or decreases the ‘value-in-use’ for our CGUs. The analyses
are performed with all other assumptions unchanged.
In the overview, we have included sensitivity analyses of impairment
effects if the WACC levels or assumptions related to ITC bonus
credits change.
If WACC had increased by 50 basis points in the impairment test of
e.g. Revolution Wind as of 31 December 2025, the impairment loss
would have been DKK 0.5 billion higher.
If we had not included the probability-weighted additional 10 %
ITC bonus credits in the impairment test of e.g. Revolution Wind as
of 31 December 2025, the impairment loss would have been
DKK 1.2 billion higher.
ITC bonus credits Sensitivity impact2025 2024assumed in impairment testsDKK billion40 % ITC CGUsImpairment Recoverable Impairment Recoverable ITC bonus Probability No ITC bonus credits, +50 bps -50 bps DKKmlossesamountlossesamountcreditsweightingbonus credits100 % probabilityWACCWACCOcean Wind seabeds - n.a. 2,584 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.Skipjack Wind seabed - n.a. 1,502 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a n.a. n.a. n.a.Sunrise Wind 2,828 16,418 3,787 6,511 10 % 95 % (4.8) 0.3 (1.7) 1.6Revolution Wind (81) 10,029 4,463 5,579 10 % 95 % (1.2) 0.1 (0.5) 0.6South Fork (132) 2,876 437 2,871 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (0.1) 0.1Block Island 59 1,074 (46) 1,384 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 0.0 0.0Hornsea 4 500 n.a. - n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.FlagshipONE - n.a. 1,515 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.Offshore 3,174 30,397 14,242 16,345Onshore US (1,115) 11,959 1,321 11,501 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (0.2) 0.2Onshore Europe 1,574 8.829 - - n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.Onshore 459 20,788 1,321 11,501Bioenergy & Other - - - -To tal 3,633 51,185 15,563 27,846
Note 3.2 – continued
Impairments
144
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Accounting policies
For the purpose of assessing impairment losses, ‘Intan-
gible assets’ and ‘Property, plant, and equipment’ are
grouped at the level for which there are separately
identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units (CGUs)).
CGUs including goodwill are assessed for impairment
yearly or whenever events or circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset or CGU may not be
recoverable. If any indication of impairment exists, an esti-
mate of the assets or CGU’s recoverable amount is made.
The value of a CGU is impaired if the carrying amount
exceeds the recoverable amount, which is the higher
of the estimated value-in-use and the fair value less
costs of disposal. Value-in-use calculations are based
on managements expectations to future cash flows
from financial forecasts and business plans and include
a number of assumptions and estimates. Fair value less
costs of disposal is used for seabeds and is based on
multiple analyses and discounted cash flow models,
if a business case is available.
Estimating expected cash flows involves a number of
assumptions and estimates. In the US, key estimates
and assumptions for the forecast periods are CAPEX
(including knock-on effects from supplier delays and
tariffs on imports into the US, etc.), inflation, terms
of conditions in new power purchase agreements,
eligibility for bonus ITCs, and tax equity arrangements
or alternative ways of monetising the ITCs and PTCs.
All these key estimates and assumptions are deter-
mined specifically for each CGU and are based on
current legislation and administrative practices effec-
tive by the end of the reporting period.
The discount rate applied when calculating value-in-
use takes general risks into account and is based on
the post-tax nominal weighted average cost of capital
(WACC), whereas the estimated future cash flows are
adjusted for risks specific to the asset.
Impairment losses are recognised in the income
state ment and, except in the case of goodwill, reversed
if there has been a change in the estimates used to
determine the CGU’s recoverable amount. Reversal
of an impairment loss is recognised as income in the
income statement net of depreciation if no impairment
loss had been recognised for the CGU.
Key accounting estimates
Key assumptions in impairment tests
Value-in-use calculations are based on managements
expectations about future cash flows from financial
budgets and forecasts and include a number of
assumptions and estimates.
These assumptions include construction schedules,
estimates of future market conditions, CAPEX
including tariffs on imports into the US, impacts from
the stop-work order and lease suspension orders on
CAPEX and the construction schedule for US offshore
projects, market prices of energy and commodities,
inflation, discount rates, useful lives of the projects, tax
incentives, including the ability to qualify for tax credits
from the US Inflation Reduction Act, etc.
The market prices applied are based on available
forward prices for a period of up to five years and our
best estimate of long-term prices for the remainder of
the period.
While there are inherent uncertainties in the assump-
tions, the assumptions reflect managements best
estimate over the lives of the Groups CGUs.
Summary of the uncertainties in the US
Litigation over the stop-work order issued to Revolution
Wind as well as the lease suspension orders issued to
Revolution Wind and Sunrise Wind are ongoing, and we
cannot rule out the possibility of a negative outcome
or an appeal by the US government.
Our value-in-use calculations incorporate continued
uncertainties and challenges, including risks related to
regulatory uncertainty regarding tariffs, tax incentives,
etc., and continued risk of imposed construction
delays outside of Ørsted’s control.
Changes in the US regulatory environment can
materially and further adversely affect the value
of our US activities and could potentially lead us to
cease development which would result in further
impairments and costs.
Interest rates
The long-dated US interest rate decreased from
31 December 2024 to 31 December 2025, leading to
lower WACC levels. The effect of the decrease in interest
rates led to an impairment reversal of DKK 1.3 billion
across our US portfolio.
Hornsea 4
In 2025, we decided to discontinue the development of
Hornsea 4 in its current form, leading to an impairment
loss of DKK 0.5 billion in 2025.
European onshore business
In late 2025, we advanced the sales process for our
European onshore business, and we signed the divest-
ment agreement in February 2026. We have updated
our impairment test as of 31 December 2025 to be
based on the sales price in the signed agreement (fair
value less costs of disposal approach). This has resulted
in an impairment loss of DKK 1.6 billion in Q4 2025 on
goodwill related to the European onshore business.
The related assets and liabilities are classified as held
for sale at 31 December 2025.
Potential consequences of further adverse
development
In addition to the sensitivities described, further
adverse developments could lead us to cease
development of or reconfigure projects currently
under development. Besides impairing the capitalised
value of these projects, ceasing to develop projects
could lead to compensation to suppliers or other
stakeholders for cancelling contracts.
Note 3.2 – continued
Impairments
145
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Inventories DKKm 2025 2024Renewable certificates 3,520 2,775Offshore transmission assets 3,461 5,407Gas 1,814 2,915Biomass 665 581Other 478 701Total inventories 9,938 12,379Inventories recognised as an expense in ‘Cost of sales’ during the year 17,245 16,152Of which recognised as a write-down 1,879 -
Inventories measured at fair value are disclosed in note 6.6 ‘Fair value measurement’.
‘Renewable certificates’ are primarily renewable
obligation certificates (ROCs), which are issued to
renewable energy power generators in the UK.
In 2025, the ‘Offshore transmission assets’ related to
the Hornsea 3 transmission assets, of which half was
divested to partners.
In 2024, ‘Offshore transmission assets’ related to
transmission assets of both Hornsea 3 and Hornsea 4.
In 2025, we discontinued Hornsea 4 in its current form.
Consequently, the value of the transmission asset was
written down by DKK 1.9 billion through ‘Cost of sales’.
Gas’ primarily relates to our gas trade activities.
Note 3.3
Inventories
Accounting policies
Offshore transmission assets are recognised as
inventory until divestment and measured at
cost. The costs comprise costs of materials used
in construction, site labour costs, costs of renting
equipment, and indirect production costs, such
as employee costs.
Renewable certificates, which we earn by gener-
ating power using renewable energy sources, are
recognised in inventories in step with our genera-
tion. We measure renewable certificates (earned
and bought) at cost using the first-in, first-out
(FIFO) principle.
Gas inventories are carried either at fair value
or at cost depending on the nature of the
inventory. For gas storage facilities managed on
a fair value basis, the gas is recognised at fair
value less costs to sell. Changes in the fair value
less costs to sell are recognised in ‘Cost of sales’
in the period of the change.
Purchased carbon emission allowances are
measured at market value.
Other inventories are measured at cost, deter-
mined on a first-in, first-out basis (e.g. biomass)
or by net realisable value, if net realisable value
is lower.
Inventories are written down to the lower of
net realisable value and cost price. For offshore
transmission assets, it is the expected final
transfer value announced by Ofgem.
The net realisable value is the sum (discounted)
which the inventories are expected to generate
through a normal sale.
146
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Revenue from contracts with customers DKKm 2025 2024Revenue included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the year 4 (6)Revenue from performance obligations satisfied in previous years - (21)
Contract balancesDKKmContract assetsCurrent contract assets - 324Total contract assets - 324Contract liabilitiesNon-current contract liabilities 8,257 8,834Current contract liabilities 13,847 2,578Total contract liabilities 22,104 11,412
The first table shows the amount of our revenue relating
to contract liabilities carried forward (as prepayments and
deferred revenue) and the amount relating to performance
obligations satisfied in a prior year (e.g. re- negotiations or
constraints on variable considerations that are not recognised
until they are highly probable).
Please refer to note 2.2 ‘Revenue’ for order backlog.
Contract assets and contract liabilities primarily
related to:
· the construction of offshore wind farms with
partners, with each party typically owning 50 %
of the offshore wind farm
· prepayments from heat customers.
At the end of 2025, we had not recognised any
current contract assets.
At the end of 2025, current contract liabilities
primarily related to the farm-downs of Hornsea 3
and Greater Changhua 4.
At the end of 2024, current contract liabilities
related to the construction of Greater Changhua 4.
Non-current contract liabilities related to pre-
payment of power related to the divestment of
an equity ownership share in a portfolio of four
UK offshore wind farms and prepayments from
heat customers.
Note 3.4
Contract assets and liabilities
Accounting policies
We recognise a contract asset when we per-
form a service or transfer goods in advance of
receiving consideration, and the consideration
is conditional. When the consideration is
unconditional, and the goods or services are
delivered, we recognise a receivable. A right to
consideration is unconditional if only the passage
of time is required before the payment is due.
Contract assets are measured at the trans-
action price of the goods delivered or services
performed less invoicing on account.
We recognise a contract liability when the
invoicing on account or expected losses exceed
the transaction price of the goods or services
transferred to our customer.
Prepayments from power and heat sales are
recognised as a contract liability until delivery.
147
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Trade receivables DKKm 2025 2024Trade receivables, not due 8,836 7,848Trade receivables, 1-30 days overdue 691 563Trade receivables, more than 30 days overdue 335 647Trade receivables, write-downs (14) (13)Total trade receivables 9,848 9,045
We continuously monitor and manage the credit risk
of our customers. For customers with a general credit
risk, a write-down of 0-1 % is carried out on initial
recognition.
We have not made any significant write-downs of
receivables in 2025 or 2024.
Reversal of write-downs was DKK 2 million.
Accounting policies
We keep our receivables until maturity, and therefore,
they are measured at amortised cost.
Write-downs are carried out from initial recognition
of our receivables. The write-down is calculated as
the difference between the carrying amount of the
receivable and the net present value of expected
future cash flows from the receivable. The discount
rate used is the effective interest rate for the individual
receivable or the individual portfolio.
We apply the simplified approach to the write-down
of trade receivables, which permits calculating the
write-down as the full loss during the entire term of
the receivable.
Ørsted’s supply chain finance programme is available
to all suppliers who wish to join. Participation gives
the suppliers the option to discount their receivables
and obtain payment from the participating banks
prior to the invoice due date.
Payables enrolled in the programme are due
30–180 days from the invoice date, while compa-
rable payables outside the programme are due up
to 90 days from the invoice date.
‘Trade payables’ covered by the supplier finance
programme are included in ‘Trade payables’ in
our balance sheet.
Supply chain finance – liabilities paid by supplier finance banksDKKm20252024Of which, paid Of which, paid Recognised in by supplier Recognised in by supplier balance sheetfinance banksbalance sheetfinance banksTrade payables 3,581 3,322 3,256 2,985
Note 3.5
Trade receivables
Note 3.6
Supply chain finance
148
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Other receivablesDKKm 2025 2024Prepayments 5,670 6,498Receivables from the divestment of assets and enterprises 14,620 513Collateral provided in connection with hedging activities (receivable from banks) 2,253 5,533VAT and other indirect tax receivables 837 1,580Receivables from the divestment of equity investments to non-controlling interests 681 747Cash, not available for use 219 317Deposits 178 215Other 3,539 2,820Total other receivables 17,997 18,223Of which, working capital 10,204 11,469Of which, other capital employed 5,091 817Of which, interest-bearing net debt 2,702 5,937
Other payablesDKKmM&A related liabilities18,156 2,477Payables related to the divestment of assets 22,979 3,234Accrued interest 1,691 3,589Salary-related items, payable 872 905Collateral received in connection with hedging activities (payable to banks) 638 76VAT and other indirect taxes, payable 608 501Other deferred income 347 361Other 1,476 1,788Total other payables 16,767 12,931Of which, working capital 3,272 3,364Of which, other capital employed 9,896 6,126Of which, interest-bearing net debt 3,599 3,441
1
Mainly related to assymetric cash flow distribution from the divestment of the Hornsea 3 project.
2
Mainly related to the divestment of a portfolio of four onshore projects in 2022.
Note 3.7
Other receivables and other payables
149
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
In January 2025, we divested a 50 % ownership share
of our solar PV farm and battery storage facility
Eleven Mile and our solar farm Sparta.
Tax equity liabilitiesDKKm 2025 2024Balance at 1 January 20,478 17,007Contribution received from tax equity partners 350 5,200Disposal related to divestment (1,841) (587)Tax attributes and PTCs/ITCs recognised in other operating income (3,370) (3,434)Cash paid to tax equity partners (222) (230)Tax equity partners’ contractual return 1,092 1,275Exchange rate adjustments (2,103) 1,247Balance at 31 December 14,384 20,478Of which, working capital 12,536 18,714Of which, interest-bearing debt 1,848 1,764
Note 3.8
Tax equity liabilities
Accounting policies
Due to the operational and financial nature of the tax
equity partnerships, we normally have the power to
affect relevant activites and make decisions for the
projects as the managing partner in the agreements.
Therefore, we normally fully consolidate companies
that have tax equity partners.
The tax equity contribution generally has the charac-
teristics of a liability as the initial contribution is repaid,
including an agreed return, and the partner does not
share in the risks of the project in the same way as a
shareholder.
As such, the contribution is accounted for as a liability
and measured at amortised cost. The liability is
based on the expected method of repayment and is
divided into:
· a net working capital element to be repaid through
PTCs or ITCs and other tax attributes
· an interest-bearing debt element expected to
be repaid through cash distributions.
The partner’s agreed return is expensed as a financial
expense and is recognised as an increase of the tax
equity liability. PTCs, ITCs, and other tax attributes
transferred to the tax equity partner are recognised
as other operating income. PTCs are recognised in the
periods earned, while ITCs and other tax attributes are
recognised on a straight-line basis over the estimated
contractual length of the partnership.
In addition to the above, we recognise a liability for
the expected purchase price for the partner’s post-
flip rights to cash distributions. This liability is recog-
nised at fair value, and adjustments are expensed as
a financial item. This recognition reflects the intention
and high likelihood that we will purchase the partner’s
post-flip rights, and they are part of the financial costs
of the arrangement.
Key accounting judgements
Recognition of tax equity partnerships
On formation of a tax equity partnership, we assess the
appropriate recognition of the partner’s contribution as
well as the method of recognition for the elements used
to repay the partner, such as PTCs, ITCs, and tax attributes.
When assessing the recognition of the partner’s contri-
bution, we look at:
· the expected flows of PTCs/ITCs, tax attributes,
and cash payments to the partner
· the rights and obligations of both us and the tax
equity partner.
The deferral of the income related to tax attributes
and the recognition of the contribution as working
capital or interest-bearing debt are affected by our
expectations about the size, method, and timing
of repayments.
Government support in the US
In the US, PTCs, ITCs, and other tax attributes are
used to incentivise investment in renewable energy
assets – similar to subsidies in other countries.
Description of tax equity partnerships
Tax equity partnerships are characterised by a tax
equity partner, who contributes an upfront payment as
part of the initial project investment and generally does
not have an operational role in the project. The partner
receives a contractually agreed return on the contri-
bution. In order to ‘repay’ the initial contribution and
the return, a disproportionate share of the production
tax credits (PTCs) or the investment tax credits (ITCs)
and other tax attributes (accelerated tax depreciation
and other taxable results) are allocated to the partner
during the first part of the projects lifetime. The partner
also receives some cash-payment-based percentages
specified in the partnership agreements. Once the
partner receives the agreed return, the agreement flips,
and the partner is typically entitled to a minor part
of the cash distributions from the project, unless we
repurchase this right from them, which is highly likely.
150
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
2025 2024ProvisionsDecommissioningOnerous OtherDecommissioningOnerous OtherDKKmobligationscontractsprovisions To talobligationscontractsprovisions To talProvisions at 1 January 13,844 2,674 4,017 20,535 12,977 15,654 4,232 32,863Exchange rate adjustments (585) (150) (64) (799) 382 214 12 608Used during the year (110) (1,582) (429) (2,121) (34) (8,074) (1,036) (9,144)Provisions reversed during the year (28) (1,234) (178) (1,440) (88) (7,663) (260) (8,011)Provisions made during the year 996 1,569 1,124 3,689 504 2,531 1,070 4,105Disposals (358) - - (358) (86) - - (86)Divestment of enterprises (14) - (463) (477) (7) - (1) (8)Change in estimates 271 - - 271 (125) - - (125)Transfer to assets classified as held for sale (114) - (1) (115) - - - -Interest element of provisions 600 25 - 625 321 12 - 333Total provisions at 31 December 14,502 1,302 4,006 19,810 13,844 2,674 4,017 20,535Falling due as followsIn 0-1 year 390 390 778 1,558 344 2,031 425 2,800In 1-5 years 968 209 2,848 4,025 634 266 3,282 4,182After 5 years 13,144 703 380 14,227 12,866 377 310 13,553
Decommissioning obligations by segmentDKKm 0-5 years 5-10 years 10-20 years After 20 years 2025 2024Offshore 879 1,565 4,937 2,354 9,735 9,347Onshore - - 63 1,970 2,033 2,293Bioenergy & Other 479 132 1,814 309 2,734 2,204To tal 1,358 1,697 6,814 4,633 14,502 13,844
‘Provisions made during the year’ primarily related to
our Hornsea 4 project, which we decided to discon-
tinue in its current form (DKK 1.1 billion).
In 2024, ‘Onerous contracts’ primarily related to ceas-
ing the development of Ocean Wind 1 (DKK 1.6 billion)
as well as onerous contracts related to our decision to
cease the execution of Flagship ONE.
Other provisions
Other provisions comprise primarily:
· offshore partnership provisions, including
warranty obligations
· obligations in relation to the divestment of
our oil and gas business in 2017
· provision for severance cost related to
organisational rightsizing
· other contractual obligations.
Contingent liabilities
Liability to pay compensation
In case of any environmental accidents or other
types of damage caused by our gas and oil trans-
port, the companies Ørsted Salg & Service A/S and
Danish Oil Pipe A/S are liable to pay compensation
according to legislation. This also applies if there is
no proof of negligence (strict liability). We have taken
out insurance to cover any such claims.
Secondary liability
As part of the divestment of our oil and gas business
in 2017, we assumed a secondary liability regarding
the decommissioning of offshore installations.
Decommissioning obligations
Decommissioning obligations comprise estimated
expenses relating to the decommissioning and
disposal of our offshore wind farms, onshore wind
farms, solar PV farms, battery storage facilities, the
restoration of seabeds, the decommissioning of
CHP plants, the Nybro Gas Treatment Plant, and oil
and gas pipes.
When we construct offshore wind farms in cooper-
ation with partners, they are liable for their share
of the decommissioning costs. Therefore, we have
only included the decommissioning obligations
associated with our ownership interest in the offshore
wind farms.
We provide guarantees towards authorities to cover
the decommissioning obligations. Either Ørsted
provides a guarantee towards the authorities for the
full decommissioning obligation, and the JV partner
provides a countersecurity to Ørsted for their pro-
portional share, or Ørsted and the JV partner provide
separate securities towards the authorities.
Onerous contracts
At the end of 2025, ‘Onerous contracts’ primarily
related to operations and maintenance contracts for
offshore transmission assets in the UK.
‘Used during the year’ primarily related to payments
to fulfilling and cancelling contracts for the Hornsea 4
project.
‘Provisions reversed during the year’ primarily related to
Ocean Wind 1, where we have finalised the negotiation
of several contracts with a better outcome than assumed.
Note 3.9
Provisions and contingent liabilities
151
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Litigation
We are on an ongoing basis party to court and arbitra-
tion cases, some of which are subject to confidentiality.
To the extent possible, we have mentioned some of the
most significant cases below.
The Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) has in
August 2025 issued a stop-work order and in December
2025 a lease suspension order to Revolution Wind, LLC.
The lease suspension order is based on classified national
security information. Revolution Wind, LLC challenged
both orders in federal court, and preliminary injunctions
were granted against both orders. BOEM can still appeal
the latest preliminary injunction, and the legal case over
both orders will continue notwithstanding the preliminary
injunctions, but Revolution Wind, LLC can continue the
construction work while the lawsuit progresses, assuming
the preliminary injunctions remain in effect.
BOEM also issued a lease suspension order to Sunrise
Wind LLC in December 2025, again based on classified
national security information. Sunrise Wind LLC chal-
lenged the order in federal court and a preliminary
injunction was granted against the order. The Bureau
of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) can still appeal
the preliminary injunction, and the legal case over the
order will continue notwithstanding the preliminary
injunctions, but Sunrise Wind LLC can resume the con-
struction while the lawsuit progresses, assuming the
preliminary injunctions remain in effect.
We have been party to cases relating to the Danish com-
petition authorities’ claim that the former Elsam A/S and
Elsam Kraft A/S (‘Elsam’), now part of Ørsted, charged
excessive prices in the Western Danish wholesale power
Note 3.9 – continued
Provisions and contingent liabilities
Accounting policies
Provisions are recognised when the following criteria
are fulfilled:
· We have a legal or constructive obligation as
a result of a past event.
· The settlement of the obligation is expected
to result in an outflow of resources.
· The obligation can be measured reliably.
Decommissioning obligations are measured at the
present value of the expected future decommissioning
liability as of the balance sheet date. The present
value of the provision, together with any changes in
estimates, is recognised as part of the cost of property,
plant, and equipment and depreciated with the asso-
ciated asset. Any interest that builds up on discounted
provisions is recorded in the income statement as a
financial expense.
For onerous contracts, a provision is made when the
expected income to be derived from a contract is lower
than the unavoidable cost of meeting our obligations
under the contract.
We record a provision if we emit more carbon than the
allowances we have.
Key accounting estimates
Assumptions for provisions
We continually assess our provisions recognised to
cover contractual obligations and claims raised against
Ørsted. Assumptions regarding timing, probabilities,
amounts, and other relevant factors that affect our
provision estimates are updated quarterly to reflect our
latest expectations.
Estimates of provisions are e.g. based on our
expectations of:
· timing and scope of obligation
· future cost level
· contractual terms and obligations
· negotiations with subcontractors and
contractual partners
· legal assessment.
If material, non-current provisions are discounted
using either the structural risk-free interest rate or the
incremental borrowing rate. The structural risk-free
interest rate is used for decommissioning liabilities and
onerous contracts. It is calculated as the sum of real
return (gross domestic product growth rate), inflation,
and inflation premium for other risks. Separate struc-
tural risk-free interest rates are calculated for the UK,
the rest of Europe, the US, and Taiwan.
The outcome of our contractual obligations and claims
may depend on future events, which are uncertain
by nature.
market in the period 1 July 2003 to 31 December 2006.
These cases have been resolved in Ørsted’s favour.
However, the cases with the Danish competition
authorities led to claims for damages from certain
energy trading companies, some of their customers,
and other parties, which remain pending. The largest
claim was filed in 2007 with the Maritime and Commer-
cial Court in Copenhagen, amounting to approximately
DKK 4.4 billion, plus litigation interest, on behalf of
about 1,100 claimants. Judgments in six cases selected
as representative of all claims are expected in the
summer 2026. These judgements can be appealed.
Ørsted is party to proceedings before the UK Supreme
Court concerning the UK tax authorities’ denial of
tax depreciation on certain development expenditure
incurred by four UK offshore wind farm companies.
The most recent court decision was in Ørsted’s favour.
Our view, which is supported by our lawyers and
King’s Counsel, is that the Supreme Court, which is
the final court, will not rule substantially differently.
Ørsted is involved in ongoing transfer pricing disputes.
For further information, we refer to section
4.1 ‘Approach to taxes’.
Change of control
Some of our activities are subject to consents, permits,
and licences granted by public authorities. We may
be faced with a claim for acceptance of any transfer,
possibly with additional terms and conditions, if the
Danish state holds less than 50 % of the share capital
or voting rights in Ørsted A/S.
152
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Brookfield partnership, the UKOONA Energy Partners, the USOffshore 1Onshore 2Other 3Non-controlling interests 4DKKm2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024Statement of comprehensive incomeRevenue 5,943 8,733 432 418 2,325 2,241EBITDA 3,908 6,694 982 935 1,312 1,247Profit (loss) for the year 1,185 1,799 378 226 361 403Total comprehensive income 26 1,817 135 514 188 573Profit (loss) for the year attributable to non-controlling interests 295 - 302 181 128 191Balance sheetNon-current assets 19,440 22,919 8,547 9,878 4,098 4,782Current assets 2,656 4,572 450 415 1,104 1,008Non-current liabilities 2,014 1,677 4,294 5,250 1,691 1,581Current liabilities 2,430 1,205 1,757 1,920 317 526Carrying amount of non-controlling interests 4,395 6,128 2,357 2,498 1,515 1,765Statement of cash flowsCash flows from operating activities 5,000 4,982 229 121 999 950Cash flows from investing activities 2,099 6,903 3 (60) (360) (175)Cash flows from financing activities (6,826) (12,011) (347) (20) (657) (821)– of which, dividends paid to non-controlling interests (1,682) - (160) - (169) (369)
Transactions with non-controlling interestsDKKm 2025 2024Transactions with non-controlling interestsDividends paid to non-controlling interests (2,011) (369)Acquisition of non-controlling interests - -Divestment of equity investments to non-controlling interests - 10,347Other capital transactions with non-controlling interests (44) (115)Total transactions, cf. statement of cash flows (2,055) 9,863Divestment of equity investments to non-controlling interestsChanges in receivables relating to the acquisition and divestment of non-controlling interests - 10,347Cash selling price, total - 10,347
Note 3.10
Non-controlling interests
Accounting policies
Transactions with non-controlling interests
are accounted for as transactions with the
shareholder base.
Gains and losses on the divestment of equity
investments to non-controlling interests are
recognised in equity when the divestment does
not result in a loss of control. See ‘Consolidated
statement of shareholders’ equity’ and note
5.2 ‘Equity’.
For a description of our ‘Key accounting
judgements’ on ‘Consolidated method for
partnerships’, see note 2.6 ‘Other operating
income and expenses’.
In the table, we provide financial information for subsidiaries
with significant non-controlling interests. The amounts stated are
the consolidated accounting figures of the individual enterprises
or groups, determined according to our accounting policies.
Amounts are stated before intra-group eliminations.
1
In 2024, we divested a 24.9 % equity stake of our 50 % share
(equivalent to a 12.45 % share) in four UK offshore assets:
Hornsea 1, Hornsea 2, Burbo Bank Extension, and Walney Extension,
each represented by an individual holding company taking in
Brookfield as non-controlling owner. We retain a 37.55 % equity
ownership stake in these wind farms.
2
In 2024, we divested an 80 % equity stake in four of our US onshore
assets: Ford Ridge Wind, Sunflower Wind, Helena Wind, and
Western Trail Wind to Stonepeak. We retain a 20 % equity
ownership stake.
3
Primarily related to UK assets: Walney and Gunfleet Sands.
4
A complete list of all non-controlling interests, their company
legal names, and country of registration can be found here:
orsted.com/company-overview
153
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Assets classified as held for saleDKKm 2025 2024Intangible assets 418 -Property, plant, and equipment 9,237 -Investments in associates 497 -Deferred tax 45 -Inventories - -Trade receivables (5) -Other receivables 411 -Income tax 6 -Total assets classified as held for sale 10,609 -Deferred tax 798 -Provisions 115 -Lease liabilities 399 -Contract liabilities 6 -Trade payables 425 -Other payables 92 -Income tax 36 -Total liabilities relating to assets classified as held for sale 1,871 -Net assets classified as held for sale 8,738 -
In late 2025, we advanced the sales process for
our European onshore business, and we signed
the divestment agreement in February 2026.
The related assets and liabilities are classified as
held for sale at 31 December 2025.
This has resulted in an impairment loss of
DKK 1.6 billion related to goodwill. See note
3.2 ‘Impairments’ for further details.
Note 3.11
Assets classified as held for sale
Accounting policies
Assets classified as held for sale comprise assets
and liabilities, which are highly probable to be
recovered through a sale within 12 months
rather than through continued use.
Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are
measured at the carrying amount at the time of
classification as ‘held for sale’ or at market value
less selling costs, whichever is lower. The carrying
amount is measured in accordance with the
Groups accounting policies. No depreciation or
amortisation is charged on intangible assets and
prop er ty, plant, and equipment from the time of
classification as ‘held for sale.
When we divest a share of an offshore wind
farm, the retaining interest typically represents a
joint operation. Since we retain a direct interest
in the underlying assets and liabilities after the
disposal, the assets and liabilities disposed off
are not classified as held for sale.
154
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Offshore
Tax, net 2024
Ørsted A/S and other activities
Corporate taxes paid
Onshore
Tax on profit (loss) for the year
Total
Other effects
Tax, net 2025
Bioenergy & Other
Tax on other comprehensive income
3,210
(2,823)
4,899
(698)
4,318
(73)
(660)
1,314
4,899
(873)
3,715
Note 4
Ta x
The Groups taxes reflect our business operations
and applicable tax legislation in the countries where
we operate.
2025, DKKm Profit (loss) before tax Tax Tax in %
Tax equity, deferred tax liability - (18) n.a.
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises and assets (1,700) 622 37 %
Impairment for the year (3,633) 702 19 %
Cancellation fees (1,366) (378) (28) %
Other adjustments - (722) n.a.
Remaining business 12,687 (3,029) 24 %
Effective tax for the year 5,988 (2,823) 47 %
Corporate income tax paid by segment
DKKm
Development in current and deferred tax asset and liabilities (tax, net)
DKKm
Corporate income tax paid by the Group
Corporate income tax paid by the Group in 2025 totalled
DKK 4,899 million against DKK 6,327 million in 2024.
4.9 bn
Current corporate income tax
Current corporate income tax in 2025 totalled
DKK 3,827 million against DKK 5,990 million in 2024.
3.8 bn
Effective tax rate for the Group
Effective tax rate for the Group for 2025 was 47 %
against 99 % in 2024.
47 %
Other adjustments’ include changes in tax rates, movements in uncertain tax positions, tax concerning
previous years, and unrecognised tax losses. See more regarding impairments in note 3.2 ‘Impairments’.
155
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
At Ørsted, we provide user-friendly and transparent
information about our global tax positions.
We are committed to paying the right amount of tax,
at the right time, in the right place, and in accordance
with the tax laws of the countries where we operate.
We seek to comply not only with the letter of the law
but also with the underlying tax policy intent.
We believe that taxes are a core part of our corporate
social responsibility.
For more details on our approach to taxes, we
refer to our tax policy, which can be found here:
orsted.com/tax-policy.
Transparency and sustainability
We believe that by providing user-friendly information
about our tax positions, we contribute to promoting
public trust in the corporate tax system.
We continue to report our key tax figures with
inspiration from the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
207: Tax standard when presenting our approach to
and reporting of tax.
The purpose of our transparency initiatives is to create
certainty about our tax positions for our stakeholders,
such as our investors and the local communities where
we pay our taxes, and where we operate.
Our tax reporting according to our transparency
initiatives includes country-by-country key figures and
total tax contribution figures, which can be found here:
orsted.com/tax-transparency.
In line with our tax policy, we engage constructively
in national and international dialogue with govern-
ments, business groups, and civil society to support
the development of effective tax systems, legislation,
and administration. We believe that by providing
relevant and constructive input, we can contribute
to an informed discussion on taxes and tax policy.
The purpose of our engagement is to promote the
development of tax legislation and practice that
supports the green transformation while encouraging
simplicity and clarity in tax rules to ensure they are
accessible and easy to implement.
During 2025, we have provided our responses to a public
consultation in the United Kingdom, we have engaged
in dialogue with the Danish Ministry of Taxation, and
we have been part of a consultation process with the
tax authorities on Isle of Man. To promote responsible
tax practices, we are continuously engaging with
B Team, Fair Tax Foundation, and CSR Europe.
Pillar 2 – minimum effective tax rate of 15 %
In December 2021, OECD released the Pillar 2 model
rules which aim to ensure a minimum effective tax rate
of 15 % in all countries where a multinational enterprise
operates. The rules have now been implemented in
most of the countries where we operate. Generally, the
local statutory tax rate is above 15 % in the countries
where we are present, which means that no additional
Pillar 2 tax will be payable. Based on our analyses, we
expect very limited, if any, additional tax payments as
a result of the Pillar 2 rules.
Tax governance
Taxes are overseen by the Board of Directors, and within
the Board, the Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee is
accountable for our tax policy. The responsibility for
tax risk management lies with the CFO and is overseen
by the Audit & Risk Committee. The day-to-day tax
management is handled by a centralised global
tax team.
Our tax function is involved in the planning, implement-
ation, and documentation of all significant business
decisions and processes to ensure a coordinated
assessment of all tax compliance and risks. The tax
function also monitors and regularly updates tax risks
and related controls.
Complying with tax rules can be complex, as the inter-
pretation of legislation and case law may not always
be clear-cut and may change over time, giving rise to
tax risks. Our tax governance and control framework
ensures appropriate processes and organisational
structures to identify, assess, monitor, and manage tax
risks at different levels of the Group. We manage our
tax risks by seeking to prevent disputes, which we strive
to achieve through strong technical positions, thorough
documentation and explanations of our positions and
robust compliance procedures, and by engaging in
up-front dialogues with tax authorities.
We define a tax risk as related to Ørsted’s tax affairs
with a main focus on any adverse impact on Ørsted’s
current or future tax position relating to our day-to-
day operations in the form of non-compliance, financial
statement errors or misstatement, cash liability inclu-
ding interests and penalties, reputational damage,
Note 4.1
Approach to taxes
We endorse the B Team Responsible Tax
Principles. The B Team is a group of business
leaders working to create new norms
of corporate leadership that can build a
better world, grounded in sustainability,
equality, and accountability for companies,
communities, and future generations.
The Fair Tax Mark accreditation scheme
seeks to encourage and recognise
businesses that pay the right amount of
corporation tax at the right time and in the
right place. We seek to pay tax responsibly
and transparently and are proud to have
qualified for the Fair Tax Mark since 2022
with annual re-accreditation.
156
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
or license to operate. We continuously update our tax
governance and control framework to ensure that we
are aligned with business objectives and stakeholder
expectations.
We have a standardised review process in place, and
our controls are continuously reviewed, assessed, and,
where applicable, substituted by automated processes.
Tax decisions in relation to matters which are subject
to approval by the Group Executive Team or the Board
of Directors are pre-approved by the Head of Tax.
Our tax risk management work includes considering
uncertain tax positions, e.g. positions where the inter-
pretation of tax rules may reasonably be questioned.
Uncertainty can arise from misalignment between
statutory wording and stated policy intent or from
inconsistent, evolving, or divergent application by
tax authorities and courts in the countries where
we operate.
Occasionally, a multinational enterprise like Ørsted
faces potential double taxation. This occurs when two
or more tax jurisdictions seek to tax the same business
income. We believe that profit should only be taxed
once and where the value is created, in line with the
position of the OECD.
In response to the tax risks connected to our activities,
including the controversies described in this section,
we have made tax-related provisions in accordance
with IAS 12, IAS 37, and relevant interpretation, such as
IFRIC 23. The provisions have been calculated based on
differences in tax rates and statistical risks of suffering
economic or legal double taxation.
Tax planning and use of tax incentives
To remain competitive, we make use of incentives and
tax relief implemented by governments where we
have commercial substance, and our business activi-
ties are the intended beneficiaries of such incentives
and relief. We only use business structures that are
driven by commercial considerations and aligned
with our business activities. We do not use so-called
secrecy jurisdictions or tax havens to avoid taxes.
If we establish an entity in a low or nil-rate jurisdiction,
it will be for substantive and commercial reasons.
Tax controversies
During 2025, no further enquires have been opened
by the Danish Tax Agency regarding development
services in relation to non-Danish wind farms.
To date, Ørsted Wind Power A/S has received final
administrative decisions from the Danish Tax Agency
in relation to the development services for the offshore
wind farms Hornsea 1, Walney Extension, Race Bank,
Borssele 1 & 2, and Hornsea 2. We have also received
a draft assessment in relation to the development
services provided for the offshore wind farms
Greater Changhua 1 and 2a. In all its decisions and
draft assessments, the Danish Tax Agency claims that
Ørsted Wind Power A/S has not acted at arm’s length
terms when charging fees for development services
provided to the project companies. The Danish Tax
Agency claims that the full value of expected future
cash flows related to the offshore wind farms should
be taxed in Denmark.
Up until 31 December 2025, the Danish Tax Agency
has increased Ørsted Wind Power A/S’s tax payments
to Denmark by DKK 10.8 billion for the income years
2015-2018. If the draft assessment related to the
income year 2019 is upheld in the final administrative
decision, the Danish Tax Agency would increase
Ørsted Wind Power A/S’s tax payments to Denmark
by a further DKK 3.2 billion. The total amounts are
detailed per wind farm in the table below.
If the Danish Tax Agency’s position prevails, the table
illustrates both the payable tax to Denmark per wind
farm, the estimated interest up to 31 December 2025,
and the expected corresponding adjustments. The
Danish tax, plus interests, would be payable upfront,
and the corresponding adjustments would crystalise
over the remaining lifetimes of the wind farms.
As described in our key accounting estimates in note
4.2 'Tax on profit (loss) for the year', we have made
provisions for uncertain tax positions according to
IFRIC 23. In relation to these transfer pricing disputes,
we have applied a weighted average of several different
scenarios, where the base case is that we win the cases,
along with a number of scenarios that include different
adjustments resulting in increased tax payable to
Denmark. The scenarios with additional tax payable
to Denmark assume corresponding adjustments.
Note 4.1 – Continued
Approach to taxes
Decisions and draft assessments made by the Danish Tax AgencyWalney Borssele Greater Greater DKKmExtension Hornsea 1 Race Bank1 & 2 Hornsea 2Changhua 1Changhua 2a Tota lPotential additional Danish tax payment excluding any interest (2,949) (2,337) (2,488) (1,088) (1,950) (2,131) (1,039) (13,982)Estimated interests on additional Danish tax payment until 31 December 2025 (2,803) (2,222) (2,628) (932) (1,361) (1,303) (635) (11,884)Tax value of potential receivable corresponding adjustment 2,651 2,294 2,236 1,180 1,681 1,860 907 12,8092nd half 2nd half Likely timing of settlement of potential tax in Denmark, if the Danish Tax Agency prevailsof 2026of 2026 TBD 1TBD 1TBD 1TBD 1TBD 1
1
Timing of settlement is likely to follow the same process and timeline as for Walney Extension and Hornsea 1.
157
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
2016 2017 2019 202220212015
2018
2020 2023 2024 2025 2026
Discussion
on double taxation
Final assessment
from Danish
Tax Agency
Mutual agreement
procedures
initiation (MAP)
Appeal to the
Danish National
Tax Tribunal
Advance pricing
agreement (APA)
application
Danish Tax Agency
terminates APA and
initiates transfer
pricing audit
Status of one
Danish Competent
Authority panel
member being
discussed between
Danish Tax Agency
and HMRC
Panels first
meeting
Tax controversies timeline
Tax controversies related to the
development services provided
from Danish entities to our pro-
jects outside of Denmark take
multiple years to settle. The dis-
pute concerning Hornsea 1 and
Walney Extension has currently
been ongoing for more than ten
years from application for an
advanced pricing agreement,
which failed when the Danish
Tax Agency chose to terminate
negotiations with the British tax
authorities (HMRC) and instead
initiated an audit.
The next step is for the cases to
be settled in arbitration, which
we currently expect to happen
during 2026 due to delays in the
arbitration process. Above, we
have summarised the timeline for
Hornsea 1 and Walney Extension.
Also, we have included a status
of the other projects where a
transfer pricing case has started.
Race Bank
We have appealed the adminis-
trative decision to the Danish Tax
Tribunal and submitted a MAP
application in November 2024.
We continue to consider our fur-
ther options in light of the ongo-
ing arbitration case regarding
Hornsea 1 and Walney Extension,
including an elaborated appeal to
the Danish Tax Tribunal, a direct
appeal to the court system, or the
pursuit of a MAP under the double
tax treaty between Denmark and
the UK.
Borssele 1 & 2
We have appealed the adminis-
trative decision to the Danish Tax
Tribunal. We continue to consider
our further options, including an
elaborated appeal to the Danish
Tax Tribunal, a direct appeal to
the court system, or a request
for a MAP under the double tax
treaty between Denmark, the
Netherlands, and the EU Arbitra-
tion Convention.
Hornsea 2
We have appealed the adminis-
trative decision to the Danish
Tax Tribunal, who put the case
on hold until the arbitration case
regarding Hornsea 1 and Walney
Extension has been solved. We
continue to consider our further
options, including an elaborated
appeal to the Danish Tax Tribunal,
a direct appeal to the court sys-
tem, or a request for a MAP under
the double tax treaty between
Denmark and the UK.
Greater Changhua 1 and 2a
The Danish Tax Agency issued
a preliminary assessment in
April 2025. Due to the arbitration
case related to Hornsea 1 and
Walney Extension, we have asked
for, and received, an extension
of the deadline for providing our
comments to the preliminary
assessment until 1 June 2026.
If we are to receive a final adminis-
trative decision, we currently
expect this to happen before
1 September 2026. We expect
to be granted a further exten-
sion to reflect the delay in the
arbitration process.
Closed audits
The Danish Tax Agency has
closed the audits of Burbo Bank
Extension and Borkum Riffgrund 2
without adjustments.
Expected decision
by the arbitration
panel
Note 4.1 – Continued
Approach to taxes
EU
arbitration
start
Hornsea 1 and Walney Extension tax audit timeline
158
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Income tax
Tax on profit (loss) was DKK 2,823 million in 2025
against DKK 2,590 million in 2024. The effective tax
rate was 47 % in 2025 against 99 % in 2024.
The effective tax rate in 2025 was primarily
affected by:
· the non-recognition of deferred tax liabilities in
connection with the reversal of the Ocean Wind 1
and FlagshipOne cancellations fees
· the non-recognition of a deferred tax asset in
connection with the cancellation of Hornsea 4 in
its current form
· the non-recognition of deferred tax liabilities in
connection with the net reversal of impairment of
projects in the US
· the non-recognition of deferred tax assets in
connection with the impairment of Hornsea 4
and Onshore Europe
· the non-deductible loss in connection with the
divestment of the offshore wind farm Hornsea 3
· the non-taxable gains in connection with the
divestments of the offshore wind farm West of
Duddon Sands, the combined solar and storage
facility of Eleven mile, and the solar farm Sparta
· changes in tax rates related to state tax rates in
the US
· adjustment of tax concerning previous years,
primarily related to expensed withholding where
credit is not possible in Denmark.
The effective tax rate in 2024 was primarily affected
by the non-recognition of a deferred tax liability in
connection with the reversal of the Ocean Wind 1
cancellation fee, the non-recognition of deferred
tax assets in connection with the cancellation of
FlagshipONE, the non-recognition of deferred tax assets
in connection with the impairment of FlagshipONE
and projects in the US, the recognition of deferred tax
liabilities in connection with the capitalisation of project
costs in the US where we had entered into tax equity
agreements on the combined solar and storage facility
of Eleven Mile and the solar farms Mockingbird and
Sparta Solar.
2025 2024Effective tax rate DKKm, %DKK million % DKK million %Tax on profit (loss) for the year can be explained as follows:Calculated 22 % tax on profit (loss) before tax (1,317) 22 (573) 22Adjustments of calculated tax in foreign subsidiaries in relation to 22 % (122) 2 (257) 10Tax effect of:Non-taxable income and non-deductible costs, net (245) 4 202 (8)Unrecognised tax assets (581) 10 (858) 33Tax equity contributions (18) - (1,013) 39Movements in uncertain tax positions (299) 5 (31) 1Changes in tax rates (63) 1 178 (7)Adjustment of tax concerning previous years (178) 3 (238) 9Effective tax for the year (2,823) 47 (2,590) 99
Note 4.2
Tax on profit (loss) for the year
Accounting policies
Tax for the year consists of current tax, changes
in deferred tax, and adjustments in respect of
previous years. Tax on profit (loss) for the year is
recognised in the income statement. Tax relating
to other items is recognised in other comprehen-
sive income.
Our uncertain tax positions are measured by
using either of the following two methods,
depending on which method we expect to better
predict the resolution of the uncertainty:
· The most-likely-outcome method is applied
in cases where there are only two possible
outcomes.
· The weighted-average method is used in
cases where there are more than two possible
outcomes.
Our uncertain tax positions are recognised under
‘Income tax’ or ‘Deferred tax’, depending on how
the realisation of the tax position will affect the
financial statement.
See more regarding our tax equity partner-
ships in notes 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’ and 4.3
‘Deferred tax’.
159
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Income taxDKKm 2025 2024Tax on profit (loss) for the year (2,823) (2,590)Tax on other comprehensive income (656) 407Tax on cash flow hedging of property, plant, and equipment under construction (43) 40Tax related to rights issue 135 -Tax on hybrid capital related to equity - 9Total tax for the year (3,387) (2,134)Tax on profit (loss) for the year can be broken down as follows:Current tax (3,827) (5,990)Deferred tax 1,406 4,355Changes in tax rates (63) 178Uncertain tax positions (299) (31)Tax on hybrid capital 156 149Tax equity (18) (1,013)Adjustment of tax concerning previous years (178) (238)Tax on profit (loss) for the year (2,823) (2,590)Tax on other comprehensive income can be broken down as follows:Current tax (604) 1,104Deferred tax 40 (657)Tax on other comprehensive income (564) 447
Tax on profit (loss) for the year and other
comprehensive income
In 2025, total tax for the year was DKK 3,387 million,
consisting of tax on profit (loss) for the year, tax on
other comprehensive income, and tax on cash flow
hedging of property, plant, and equipment under
construction.
Current tax
Current tax is the tax incurred by Ørsted on profit for
the year. This differs from taxes paid because of pay-
ments or refunds regarding prior years and residual
payments for the current year.
Because of the high level of investments and the
subsequent deferrals of payable tax as a consequence
of accelerated tax depreciation, our current tax is
generally lower than the statutory corporate tax rates
during construction and the initial years after first
power from a wind farm.
However, as we use the realisation principle on certain
financial instruments and exchange rate adjustments
on bonds, losses on these are deferred.
Pillar 2
We expect very limited, if any, additional tax cost as a
result of the Pillar 2 rules.
Note 4.2 – continued
Tax on profit (loss) for the year
Key accounting estimates
Recognition of income taxes
We are subject to income taxes in all the coun-
tries where we operate. Significant judgements
and estimates are required in determining the
worldwide income taxes and income tax assets
and liabilities, including provisions for uncertain
tax positions.
While conducting business around the world, tax
and transfer pricing disputes with tax authorities
may occur due to the complex nature of the
tax rules related to the business. Judgement is
applied to assess the possible outcome of such
disputes. We apply the methods prescribed in
IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty over Income Tax Treat-
ments’ when making provisions for uncertain tax
positions, and the provisions made are based
on different scenarios with possible outcomes.
We consider the provisions made to be ade-
quate. The actual obligation may deviate and
might lead to tax in excess of the uncertain tax
provisions included. This depends on the result
of litigations and settlements with the relevant
tax authorities.
Ongoing tax disputes, primarily related to
transfer pricing cases, are included as part of
‘Income tax’ and ‘Deferred tax’. Estimates in
respect of transfer pricing cases depend, among
others, on whether corresponding adjustments
can be obtained in the relevant jurisdictions, and,
in terms of disputes regarding project compa-
nies with partners, whether compensation can
be obtained from these partners. Any expected
compensation from partners is included as part
of ‘Other receivables’.
160
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
BioenergyOther activities/ Net deferred tax for 2025 primarily consists of Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations AssetsRecognition of impairments and tax loss carryforwardsFinancial instrumentsLiabilitiesTax equity structuresAccelerated tax depreciation compared to accounting depreciation
Deferred tax 2025BioenergyOther activities/ Deferred tax DKKm Offshore Onshore& Othereliminations at 31 DecemberDeferred tax, assets 10,635 14 918 (2,020) 9,547Deferred tax, liabilities 971 3,702 146 (2,850) 1,969Unrecognised tax assets 10,552 251 766 - 11,569Deferred tax 2024DKKmDeferred tax, assets 9,935 44 792 (1,521) 9,250Deferred tax, liabilities - 4,396 193 (2,156) 2,433Unrecognised tax assets 11,374 426 833 385 13,018
The table shows the reconciliation of deferred tax to the balance
sheet by segment. The unrecognised tax asset is primarily due to
ring-fenced tax losses and other losses not meeting the criteria
for recognition under IAS 12. These primarily relate to losses in
connection with the termination of the Ocean Wind 1 project.
There is no expiry of our unrecognised tax assets. No provision for
withholding tax on dividends has been included as the amounts
where a concrete dividend distribution is planned are considered
immaterial in 2025. ‘Other activities/eliminations’ primarily consist
of eliminations between segments.
Note 4.3
Deferred tax
Significant movements in deferred
tax assets and liabilities
Assets
Impairment of assets in the US.
Net movement of financial instruments.
Derecognition and utilisation of tax loss
carryforwards.
Liabilities
Assets classified as held for sale.
Adjustments related to our tax equity
liabilities in the US.
161
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Deferred tax Deferred tax Development in deferred tax assets balances at balances at and liabilities, 20251 January, 31 December, DKKmnet Movementsnet Assets LiabilitiesIntangible assets (1) (84) (85) 15 100Property, plant, and equipment (1,338) 1,256 (82) 4,318 4,400Other non-current assets (28) 9 (19) 1 20Current assets 8 (8) - 1 1Decommissioning obligations 2,397 (8) 2,389 2,389 -Other non-current liabilities 1,494 131 1,625 1,635 10Current liabilities 87 210 297 297 -Tax loss carryforwards 4,198 (745) 3,453 3,453 -Offset (2,562) (2,562)To tal 6,817 761 7,578 9,547 1,969Development in deferred tax assets and liabilities, 2024DKKmIntangible assets (188) 187 (1) 16 17Property, plant, and equipment (1,649) 311 (1,338) 5,135 6,473Other non-current assets (302) 274 (28) - 28Current assets (1) 9 8 8 -Decommissioning obligations 2,206 191 2,397 2,544 147Other non-current liabilities 381 1,113 1,494 1,734 240Current liabilities (369) 456 87 87 -Tax loss carryforwards 4,675 (477) 4,198 4,198 -Offset (4,472) (4,472)To tal 4,753 2,064 6,817 9,250 2,433
The difference in tax and accounting treatment on:
· provisions, decommissioning, impairment, depreciations, and
our tax equity partnerships impact the development of the
deferred tax balance on property, plant, and equipment
· financial instruments and exchange rate adjustments impact
the development in non-current liabilities.
Excluded in the above are net deferred tax liabilities of
DKK 753 million included in assets classified as held for sale
as of 31 December 2025. See also note 3.11 ‘Assets classified
as held for sale.
Note 4.3 – continued
Deferred tax
Accounting policies
Deferred tax liabilites are recognised in respect of all
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts.
Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of temporary
differences relating to:
· the acquisition of joint operations, including licence
interests
· other items where differences arise at the time of
acquisition, affecting neither the profit (loss) for the
year nor the taxable income. However, this does
not include differences arising in connection with
company acquisitions, except for right-of-use assets,
lease liabilities, decommissioning, restoration, and
similar liabilities where the corresponding amounts are
recognised as part of the costs of the related assets.
Differences arising in connection with company
acquisitions are recognised.
Deferred tax is measured depending on how we plan
to use the assets and settle the liabilities. We offset tax
assets and liabilities when the tax assets can be offset
against tax liabilities in the year in which the deferred
tax assets are expected to be used. Intragroup gains
and losses are eliminated when calculating deferred
tax. In countries where taxes can be offset between
companies due to joint taxation schemes, we have
netted within a tax jurisdiction. Where no such possibil-
ity is feasible, the deferred tax is included in the gross
amount on a company-by-company level.
We recognise tax loss carryforwards in jurisdictions
with a history of losses only when our forecast model
provides convincing evidence of future profitability.
Adjustments to unrecognised tax assets are recog-
nised in profit (loss) or other comprehensive income,
depending on the underlying source of the adjustment.
Deferred tax is measured based on the expected
tax rules and rates applying when the deferred tax
becomes current tax. Changes in deferred tax because
of changes in tax rates are recognised in profit (loss)
for the year.
Deferred tax (net liabilities) related to tax equity
structures are recognised as a tax expense in the
income statement when the tax equity partnership
agreement is effective. The liability recognised is
the amount that we expect to take over once the
contribution from the equity partner is repaid, and
the tax equity structure flips.
We have adopted the narrow-scope amendments
to IAS 12 ‘Income taxes’, which provide temporary
relief from accounting for deferred taxes arising from
the implementation of the Pillar 2 model rules.
US tax equity partnerships
We have entered into several tax equity partnership
agreements in the US.
The expected value of the deferred tax liability
related to property, plant, and equipment at the
flip date in the tax equity partnership agreement is
included in our accounts when the tax equity partner-
ship agreement is effective. The deferred tax liability
from existing tax equity partnerships will gradually be
reduced based on accounting depreciation after the
flip date. See more regarding tax equity partnerships
in note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
162
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
2,811
20
1,467
42
208
67
27
14 4,899
DK MYGB TW PLDE NLUS Other Tota l
243
Our tax footprint is an effect of how and where we
conduct our business.
Local corporate taxes paid
We are continuously making significant investments
in offshore wind farms in the UK, Germany, the
Netherlands, the US, Taiwan, and Poland (see also
our global footprint in the ‘Managements review’),
resulting in the accumulation of large tax assets in
recent years and a deferral in paid tax until our assets
are commissioned and put into operation. Once the
deferral ends, the taxable income related to our assets
will exceed the accounting profit.
For this reason, the applicable corporate tax rate and
the cash tax paid will always differ, but accumulated
over the lifetime of the wind farm, they will generally
be similar.
Compared to a few years ago, we have an accelerated
volume of assets being commissioned and put into
operation, and positive taxable income is generated.
Even in jurisdictions with large tax loss carry forwards,
the application of tax loss carryforward limitation rules,
e.g. where a minimum share of any positive taxable
income will always be taxed as well as limitations in
joint taxation, may result in payable taxes.
The US is the exception to this development in
corporate taxes, due to the tax equity set-up in the
US and the significant amount of tax assets not
recognised in connection with the termination of the
Ocean Wind 1 project. The funding in the US is carried
out applying the US tax equity set-up, which effectively
means that tax attributes are transferred to the tax
equity partner as repayment and return on investment.
See more regarding tax equity partnerships in note
3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
More information regarding our tax footprint can be
found here: orsted.com/tax-transparency.
As our business matures, we start to incur corporate taxes in the countries where we operate.
Note 4.4
Our tax footprint
Income tax paid during 2025
DKKm
163
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Note 5
Capital structure
A solid capital structure is important to ensure we have
the ability to raise new debt on attractive terms. A sig-
nificant part of our key strategic priorities has been the
strengthening of the capital structure. In October, we
raised DKK 60 billion by issuing new shares. The com-
pletion of the rights issue supports our target of a solid
investment-grade credit rating, and it has reinforced our
ability to realise the full value potential of our existing
portfolio and capture future value-creating offshore
wind opportunities.
In addition to the rights issue, we have made significant
progress on our partnership and divestment programme
during 2025, latest with the divestment of a 50 % stake
in Hornsea 3. With this progress, we will reduce depend-
ency on divestments of operational assets going for-
ward and instead undertake a more value-accretive and
flexible approach to partnerships and farm-downs.
In July 2025, we secured approximately NTD 90 billion
(DKK 20 billion) in project financing from 25 banks and
5 export credit agencies for our Greater Changhua 2
Offshore Wind Farm.
During 2025, we have been downgraded to BBB- by
Standard & Poors, Baa2 by Moody’s, and BBB by Fitch.
In addition, Standard & Poors and Moody’s have changed
their outlook to stable. If our ratings are downgraded
by one notch, it will not have any material impact on
Ørsted’s business activities.
Capital structure
A robust capital structure with a targeted solid invest-
ment-grade credit rating is essential to Ørsted’s business
model. This includes an FFO/adjusted interest- bearing
net debt credit metric target above 30 %.
We have significantly strengthened our capital structure
with the completion of the rights issue in October 2025,
amounting to DKK 60 billion in gross proceeds. Further, we
will not pay dividends for the financial year 2025, but it is
our target to reinstate dividends for the financial year 2026.
Financing policy
The aim of our financing policy is to minimise liquidity
and refinancing risks while minimising financing costs.
We also seek to match the currency composition of
our debt with our revenue.
We obtain funding in different markets and with different
maturities. Our debt is primarily raised in the parent
company, where cash resources are made available to
Group companies via an internal bank.
However, approximately 15 % of our interest-bearing
debt is raised in the subsidiaries mainly related to project
financing of the Greater Changhua 2 Offshore Wind Farm
in Taiwan.
Cash management and liquidity reserve
A group-wide cash management set-up ensures
optimal allocation of cash in relation to our day-to-day
operations and investment programme. We target a
liquidity reserve that ensures adequate coverage of our
use of liquidity on a rolling 12 months forward-looking
basis to limit the company’s sensitivity to unforeseen
developments, including unrest in the financial markets
and delays in our construction projects.
Funds from operations (FFO)
Funds from operations (FFO) relative to adjusted
interest-bearing net debt amounted to 42.9 % at
31 December 2025 against 12.7 % at
31 December 2024.
Interest-bearing net debt
Our interest-bearing net debt totalled DKK 19.0 billion
at 31 December 2025 against DKK 58.0 billion at
31 December 2024.
Liquidity reserve
Our liquidity reserve totalled DKK 130.9 billion at
31 December 2025 against DKK 78.0 billion at
31 December 2024.
42.9 %
19.0 bn
130.9 bn
19.0
58.0
21.0
21.0
119.7
62.1
8.3
10.4
167.9 bn
151.3 bn
Interest-bearing net debt
Equity attributable to shareholders in Ørsted A/S
Hybrid capital
Non-controlling interests
Equity and interest-bearing net debt
DKKbn
2025 2024
164
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Interest-bearing debt and interest-bearing assetsDKKm 2025 2024Interest-bearing debtBond debt 70,320 72,028Bank debt 28,542 15,680Total bond and bank debt 98,862 87,708Tax equity liability (see note 3.8) 1,848 1,764Lease liability 8,995 8,910Other interest-bearing debtDebt in connection with divestments 2,979 3,234Debt from receiving collateral under credit support annexes 650 71Other interest-bearing debt 370 137Total interest-bearing debt 113,704 101,824Interest-bearing assetsSecurities 38,317 14,532Cash 53,448 23,126Receivables from associates and joint ventures 258 202Cash, not available for use 219 317Other interest-bearing receivablesReceivables from placing collateral under credit support annexes 1,803 4,873Receivables in connection with divestments 681 747Total interest-bearing assets 94,726 43,797Total interest-bearing net debt at 31 December 18,978 58,02750 % of hybrid capital 10,477 10,477Other interest-bearing debt, add back (3,999) (3,442)Other interest-bearing receivables, add back 2,484 5,620Cash and securities not available for distribution, excluding repo loans 791 710Total adjusted interest-bearing net debt 28,731 71,392
Funds from operations (FFO)DKKm 2025 2024EBITDA 22,448 31,959Change in provisions and other adjustments 2,000 (13,184)Change in derivatives (488) 648Variation margin, add back 215 (1,540)Reversal of gain (loss) on divestment of assets 964 (348)Income tax paid (4,899) (6,327)Interest and similar items, received/paid (3,247) (477)Reversal of interest expenses transferred to assets (2,378) (1,011)50 % of coupon payments on hybrid capital (357) (343)Dividends paid to minority interests (2,011) (369)Dividends received and capital reductions 81 27Funds from operations (FFO) 12,328 9,035
Funds from operations (FFO)/adjusted interest-bearing net debtDKKm 2025 2024Funds from operations (FFO) 12,328 9,035Total adjusted interest-bearing net debt 28,731 71,392Funds from operations (FFO)/adjusted interest-bearing net debt 42.9 % 12.7 %
FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net debt was 42.9 %. The increase
compared to last year was mainly driven by the rights issue in
October 2025 and the farm-down of Hornsea 3 in December 2025.
‘Interest-bearing net debt’ totalled DKK 18,978 million compared
with DKK 58,027 million in 2024.
As of 1 January 2025, we have included ‘Dividends paid to minority
interests’ in ‘Funds from operations’. Comparative figures for 2024
have been restated.
Note 5.1
Interest-bearing net debt and FFO
165
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Interest-bearing net debt
Interest-bearing net debt totalled DKK 18,978 million
at the end of 2025, a decrease of DKK 39,049 million
relative to 2024. The decrease in interest-bearing net
debt has been significantly impacted by the capital
raise in October 2025.
The decrease in interest- bearing net debt consists of
an increase in interest-bearing debt of DKK 11,880
million and an increase in interest- bearing assets of
DKK 50,929 million.
In July 2025, we secured approximately NTD 90 billion
(DKK 20 billion) in project financing from 25 banks
and 5 export credit agencies for Greater Changhua 2
Offshore Wind Farm. By December 2025, NTD 67 billion
(DKK 14 billion) had been drawn, with the remainder
still undrawn.
In July 2025, we obtained a second loan drawdown
in the amount of GBP 206 million (DKK 1,784 million)
from Eksfin, the Norwegian export credit agency.
Rating
We have a corporate credit rating from all major rating
agencies.
Rating OutlookStandard & Poor’s BBB- Stable Moody’s Baa2 1Stable 2FItch BBB 1Negative
1
Baa2 and BBB are the same rating.
2
Outlook changed to negative on 12 January 2026.
Covenants and impact from a rating downgrade
We do not have financial covenants related to our
issued senior bonds.
At 31 December 2025, we had bank loan obligations
to the European Investment Bank, Nordic Investment
Bank, and Eksfin totalling DKK 8,423 million (2024:
DKK 7,533 million) and undrawn loan agreements
with the European Investment Bank for an aggregate
amount of DKK 5,378 million (2024: DKK 7,117
million). The loans offered by these multilateral
financial institutions cofund specific energy projects
with maturities exceeding those normally available
in the commercial banking market. In the event of
downgrading of our rating to a level below investment
grade by two of our three rating agencies, we may be
met with demands for cancellation and repayment of
these loans.
In connection with the above loan agreements and
our credit facilities, we may be met with demands for
cancellation and repayment in case a third party other
than the Danish State obtains control of Ørsted.
In case of an one notch downgrade from our current
rating across all rating agencies, we may be met with
demands for cancellation and repayment of any drawn
amount on our NTD 25 billion credit facility in Taiwan
as well as demands for replacing existing parent
company guarantees of an estimated range of up to
DKK 10-15 billion by either bank guarantees or cash
collateral.
Credit facilities
In addition to the undrawn loan agreements with
the European Investment Bank, we had non-
cancellable credit facilities of DKK 38,394 million at
31 December 2025 (2024: DKK 37,619 million) with
a maturity of at least one year. In addition, we have
non-cancellable credit facilities of DKK 8,000 million,
which mature in October 2026. The credit facilities
are entered into with a number of Scandinavian and
international banks.
See note 5.4 ‘Liquidity reserve’ for further details.
Market value of bond and bank debt
The market value of our bond and bank debt amounted
to DKK 67,143 million and DKK 28,677 million, respec-
tively, at 31 December 2025 (2024: DKK 69,104 million
and DKK 14,890 million, respectively). The market value
of issued bonds has been determined as the market
value at 31 December (level 1 – quoted prices).
The market value of bank loans has been deter-
mined as the present value of expected future
instalments and interest payments using the Groups
current interest rate on loans as the discount rate
(level 2 – observable inputs).
Due to the level of interest rates on average being
lower at the time of issuance, the market value of our
bond and bank debt is below the carrying amount.
Changes in interest-bearing debtDKKm 2025 2024Interest-bearing debt at 1 January 101,824 92,581Cash transactionsProceeds from raising loans 19,550 9,990Instalments on loans (4,497) (3,407)Instalments on leases (1,207) (736)Change in other interest-bearing debt and tax equity liability 641 671Non-cash transactionsRaising lease debt, etc. 1,292 1,220Foreign exchange adjustments, amortisation, etc. (3,899) 1,505Interest-bearing debt at 31 December 113,704 101,824
Note 5.1 – continued
Interest-bearing net debt and FFO
166
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
6.4
11.6
7.5
8.0
7.7
9.3
8.6
6.2
16.7
10.2
7.5
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036+
Senior bonds issued Outstanding amount at 31 December 2025Type of Million, currencyfinancingCoupon (%) Time of issue Maturing Quoted inCurrency DKK EUR Green 600 4,481 2.250 June 2022 June 2028 LuxembourgEUR Green 750 5,602 1.500 Nov. 2017 Nov. 2029 LondonEUR Green 900 6,722 3.250 Sep. 2022 Sep. 2031 LuxembourgEUR Green 750 5,602 2.875 June 2022 June 2033 LuxembourgEUR Green 700 5,228 3.625 Feb. 2023 March 2026 LuxembourgEUR Blue 100 747 3.625 June 2023 June 2028 LuxembourgEUR Green 600 4,481 3.750 Feb. 2023 March 2030 LuxembourgEUR Green 700 5,228 4.125 Feb. 2023 March 2035 LuxembourgGBP Green 350 2,994 2.125 May 2019 May 2027 LuxembourgGBP - 750 6,415 4.875 Jan. 2012 Jan. 2032 LondonGBP Green 300 2,566 2.500 May 2019 May 2033 LuxembourgGBP Green 250 12,138 CPI+0.375 May 2019 May 2034 LuxembourgGBP Green 375 3,208 5.125 Sep. 2022 Sep. 2034 LuxembourgGBP - 500 4,277 5.750 Apr. 2010 Apr. 2040 LondonGBP Green 575 4,919 5.375 Sep. 2022 Sep. 2042 LuxembourgNTD Green 4,000 810 0.920 Nov. 2019 Nov. 2026 TaipeiNTD Green 4,000 810 0.600 Nov. 2020 Nov. 2027 TaipeiNTD Green 3,000 607 0.700 Nov. 2020 Nov. 2030 TaipeiNTD Green 8,000 1,619 1.500 Nov. 2019 Nov. 2034 TaipeiNTD Green 8,000 1,619 0.980 Nov. 2020 Nov. 2040 Taipei
Note 5.1 – continued
Interest-bearing net debt and FFO
Accounting policies
Bond debt, bank debt, and other payables
are recognised at inception at market value
( typically proceeds received) net of transaction
costs incurred. In subsequent periods, the liabili-
ties are measured at amortised cost, so that the
difference between the cost (proceeds) and the
nominal value is recognised in profit (loss) for the
year as interest expenses over the term of the
loan, using the effective interest rate method.
Financial liabilities are classified as current,
unless the Group has an unconditional right to
defer settlement of the liability to at least one
year after the balance sheet date.
Maturity profile of issued senior bonds and bank debt
DKKbn
Issued bonds
Bank debt
1
Issued principal is indexed to an outstanding amount of
GBP 326 million, corresponding to DKK 2,792 million at
31 December 2025. In addition to senior bonds, we have
issued a number of hybrid bonds accounted for as equity,
see note 5.3 ‘Hybrid capital.
167
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Share capital
In October 2025, we issued 900,816,600 new shares
with gross proceeds of DKK 59,994 million. Total costs
related to the capital raise amounts to DKK 616 million,
resulting in net proceeds of DKK 59,378 million.
After the issuance of new shares, Ørsted’s share capital
amounts to DKK 13,211,976,800 (2024: 4,204 million),
divided into shares of DKK 10.
No shares are subject to special rights or restrictions on
voting rights. All shares are fully paid up.
Treasury shares
To secure our share programme, we have acquired
treasury shares in accordance with the authorisation
approved by the general meeting. The total portfolio
of treasury shares consists of 138,525 shares at
31 December 2025 (2024: 146,317), corresponding
to less than 0.1 % of the share capital.
Dividends
Ørsted has paused dividends for the financial years
2023-2025. Consequently, the Board of Directors
proposes that no dividend be paid out to the share-
holders for the financial year 2025.
We target to reinstate dividend for the financial
year 2026.
Profit (loss) for the year
Ørsted’s share of profit (loss) in 2025 is allocated to
retained earnings.
Owners of Ørsted
The Danish state is the principal shareholder with an
ownership interest of 50.1 %. In addition, Equinor and
Andel have an ownership interest of 10.0 % and 5.0 %,
respectively. See note 15 ‘Owner ship information’ in the
parent company’s financial statements.
Earnings per shareDKKm 2025 2024Profit (loss) for the year 3,165 16Interest and costs, hybrid capital owners of Ørsted A/S (713) (717)Non-controlling interests (725) (222)Ørsted’s share of profit (loss) for the year 1,727 (923)(‘000)Average number of outstanding shares 884,788 756,075Dilutive effect of share programme 1,342 714Average number of outstanding shares, diluted 886,130 756,789(DKK)Earnings per share 2.0 (1.2)Diluted earnings per share 1.9 (1.2)
Note 5.2
Equity
Due to the rights issue in October 2025 at a price below market
price, the average number of shares and the diluted average number
of shares for 2024 have been restated using the calculated bonus
ratio (1.8).
As a consequence, the earnings per share numbers for 2024 have
been restated from -2.2 to -1.2.
168
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Hedging reserve 1Hedging of property, plant, and Reserves 2025Foreign currency Hedging of net Hedging of Hedging of Hedging of equipment under Tota l DKKmtranslation reserveinvestmentsrevenuedivestmentsinterestconstructionreservesReserves at 1 January 4,812 (4,485) (5,972) - 622 (141) (5,164)Exchange rate adjustments (9,905) - - - - - (9,905)Value adjustments of hedging - 5,070 103 13 148 (46) 5,288Value adjustments transferred to:Revenue - - 1,325 - - - 1,325Other operating income (9) - - - - - (9)Other operating expenses 297 (188) (182) (13) - - (86)Financial income and expenses - - - - (79) - (79)Property, plant, and equipment - - - - - 194 194Ta xTax on hedging and currency adjustments 669 (1,076) (269) - (20) (32) (728)Movements for the year (8,948) 3,806 977 - 49 116 (4,000)Additions, non-controlling interestsTotal reserves including tax at 31 December (4,136) (679) (4,995) - 671 (25) (9,164)Total reserves excluding tax at 31 December (4,820) (874) (6,184) - 867 (33) (11,044)Reserves 2024DKKmReserves at 1 January (384) (1,601) (8,615) (65) 414 - (10,251)Exchange rate adjustments 5,867 - - - - - 5,867Value adjustments of hedging - (3,698) 2,821 284 293 (181) (481)Value adjustments transferred to:Revenue - - (403) - - - (403)Other operating income 5 - - (199) - - (194)Other operating expenses 7 - (642) - - - (635)Financial income and expenses - - - - (25) - (25)Ta xTax on hedging and currency adjustments (683) 814 309 (20) (60) 40 400Movements for the year 5,196 (2,884) 2,085 65 208 (141) 4,529Additions, non-controlling interests - - 558 - - - 558Total reserves including tax at 31 December 4,812 (4,485) (5,972) - 622 (141) (5,164)Total reserves excluding tax at 31 December 4,795 (5,753) (7,358) - 798 (181) (7,699)
Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises:
· exchange rate adjustments arising on translation of the
financial statements of foreign entities with a currency that
is not the Groups presentation currency
· exchange rate adjustments relating to loans that form part
of our net investment in such entities
· exchange rate adjustments relating to hedging transactions
on our net investment in such entities.
On realisation or partial realisation of the net investment, the
exchange rate adjustments are recognised in profit (loss) for the
year if a foreign exchange gain (loss) is realised by the divested
entity. The foreign exchange gain (loss) is transferred to the item
where the gain (loss) is recognised.
Hedging of revenue
Hedging of revenue includes hedging of energy, currency, and
inflation risks associated with revenue.
Share premium reserve
Retained earnings include the share premium reserve of
DKK 71,649 million (2024: 21,279 million), representing the
excess amount of subscribed-for share capital over the nominal
value of these shares in connection with capital injections.
1
Costs of hedging related to the time value of option elements
in Onshore CPPAs and basis spread on currency swaps included
in the hedging reserve amount to a gain of DKK 42 million
(2024: DKK 239 million). The change from last year primarily
relates to value adjustments of Onshore CPPAs, which are
structured with a minimum price per MWh and a mechanism
where we retain most of the upside from high power prices.
Note 5.2 – continued
Equity
169
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
We have issued hybrid capital which is subordinate
to our other creditors. The purpose of issuing hybrid
capital is to strengthen our capital base and fund
our investments. We have issued EUR hybrid bonds
with a total nominal value of EUR 2,350 million
and GBP 425 million, respectively, equivalent
to DKK 21,188 million (2024: EUR 2,350 million
and GBP 425 million, respectively, equivalent to
DKK 21,358 million).
For all our hybrid bonds, we have the right to defer
coupon payments and ultimately decide not to
pay them at maturity. Deferred coupon payments
become payable, however, if we decide to pay dividends
to our shareholders or pay coupon payments on other
hybrid bonds. As a consequence of these terms, the
hybrid bonds are classified as equity, and therefore
coupon payments are recognised in equity.
Hybrid bonds Green due in 3019 Green due in 3021 Green due in 3022 Green due in 3024 Green due in 3021Type Subordinated Subordinated Subordinated Subordinated SubordinatedCarrying amount DKK 4,416 million DKK 3,697 million DKK 3,692 million DKK 5,520 million DKK 3,630 millionFinancial classification Equity Equity Equity Equity EquityNotional amount EUR 600 million EUR 500 milllion EUR 500 milllion EUR 750 million GBP 425 million (DKK 4,481 million)(DKK 3,735 million) (DKK 3,735 million) (DKK 5,602 million)(DKK 3,635 million)Issued December 2019 February 2021 December 2022 March 2024 February 2021Maturing December 3019 February 3021 December 3022 March 3024 February 3021Quoted in Luxembourg Luxembourg Luxembourg Luxembourg LuxembourgFirst reset date 19 December 2027 18 February 2031 8 December 2028 14 December 2029 18 February 2033Coupon for the first Eight years fixed at 1.750 % p.a. Ten years fixed at 1.500 % p.a. Six years fixed at 5.250 % p.a. 5 years and 9 months fixed at 12 years fixed at 2.500 % p.a.5.125 % p.a.Coupon in subsequent period is +1.952 % points from 2027, +1.860 % points from 2031 and +2.619 % points from 2028, +2.590 % points from 2029, Adjusted every five years with adjusted every five years with +2.020 % points from 2032, and +2.610 % points from 2051+2.869 % points from 2033, and + 2.840 % points from 2034, and the five-year benchmark gilt the five-year euro swap+2.952 % points from 2047+3.619 % points from 2048+3.590 % points from 2049+2.136 % points from 2033 and +2.886 % points from 2053Deferral of interest payment Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
1
Callable at par.
Note 5.3
Hybrid capital
Accounting policies
Hybrid capital comprises issued bonds that
qualify for treatment in accordance with the rules
on compound financial instruments due to the
special characteristics of the bonds. The notional
amount, which constitutes a liability, is recognised
at present value, and equity has been increased
by the difference between the net proceeds
received and the present value of the discounted
liability. The carrying amount of the liability
component amounted to nil on initial recognition
as the only payment obligation is the repayment
of the nominal value in 1,000 years.
Coupon payments are accounted for as divi-
dends, which are recognised directly in equity
at the time the payment obligation arises.
This is because the coupon is discretionary, and
therefore any deferred coupon lapses upon
maturity of the hybrid capital. Coupon payments
are recognised in the statement of cash flows
within financing activities.
On redemption of hybrid capital, the payment
will be distributed between liability and equity,
applying the same ratio as when the hybrid
capital was issued. This means that the differ-
ence between the payment on redemption and
the net proceeds received on issue is recognised
directly in equity, as the liability portion of the
existing hybrid issues will be nil during the first
part of the life of the hybrid capital.
170
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Dec. 2025
Dec. 2024
130.9
78.0
Liquidity reserve
Our liquidity reserve at 31 December 2025 amounted to
DKK 130.9 billion (31 December 2024: DKK 78.0 billion),
excluding non-cancellable credit facilities of DKK 8 billion,
which mature in October 2026.
Collateral and margin postings
When we trade derivatives to execute our hedging
strategy, we can trade with daily settlement of the
market value or with settlement at maturity.
To reduce the risk of having to pay large amounts
for negative market values, we actively manage
the share of trading with daily settlement. As of
31 December 2025, 22 % (2024: 12 %) of our power
and gas trades and 94 % (2024: 92 %) of our currency,
inflation, and interest rate hedges were settled daily.
Cash, cash equivalents, and securities
Securities are a key element in our liquidity reserve,
and therefore, investments are mainly made in liquid
AAA-rated Danish mortgage bonds and, to a lesser
extent, in other bonds. Most of the securities qualify
for repo transactions with the Danish central bank,
‘Danmarks Nationalbank’.
Securities not available for use’ comprises securities
pledged as collateral for:
· short-term repo loans: DKK 4,111 million
at 31 December 2025 (2024: DKK 4,011 million)
· insurance-related provisions: DKK 571 million
at 31 December 2025 (2024: DKK 392 million).
At 31 December 2025, we had received cash
collateral in the amount of DKK 645 million
(2024: DKK 70 million) concerning the positive
market value of derivatives.
Cash not available for use’ comprises:
· collateral for power purchase agreements and
trading with financial instruments: DKK 196 million
(2024: DKK 269 million)
· collateral for insurance-related provisions:
DKK 23 million (2024: DKK 45 million)
· collateral for other transactions:
none (2024: DKK 3 million).
Cash and cash equivalents, securitiesDKKm 2025 2024Cash, cf. balance sheet 53,448 23,126Bank overdrafts that are part of the ongoing cash management - (2)Total cash and cash equivalents at 31 December, cf. statement of cash flows 53,448 23,124Cash can be specified as followsCash, cf. balance sheet 53,448 23,126Cash, not available for use 219 317Securities can be specified as followsSecurities, available 33,635 10,129Securities, not available for use 4,682 4,403Total securities at 31 December 38,317 14,532
The table shows our cash and securities divided into ‘available’ and ‘not available for use.
Overview of securitiesDKKm Fixed rate Floating rate 2025 Fixed rate Floating rate 2024Maturities0-2 years 4,829 9,981 14,810 (376) 13,383 3,0072-5 years 2,555 16,275 18,830 710 4,734 5,444After 5 years 4,434 243 4,677 5,511 570 6,081Total carrying amount 11,818 26,499 38,317 5,845 8,687 14,532
The table shows our securities split into maturities and fixed or floating interest rates. The overview includes the interest rate
swaps used to manage the interest rate risk of the securities.
1
For securities maturing within two years, the negative value of the interest rate swaps exceeds the value of the securities.
In 2025, proceeds from the rights issue, farm-down
of Hornsea 3, and project financing for the offshore
wind farm Greater Changhua 2 led to a substantial
increase in the liquidity reserve. Cash increased by
DKK 30.3 billion compared to 2024, and the balance
of available securities increased by DKK 24.5 billion.
Note 5.4
Liquidity reserve
Liquidity reserve
DKKbn
Cash Securities, available
Undrawn, non-cancellable credit facilities >1 year maturity
Accounting policies
Securities comprise bonds that are monitored, measured,
and reported at market value on an ongoing basis in
conformity with the Groups investment policy. Changes
in market value are recognised in profit (loss) for the year
as financial income and expenses. Purchase and sale of
securities are recognised at the settlement date.
For listed securities, market value equals the market price,
and for unlisted securities, market value is estimated
based on generally accepted valuation methods and
market data.
Divested securities where repurchase agreements (repo
transactions) have been made at the time of sale are
recognised in the balance sheet at the settlement date
as if the securities were still held. The amount received is
recognised as a liability, and the difference between the
selling price and the purchase price is recognised in profit
(loss) for the year over the term as interest. The return on
the securities is recognised in profit (loss) for the year.
171
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities 2025DKKm 2026 2027 2028-2029 After 2029 To talBank loans and issued bonds Notional amount 11,658 7,543 16,694 63,852 99,747 Interest payments 2,967 2,705 5,048 15,797 26,517Trade payables 19,764 - - - 19,764Lease liabilities 1,190 1,016 1,671 10,234 14,111Tax equity debt 202 217 476 1,037 1,932Other non-derivative payables 9,610 1,062 746 10,162 21,580Derivatives 2,468 1,829 2,082 4,077 10,456Liabilities relating to assets classified as held for sale 445 20 51 308 824Total payment obligations 48,304 14,392 26,768 105,467 194,931
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities 2024DKKm 2025 2026 2027-2028 After 2028 To talBank loans and issued bonds Notional amount 4,260 10,122 9,543 64,225 88,150 Interest payments 2,611 2,604 4,731 13,931 23,877Trade payables 20,827 - - - 20,827Lease liabilities 1,163 975 1,787 11,903 15,828Tax equity debt 234 259 519 968 1,980Other non-derivative payables 3,222 1,871 1,206 11,498 17,797Derivatives 6,531 2,848 4,327 5,775 19,481Total payment obligations 38,848 18,679 22,113 108,300 187,940
The Groups cash needs in respect of its financial loans and borrowings
are shown in the table. The maturity analysis was determined on
31 December.
The maturity analysis is based on undiscounted cash flows, including
estimated interest payments. Interest payments are based on
market conditions and interest rate hedging entered into as of
31 December. The maturity analysis does not include hybrid capital
classified as equity.
At 31 December 2025, we had issued hybrid capital with a notional
amount totalling DKK 21,188 million due after 2029.
Note 5.5
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities
172
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Net financial income and expenses 1DKKm 2025 2024Interest expenses, net (1,284) (1,739)Interest expenses, leasing (335) (301)Interest element of provisions, etc. (1,318) (502)Tax equity partner’s contractual return (1,092) (1,275)Value adjustments of derivatives, net (270) 541Capital gains/losses on securities at market value, net (23) 434Exchange rate adjustments including currency derivatives, net 1,475 (750)Other financial income and expenses (34) 1Net financial income and expenses (2,881) (3,591)
Financial income and expenses 2DKKm 2025 2024Interest income from cash, etc. 751 843Interest income from securities at market value 427 710Capital gains on securities at market value 124 783Foreign exchange gains 6,229 3,854Value adjustments of derivatives 4,245 2,372Other financial income 21 28Total financial income 11,797 8,590Interest expenses relating to loans and borrowings, etc. 3(4,840) (4,303)Interest expenses transferred to assets 2,378 1,011Interest expenses, leasing (335) (301)Interest element of provisions, etc. (1,318) (502)Tax equity partner’s contractual returns (1,092) (1,275)Capital losses on securities at market value (147) (349)Foreign exchange losses (5,082) (4,538)Value adjustments of derivatives (4,187) (1,897)Other financial expenses (55) (27)Total financial expenses (14,678) (12,181)Net financial income and expenses (2,881) (3,591)
The ‘Interest element of provisions, etc.’ is higher in
2025 than in 2024, primarily due to interest accrued
on the prepayment for power related to the December
2024 divestment of four operational offshore assets.
The loss in ‘Value adjustments of derivatives, net
in 2025 is mostly due to the losses in NTD interest
rate swaps used as economic hedges for Greater
Changhua 2. In 2024, we experienced gains on USD
interest rate swaps, which were not repeated in 2025.
In 2025, we had a gain in ’Exchange rate adjustments
including currency derivatives, net, compared to a loss
in 2024. This development was due to exchange rate
adjustments of both external loans and intercompany
balances in holding companies denominated in the
subsidiaries’ functional currencies. Loans and payables
in GBP and NTD generated a translation gain in 2025
due to the strengthening of DKK against the currencies
of 5.2 % and 7.9 %, respectively, contrasting with the
losses from its weakening against GBP in 2024.
Interest expenses transferred to assets are calculated
at the weighted average effective interest rate for
general borrowings. The rate amounted to 3.3 % in
2025 (2024: 3.4 %).
Note 5.6
Financial income and expenses
Accounting policies
Market value adjustments of interest rate and
currency derivatives that have not been entered
into for hedging purposes are presented as
financial income or expenses.
The accounting policy for the tax equity
partner’s contractual return is described in
note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
1
The table shows net financial income and expenses, corresponding
to our internal reporting.
2
Exchange rate adjustments of currency hedging are recognised
in revenue and cost of sales with a loss of DKK 483 million
(2024: a loss of DKK 569 million).
3
Including interest expense from financial liabilities measured
at amortised cost amounting to DKK 3,472 million
(2024 : DKK 3,513 million).
173
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
We are exposed to financial and revenue risks in the
form of energy price and volume risks, inflation and
interest rate risks, commodity price risks, currency risks,
credit risks, and liquidity risks as part of our business,
hedging, and trading activities. Through our risk
management, we monitor and proactively manage
the risks according to our risk appetite.
In this note, we describe the origination as well as our
governance and management of all these financial
and revenue risks, excluding liquidity risks, which are
covered in note 5.
For the period 2026-2030, approximately 90 % of our
expected revenue from our wind, solar PV, and battery
storage assets are fixed-price inflation-indexed or fixed
nominal. The remaining approximately 10 % is exposed
to fluctuations in power prices.
Furthermore, our cash flows denominated in foreign
currencies are exposed to changes in the value of
foreign currencies against Danish kroner.
Note 6
Risk management
Revenue composition of offshore and onshore assets 2026-2030
1
Currency exposure 2026-2030
2
Before hedging After hedging, DKKbn
Inflation-indexed revenue
The value of our hedging instruments
Fixed nominal revenue
~40 % of our revenue from offshore and onshore assets
are fixed in nominal terms, mainly from fixed-price
subsidies and CPPAs in Continental Europe, Taiwan, and
the US as well as hedges swapping inflation- indexed
cash flows to fixed cash flows (2024: ~35 %).
Merchant revenue
~10 % of our revenue from offshore and onshore assets
are exposed to merchant power prices (2024: ~15 %).
50 %
~50 % of our revenue from offshore and onshore assets
are fixed-price-indexed to inflation, mainly from ROC
and CfD subsidies in the UK and Poland.
(2024: ~50 %).
-6.2 bn
The value of our hedging instruments (mainly inflation
and power) impacting EBITDA in the future amounts to
a loss of DKK 6.2 billion at 31 December 2025.
(2024: DKK 7.6 billion).
~10 %
Merchant revenue
~40 %
Fixed nominal revenue
~50 %
Inflation-indexed revenue
GBP
USD
52.5
17.0
28.3
10.5
13.4
7.1
NTD
Energy exposure 2026-2028
3
Before hedging After hedging, DKKbn
Outright power 30.1
15.2
4.6
4.1
Spread (power)
-0.5
-0.1
Gas and oil
1
For the period 2026-2030, approximately 90 % of our expected
revenue from our wind, solar PV, and battery storage assets are
fixed-price inflation- indexed or fixed nominal. The remaining 10 %
is exposed to fluctuations in power prices.
2
We deem EUR to constitute an insignificant risk as we expect
Denmark to maintain its fixed exchange-rate policy.
3
Energy exposure before hedging does not include revenue from
inflation-indexed and fixed nominal prices as these do not contain
any energy exposure.
174
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
The overall objective of our financial and revenue risk
management is to:
· increase the predictability of our short-term income
and construction costs
· protect our current and future investment capacity
by stabilising key rating metrics, such as FFO/
adjusted interest-bearing net debt
· protect the long-term real value of the shareholders’
investment in Ørsted.
The governance for managing market, credit, and
liquidity risks are based on the three-lines-of-defence
model:
· The first line of defence is responsible for our ongoing
risk management and control, including necessary
mitigating actions for all risks we take on through
our business, hedging, and trading activities.
· The second line of defence is Group Risk, which is
responsible for challenging decisions made by the
first line of defence, including providing independent
risk views and advice, as well as monitoring and
controlling that risks are being managed appropriately.
· The third line of defence is Internal Audit.
The limits for first line of defence are established
during the business planning processes and evaluated
according to our risk appetite. An example is deciding on
the target hedge level for price exposures from power
generation as described in note 6.2 ‘Energy price risks‘.
In our risk management processes, financial and
revenue risks are quantified and assessed against
our risk appetite – alongside decisions on suitable risk
mitigation measures. Our most material enter prise risks
and associated risk mitigation measures are presented
in the ‘Enterprise risk management’ section in the
‘ Managements review’.
The Board of Directors oversees our risk management
through the Audit & Risk Committee and approves
the Enterprise Risk Management Framework. See the
Corporate governance’ section in the ‘Managements
review’ for governance regarding our committees.
We govern the accounting treatment and effectiveness
of hedges by applying hedge accounting on energy,
commodity, currency, interest rate, and inflation hedging.
Note 6.1
Risk framework
Accounting policies
Hedge accounting
We apply hedge accounting to our energy, commodity,
currency, interest rate, and inflation hedges.
Almost all of the hedging instruments we use fully
match the market risk of the exposure we hedge.
The UK power exposure, for example, is hedged using
UK power swaps or futures. Thus, the main source of
ineffectiveness is related to the volume and timing of
the actual production versus the settlement of the
hedge. This difference in timing is referred to as volume
risk and is described in more detail on the next page.
To the extent that a risk needs to be hedged, and if
there is no fully effective instrument available in the
market, ana- lyses of the expected effectiveness of the
hedging instrument are performed before the hedging
transaction is concluded. In this case, the ratio between
the hedged risk and the hedging instrument may devi-
ate from the one-to-one principle and will be deter-
mined as the ratio which most effectively hedges the
desired risk.
When we conclude a hedging transaction, and each
time we present financial statements thereafter, we
assess the correlation between the hedged exposure
and the hedging instrument. The effective change in
market value of the hedging instrument is recognised
as a hedge of future cash flows in other comprehensive
income in the hedging reserve.
If the hedged cash flows are no longer expected to
be realised, the in-full or partially accumulated value
change is transferred to profit (loss) for the year.
Ineffective hedges related to energy and commodity
exposures are recognised in other operating expenses.
Ineffectiveness related to other hedges are recognised
in financial income or expenses.
On realisation of the hedged cash flow, the resulting
gains or losses are transferred from equity and recog-
nised in the same item as the hedged item. However,
on interest rate and currency hedging of proceeds from
future loans, the resulting gain or loss is transferred
from equity over the term of the loan.
For currency swaps, the basis spread is accounted for
according to the cost of the hedging model.
Key accounting estimates
Valuation of long-term power purchase agreements
and receivables from divestment of assets
When we measure our power purchase agreements
and some receivables at fair value, we use estimates
of non- observable inputs, such as:
· production forecasts
· forecasted long-term power prices and
exchange rates
· forecasted inflation expectations
· discount rates.
Hedge accounting
Hedge effectiveness is measured using forecasted
production as well as estimates regarding energy
prices, intermittency, interest, currency, and inflation.
For periods where we are close to fully hedged, volume
overhedging is possible if the forecasted production
does not materialise, which will lead to recognition
of ineffectiveness.
Key accounting judgements
Valuation of long-term power purchase agreements
and receivables from divestment of assets
We measure our power purchase agreements and
some receivables at fair value, but they cannot always
be measured using quoted prices in active markets
due to the long duration and complexity of the con-
tracts. We therefore use elements of judgement when
measuring the fair value, and we aim to limit the use
of subjective estimates and base the fair values on
external information, including external pricing and
benchmark services.
Hedge accounting
Judgements are used to consider whether forecasted
transactions are highly probable exposures as hedged
items in a hedge relationship, e.g. expected produc-
tion from wind farms, and judgement is applied as to
whether the hedge instruments applied in the hedge
relationships identified are effective.
175
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
0
500
1,000
1,500
2023 2024 2025 2026
Forward ratesHistorical rates
2027
Our main energy price risk stems from our power
generation from wind and solar PV assets. By nature,
this generation is exposed to volume uncertainty,
price uncertainty, and the often negative correlation
between the two. We are also exposed to other
energy price risks through our combined heat and
power plants.
Offshore and onshore power generation
Only approximately 10 % of the revenue from our
power generation in Offshore and Onshore in 2026-
2030 is exposed to power price uncertainty.
Most of our offshore assets receive government subsi-
dies, which provide a high degree of revenue certainty
for pre-determined periods of time. The majority of the
offshore subsidies that we receive in the UK, Central
Europe, the US, and Taiwan provide us with either floor
prices or fixed prices per MWh for the power produced.
Our UK assets with renevables obligation certificates
(ROCs) receive a fixed subsidy per MWh in addition to
the revenue generated from selling the power gener-
ation in the market. We manage some of the revenue
risks in Offshore using corporate power purchase agree-
ments (CPPAs), which have fixed prices and floor prices.
A large part of our income in Onshore comes from
production tax credits (PTCs) or investment tax credits
(ITCs) related to power generation or investments in
the US (see note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’). The tax
credits are not exposed to a power price risk. However,
a price risk is associated with the power produced by
these assets. In Europe, we have a mixture of subsidised
and subsidy-free onshore assets. As in Offshore, we
manage some of the Onshore revenue risks using
CPPAs. In general, these CPPAs are structured with a
minimum price per MWh and a mechanism where we
retain most of the upside from high power prices.
To mitigate our residual exposure to revenue risks, we
use fixed-volume hedges. There can be mismatches
between these hedges and the production profiles of
our assets. In addition, a negative correlation tends to
exist between power prices and generation volumes,
which is driven by the periods when solar and wind
generation exceeds demand. These risks are accounted
for in our hedging strategy. For example, the maximum
hedge ratio is 70 % when using fixed-volume hedges.
This maximum hedging level ensures a low probability
for not having physical power generation behind
fixed-volume hedges while also providing an adequate
level of risk reduction.
Power generation at our CHP plants
Our portfolio of CHP plants primarily consists of
biomass-fuelled units in Denmark. The profitability
of power generation is determined by the difference
between the selling price of power and the purchase
price of biomass. The total net price risk associated
with power from CHP generation for the period
2026-2028 is DKK 4.1 billion after hedging, covering
both heat-bound and condensing-based generation.
We are not exposed to price risks related to heat
generation.
The graph shows the historic development in monthly average spot power prices for
the past three years and the forward rates for 2026 and 2027 as of 31 December 2025.
The graph covers our main markets where we are exposed to power prices.
1
Average of DK1 and DK2.
2
Average of north and west.
Note 6.2
Energy price risks
Development in power prices
DKK/MWh
DK
1
UK US (ERCOT)
2
176
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
The UK 11.5
The US 9.5
Other 9.1
Risk after hedging
Our energy exposure after hedging for the years
2026-2028 can be summarised as shown in the table.
Effect of price changeRisk after hedgingDKKbn+10 % -10 %Power: 15.2 sell position +1.5 -1.5Spread (power): 4.1 +0.4 -0.4
A 10 % increase in the power price will result in a gain
of DKK 1.5 billion over the period 2026-2028, all else
remaining unchanged.
The graph shows our power exposure towards
power prices in different markets before hedges
for the period 2026-2028.
Note 6.2 – continued
Power price risks
Power price exposure before hedging for 2026-2028, split on markets
DKKbn
Principles for estimating exposures
Exposure is calculated as the expected
production (or net purchase/sale) times the
forward price for the respective years.
177
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Maturity analysis Market value Expected transfers to EBITDARecognised in Power price cash flow hedge accounting 2025Contractual comprehensive DKKmprincipal amount 2026 2027 After 2027 Asset Liabilityincome 2026 2027 After 2027Hedging revenue from power sales/production (EBITDA impact)Power purchase agreements (sell position) 9,321 1,198 1,444 6,679 657 (5,307) (4,116) (424) (592) (3,100)Power swaps and futures (sell position) 3,018 1,710 1,146 162 411 (194) 341 412 (67) (4)Gas swaps and options (sell position) 496 173 228 95 19 (3) (81) (73) (6) (2)Power price cash flow hedge accounting 2024DKKm2025 2026 After 2026 2025 2026 After 2026Hedging revenue from power sales/production (EBITDA impact)Power purchase agreements (sell position) 9,771 2,001 2,022 5,748 867 (5,413) (3,795) (72) (427) (3,296)Power swaps and futures (sell position) 3,750 2,277 1,473 - 897 (1,155) 287 79 208 -Gas swaps and options (sell position) 768 723 45 - 87 (206) 128 98 30 -
2025 2024Contracts accounted for at fair value through profit or loss (EBITDA)ContractualMarketContractualMarketDKKmprincipal amountvalueprincipal amountvalueEnergy Power swaps (sell position (2024: buy position)) 1,145 (138) 3,071 (409)Power options (sell position) 262 - 830 (23)Power purchase agreements (sell position) 393 12 237 (94)Gas swaps and options (sell position) 1,307 178 2,734 406Oil swaps and options (buy position) - - 169 (147)Other (sell position (2024: buy position)) 270 - 740 -
We use a number of different hedging instruments to hedge the
revenue from our power production and sale of power sourced
with a power price risk. For both these exposures, the revenue is
linked to the production from wind and solar assets.
Hedge ratio
We apply a hedge ratio of 1:1 when all critical terms match,
which is normally the case when we enter into power purchase
agreements where the settlement is linked to the actual power
production.
We also use fixed volume hedges characterised by the settlement
of a constant volume 24/7. These hedges do not always match
the timing of our actual production which is dependent on wind
speeds and sunny weather. To take this into account, we adjust
the hedge ratio.
To some extent, we use gas hedges as a proxy for our power
exposure when it is not possible to trade power hedges due to
lack of liquidity or unattractive prices. As approximately half of
the energy in gas is lost in the conversion to power, we apply a
hedge ratio of 2:1 (2 gas to 1 power).
Dynamic hedging
Part of the power swaps and futures hedge is managed with a
dynamic hedge percentage. This relates to power sales sourced
from purchase agreements with price caps and floors. The risk
management objective is to protect the margin from price changes.
Ineffective hedges
In 2025, we recognised ineffective hedges with a gain of DKK 138
million (2024: a gain of DKK 137 million) in other operating
expenses. The ineffectiveness is mainly related to proxy hedging.
Note 6.2 – continued
Power price risks
178
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
2023 2024 2025
Inflation-indexed
revenue and hedges
Operational costs
1
~55 % matched
1
Operational costs comprise of OPEX, cost of sales, and development
expenses after deduction of income from PTCs and ITCs.
Approximately 90 % of our revenue from offshore and
onshore assets for the period 2026-2030 stems from
either fixed nominal or inflation-indexed contracts.
The long duration of these cash flows exposes us to
changes in interest rates and inflation, particularly for
assets where the fixed nominal price received is con-
stant regardless of interest rate, inflation, or merchant
price level.
Our risk management builds on the assumption that
shareholders prefer exposure to inflation-indexed cash
flows over nominal cash flows, as this protects the
real value of their investment. We apply an asset and
liability management principle for handling interest
rate and inflation risks.
Inflation risk
We prefer to invest in assets with inflation-linked
revenue to mitigate our cost inflation risks. Our cost
inflation mainly stems from OPEX, cost of sales, devel-
opment expenses, and CAPEX, which, to a large extent
increase with inflation. In addition, CAPEX is exposed
to the price development in a number of commodities,
most significantly steel and copper for wind turbines,
foundations, and cable. Commodity price risks are
first and foremost reduced by negotiating fixed-price
CAPEX contracts and secondly by negotiating CAPEX
price-linked to indexes or similar that can be hedged
in the financial markets. The net commodity risk in
CAPEX is hedged asset by asset following project final
investment decision (FID).
The graph shows the historic development in interest and inflation rates for the past three years.
The graph covers our main markets where we are exposed to interest and inflation.
Note 6.3
Inflation and interest rate risks
Development in inflation and interest rates
%
USD 10-year interest rate EUR 10-year interest rate UK CPI annual rate
NTD 10-year interest rate GBP 10-year interest rate
Inflation-indexed revenue in 2026-2030 is partly offset
by inflation-indexed operational costs
179
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Interest rate risks
We actively match our debt with our assets per
currency and modified duration. Modified duration of
both assets and debt is the change in value in response
to a one percentage point change in interest rates.
As a rule of thumb, modified duration is matched within
±2 percentage points. For example, the fixed nominal
cash flows from our Taiwanese projects with an average
of 6.9 % in modified duration are matched with fixed-
rate NTD debt with roughly 6.9 % modified duration.
For assets in operation and under construction, 60 % of
the lifetime present value of fixed nominal cash flow,
excluding CAPEX, are matched with corresponding
fixed-rate senior and hybrid debt. Part of this matching
has been done by entering into inflation swaps on
our inflation-indexed CfD and ROC revenue in the UK
to match our GBP fixed-rate debt. As our portfolio of
awarded assets mature, we actively consider executing
interest rate swaps to lock in interest rates before
funding is secured.
Finally, when we farm down part of an asset, we
normally hedge part of the interest and inflation risks
related to the divestment proceeds.
Fixed-rate debt and hedges
Assets in operation and under construction
1
~60 %
matched
For assets in operation and under construction, approximately 60 % of the fixed nominal
cash flows are matched with a fixed interest rate on our debt and hedge portfolio.
1
Lifetime present value of fixed nominal cash flows, excluding CAPEX. Assets under
construction include the Hornsea 3, Borkum Riffgrund 3, Revolution Wind, Sunrise
Wind, Baltica 2, and Greater Changhua 2b and 4 offshore wind farms.
Note 6.3 – continued
Inflation and interest rate risks
Fixed-rate debt and hedges used to protect fixed nominal cash flows
against interest rate increases
180
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Maturity analysis Market value Expected transfers to income statementRecognised in Cash flow hedge accounting 2025 Contractual comprehensive DKKmprincipal amount 2026-29 2030-35 After 2035 Asset Liabilityincome 2026 2027 After 2027EBITDA impactInflation swap (pay variable/receive fixed – the UK), hedging revenue 30,198 8,158 18,789 3,251 - (2,061) (2,619) (232) (206) (2,181)Inflation swap (receive variable/pay fixed – EURO), hedging cost of sales 4,212 1,094 1,783 1,335 4 (14) (10) (1) (1) (8)Financial items impactInterest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – USD), hedging future loan issuance 2,862 - 2,862 - - (41) 638 16 64 558Interest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – NTD), hedging future loan issuance 12,718 3,198 4,731 4,789 228 - 228 (22) 5 245Property, plant, and equipment under constructionBunker fuel for vessels 471 471 - - 39 (33) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Cash flow hedge accounting 2024 DKKm2025-28 2029-34 After 2034 2025 2026 After 2026EBITDA impactInflation swap (pay variable/receive fixed – the UK), hedging revenue 32,017 8,317 19,156 4,544 - (3,024) (3,513) (216) (221) (3,076)Financial items impactInterest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – USD), future loan issuance 2,989 - - 2,989 26 - 702 - 70 632Interest rate swap (pay fixed/receive variable – NTD), future loan issuance - - - - - - 96 5 10 81Property, plant, and equipment under constructionMetals 1,456 1,456 - - - (181) n/a n/a n/a n/a
2025 2024Contracts accounted for at fair value through profit or loss (financial items) ContractualMarketContractualMarketDKKmprincipal amountvalueprincipal amountvalueInterest rate swaps (pay fixed/receive variable) 9,284 104 13,822 200
Interest rate swaps are used to adjust the maturity of our bond portfolio.
We hedge our UK inflation risk related to inflation-indexed revenue
from ROC and CfD subsidies at an average fixed rate of 3.4 %.
Furthermore, we hedge the interest and inflation risk related to
divestments. All the inflation risks that we hedge are separately
identifiable in the underlying contract.
We have recognised ineffectiveness of DKK 90 million (gain)
(2024: ineffectiveness gain of DKK 25 million in financial income).
Note 6.3 – continued
Inflation and interest rate risks
181
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
600
700
800
900
20
25
Forward ratesHistorical rates
2023 2024 2025 2026 2027
Our cash flows consist of multiple different currencies,
which expose us to fluctuations in currency exchange
rates against DKK. Our main currency exposures are
GBP, USD, and NTD. We are net positively exposed to
all three main currencies, and thus a drop in the GBP,
USD or NTD against DKK would result in a loss over a
five-year horizon.
While our exposure to EUR is also significant, we deem
EUR an insignificant risk as we expect Denmark to
maintain its fixed exchange-rate policy. As the subsidy
on our Baltica 2 project in Poland includes a fixed EUR/
PLN rate, we have limited risk towards PLN.
We primarily manage currency risk by using structural
risk management tools, such as using local currency
sourcing contracts, netting income and expenses in
the same currency, and issuing local currency debt to
naturally balance our portfolio.
More specifically, the currency denomination of new
debt issuances is aimed at optimising the currency
composition of net debt with that of forecasted FFO
to ensure stability in FFO/adjusted interest-bearing net
debt against adverse movements in exchange rates.
Debt can be particularly effective in new markets to
mitigate the time-spread risk since the proceeds from
the debt issuance can be used to fund and hedge
construction costs, while the debt repayment profile
can be sculpted to match future revenue.
The residual currency risk after debt and netting
of exposures are managed via financial derivatives
according to our desired risk appetite. Our overall
hedge horizon is five years, covering only highly certain
cash flows to reduce the risk of hedge ineffectiveness.
For energy price risks in foreign currencies, we do
not hedge the exchange rate risk until the energy
exposure has been hedged. For cash flows that relate
to subsidised GBP income from our UK offshore wind
farms less operating expenses, we hedge on a declining
level over a five-year rolling horizon.
Our currency exposure after hedging for the years
2026-2030 can be summarised as shown in the table.
Effect of price changeRisk after hedgingDKKbn+10 % -10 %GBP: 17.0 sell position +1.7 -1.7USD: 10.5 sell position +1.1 -1.1NTD: 7.1 sell position +0.7 -0.7
1
The graph shows the historic development in
spot currency rates for the past three years
and the forward rates for 2026 and 2027 as
of 31 December 2025.
Note 6.4
Currency risks
Development in currency rates
1
GBP/DKK USD/DKK NTD/DKK
182
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
h
h
h
Maturity analysis Market value Expected transfers to income statementRecognised in Currency cash flow hedge accounting 2025 Contractual comprehensive DKKmprincipal amount 2026 2027 After 2027 Asset Liabilityincome 2026 2027 After 2027EBITDA impactGBP forwards and cross-currency swaps, edging revenue (sell position) 16,629 4,174 3,943 8,512 185 (205) (175) (76) (84) (15)GBP forwards and cross-currency swaps, edging cost of sale (sell position) 9,904 4,117 5,095 692 - (71) (71) (28) (38) (5)NTD forwards and cross-currency swaps, edging cost of sale (sell position) 627 627 - - 18 - 18 18 - -Currency cash flow hedge accounting 2024 DKKm2025 2026 After 2026 2025 2026 After 2026EBITDA impactGBP forwards and cross-currency swaps, edging revenue (sell position) 22,864 5,980 5,691 11,193 - (885) (942) (387) (235) (320)
h
The GBP exchange rates for hedges impacting EBITDA in 2026 and 2027 are hedged at an average of GBP/DKK 8.4 and 8.2, respectively.
Ineffectiveness from currency cash flow hedges in 2025 amounts to a gain of DKK 67 million (2024: DKK a loss of -82 million), recognised in
financial items.
2025 2024Contracts accounted for at fair value through profit or loss (financial items)ContractualMarketContractualMarketDKKmprincipal amountvalueprincipal amountvalueCurrencyForward exchange contracts (sell position) 14,317 (69) 21,180 1
The table shows cash management positions which are not hedge accounted.
Note 6.4 – continued
Currency risks
183
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Hedging of net investments in foreign subsidiaries
Our foreign subsidiaries entail currency risks. We hedge
these currency risks by raising loans in foreign curren-
cies and by entering into forward exchange contracts,
currency swaps, and options.
On 31 December 2025, the accumulated exchange
rate adjustments totalled DKK -5,695 million
(2024: DKK -972 million), divided between the
exchange rate adjustment of the net investment
of DKK -4,821 million (2024: DKK 4,791 million)
and the hedging thereof of DKK -874 million
(2024: DKK -5,763 million).
Hedging of net investments in foreign subsidiaries Accumulated Of which, Hedged exchange rate DKKm Net non-controlling amount adjustments Currency 2025investmentinterestsin currency Net positionin equityGBP 62,089 (5,863) (19,021) 37,205 (2,727)EUR 30,050 - - 30,050 103USD 60,681 (2,357) (23,120) 35,204 (2,199)NTD 24,085 - (11,739) 12,346 (1,081)Other 8,876 - - 8,876 209To tal 185,781 (8,220) (53,880) 123,681 (5,695)Currency 2024GBP 62,675 (7,859) (46,688) 8,128 (1,877)EUR 31,702 - - 31,702 30USD 43,840 (2,498) (27,282) 14,060 619NTD 27,821 - (10,324) 17,497 102Other 5,704 - - 5,704 154To tal 171,742 (10,357) (84,294) 77,091 (972)
No ineffectiveness from net investment hedges in 2025 or 2024.
The net position expresses the accounting exposure. If, for example,
the GBP/DKK exchange rate increased by 10 % on 31 December 2025,
equity would have increased by DKK 3,720 million, corresponding
to 10 % of DKK 37,205 million.
Maturity analysis Market valueNet investment hedges 2025Contractual DKKmprincipal amount2026 2027 After 2027 Asset LiabilityGBP issued senior bonds 13,186 - 2,994 10,192 - -GBP forwards and cross-currency swaps 5,835 (1,978) 5,430 2,383 269 (293)USD bank loans 4,740 - - 4,740 - -USD forwards and cross-currency swaps 18,380 (5,914) 19,524 4,770 1,200 (138)NTD issued senior bonds 5,465 810 810 3,845 - -NTD forwards and cross-currency swaps 6,274 6,274 - - 294 -Net investment hedges 2024DKKm2025 2026 After 2026GBP issued senior bonds 27,960 - - 27,960 - -GBP forwards and cross-currency swaps 18,728 4,162 3,247 11,319 142 (604)USD bank loans 5,368 - - 5,368 - -USD forwards and cross-currency swaps 21,914 4,919 10,370 6,625 194 (997)NTD issued senior bonds 5,931 - 879 5,052 - -NTD forwards and cross-currency swaps 4,393 4,393 - - 4 -
Note 6.4 – continued
Currency risks
Accounting policies
Hedging of net investments in foreign subsidiaries
Changes in the market value of currency derivatives and
currency adjustment of loans that are classified as net
investment hedges in foreign subsidiaries or associates
are recognised in the consolidated financial statements
directly in equity within a separate foreign currency
translation reserve.
184
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Offsetting of financial assetsTradeTradeDKKm Derivativesreceivables 2025 Derivativesreceivables 2024Financial assets 4,494 6,025 10,519 6,795 9,614 16,409Financial liabilities, offset (760) (1,893) (2,653) (2,402) (4,916) (7,318)Financial assets in the balance sheet 3,734 4,132 7,866 4,393 4,698 9,091Amounts not offset in the balance sheetLiabilities with offsetting rights (1,923) - (1,923) (1,543) - (1,543)Collateral received (645) - (645) (139) - (139)Net 1,166 4,132 5,298 2,711 4,698 7,409
Offsetting of financial liabilitiesDKKmFinancial liabilities 4,860 6,062 10,922 11,153 9,246 20,399Financial assets, offset (760) (1,893) (2,653) (2,402) (4,916) (7,318)Financial liabilities in the balance sheet 4,100 4,169 8,269 8,751 4,330 13,081Amounts not offset in the balance sheetAssets with offsetting rights (1,923) - (1,923) (1,543) - (1,543)Collateral provided (1,912) - (1,912) (5,082) - (5,082)Net 265 4,169 4,434 2,126 4,330 6,456
A large part of the gross assets and liabilities can be offset due to the nature in trading activities where energy is both purchased and sold
between a limited number of energy market participants.
We are exposed to credit risks from our construction
activities, hedging and trading activities, and all other
activities where a counterparty’s failure to meet their
obligations may cause a loss. A large part of our credit
risk is towards major international energy companies,
suppliers, and banks. Our key credit risk management
objective is to secure that credit decisions are well
informed, to take into consideration potential future
changes to relevant risk factors, and to monitor our
counterparties closely.
Our credit policy is to accept unsecured credit expo-
sures to investment grade counterparties while we
have limited or no credit appetite to lower rating
classes. For construction suppliers, non-investment
grade counterparties can be opted if deemed the best
choice, also taking into consideration other para meters
than financial strength. Some of our main methods
for mitigating the credit risks are to have minimum
rating requirements in our contracts, to monitor credit
worthiness indicators closely to be able to react in due
time, and to require guarantees or other credit-risk-
reducing measures if needed and deemed necessary.
Where mitigation in accordance with our policies and
principle is not commercially possible, credit risk can be
accepted if deemed necessary and balanced.
For the most significant counterparties, an internal
rating is assigned when establishing credit limits.
The rating is based on information from external credit
rating agencies, publicly available information, credit
risk information systems, and our own analyses.
We have not experienced any losses from a major
counterparty in 2025 or 2024.
Credit quality of the Groups counterparties 1 DKKm 2025 2024AAA/Aaa 40,164 12,485AA/Aa 13,478 17,623A/A 41,550 10,262BBB/Baa 2,865 4,583Other 12,196 13,031Total credit exposure 110,253 57,984
1
The figures do not reflect our actual credit exposure, as the positions are calculated before
offsetting our debt to such counterparties.
At 31 December 2025, Ørsted considered its maximum credit risk to be DKK 110,253 million
(2024: DKK 57,984 million).
Note 6.5
Credit risks
Accounting policies
We only offset positive and negative values if
we are entitled to and intend to settle several
financial instruments net.
185
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
We measure our securities, derivatives and some of
our receivables from divestment of assets at fair value.
A number of our derivatives, mainly power purchase
agreements, are measured based on unobservable
inputs due to the long duration of the contracts.
Valuation principles and process
Market values are determined by the Risk Manage-
ment function. In order to minimise the use of subjec-
tive estimates or modifications of parameters and
calculation models, it is our policy to determine fair
value based on the external information that most
accurately reflects the market values. We use external
pricing services and benchmark services to increase the
data quality of our price curves.
Where prices are not available, we model the prices
based on our prior experience and best estimates.
Where relevant and possible, we validate our price
curves against third-party data.
Fair value hierarchy
Market values based on quoted prices comprise quoted
securities and derivatives that are traded in active
markets. The market values of derivatives traded in
an active market are often settled on a daily basis,
thereby minimising the market value presented on the
balance sheet.
Market values based on observable inputs comprise
derivatives where valuation models with observable
inputs are used to measure fair value.
Market values based on non-observable inputs mainly
comprise long-term power purchase agreements
(PPAs) that lock the power price of the expected power
Fair value hierarchy of financial instrumentsNon- Non- DKKmQuoted Observable observable Quoted Observable observable prices input input prices input input Assets(level 1)(level 2)(level 3) 2025(level 1)(level 2)(level 3) 2024Receivable from divestment of assets - - 3,943 3,943 - - - -Total other receivables - - 3,943 3,943 - - - -Gas inventory 1,634 - - 1,634 2,735 - - 2,735Total inventory 1,634 - - 1,634 2,735 - - 2,735Bonds - 38,317 - 38,317 - 14,532 - 14,532Total securities - 38,317 - 38,317 - 14,532 - 14,532Energy derivatives 1,169 638 836 2,643 2,943 559 1,243 4,745Currency derivatives - 1,831 - 1,831 - 361 - 361Interest and inflation derivatives - 401 - 401 - 471 - 471Total derivative assets 1,169 2,870 836 4,875 2,943 1,391 1,243 5,577LiabilitiesEnergy derivatives 912 481 5,570 6,963 2,784 752 6,399 9,935Currency derivatives - 641 - 641 - 2,506 - 2,506Interest and inflation derivatives - 2,181 - 2,181 - 3,269 - 3,269Commodity derivatives - 39 39 - 181 - 181Total derivative liabilities 912 3,342 5,570 9,824 2,784 6,708 6,399 15,891
All assets and liabilities measured at market value are measured on a recurring basis.
Note 6.6
Fair value measurement
generation over a period of up to 10-20 years. Due to
the long duration of these PPAs, power prices are not
observable for a large part of the duration. The most
significant non-observable inputs are based on US power
prices (mainly ERCOT) and German power prices.
Further, we have recognised receivables from divest-
ment of assets, mainly related to the divestment
of a 50 % share of Hornsea 3. The divestment is
structured with an asymmetrical distribution of the
future expected cash flows from the operation of the
wind farm. For the first few years of operations, the
underlying cash flows will be distributed according to
the ownership share, and subsequently, the partnership
is structured to asymmetrically distribute the projects’
underlying operating cash flows throughout different
stages of operational lifetime between Ørsted and the
investor. Under the pre-agreed distribution profile, the
investor will receive a higher share of the distributions
for the majority of the period under which the project
is under the CfD contract, and shortly after, Ørsted will
receive an increasingly higher share of the distributions
for the remaining lifetime of the project.
Estimating as-produced power prices
Since our PPAs are normally settled on the actual pro-
duction, and the power prices available in the market
are based on a constant production (flat profile), we
take into account that our expected production is not
constant, and thus our PPAs will not be settled against
a flat profile price. For the majority of our markets, the
flat profile power price can be observed for a maximum
of four to six years in the market, after which an active
market no longer exists.
186
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Valuation techniques and significant
non-observable inputs
Power purchase agreements
We use a discounted cash flow model for the valuation
of power derivatives.
The US power purchase agreements give exposure to
the long-term US power prices, mainly in the Electricity
Reliability Council of Texas (ERCOT), Southwest Power
Pool (SPP), and Midcontinent Independent System
Operator (MISO) regions. The power price is observable
for the first four to six years. For the following four to six
years, the power price is estimated based on observ-
able inputs (gas prices and heat rates). For the subse-
quent period, the power price is non- observable and
estimated by extrapolating the power price towards
the U.S. Energy Information Administrations long-term
power price forecast, assuming similar seasonality as
in previous periods. As the majority of the remaining
contract period is within the period when power prices
are non-observable, we classify the contracts as based
on non-observable input.
In Germany and other countries where we have long-
term PPA contracts, the power price is observable
for up to five years. When power prices are no longer
observable in the market, we have estimated the
power price by extrapolating the last year with an
observable power price, taking expected inflation
and seasonality into account.
Derivatives valued on the basis of non-observable inputDKKm 2025 2024Market value at 1 January (5,156) (7,528)Value adjustments through profit or loss 50 (4)Value adjustments through other comprehensive income (638) 3,501Sales/redemptions 655 (516)Purchases/issues 4,209 (294)Transferred from quoted prices and observable input - (35)Transferred to quoted prices and observable input 89 (280)Net market value at 31 December (791) (5,156)Specification of non-observable inputsDKKmUS ERCOT power prices (2,689) (2,375)German power prices (1,781) (1,406)US MISO power prices (177) (487)Other power prices (219) (735)Gas prices 132 (153)Total power prices (4,734) (5,156)Receivable from divestment of assets 3,943 -Net market value at 31 December (791) (5,156)
Power price (DKK/MWh) Sensitivity (DKKm)Overview of significant non-observable inputs WeightedMonthlyMonthlyand sensitivities for power purchase agreementsaverageminimummaximum +25 % -25 %Intermittency-adjusted power priceUS ERCOT (2026-2038) 230 52 858 (2,273) 2,586Germany (2026-2036) 434 328 609 (1,583) 1,571US MISO (2026-2040) 279 145 669 (334) 520US SPP (2026-2035) 213 53 490 (307) 458Ireland (2026-2042) 437 341 742 (187) 187
The table shows the significant non-observable inputs used in the fair
value measurements categorised as level 3 of the fair value hierarchy,
together with a sensitivity analysis as at 31 December 2025.
The asymmetric sensitivity of the US price areas is due to some US
PPAs being structured with a minimum price per MWh and a mecha-
nism where we retain most of the upside from high power prices.
If intermittency-adjusted power prices in Germany as of
31 December 2025 increased/decreased by 25 %, the market
value would decrease/increase by DKK 1,583/1,571 million.
Receivable from divestment of assets
We use a discounted cash flow model for the valuation
of the asymmetrical cash distribution from the Hornsea
3 divestment. The cash flow is sensitive to changes in
production volumes and power prices. However, due to
the long duration of the cash flow, the only significant
non-observable input is the discount rate applied of
approximately 6.5 % – 8.0 %. A 1 % increase/decrease
will result in a decrease/increase of DKK 1,309 million
/ DKK 1,403 million in the receivable from divestment
of assets.
Acquired CPPAs
The initial negative fair value from long-term PPAs
acquired in a business combination is recognised as
revenue in profit or loss in the future period to which
the market value relates. This effectively increases or
decreases the revenue from the contract price to the
forward price at the closing date.
In 2025, we have recognised an income of DKK 111
million (2024: income of DKK 148 million) related to
the initial fair value from PPAs. The total amount of
initial fair value as of 31 December 2025 amounts to
a negative value of DKK 930 million (2024: negative
value of DKK 1,157 million), which will be recognised
as revenue in a future period.
Note 6.6 – continued
Fair value measurement
Accounting policies
When the fair value at ‘initial recognition’ differs from the
transaction price, and the fair value is not purely based
on observable prices, the difference between the fair
value at initial recognition and the transaction price is
deferred and recognised over the lifetime of the PPA.
187
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
0
20
40
60
80
100
2024 2025
120
Groups energy trading portfolio above is the net of the
internal exposures received from the assets and the
external trades.
The trading portfolio primarily consists of positions
in power and gas.
The energy trading portfolio constitutes a smaller part
of our total portfolio of derivatives, and the associated
risk is limited.
2025 2024 Overview of the Groups energy trading portfolio 1 Contractual Unrealised Contractual Unrealised DKKm principal amountgain (loss) principal amountgain/(loss)Power swaps (sell position) 1,409 307 4,389 229Power options (buy position) 1,490 28 3,778 972Gas swaps and options (sell position) 1,814 134 3,477 (704)Other (sell position) 271 17 572 (8)
Trading mandate 2VaR limit in 2025: DKK 100 million Stress limit in 2025: DKK 400 million Maximum open positions in trading portfolioVaR indicates the largest loss in one trading Stress indicates the largest daily loss we · Max. 6 TWh of powerday at a probability of 95 %. VaR is based risk sustaining with the given portfolio. · Max. 9.5 TWh of gason data for the past 45 trading days, with Stress is based on data from 1 January · Max. 1 million BoEthe heaviest weighting being assigned to 2006 to the present day.· Max. 1.5 million tonnes of carbon emissionsthe most recent trading days.· Max. 0.5 million tonnes of coal and biomass
Trading portfolio
The purpose of our trading portfolio is to:
· optimise hedging execution
· contribute to increased market insight
· profit from short-term fluctuations in energy prices.
The energy trading portfolio receives the exposure
from our assets and takes that exposure into the
external market in the most efficient way possible,
given the limits shown above. The overview of the
Note 6.7
Energy trading portfolio
Daily positions in the trading portfolio, market trading mandates
DKKm
Value at risk (VaR) Risk Limit
Accounting policies
Market value adjustments of physical and financial
contracts relating to energy that are entered into with
the purpose of generating gains from short-term price
changes are recognised as revenue.
1
The contractual principal amount has been determined as the net
position per derivative type. The risks associated with our options
are smaller than for our swaps. The unrealised gain/loss consists
of both the received exposure from our assets with settlement at
maturity and the external trades settled on a daily basis, including
the settled margin.
2
Trading activities are carried out under a value-at-risk (VaR) man-
date and a stress mandate as well as a limit for the maximum posi-
tions measured in energy units per product (power, gas, etc.).
The combined VaR limit is set according to the overall risk appetite for power price risk.
188
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Financial instruments are used for various purposes.
The purpose determines the category, and whether
the value adjustment of the instrument should be
recognised in the profit (loss) for the year or as part
of the hedging reserve in equity.
The fair value of financial instruments measured
at amortised cost is identical to the carrying amount
with the exception of bank loans and issued bonds
where the market value is stated in note 5.1 ‘Interest -
bearing net debt and FFO’.
Categories of financial instrumentsDKKm 2025 2024Energy, currency, and interest derivatives 1,551 3,360Receivable from divestment of asset 3,943 -Securities 38,317 14,532Financial assets measured at fair value via the income statement 43,811 17,892Energy derivatives 1,087 1,851Currency derivatives 1,966 340Interest and inflation derivatives 232 26Commodity derivatives 39 -Derivatives (assets) measured at fair value through ‘Other comprehensive income 3,324 2,217Trade receivables 9,848 9,045Other accounts receivable 3,580 8,321Cash 53,448 23,126Financial assets measured at amortised cost 66,876 40,492Energy, currency, and interest derivatives 1,464 3,426Financial liabilities measured at fair value via the income statement 1,464 3,426Energy derivatives 5,504 6,774Currency derivatives 707 2,486Interest and inflation derivatives 2,116 3,024Commodity derivatives 33 181Derivatives (liabilities) measured at fair value through ‘Other comprehensive income 8,360 12,465Bank loans and issued bonds 98,862 87,708Trade payables 19,764 20,827Other accounts payable 14,099 8,380Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost 132,725 116,915
The table shows our financial instruments divided into categories.
The categories indicate how the financial instruments are recognised
in the consolidated financial statements.
Note 6.8
Categories of financial instruments
189
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
The sensitivity analysis in the table shows the effect
of market value changes, assuming a relative price
change at 31 December.
The effect on profit (loss) before tax comprises financial
instruments that remained open at the balance sheet
date, and which have an effect on profit (loss) in the
current financial year.
Effect on equity before tax comprises financial
instruments that remained open at the balance sheet
date, and which are value-adjusted directly in equity.
Financial instruments include derivatives as well as
receivables and payables in foreign currencies.
The illustrated sensitivities only comprise the impact
of our financial instruments.
If the hedged exposure had been included in the
sensitivity analysis, the effect of a price change would
have been reduced or offset entirely.
Net investments and associated hedging of net
investments in foreign subsidiaries are not included in
the table, as the effects of the sum of the investments
and the hedging are considered to be neutral to
changes in currencies.
A 10 % increase/decrease in the currencies hedged in
connection with net investments would reduce/increase
equity by DKK 5,388 million (2024: DKK 8,430 million).
31 December 2025 31 December 2024 Sensitivity analysis of financial instruments Price Effect on profit Effect on equity Effect on profit Effect on equity DKKm change(loss) before taxbefore tax(loss) before taxbefore taxPower +25 % 287 (5,030) (187) (6,736)-25 % (193) 5,815 438 7,247Gas +25 % (506) 123 (741) 152-25 % 506 (123) 741 (152)Oil +25 % - 85 (112) --25 % - (85) 112 -GBP +10 % (1,604) (2,995) (541) (2,636)-10 % 1,604 2,995 541 2,636USD +10 % (1,088) (212) (1,279) (259)-10 % 1,088 212 1,279 259NTD +10 % (2,087) (40) 155 --10 % 2,087 40 (155) -EUR +1 % (136) 86 11 (13)-1 % 136 (86) (11) 13Inflation +1 %p - (1,504) - (1,795)Interest +1 %p (2,856) 990 266 258
Note 6.9
Sensitivity analysis of financial instruments
190
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Joint venturesDKKm 2025 2024Dividends received 62 99Capital transactions, net (19) 94Sales of goods and services 5 26Receivables 65 109
AssociatesDKKm 2025 2024Capital transactions, net 49 47Sale of goods and services 3 6Purchase of goods and services 129 181Payables (13) (20)
The Danish government, represented by the Ministry of
Finance, is the Groups controlling related party.
Other related parties are the Groups associates and
joint ventures, members of the Board of Directors and
the Executive Board, and other senior executives.
See note 7.4 ‘Company overview’ for an overview of
our joint ventures and associates.
Related-party transactions are made on arms length
terms. Intra-group transactions have been eliminated
in the consolidated financial statements.
The remuneration and share programmes for the
Group Executive Team and the Board of Directors
are described in notes 2.7 ‘Employee costs’ and
2.8 ‘ Share-based payment.
We apply the exemption in IAS 24.25 for entities in
which the Danish state is a related party; accordingly,
transactions with government-related entities are
not disclosed.
No other related-party transactions occurred during
the period.
Note 7
Other notes
Note 7.1
Related-party transactions
191
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
PwC is Ørsted’s auditor appointed by the annual
general meeting. PwC audits the consolidated
financial statements of Ørsted and our subsidiaries’
statutory financial statements in the vast majority of
the countries where we are represented and required
to have an audit.
It is our policy that the annual fee for non-audit
services provided by our statutory auditor cannot
exceed the annual fee for statutory audit services
measured at Group level. The cap may be exceeded
subject to approval by the Audit & Risk Committee.
The services provided by our statutory auditor and
related network in 2025 comprise:
· Other assurance engagements’, which primarily
included limited assurance over the sustainability
statements, assurance services related to the
issuance of bonds, audit of special regulatory
financial statements, assurance services related
to other reporting to third parties, and assurance
services related to the rights issue completed
in the year
· ‘Tax and VAT advice’, which primarily included advice
in application of tax rules, transfer pricing advice,
and advice in connection with the preparation and
review of tax returns
· Other services’, which primarily related to vendor
due diligence, risk and performance management
advice, other advisory services in connection with the
rights issue as well as interest benchmark studies.
Fees for services other than the statutory audit sup-
plied by PwC Denmark to Ørsted amounted to
DKK 19 million (2024: DKK 12 million) and consisted
of assurance services related to the issuance of bonds,
due diligence, risk and performance management
advice, limited assurance of the sustainability state-
ments, assurance services and other advisory services
related to the rights issue completed during the year,
and other minor general accounting, tax, and transfer
pricing advice.
Auditor’s feesDKKm 2025 2024Audit and audit-related feesStatutory audit 41 43Other assurance engagements 11 5Non-audit servicesTax and VAT advice 1 1Other services 8 7Total fees to PwC 61 56Fee for non-audit services in percent of statutory audit fee 41 % 17 %PwC Denmark non-audit service ratio 93 % 55 %
Note 7.2
Auditors fees
The non-audit services provided by the Group auditor in Denmark
cannot exceed 70 %. The ‘PwC Denmark non-audit service ratio
includes an assurance service related to the rights issue completed
during the year for which we have received an exemption from the
Danish Business Authorities. The ‘PwC Denmark non-audit service
ratio, excluding this exempted service, constitues 48 % for 2025.
192
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
We present financial measures in the consolidated
financial statements to describe the Groups financial
performance and cash flows. We use these financial
measures as we believe they provide valuable
information to our stakeholders and management.
The financial measures should not be considered a
replacement for the performance measures as defined
under IFRS but rather as supplementary information.
The financial ratios are an overview of our financial
performance and operational efficiency based on
common ratio types relevant to Ørsted.
Our definitions of the financial measures and reasoning
for using them are shown in the table.
Description Reason for the use of the measurement
EBITDA Reflecting ‘Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, and
impairments’.
Measurement for our core operational performance. Given our capital-
intensitive portfolio of assets, our primary operations are best measured by
excluding depreciation and financing costs.
EBITDA adjusted for new partnerships
and cancellation fees
EBITDA exclusive of the impact from changes in provisions for cancellation fees
related to ceased development or construction of projects, and exclusive of the
impact from partial or full divestment of ownership interests in assets in the
year a transaction closes, covering both the initial gain/loss on the divestment
and any subsequent earnings under a construction (management) agreement.
Because cancellation fees related to ceased development or construction of
projects are extraordinary by nature, and because the impact from partial or
full divestment of ownership interests in our assets is uncertain and fluctuate
between periods, we use this measure to track the underlying operational
performance.
Ørsted guides externally on this non-IFRS measure.
Gross investments Gross investments reflect our total investments in assets and enterprises.
It comprises cash flows from investing activities, excluding dividends received
from associates, joint ventures, and equity investments, purchase and sale
of securities, loans to joint ventures and joint operations, and divestments of
assets and enterprises. To this is added acquired debt and restricted cash in
connection with acquisitions.
Measurement used to monitor the net interest-bearing debt impact of our
investment activities in assets and enterprises.
Ørsted guides externally on this non-IFRS measure.
Net investments Net investments are gross investments less divestments of assets and
enterprises, the selling price for non-controlling interests, and subsequent
capital injections from non-controlling interests. Furthermore, interest-bearing
debt transferred in connection with a divestment is deducted.
Measurement to monitor the net interest-bearing debt impact of our
investment activities in assets and enterprises, net of divestments.
Funds from operations (FFO) FFO is EBITDA adjusted for gain (loss) on divestment of assets; variation margin,
change in provisions and other adjustments; income tax paid; interest and
similar items, received or paid, including capitalised interest expenses; 50 % of
coupon payments on hybrid capital; dividends received; and capital reductions.
Measurement used to monitor our funds, directly and indirectly, generated
from our operations.
Funds from operations is the numerator in our rating metric.
Net interest-bearing debt (NIBD) Equals interest-bearing debt to be repaid in cash, including issued bonds, bank
debt, and lease liabilities, less securities, cash, and other interest-bearing assets.
Measurement of the sum of our interest-bearing assets and liabilites.
Thus, important for mangement to monitor in order to ensure adequate
debt levels.
Adjusted interest-bearing net debt Adjusted interest-bearing net debt is interest-bearing net debt plus:
· cash and securities not available for distribution (excluding repo loans)
· 50 % of hybrid capital
· other interest-bearing debt (add back)
· other interest-bearing receivables (add back)
Measurement used as an indicator of our interest-bearing net debt in a
format comparable to the ones used by rating agencies.
Net interest-bearing debt is the denominator in our rating metric.
FFO to adjusted interest-bearing
net debt
FFO
Adjusted interest-bearing net debt
Measurement used to monitor our ability to generate funds from our
operations which can serve our interest-bearing debt.
This metric is used by rating agencies to assess Ørsted’s rating.
Free cash flow
(FCF)
Free cash flows are cash flows from operating activities and divestments less
gross investments.
Measurement used as an indicator to see if we can self-fund our growth.
Note 7.3
Non-IFRS financial measures
193
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Description Reason for the use of the measurements
Return on capital employed (ROCE)
EBIT
Average capital employed
Common measurement to monitor the return generated on the capital
invested within the company over the duration of the past year.
Proposed dividend per share (DPS)
Total proposed dividend
Number of shares at year end
Common formula to monitor the proposed dividend per share issued.
Dividend yield
Dividend per share (proposed)
Share price on the last trading day of the year
Measurement to indicate the return obtained solely from dividends.
Average number of shares
1
Number of days
× Number of days
i=1
= X1 Common formula to calculate the average number of shares issued during
the year.
Net working capital Net working capital is inventories, contract assets (net), trade receivables, and
other current operating assets, less trade payables, other current operating
liabilities, and working capital elements of tax equity balances.
Common measurement to monitor the capital invested in short-term
operating facilities.
Capital employed Capital employed are all assets and liabilities, except for equity and interest-
bearing net debt.
Measurement used to monitor the capital tied within the business which is
utilised for the primary activity of generating profits.
Other definitions
(IFRS financial measure)
Profit (loss) per share
Shareholder’s share of the profit (loss) for the period
Average number of shares
Common measurement to indicate the profit to which each share is entitled.
Diluted profit (loss) per share
Shareholder’s share of the profit (loss) for the period
Average number of shares, including dilutive effect of free shares
Common measurement to indicate the profit to which each share is entitled,
including any dilutive effects arising from free shares.
Note 7.3 – continued
Non-IFRS financial measures
194
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Segment/company Country Type 1Ownership interestParent companyØrsted A/S DenmarkOffshoreAnholt Havvindmøllepark I/S 4Denmark JO 50 %Borkum Riffgrund I Offshore Windpark A/S GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Borkum Riffgrund 2 Offshore Wind Farm GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Borkum Riffgrund 3 GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Borssele Wind Farm C.V. 2The Netherlands JO 50 %Breesea Limited 2The UK JO 38 %Burbo Extension PSC Limited The UK S 75 %Elektrownia Wiatrowa Baltica 2 sp. z o.o Poland JO 50 %Gode Wind 1 Offshore Wind Farm GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Gode Wind 2 Offshore Wind Farm P/S GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Gode Wind 3 GmbH & Co. oHG Germany JO 50 %Greater Changhua Offshore Wind Farm NW Ltd. 2Taiwan JO 50 %Greater Changhua Offshore Wind Farm SE Ltd. 2Taiwan JO 50 %Greater Changhua Offshore Wind Farm SW Ltd. Taiwan S 100 %Hornsea 1 Limited 2The UK JO 38 %Hornsea 1 PSC Limited The UK S 75 %Hornsea Two PSC Limited The UK S 75 %Ocean Wind LLC The US S 100 %Orsted Borssele Holding B.V. The Netherlands S 100 %Orsted Greater Changhua SE Holdings Ltd. Taiwan S 100 %Orsted Hornsea Project Three (UK) Limited 2The UK JO 50 %Orsted Hornsea Three Holdings Limited The UK S 100 %Orsted North America II, LLC The US S 100 %Orsted North America Inc. The US S 100 %Orsted Orion Holdings Limited The UK S 100 %Orsted Power (UK) Limited The UK S 100 %Orsted Race Bank (Holding) Ltd. The UK S 100 %Orsted Schroders Greencoat WODS Holdco Limited The UK JO 51 %Orsted Taiwan Ltd. Taiwan S 100 %Orsted UK HOW01 Holdings Limited The UK S 100 %Orsted UK HOW02 Holdings Limited The UK S 100 %Orsted UK WalExt Holdings Limited The UK S 100 %Ørsted VE A/S Denmark S 100 %Ørsted Vind A/S Denmark S 100 %Race Bank Wind Farm Limited 2The UK JO 50 %Revolution Wind, LLC 2The US JO 50 %Sonningmay Wind Limited 2The UK JO 38 %Soundmark Wind Limited 2The UK JO 38 %South Fork Wind, LLC 2The US JO 50 %
Segment/company Country Type 1Ownership interestSunrise Wind LLC The US S 100 %Walney (UK) Offshore Windfarms LimitedThe UK S 50 %Walney Extension Limited 2The UK JO 38 %Walney Extension PSC Limited The UK S 75 %West of Duddon Sands 2The UK JO 26 %Ørsted Horns Rev 2 A/S Denmark S 100 %Ørsted Wind Power A/SDenmark S 100 %Ørsted Wind Power Holding A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Onshore2W Permian Solar, LLC The US S 100 %Badger Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Eleven Mile Solar Center, LLC 2The US JO 50 %Haystack Wind Project, LLC The US S 100 %Helena Wind, LLC 2The US S 20 %Lincoln Land Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Mockingbird Solar Center, LLC 2The US JO 50 %Muscle Shoals Solar, LLC The US S 100 %Old 300 Solar Center, LLC The US S 100 %Orsted Ireland Green Energy Limited Ireland S 100 %Plum Creek Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Sage Draw Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Sparta Solar, LLC 2The US JO 50 %Sunflower Energy Center, LLC 2The US S 20 %Tahoka Wind, LLC The US S 100 %Western Trail Wind, LLC 2The US S 20 %Ørsted Onshore Holding A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Bioenergy & OtherØrsted Bioenergy & Thermal Power A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Ørsted Salg & Service A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Shared FunctionsØrsted Insurance A/S 3Denmark S 100 %Ørsted North America Holding A/S Denmark S 100 %Ørsted Wind Power TW Holding A/S Denmark S 100 %
1
S = subsidiary, JO = joint operation.
2
The company is owned through a company which is not owned
100 % by Ørsted. The disclosed ownership interest is Ørsted’s
ultimate ownership interest in the company.
3
Subsidiaries owned directly by Ørsted A/S.
4
The company applies the provisions in sections 5 or 6 of the
Danish Financial Statements Act to omit presenting a separate
annual report.
5
One or more tax equity partners own an insignificant share of
the company. See note 3.8 ‘Tax equity liabilities’.
Companies without significant activities are not included in the list.
A full comprehensive list of companies is available at:
orsted.com/company-overview.
Note 7.4
Company overview
195
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
European onshore business
In February 2026, Ørsted signed a divestment agree-
ment on our European onshore business. The divest-
ment is subject to regulatory approval. Closing is
expected in Q2 2026.
Revolution Wind
On 12 January 2026, the U.S. District Court for the
District of Columbia granted the preliminary injunction
sought by Revolution Wind, LLC regarding the lease
suspension order issued on 22 December 2025 by the
Department of the Interior’s Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management (BOEM). The courts action allowed the
construction to resume while the lawsuit progresses.
Sunrise Wind
On 2 February 2026, the U.S. District Court for the
District of Columbia granted the preliminary injunction
sought by Sunrise Wind LLC regarding the lease
suspension order issued on 22 December 2025 by the
Department of the Interior’s Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management (BOEM). The courts action allowed the
construction to resume while the lawsuit progresses.
Note 7.5
Events after the reporting period
196
Financial statements Notes
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Parent company
financial statements
Hornsea 1 and 2
The United Kingdom
Heavy-lifting cargo drones delivered critical
safety evacuation equipment to wind turbines at
Hornsea 1 and 2 in the UK this summer.
Normally, lifting 70 kg to the nacelle of a wind turbine
100 m above sea level would involve two cranes,
three wind turbine technicians, and six hours of wind
turbine downtime. With drones, no technicians need to
leave their scheduled work, the wind turbine can keep
spinning, and the whole operation takes around five
minutes, with hundreds possible within one shift.
197
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Note
Statement of income
DKKm 2025 2024
Revenue 220 311
2 Employee costs (89) (52)
External expenses (234) (282)
Operating profit (loss) before depreciation, amortisation, and impairment losses (EBITDA) (103) (23)
Amortisation, depreciation, and impairment losses on property, plant, and equipment (114) (110)
Operating profit (loss) (EBIT) (217) (133)
Gain (loss) on divestment of enterprises 463 (66)
3 Financial income 21,059 21,300
3 Financial expenses (15,702) (17,505)
Profit (loss) before tax 5,603 3,596
4 Tax on profit (loss) for the year (1,201) (318)
Profit (loss) for the year 4,402 3,278
Profit (loss) for the year is attributable to
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S, proposed dividends for the financial year - -
Shareholders in Ørsted A/S, retained earnings 3,689 2,561
Interest and costs, hybrid capital owners of Ørsted A/S 713 717
Profit (loss) for the year 4,402 3,278
Statement of income
1 January – 31 December
Notes
1 Basis of reporting
2 Employee costs
3 Financial income and expenses
4 Tax on profit (loss) for the year and deferred tax
5 Property, plant, and equipment
6 Investments in subsidiaries
7 Receivables from subsidiaries
8 Derivatives
9 Securities
10 Loans and borrowings
11 Other provisions
12 Related-party transactions
13 Contingent liabilities
14 Auditor’s fees
15 Ownership information
198
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Note
Assets
DKKm 2025 2024
5 Land and buildings 386 459
5 Property, plant, and equipment 386 459
6 Investments in subsidiaries 106,637 100,813
7 Receivables from subsidiaries 113,991 124,228
4 Deferred tax 155 579
Other receivables 13 13
Financial assets 220,796 225,633
Non-current assets 221,182 226,092
Receivables from subsidiaries 34,431 23,064
8 Derivatives 4,726 6,600
Other receivables 2,309 5,176
Income tax 107 1,352
Receivables 41,573 36,192
9 Securities 37,746 14,140
Cash 23,424 1,318
Current assets 102,743 51,650
Assets 323,925 277,742
Note
Equity and liabilities
DKKm 2025 2024
Share capital 13,212 4,204
Reserves 497 622
Retained earnings 108,375 54,161
Proposed dividends - -
Equity attributable to shareholders in Ørsted A/S 122,084 58,987
10 Hybrid capital 20,955 20,955
Equity 143,039 79,942
11 Other provisions 1,351 1,808
10 Lease liabilities 300 396
10 Bond and bank debt 67,786 73,641
Non-current liabilities 69,437 75,845
Lease liabilities 132 118
Bond and bank debt 10,695 7,141
8 Derivatives 3,151 7,260
Trade payables 247 50
Payables to subsidiaries 94,981 105,703
Other payables 2,243 1,683
Current liabilities 111,449 121,955
Liabilities 180,886 197,800
Equity and liabilities 323,925 277,742
Statement of financial position
31 December
199
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Statement of changes in equity
DKKm Share capital
Hedging
reserve
Retained
earnings
Proposed
dividends
Shareholders
in Ørsted A/S Hybrid capital To ta l
Equity at 1 January 2025 4,204 622 54,161 - 58,987 20,955 79,942
Profit (loss) for the year - - 3,689 - 3,689 713 4,402
Dividends paid - - - - - - -
Value adjustments of hedging instruments - (70) - - (70) - (70)
Value adjustments transferred to financial income
and expenses - (90) - - (90) - (90)
Tax on changes in equity - 35 135 - 170 - 170
Additions, share capital 9,008 - 50,370 - 59,378 - 59,378
Sale of own shares - - 15 - 15 - 15
Coupon payments, hybrid capital - - - - - (713) (713)
Share-based payments - - 5 - 5 - 5
Changes in equity in 2025 9,008 (125) 54,214 - 63,097 - 63,097
Equity at 31 December 2025 13,212 497 108,375 - 122,084 20,955 143,039
Equity at 1 January 2024 4,204 414 51,597 - 56,215 19,103 75,318
Profit (loss) for the year - - 2,561 - 2,561 717 3,278
Dividends paid - - - - - - -
Value adjustments of hedging instruments - 293 - - 293 - 293
Value adjustments transferred to financial income
and expenses - (25) - - (25) - (25)
Tax on changes in equity - (60) - - (60) 9 (51)
Coupon payments, hybrid capital - - - - - (687) (687)
Additions, hybrid capital - - - - - 5,520 5,520
Disposals, hybrid capital - - - - - (3,707) (3,707)
Share-based payments - - 3 - 3 - 3
Changes in equity in 2024 - 208 2,564 - 2,772 1,852 4,624
Equity at 31 December 2024 4,204 622 54,161 - 58,987 20,955 79,942
For informaton on the rights issue, see note 5.2
‘Equity’ in the consolidated financial statements.
Statement of changes in equity
1 January – 31 December
200
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Note 1
Basis of reporting
Accounting policies
The parent company financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with the provisions of the
Danish Financial Statements Act (‘Årsregnskabsloven’)
(reporting class D).
The accounting policies remain unchanged from the
previous year.
Unless otherwise stated, the financial statements
are presented in Danish kroner (DKK).
The parent company accounting policies are
consistent with the accounting policies described
for the consolidated financial statements, with the
following exceptions.
Foreign currency translation
We recognise exchange rate adjustments of receivables
from and payables to subsidiaries as financial income
and expenses in the income statement when the
balances are accounted for as part of the total net
investment in foreign enterprises. Likewise, we rec-
ognise foreign exchange gains and losses on loans
and derivatives in the income statement as financial
income and expenses when they have been entered
into to hedge net investment in foreign enterprises.
Revenue
Rental income comprises income from commercial
leases and is recognised over the term of the lease.
Income from services is recognised when delivery
has taken place.
Dividends from investments
Dividends from subsidiaries and associates are
recognised in the income statement for the financial
year in which the dividends are approved at the
annual general meeting. If the dividends exceed
the total income after acquisition, the dividends are
recognised as a reduction of the cost of the invest-
ment under assets.
Investments
We measure our investments in subsidiaries and
associates at cost. If there is any indication that the
value of a company is lower than our future earnings
in the company, impairment testing of the company is
carried out as described in the consolidated financial
statements. The carrying amount is written down
to the recoverable amount whenever the carrying
amount exceeds the future earnings in the company
(recoverable amount).
If we have a legal or constructive obligation to cover
a deficit in subsidiaries and associates, we recognise
a provision for this.
Ta x
Ørsted A/S is taxed jointly with its Danish subsidiaries.
The jointly taxed companies are part of joint taxation
with the parent company as the management company.
Subsidiaries are included in the joint taxation from the
date they are consolidated in the consolidated financial
statements and up to the date on which they are no
longer consolidated.
Current tax for 2025 is recognised by the individual,
jointly taxed companies.
Statement of cash flows
We do not prepare a separate statement of cash flows
for the parent company. Reference is made to the
consolidated statement of cash flows on page 120.
Key accounting estimates
In connection with the preparation of the
financial statements, a number of accounting
estimates have been made that affect the profit
(loss) and balance sheet. Estimates are regularly
reassessed by the management on the basis of
historical experience and other relevant factors.
Impairment test
If there is any indication that the carrying
amount is lower than our future earnings
in a company, we test for impairment as
described in the consolidated financial state-
ments. The future earnings of the company
(recoverable amount) are calculated based on
assumptions concerning significant estimates.
201
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Notes 2.7 ‘Employee costs’ and 2.8 ‘Share-based
payment’ to the consolidated financial statements
describe the remuneration of the Executive Board
and the Board of Directors as well as the share-based
payment, termination, and bonus scheme for the
Executive Board and details on the remuneration of
the Board of Directors.
The parent company had an average of ten employees
in 2025 (2024: eleven employees).
Remuneration of the Board of Directors totals
DKK 6 million (2024: DKK 6 million).
Employee costs
DKKm 2025 2024
Wages and salaries 77 43
Share-based payment 5 2
Pensions and social costs 1 1
Remuneration 6 6
Total employee costs 89 52
Salaries and remuneration of the Executive Board
DKK ‘000
Fixed salary 30,414 37,969
Cash-based incentive scheme 4,088 4,676
Share-based payment 4,569 2,787
Pension, incl. social security and benefits 558 704
Salary in notice period 16,280 -
Severance payment 16,550 -
To tal 72,459 46,136
Financial income and expenses
DKKm 2025 2024
Interest income from cash, etc. 455 395
Interest income from subsidiaries 6,770 11,486
Interest income from securities at market value 419 702
Foreign exchange gains 2,712 2,216
Value adjustments of derivatives 8,019 4,837
Dividends received 2,684 1,664
Total financial income 21,059 21,300
Interest expenses relating to loans and borrowings (2,964) (3,066)
Interest expenses, leases (12) (14)
Interest expenses to subsidiaries (2,322) (6,469)
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries (3,491) (18)
Capital losses on securities at market value (149) (356)
Foreign exchange losses (2,185) (1,819)
Value adjustments of derivatives (4,375) (5,636)
Other financial expenses (204) (127)
Total financial expenses (15,702) (17,505)
Net financial income and expenses 5,357 3,795
Note 2
Employee costs
Note 3
Financial income and expenses
202
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Income tax
DKKm 2025 2024
Tax on profit (loss) for the year (1,201) (318)
Tax on changes in equity 170 (51)
Total tax for the year (1,031) (369)
Tax on profit (loss) for the year can be broken down as follows
Current tax (725) (680)
Adjustments to deferred tax (434) 383
Adjustments to current tax in respect of prior years (52) 29
Adjustments to deferred tax in respect of prior years 10 (50)
Tax on profit (loss) for the year (1,201) (318)
Development in deferred tax
DKKm
Deferred tax at 1 January (579) (246)
Adjustments for the year recognised in profit (loss) for the year 434 (383)
Adjustments to deferred tax in respect of prior years (10) 50
Deferred tax at 31 December (155) (579)
Specification of deferred tax
DKKm
Property, plant, and equipment 85 101
Other current assets - -
Current liabilities (12) (2)
Non-current liabilities (228) (678)
Tax loss carryforwards - -
Deferred tax, asset 155 579
Deferred tax, liability - -
We have entered into leases for office premises, primarily
in Gentofte, Denmark (expiring in 2028).
We have entered into operating leases with subsidiaries
for sublease of office premises.
In 2025, an amount of DKK 137 million was recognised
(2024: DKK 133 million) in profit (loss) for the year in
respect of rental income.
Property, plant, and equipment: Land and buildings
DKKm 2025 2024
Cost at 1 January 1,114 1,114
Additions 40 -
Disposals - -
Cost at 31 December 1,154 1,114
Depreciation and amortisation at 1 January (655) (545)
Depreciation and amortisation (113) (110)
Disposals - -
Depreciation and amortisation at 31 December (768) (655)
Carrying amount at 31 December 386 459
Value of leased assets 386 459
Note 4
Tax on profit (loss) for the year and deferred tax
Note 5
Property, plant, and equipment
203
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
We have tested investments in subsidiaries for impair-
ment by comparing the expected future income from
the individual subsidiaries with their carrying amounts.
Based on the impairment test in 2025, an impairment
has been recognised on the investment in Ørsted
Ventures Europe A/S and Ørsted Onshore Holding A/S.
In 2025, ‘Additions’ mainly related to capital injections in
Ørsted Wind Power Holding A/S and Ørsted Services A/S.
In 2025, Ørsted A/S received dividend from Ørsted Salg
& Service A/S. The dividends exceeded the total income
after acquisition, and therefore the cost of the invest-
ment has been reduced.
Investments in subsidiaries
DKKm 2025 2024
Cost at 1 January 101,364 51,397
Reductions (9,338) (8,356)
Additions 18,653 58,323
Disposals - -
Cost at 31 December 110,679 101,364
Value adjustments at 1 January (551) (533)
Impairment losses/reversals (3,491) (18)
Value adjustments at 31 December (4,042) (551)
Carrying amount at 31 December 106,637 100,813
Note 7.4 ‘Company overview' of the consolidated financial statements contains an overview of subsidiaries, etc.
Non-current receivables from subsidiaries
DKKm 2025 2024
Cost at 1 January 124,228 194,064
Additions 18,006 28,533
Disposals (28,243) (98,369)
Cost at 31 December 113,991 124,228
Note 6
Investments in subsidiaries
Note 7
Receivables from subsidiaries
204
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Ørsted A/S has assumed the subsidiaries’ currency
risks via forward exchange contracts, which have
subsequently been hedged in the market. Furthermore,
hedging contracts have been concluded to hedge the
currency risk associated with investments in subsidiaries
in foreign currencies.
We have also entered into a number of interest rate
swaps to manage our interest rate risk.
Derivatives at the end of December 2025 mature
as follows: 2026: DKK 1,045 million, 2027: DKK 306
million, after 2027: DKK 224 million (2024: 2025:
DKK -344 million, 2026: DKK -389 million, after 2026:
DKK 73 million).
All derivatives are classified based on observable
inputs in the fair value hierarchy.
Overview of derivative positions
DKKm 2025 2024
Contractual
principal amount Market value
Contractual
principal amount Market value
Interest derivatives 12,146 63 12,696 238
Currency derivatives 108,526 1,512 61,205 (898)
To tal 120,672 1,575 73,901 (660)
Assets 4,726 6,600
Equity and liabilities (3,151) (7,260)
See note 6.1 ‘Risk framework’ to the consolidated financial statements and the chapter on ‘Enterprise risk management' in
the ‘Managements review’ on pages 23-26 for more details on risk and risk management.
As of 31 December 2025, we had issued hybrid capital
with a total notional amount of DKK 21,188 million
(2024: DKK 21,358 million). The hybrid bonds have a
1,000-year term and expire as follows: DKK 4,481 million
in 3019, DKK 7,370 million in 3021, DKK 3,735 million
in 3022, and DKK 5,602 million in 3024, respectively.
For further information, see note 5.3 ‘Hybrid capital’ to
the consolidated financial statements.
The long-term portion of lease debt amounted to
DKK 300 million at 31 December 2025 (2024: DKK 396
million), of which DKK 21 million (2024: DKK 24 million)
fall due in more than five years.
The long-term portion of bank loans and issued bonds
amounted to DKK 67,786 million at 31 December
2025 (2024: DKK 73,641 million), of which DKK 44,061
million (2024: DKK 50,377 million) fall due in more than
five years
Securities are a key element in our financial resources,
and therefore, investments are primarily made in liquid
AAA-rated Danish mortgage bonds and, to a lesser
extent, in other bonds. Most of the securities qualify
for repo transactions with the Danish central bank,
‘ Danmarks Nationalbank’.
All securities are classified based on observable inputs
in the fair value hierarchy.
Securities
DKKm 2025 2024
Securities, available for use 37,746 14,140
Total securities 37,746 14,140
Note 8
Derivatives
Note 9
Securities
Note 10
Loans and borrowings
205
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
We have made provisions for non-current liabilities
totalling DKK 1,351 million (2024: DKK 1,808 million),
of which DKK 1,351 million fall due in 1-5 years.
The provisions concern the divestment of our oil and
gas business in 2017.
Related parties are the Board of Directors, the
Executive Board, Ørsted A/S’s subsidiaries, and the
Danish state.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors and the
Executive Board is disclosed in notes 2.7 ‘Employee
costs’ and 2.8 ‘Share-based payment’ in the consoli-
dated financial statements.
Our related-party transactions are made on arms
length terms.
Guarantees
Ørsted A/S has provided guarantees (DKK 66,130 million)
in connection with participation by subsidiaries and
subsidiaries’ joint operations and joint ventures in the
construction and operation of offshore wind farms
and natural gas installations as well as guarantees in
respect of leases, energy trading activities, purchase,
sale, and supply agreements, decommissioning
obligations, farm-downs and other M&A transactions
as well as secondary liability on decommissioning of
offshore installations related to the divestment of the
oil and gas business, etc.
Ørsted A/S acts as guarantor or surety provider
with primary liability for bank liabilities in certain
subsidiaries, including guarantees in favour of banks
and investors covering credit facilities established
and bonds issued in Taiwan.
Furthermore, in support of the ratings of Ørsted Salg
& Service A/S by Moody’s and Ørsted Wind Power TW
Holding A/S by Taiwan Ratings, Ørsted A/S has provided
general guarantees covering all obligations and
liabilities undertaken in the ordinary course of business
by these two entities.
Indemnities
Ørsted A/S is taxed jointly with the Danish companies
in the Ørsted Group. As management company,
Ørsted A/S has unlimited as well as joint and several
liability together with the other jointly taxed com-
panies for Danish income taxes and withholding taxes
on dividends, interest, and royalties related to the
jointly taxed companies.
Litigation
Ørsted is involved in ongoing transfer pricing disputes.
For further information, see section 4.1 ‘Approach
to taxes’ to the consolidated financial statements.
Ørsted A/S is not a party to any litigation proceedings
or legal disputes that could have an effect on the
company’s financial position, either individually or
collectively.
Note 13
Contingent liabilities
Note 11
Other provisions
Note 12
Related-party transactions
206
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Other assurance engagements’ primarily included
assurance services related to the issuance of bonds
and the rights issue completed in the year.
Auditor’s fees
DKKm 2025 2024
Statutory audit 5 5
Other assurance engagements 8 1
Total fees to PwC 13 6
Ownership information at 31 December 2025 (as per latest notification) Registered office
Ownership
interests
Voting
share
The Danish state represented by the Danish Ministry of Finance Copenhagen K, Denmark 50.12 % 50.13 %
Equinor ASA Stavanger, Norway 10.00 % 10.00 %
Andel A.M.B.A. Svinninge, Denmark 5.01 % 5.01 %
The table shows the shareholders with ownership interests and voting shares of at least 5 %. The difference between ownership interests
and voting shares is because voting rights of Ørsted’s treasury shares cannot be exercised.
Note 15
Ownership information
Note 14
Auditors fees
207
Financial statements Parent company financial statements
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Borkum Riffgrund 1
Germany
Borkum Riffgrund 1 Offshore Wind Farm
celebrated its 10th birthday in September.
When it was built, the 312 MW project
pioneered groundbreaking new innovations
that are now commonplace, such as suction
buck jacket foundations.
Today, the wind farm is an integral part of
Germany’s energy supply, generating enough
clean energy to power the equivalent of
around 320,000 German homes.
Managements statement
Auditors reports
Glossary
208
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
The Board of Directors and Executive Board have today
considered and adopted the Annual Report of Ørsted A/S
for the financial year 1 January – 31 December 2025.
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been
prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards
as adopted by the EU and further requirements in
the Danish Financial Statements Act, and the Parent
Company Financial Statements have been prepared
in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements
Act. The Managements Report has been prepared in
accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act.
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial State-
ments and the Parent Company Financial Statements
give a true and fair view of the financial position
at 31 December 2025 of the Group and the Parent
Company, of the results of the Group and Parent
Company operations, and of the consolidated cash
flows for 2025.
In our opinion, Managements Report includes a fair
review of the development in the operations and
financial circumstances of the Group and the Parent
Company, of the results for the year, and of the finan-
cial position of the Group and the Parent Company
as well as a description of the most significant risks
and elements of uncertainty which the Group and the
Parent Company are facing.
Additionally, the Sustainability Statements, which are
part of Managements Report, has been prepared, in all
material respects, in accordance with paragraph 99 a
of the Danish Financial Statements Act. This includes
compliance with the European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (ESRS), including that the process undertaken
by Management to identify the reported information
(the ‘Process’) is in accordance with the description
set out in the section ‘Double materiality assessment.
Furthermore, disclosures within section ‘EU Taxonomy’
for sustainable activities within the environmental
section of the Sustainability Statements are, in all
material respects, in accordance with Article 8 of EU
Regulation 2020/852 (the ‘Taxonomy Regulation’).
The Sustainability Statements includes forward- looking
statements based on disclosed assumptions about
events that may occur in the future and possible future
actions by the Group. Actual outcomes are likely to
be different since anticipated events frequently do not
occur as expected.
In our opinion, the annual report of Ørsted A/S for
the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025
with the file name: Orsted-2025-12-31-en.zip is
prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with
the ESEF Regulation.
We recommend that the annual report be adopted at
the annual general meeting.
Skærbæk, 6 February 2026
Executive Board:
Rasmus Errboe
Group President and CEO
Trond Westlie
CFO
Henriette Fenger Ellekrog
Chief HR Officer
Board of Directors:
Lene Skole
Chair
Julia King, the Baroness
Brown of Cambridge
Benny Gøbel*
Arul Gynasegaran*
Andrew Brown
Deputy Chair
Judith Hartmann
Anne Cathrine Collet Yde*
Annica Bresky
Julian Waldron
Pawel Matysiak*
* Employee-elected board member
Statement by the Executive Board and the Board of Directors
209
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
To the shareholders of Ørsted A/S
Report on the audit of the Financial Statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements
give a true and fair view of the Groups financial
position at 31 December 2025 and of the results of
the Groups operations and cash flows for the financial
year 1 January to 31 December 2025 in accordance
with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the
EU and further requirements in the Danish Financial
Statements Act.
Moreover, in our opinion, the Parent Company Financial
Statements give a true and fair view of the Parent
Company’s financial position at 31 December 2025 and
of the results of the Parent Company’s operations for
the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 in
accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act.
Our opinion is consistent with our Auditor’s Long-form
Report to the Audit & Risk Committee and the Board
of Directors.
What we have audited
The Consolidated Financial Statements of Ørsted A/S
for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025,
pages 115-196, comprise the consolidated statement
of income, the consolidated statement of comprehen-
sive income, the consolidated statement of financial
position, the consolidated statement of shareholders’
equity, the consolidated statement of cash flows, and
the notes to the consolidated financial statements,
including material accounting policy information.
The Parent Company Financial Statements of Ørsted A/S
for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025,
pages 197-207, comprise the statement of income,
the statement of financial position, the statement of
changes in equity, and the notes, including material
accounting policy information.
Collectively referred to as the ‘Financial Statements’.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Interna-
tional Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and the additional
requirements applicable in Denmark. Our responsibili-
ties under those standards and requirements are further
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit
of the Financial Statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the
International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’
International Code of Ethics for Professional Account-
ants (IESBA Code) as applicable to audits of financial
statements of public interest entities, and the additional
ethical requirements applicable in Denmark. We have
also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accord-
ance with these requirements and the IESBA Code.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, prohibited
non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of
Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014 were not provided.
Appointment
We were first appointed auditors of Ørsted A/S on
19 April 2010 for the financial year 2010. We have
been reappointed annually by shareholder resolution
for a total period of uninterrupted engagement of
16 years including the financial year 2025. We were
reappointed at the annual general meeting on
2 March 2020, following a tendering procedure.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our
professional judgement, were of most significance
in our audit of the Financial Statements for 2025.
These matters were addressed in the context of our
audit of the Financial Statements as a whole and in
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide
a separate opinion on these matters.
Independent Auditors Reports
210
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Partnership agreements
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Divestments of ownership interests in solar and wind farms to a
partner (farm-downs) in a joint operation or as a non-controlling
interest, including assessment of consolidation method for the
retained interests, calculating and recognition of the divestment
gains or losses, and subsequent recognition of any construction
agreements, are considered complex non-routine transactions.
As part of farm-downs, compensation mechanisms are often
agreed with the partners, e.g. regarding sales price, cost of subse-
quent use of offshore transmission assets constructed for the wind
farm, potential wake and blockage effect compensations, and
warranties.
Specifically for the farm-down of Hornsea 3, certain mechanisms
for sharing of the cash flow from the wind farm over the lifetime of
the farm were agreed.
We focused on this area because farm-downs and the related
matters are considered complex non-routine transactions, and
because the assessment of consolidation method, the recognition
and measurement of the divestment gain or loss, and recognition
of any subsequent construction agreements with the partners, the
compensation mechanisms, and warranties are based on significant
judgements and estimates.
Refer to notes 1.2, 2.6 and 3.10 in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
As part of our audit, we read share purchase agreements for farm-
downs to partners in joint operations.
We challenged the accounting treatment, including the consolidation
method for the retained interest in solar and wind farms, and the
judgements applied as well as the gain or loss statements prepared.
We obtained an understanding of the compensation mechanisms
and warranties agreed in farm-downs and of any settlements.
Additionally, for Hornsea 3, we have assessed the accounting
treatment of the agreed cash flow-sharing mechanism.
We challenged the significant estimates prepared by Management
for measurement of compensation mechanisms and warranties as
well as the cash flow-sharing mechanism, including by assessing and
testing the main data, significant assumptions, and models applied
and by evaluating the outcome of previous estimates prepared
by Management.
We assessed and tested the appropriateness of the related
disclosures provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Impairment of non-current assets
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
During 2025, Management identified impairment indicators for a
number of production and development assets (non-current assets)
due to, amongst others, construction delays, increased CAPEX,
including the impact of tariffs and the received stop-work and lease
suspension orders in the US, and updated assumptions regarding
market prices, costs, and interest levels.
On this basis, Management has prepared impairment tests result-
ing in impairment losses and reversals being recognised for certain
production and development assets. The impairment losses mainly
related to the US offshore wind farm portfolio and European onshore
business, whereas the impairment reversals mainly related to the US
onshore projects.
The impairment tests are based on Management's assumptions
and probability-weighted expected cash inflows and outflows for
the individual cash-generating units (CGUs). These cash flows are
discounted using the relevant discount rates (value-in-use impair-
ment models). This requires significant estimates and judgements,
amongst others related to the future power prices, expected
government subsidy schemes, impact of the construction delays,
market prices and costs, tariff levels, and discount rates (WACC).
We focused on this area because impact on the profit for the year
is significant, and because the impairment tests of non- current
assets are considered complex non-routine transactions and
require significant judgements in determining the assumptions,
etc., applied in the significant estimates.
Refer to notes 1.2 and 3.1-3.2 in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
As part of our audit, we challenged the impairment indicator
assessments performed by Management for non-current assets
where Management does not consider such indicators present.
We considered the appropriateness of the CGUs defined by
Management and the methodology used by Management to
assess the carrying amount of non-current assets assigned to CGUs.
We carried out risk assessment procedures in order to obtain an
understanding of IT systems, business processes, and relevant
controls regarding data and assumptions used in the impairment
tests. For the controls, we assessed whether they were designed
and implemented to effectively address the risk of material mis-
statement. For selected controls that we planned to rely on, we
tested whether they were performed on a consistent basis.
We challenged the impairment models prepared by Management
and tested the mathematical accuracy of the relevant value-in-use
models. We also challenged the data and significant assumptions,
including the probability-weighting of the scenarios applied, future
power prices, expected government subsidy schemes, market
prices, costs, tariff levels, and risk of imposed construction delays
outside of Ørsted’s control, as well as discount rates (WACC). Also,
we reconciled the carrying amounts to the accounting records.
In assessing the discounting rates (WACCs) and the overall
methodology applied, we involved our valuation specialists.
Finally, we assessed the appropriateness of the related disclosures
of these matters in the Consolidated Financial Statements,
including the sensitivity analysis, expressing the significant
estimation uncertainty related to the valuation of the CGUs.
211
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Income taxes
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Ørsted is subject to income taxes in the countries where they
operate. Significant judgements and estimates are required in
determining the income taxes and in measuring income tax assets
and liabilities, including uncertain tax positions.
Additionally, Ørsted is a party in tax and transfer pricing disputes
where Management assesses the possible outcomes and conse-
quently recognises provisions for these uncertain tax positions.
Ørsted has received administrative decisions from the Danish Tax
Agency entailing additional tax payments and related interests,
which Management disputes and has appealed to the relevant
authorities. Furthermore, tax cases are ongoing regarding corre-
sponding tax adjustments.
We focused on this area because Management makes significant
judgments and estimates when calculating and assessing the
income taxes due to the complex nature of the tax rules related
to the business activities conducted in different tax jurisdictions.
Furthermore, Management makes estimates when measuring the
tax assets, including when and to which extent these can be utilised
in the future, and when measuring tax liabilities, including assessing
deferred taxes in tax equity partnerships.
Refer to notes 1.2 and 4.1-4.3 in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
As part of our audit, we evaluated the assumptions applied by
Management in determining the recognition and measurement
of income taxes and deferred taxes, including those related
to tax equity partnerships, while taking into account relevant
correspondence with tax authorities and external advisors.
We assessed Management’s judgements and estimates of tax
balances and carrying amounts as well as the related applied tax
rates when calculating these. We also assessed the reasonableness
of the main data and assumptions used to calculate the taxable
income forecasts underlying the recognition and recoverability of
the deferred tax assets relating to tax losses carried forward.
We evaluated and tested Ørsted’s processes for recording,
assessing, and continually reassessing provisions for uncertain
tax positions.
During our audit of uncertain tax positions, we obtained and
reviewed the correspondence with relevant tax authorities to
consider the completeness of the tax disputes and the related
provisions.
We assessed the measurement of the provisions and challenged
the assumptions used, including the possibility of obtaining
corresponding tax adjustments, compensation from partners,
and the likelihood of different outcomes. In addition, we assessed
relevant opinions obtained by Management from third parties
related to the tax disputes.
In assessing income taxes, we involved our tax specialists.
We assessed the appropriateness and tested the disclosures
provided by Management in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
212
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Statement on Managements Report
Management is responsible for Management’s Report,
pages 3 – 114.
Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not
cover Managements Report, and we do not as part
of the audit express any form of assurance conclusion
thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Financial State-
ments, our responsibility is to read Managements
Report and, in doing so, consider whether Managements
Report is materially inconsistent with the Financial
Statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit
or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
Moreover, we considered whether Managements
Report includes the disclosures required by the
Danish Financial Statements Act. This does not include
the requirements in paragraph 99 a related to the
Sustainability Statements covered by the separate
auditor’s limited assurance report hereon.
Based on the work we have performed, in our view,
Managements Report is in accordance with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent
Company Financial Statements and has been prepared
in accordance with the requirements of the Danish
Financial Statements Act, except for the requirements
in paragraph 99 a related to the Sustainability State-
ments, cf. above. We did not identify any material
misstatement in Managements Report.
Managements responsibilities for the
Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation of
consolidated financial statements that give a true and
fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards
as adopted by the EU and further requirements in
the Danish Financial Statements Act and for the
preparation of parent company financial statements
that give a true and fair view in accordance with the
Danish Financial Statements Act, and for such internal
control as Management determines is necessary to
enable the preparation of financial statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error.
In preparing the Financial Statements, Management
is responsible for assessing the Groups and the Parent
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, dis-
closing, as applicable, matters related to going concern
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
Management either intends to liquidate the Group or
the Parent Company or to cease operations or has no
realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the Financial Statements as a whole
are free from material misstatement, whether due
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs and the
additional requirements applicable in Denmark will
always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,
they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these
Financial Statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs and the
additional requirements applicable in Denmark,
we exercise professional judgement and maintain
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:
· identify and assess the risks of material misstate-
ment of the Financial Statements, whether due to
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures
responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence
that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material
misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for
one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collu-
sion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresenta-
tions, or the override of internal control
· obtain an understanding of internal control relevant
to the audit in order to design audit procedures that
are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for
the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effec-
tiveness of the Groups and the Parent Company’s
internal control
· evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies
used and the reasonableness of accounting esti-
mates and related disclosures made by Management
· conclude on the appropriateness of Managements
use of the going concern basis of accounting and,
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether
a material uncertainty exists related to events or
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the
Groups and the Parent Company’s ability to continue
as a going concern. If we conclude that a material
uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention
in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in
the Financial Statements or, if such disclosures are
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions
are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the
date of our auditor’s report. However, future events
or conditions may cause the Group or the Parent
Company to cease to continue as a going concern
· evaluate the overall presentation, structure, and
content of the Financial Statements, including the
disclosures, and whether the Financial Statements
represent the underlying transactions and events in
a manner that gives a true and fair view
· plan and perform the group audit to obtain suf-
ficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the
financial information of the entities or business areas
within the group as a basis for forming an opinion
on the Consolidated Financial Statements. We are
responsible for the direction, supervision, and review
of the audit work performed for purposes of the
Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our
audit opinion.
213
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
We communicate with those charged with governance
regarding, among other matters, the planned scope
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings,
including any significant deficiencies in internal control
that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with
a statement that we have complied with relevant
ethical requirements regarding independence, and to
communicate with them all relationships and other
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on
our independence and, where applicable, actions taken
to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.
From the matters communicated with those charged
with governance, we determine those matters that
were of most significance in the audit of the Financial
Statements of the current period and are therefore
the key audit matters. We describe these matters in
our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes
public disclosure about the matter.
Report on compliance with the ESEF Regulation
As part of our audit of the Financial Statements,
we performed procedures to express an opinion on
whether the annual report of Ørsted A/S for the finan-
cial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with the
filename Orsted-2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in
all material respects, in compliance with the Commission
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 on the
European Single Electronic Format (ESEF Regulation),
which includes requirements related to the preparation
of the annual report in XHTML format and iXBRL
tagging of the Consolidated Financial Statements
including notes.
Management is responsible for preparing an annual
report that complies with the ESEF Regulation. This
responsibility includes:
· the preparing of the annual report in XHTML format
· the selection and application of appropriate iXBRL
tags, including extensions to the ESEF taxonomy and
the anchoring thereof to elements in the taxonomy,
for all financial information required to be tagged
using judgement where necessary
· ensuring consistency between iXBRL tagged
data and the Consolidated Financial Statements
presented in human-readable format
· such internal control as Management determines
necessary to enable the preparation of an annual
report that is compliant with the ESEF Regulation.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance on
whether the annual report is prepared, in all material
respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation
based on the evidence we have obtained and to issue
a report that includes our opinion. The nature, timing,
and extent of procedures selected depend on the
auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the
risks of material departures from the requirements set
out in the ESEF Regulation, whether due to fraud or
error. The procedures include:
· testing whether the annual report is prepared in
XHTML format
· obtaining an understanding of the company’s
iXBRL tagging process and of internal control over
the tagging process
· evaluating the completeness of the iXBRL tagging
of the Consolidated Financial Statements including
notes
· evaluating the appropriateness of the company’s
use of iXBRL elements selected from the ESEF
taxonomy and the creation of extension elements
where no suitable element in the ESEF taxonomy
has been identified
· evaluating the use of anchoring of extension
elements to elements in the ESEF taxonomy
· reconciling the iXBRL tagged data with the audited
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In our opinion, the annual report of Ørsted A/S for
the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025
with the file name Orsted-2025-12-31-en.zip is
prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with
the ESEF Regulation.
Hellerup, 6 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR No. 33 77 12 31
Anders Stig Lauritsen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne32800
Thomas Wraae Holm
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne30141
214
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Limited assurance conclusion
We have conducted a limited assurance engage-
ment on the sustainability statements of Ørsted A/S
(the ‘Group’) included in the Managements Report
(the ‘Sustainability Statement’), pages 55 – 114, for the
financial year 1 January – 31 December 2025.
Based on the procedures we have performed and the
evidence we have obtained, nothing has come to our
attention that causes us to believe that the Sustaina-
bility Statement is not prepared, in all material respects,
in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements
Act paragraph 99 a, including:
·compliance with the European Sustainability Report-
ing Standards (ESRS), including that the process carried
out by the management to identify the information
reported in the Sustainability Statement (the ‘Process’)
is in accordance with the description set out in the
section ‘Double materiality assessment
·compliance of the disclosures in the section ‘EU tax-
onomy’ for sustainable activities of the Sustainability
Statement with Article 8 of EU Regulation 2020/852
(the ‘Taxonomy Regulation’).
Basis for conclusion
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in
accordance with International Standard on Assurance
Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised), Assurance engage-
ments other than audits or reviews of historical financial
information (‘ISAE 3000 (Revised)’), and the additional
requirements applicable in Denmark.
The procedures in a limited assurance engagement vary
in nature and timing from, and are less in extent than
for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently,
the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance
engagement is substantially lower than the assurance
that would have been obtained had a reasonable
assurance engagement been performed.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
conclusion. Our responsibilities under this standard are
further described in the Auditors responsibilities for the
assurance engagement section of our report.
Our independence and quality management
We are independent of the Group in accordance with
the International Ethics Standards Board for Account-
ants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional
Accountants (IESBA Code) and the additional ethical
requirements applicable in Denmark. We have also
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance
with these requirements and the IESBA Code.
Our firm applies International Standard on Quality
Management 1, which requires the firm to design,
implement, and operate a system of quality manage-
ment including policies or procedures regarding
compliance with ethical requirements, professional
standards, and applicable legal and regulatory
requirements.
Managements responsibilities for
the Sustainability Statement
Management is responsible for designing and imple-
menting a process to identify the information reported
in the Sustainability Statement in accordance with the
ESRS and for disclosing this Process as included in the
section ‘Double materiality assessment’ of the Sustain-
ability Statement. This responsibility includes:
·understanding the context in which the Groups activ-
ities and business relationships take place and devel-
oping an understanding of its affected stakeholders;
·the identification of the actual and potential impacts
(both negative and positive) related to sustainability
matters as well as risks and opportunities that affect,
or could reasonably be expected to affect, the Groups
financial position, financial performance, cash flows,
access to finance or cost of capital over the short-,
medium-, or long-term;
·the assessment of the materiality of the identified
impacts, risks, and opportunities related to sustaina-
bility matters by selecting and applying appropriate
thresholds; and
·making assumptions that are reasonable in the
circumstances.
Management is further responsible for the preparation
of the Sustainability Statement, which includes the
information identified by the Process, in accordance
with the Danish Financial Statements Act paragraph
99a, including:
·compliance with the ESRS
·preparing the disclosures as included in the section
EU taxonomy for sustainable activities of the Sustain-
ability Statement, in compliance with Article 8 of the
Taxonomy Regulation
·designing, implementing, and maintaining such inter-
nal control that management determines is neces-
sary to enable the preparation of the Sustainability
Statement that is free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error
·the selection and application of appropriate sustaina-
bility reporting methods and making assumptions and
estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Inherent limitations in preparing
the Sustainability Statement
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance
with ESRS, management is required to prepare the
forward-looking information on the basis of disclosed
assumptions about events that may occur in the future
and possible future actions by the Group. Actual out-
comes are likely to be different since anticipated
events frequently do not occur as expected.
Independent auditor’s limited assurance report
on the Sustainability Statements
To the stakeholders of Ørsted A/S
215
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Auditor’s responsibilities for
the assurance engagement
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the assur-
ance engagement to obtain limited assurance about
whether the Sustainability Statement is free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,
and to issue a limited assurance report that includes
our conclusion. Misstatements can arise from fraud or
error and are considered material if, individually or in
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to
influence decisions of users taken on the basis of the
Sustainability Statement as a whole.
As part of a limited assurance engagement in accord-
ance with ISAE 3000 (Revised), we exercise profes-
sional judgement and maintain professional scepticism
throughout the engagement.
Our responsibilities in respect of the Process include:
·obtaining an understanding of the Process, but not
for the purpose of providing a conclusion on the
effectiveness of the Process, including the outcome
of the Process
·considering whether the information identified
addresses the applicable disclosure requirements
of the ESRS
·designing and performing procedures to evaluate
whether the Process is consistent with the Groups
description of its Process, as disclosed in the section
‘Double materiality assessment.
Our other responsibilities in respect of the Sustaina-
bility Statement include:
·Identifying where material misstatements are likely
to arise, whether due to fraud or error; and
·Designing and performing procedures responsive to
disclosures in the Sustainability Statement where
material misstatements are likely to arise. The risk
of not detecting a material misstatement resulting
from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error,
as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
internal control.
Summary of the work performed
A limited assurance engagement involves performing
procedures to obtain evidence about the Sustainability
Statement. The nature, timing, and extent of procedures
selected depend on professional judgement, including
the identification of disclosures where material mis-
statements are likely to arise, whether due to fraud or
error, in the Sustainability Statement.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement,
with respect to the Process, we:
·obtained an understanding of the Process by per-
forming inquiries to understand the sources of the
information used by management; and reviewing the
Groups internal documentation of its Process
·evaluated whether the evidence obtained from our
procedures about the Process implemented by the
Group was consistent with the description of the
Process set out in the section ‘Double materiality
assessment.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement,
with respect to the Sustainability Statement, we:
·obtained an understanding of the Groups report-
ing processes relevant to the preparation of its
Sustain ability Statement, including the consolida-
tion processes, by obtaining an understanding of
the Groups control environment, processes, and
information systems relevant to the preparation
of the Sustainability Statement but not evaluating
the design of particular control activities, obtaining
evidence about their implementation, or testing
their operating effectiveness
·evaluated whether the information identified by the
Process is included in the Sustainability Statement
·evaluated whether the structure and the presenta-
tion of the Sustainability Statement is in accordance
with the ESRS
·performed inquiries of relevant personnel and
analytical procedures on selected information in
the Sustainability Statement
·performed substantive assurance procedures on
selected information in the Sustainability Statement
·where applicable, compared disclosures in the
Sustainability Statement with the corresponding
disclosures in the financial statements and Manage-
ments review
·evaluated the methods, assumptions, and data
for developing estimates and forward-looking
information
·obtained an understanding of the Groups process
to identify taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned
economic activities and the corresponding disclo-
sures in the Sustainability Statement.
Hellerup, 6 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no. 3377 1231
Anders Stig Lauritsen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne32800
Thomas Wraae Holm
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne30141
216
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Availability
Availability is calculated as the ratio of actual production to
the possible production, which is the sum of lost production
and actual production in a given period. The production-
based availability (PBA) is impacted by grid and wind turbine
outages, which are technical production losses. PBA is not
impacted by market- requested shutdowns and wind farm
curtailments, as this is deemed not to be reflective of site
performance but due to external factors.
Awarded capacity
Offshore capacity that we have been awarded in auctions
and tenders, but where we have yet to sign a PPA and take
final investment decision.
Blockage effect
The blockage effect arises from the wind slowing down as
it approaches the wind turbines.
Carbon emission allowances
Carbon emission allowances subject to the European Union
Emissions Trading Scheme (EU ETS).
CfD
A contract for difference is a subsidy that guarantees the
difference between the market reference price and the
exercise price won.
Commissioning/COD
When our assets are in operation, and legal liability has been
transferred from the supplier to us.
CSRD
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive.
Decided (FID) and installed capacity
Installed generation capacity plus capacity for assets where
a final investment decision has been made.
Degree days
Number of degrees in absolute figures in difference between
the average temperature and the official Danish indoor
temperature of 17 °C.
DMA
Double materiality assessment.
EPC
Engineering, procurement, and construction. The part of
our business which handles the construction and installation
of assets.
ESRS
European Sustainability Reporting Standards.
FID
Final investment decision. When the Board of Directors
approves major investments for construction assets.
Generation capacity
Capacity to generate power or heat. Generation capacity
for an offshore wind farm is calculated and included from
TOC of the individual wind turbines. TOC stands for ‘take
over certificate, which is the document signifying transfer of
ownership from the contractor to the owner or operator of
the asset. Onshore capacities are included after COD of the
entire asset.Generation capacity is financially consolidated.
Green certificates
Certificate awarded to producers of environment-friendly
power as a supplement to the market price of power in the
given price area.
Wood pellet spread (WPS)
Represents the contribution margin per MWh of power
generated at a wood-pellet-fired CHP plant with a given
efficiency. It is determined as the difference between the
market price of power and the cost of the wood pellets
(including associated freight costs).
Ineffective hedges
When we hedge our exposure with an instrument that is not
100 % correlated with the exposure, we may see ineffective-
ness in our hedging. The value of ineffective hedges should
be recognised in profit and loss immediately.
Installed capacity
Installed capacity where the asset has been completed and
has passed a final test.
Investment tax credits (ITCs)
US federal tax credit based on qualifying renew able
investment costs.
Load factor
The load factor is calculated as the ratio between actual
generation over a period relative to potential generation,
which is possible by continuously exploiting the maximum
capacity over the same period. The load factor is
commercially adjusted.
Offshore transmission assets
Connect offshore generation to the onshore grid and
typically include the offshore power transmission
infrastructure, an onshore substation, and the electrical
equipment relating to the operation of the substation.
OREC
Offshore renewable energy certificates are issued on state
level in the US. For every MWh that an offshore wind farm
produces, the developer earns one OREC. Offshore wind
developers sell the ORECs to utilities or other companies.
The income from these sales helps fund the construction
and operation of the wind farms.
Partnership income
Income originating from our partners’ purchase of ownership
interests in renewable assets. Includes both the gain in
connection with the farm-down and the subsequent
construction of the wind farm.
Power purchase agreement (PPA)
An agreement between us and a buyer/seller to purchase/sell
the power we generate, which includes all commercial terms
(price, delivery, volumes, etc.).
Production tax credit (PTC)
US federal tax credit based on eligible power generation in
the US.
ROCs
Renewable obligation certificates issued by Ofgem in the UK
to operators of accredited generating stations for the eligible
renewable energy they generate. Operators can trade ROCs
with other parties.
Tax equity
An arrangement where an investor obtains rights to federal
tax credits and other tax attributes in exchange for a cash
contribution.
TCFD
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures.
Transmission network system of use (TNUoS) tariffs
Costs related to the use of the transmission networks in the
UK based on maximum contractual level of transmission
access in MW (TEC).
TRIR
In addition to lost-time injuries, the total recordable injury rate
(TRIR) also includes injuries where the injured person is able
to perform restricted work the day after the accident as well
as accidents where the injured person has received medical
treatment.
Wake effect
Wake within wind farms and between neighbouring wind
farms. There is a wake after each wind turbine where the wind
slows down. As the wind flow continues, the wake spreads,
and the wind speed recovers.
Wind speed
Shows the wind speed at Ørsted’s wind farms. The wind
measurements are weighted on the basis of our generation
capacity and can be compared to a normal wind period.
Glossary
217
Financial statements Managements statement, auditor’s reports, glossary
Annual Report 2025
�rsted
Ørsted A/S
Kraftværksvej 53
DK-7000 Fredericia
Tel.: +45 99 55 11 11
CVR no. 36213728
orsted.com
Global Media Relations
Michael Korsgaard Nielsen
Tel.: +45 99 55 95 52
Investor Relations
Rasmus Keglberg Hærvig
Tel.: +45 99 55 90 95
Design and layout
eTypes with Global Marketing, Ørsted
Images
All images by Ørsted
Publication
6 February 2026
Annual reportAuditor's report on audited financial statementsParsePort XBRL Converter2025-01-012025-12-312024-01-012024-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG48Reporting class D36213728OpinionBasis for OpinionW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ORS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ORS:HybridCapitalMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482023-12-31W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberW9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember3W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember3W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember4W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember5W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember6W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember7W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember8W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember9W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember10W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember1W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember2W9NG6WMZIYEU8VEDOG482024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberiso4217:DKKiso4217:DKKxbrli:sharesxbrli:pure